Author: Gaurav Mhetre

At HealthIMPACT Fall Forum the focus is on making healthcare AI earn its place

At HealthIMPACT Fall Forum the focus is on making healthcare AI earn its place

By Rohit Mahajan
Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

I was at the HealthIMPACT Fall Forum at Microsoft Times Square in New York City, where the panel discussions were exciting, interactive, and grounded in the realities of healthcare transformation.

One session in particular, “The Architects’ Scorecard: What Enterprise AI Actually Returned,” brings an important set of questions into focus. Which AI investments have earned their place across clinical, operational, and revenue workflows? Who owns the results? And when should an organization decide that a deployment has run its course?

These are the questions healthcare leaders need to be asking as AI becomes part of everyday operations.

As co-host of The Big Unlock podcast, I spend a great deal of time exploring how organizations translate technology into better care and stronger operational performance. The discussion here reinforces a principle I keep coming back to: stay grounded in the mission, understand the problem, and focus on the outcomes required.


AI investments need to earn their place

Healthcare organizations have many opportunities to apply AI. They also have limited budgets, stretched teams, and competing priorities.

A portfolio approach helps bring discipline to those choices. Every deployment should have a clear purpose, an accountable owner, and evidence that it is delivering value.

For a clinical workflow, that means examining quality, safety, and the experience of the people using it. For an operational workflow, it might mean faster access, fewer missed steps, or more capacity for staff to support patients. For a revenue workflow, it means understanding whether the improvement justifies the full cost of implementation and ongoing operation.

The question I would ask is straightforward: what is different for the patient, the clinician, or the organization because this capability is now in place?

That answer should guide the investment decision.


Ownership has to extend beyond the purchase

Another important part of the discussion is how organizations divide responsibility for AI results, from the person who approves the investment to the person who answers when an agent gets something wrong.

This becomes especially relevant as AI moves from generating information to taking actions within a workflow.

Technology teams, clinical leaders, operational teams, finance, and security each have responsibilities. Those responsibilities need to connect. Someone must own the intended outcome, someone must monitor performance, and staff must know how to escalate a problem.

For me, governance becomes practical when people can answer a few basic questions. What is the system allowed to do? Where does human judgment enter? Who can intervene? Who is responsible for correcting a failure?

Clear answers make it easier to adopt AI with confidence.


Retiring a deployment is part of responsible leadership

The willingness to stop an AI deployment deserves as much attention as the decision to launch one.

An organization may have invested considerable time, money, and reputation in a solution. That can make it difficult to acknowledge that the value has not materialized.

Yet continuing a deployment also has a cost. It consumes budget, requires support, and takes attention away from other opportunities. If staff are working around the system, or if the original problem remains unresolved, leaders need to examine why.

I believe organizations should establish review criteria early. They should know what success looks like, what signals require intervention, and what would justify retiring the capability.

Making those decisions based on evidence helps keep the mission at the center.


Closing the gap between patient needs and provider capacity

The broader HealthIMPACT focus on scaling care beyond hospital walls gives these questions added urgency.

Patients need timely access, clear communication, and continuity across their care journey. Providers need the capacity and support to meet those needs.

AI can help bridge that gap when it is designed around the work. That requires understanding the patient’s experience, the care team’s responsibilities, the information they need, and the handoffs where delays or missed actions occur.

This is where I see the opportunity for humans and AI to work together: giving people better information, supporting coordination, and creating more capacity for the decisions and relationships that require human expertise.

The discussions here are a useful reminder that successful transformation requires thoughtful choices about what to scale, what to improve, and what to stop.

I look forward to bringing these questions into future conversations on The Big Unlock podcast, and hearing how healthcare leaders are turning AI investments into measurable improvements for the people they serve.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Agentic AI Can Expand Access to Primary Care

Season 7

Episode 229 -Podcast with Jean-Claude Saghbini, Chief Technology Officer and
President of Technology Services, Lumeris
Agentic AI Can Expand Access to Primary Care

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 229 - Agentic AI Can Expand Access to Primary Care
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Jean-Claude Saghbini, Chief Technology Officer and President of Technology Services at Lumeris, explores how agentic AI can help address healthcare’s primary care access challenge. He argues that incremental efficiencies are not enough; AI must enable the existing clinical workforce to serve more patients and extend care between visits.

Jean-Claude discusses Tom, Lumeris’ AI-powered primary care team member and operating system, which uses patient data to identify next actions and proactively engage patients. He emphasizes that deploying Agentic AI responsibly requires clear guidelines for what AI should do and guardrails for what it cannot do.

Jean-Claude argues that AI models themselves will not create competitive advantage. Differentiation will come from data, domain knowledge, applications, and redesigned workflows. He advises healthcare technology leaders to move beyond the automation, pilot, and perfection traps and make focused enterprise AI investments. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Jean-Claude Saghbini is the Chief Technology Officer and President of Technology Services at Lumeris, where he integrates technological innovations, clinical processes, and operational excellence into leading value-based care solutions. He also oversees the efficient deployment of cutting-edge technologies like Generative AI to ensure optimal healthcare outcomes and client satisfaction.

With two decades of technology and healthcare experience, Jean-Claude is dedicated to seamlessly integrating technology into clinical workflows to improve outcomes and reduce care variability and costs. Previously, he held key leadership roles at Wolters Kluwer Health and Cardinal Health, driving AI innovation, clinical decision support, and pioneering RFID solutions for medical device tracking. Jean-Claude holds a Master of Science in Engineering and Management from MIT Sloan School of Management, as well as a Master of Science degree and a bachelor’s degree in mechanical engineering from MIT and the University of Massachusetts, Dartmouth, respectively. He is also a holder of multiple patents in healthcare technology.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Uberoy, and I’m managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today. We are welcoming Jean-Claude Saghbini to our podcast. He’s the Chief Technology Officer at Lumeris, where he integrates technological innovations, clinical processes, and operational excellence into leading value-based care solutions. Prior to Lumeris, he has held senior technology leadership roles at Wolters Kluwer Health and Cardinal Health. At Lumeris, JC has been closely involved in developing Tom, the company’s AI-powered primary care as a service platform, and we’re really excited to discuss that today. Welcome to the podcast, JC. Looking forward to an engaging conversation.

Jean-Claude: Absolutely. Thank you for having me. I’m excited.

Ritu: You’ve made the argument that the primary care problem is fundamentally a supply-demand problem, and that adding more digital health applications is not really changing this equation. If AI is going to be different, what exactly needs to change in the operating model? At what point do AI tools stop making physicians ten percent more efficient and actually allow health systems to care meaningfully for more people with the same clinical workforce they have today?

Jean-Claude: Let me unpack that supply-demand problem a bit. Today, about a hundred million people in this country either don’t have access to primary care or have access to extremely inadequate primary care. The reason primary care matters is that it controls about three trillion dollars of spend because it operates so far upstream — and the fact that those people lack access has both healthcare implications for them and significant financial implications at a national level.  The primary reason for the gap is actually simple: there are too few primary care physicians in the country to do the work, and that delta continues to grow. In about eight or nine years, we’ll be approaching a shortage of 90,000 primary care physicians. When you look at it that way, tweaking things and applying AI for small efficiencies is not going to work. The problem isn’t at the scale of five or ten percent — it’s at the scale of a hundred million people. So what we want from AI is technology that can bridge that access gap. With the same infrastructure of physicians and clinicians in primary care that we have today, we need to expand access to the hundred million who aren’t getting it — and to the others who are getting primary care, but only whatever time is available to them, not complete primary care.

Ritu: That’s a great perspective, and we’ve been hearing about healthcare deserts — especially with the rural healthcare transformation project. The problem is even more acute in certain areas. We’ve spoken to an ophthalmologist in Alaska where the wait time can be as much as six months. Tell us more about Tom, which is positioned not as a co-pilot but as an AI-powered member of the care team. Tell us about Tom and how it brings in agentic AI to address this problem.

Jean-Claude: We refer to Tom as two things. Tom is an AI primary care team member, and Tom is also an AI primary care operating system — a platform. I’d love to dig into both, but let’s start with value creation. On the value creation side, Tom is an agentic AI primary care team member that effectively becomes part of the care team of a primary care physician. Just as a physician has staff members to help take care of patients, they add one more: Tom. Tom has access to data about the patient, can compute and reason on that data, identify what to do — from closing care gaps to proactive management. This is what we call the BNA, or Best Next Action engine. It determines the best next action for that patient. But more importantly, Tom can act. Tom can act in a conversational way — we use conversational AI through text messages integrated into the workflow, so Tom can proactively engage with patients and effectively manage them in between visits.  Between visits there is a desert of information. You leave your physician’s office, and the only thing they know about you next is when you show up again. In that time, nobody knows anything about you. Tom not only brings information about you — it actually helps you manage your medical condition between those visits. That is how we’re able, within a fixed human infrastructure, to use agentic capabilities to manage more interactions with patients and a broader set of patients.

Ritu: Tell us a little more about the OS part that you mentioned.

Jean-Claude: To be able to deliver that, you have to build all of the mechanics underneath. The expression of that delivery might be a conversation Tom has with a patient around a cardiometabolic condition they have. But underneath the cover, we had a bit of an unfair advantage: fifteen years of learnings that Lumeris has accumulated on how to manage patients and populations to better outcomes. We’ve partnered with health systems across the country to do that. We took all of that knowledge and embedded it in the operating system.  That gives you components like data ingestion, normalization, and creating a 360-degree view of a patient — whether the data is coming from the EHR, claims, or social determinants of health. We had to build reasoning components that can reason on patients, understand their gaps, and determine what to do about them. We built bidirectional EHR integration — not only to get data from the EHR, but to push data back in. We built patient engagement capabilities: telephony, voice conversational AI, text conversational AI, and a series of agentic services in preventive care, scheduling, chronic condition management, and pre- and post-visit management. We built analytics to surround all of that so you can analyze what’s happening across your population. And last but extremely important — something I’d love to talk more about — we built a safety platform that monitors all of these agents: what they’re doing, tracking clinical metrics, patient sentiment metrics, and objective accomplishment metrics, issuing alerts if things have gone sideways, and ensuring everything stays within the guardrails. The totality of all of that, to us, is Tom.

Ritu: This is really interesting because most of the CIOs we talk to are focused on summarization, documentation, or administrative AI. But you’re saying Tom has agentic capabilities that allow it to make decisions autonomously — some requiring clinician approval, some perhaps not. This raises a lot of questions about trust, governance, and orchestration. How have you approached the trust and governance lens? And when does the human in the loop come into the picture?

Jean-Claude: We use two words internally: guidelines and guardrails, and we live by those. Whenever we build any capability, we define guidelines — what it should do — and then we put the guardrails around what it should not do. We have very strict guardrails: Tom is not a physician, is not a licensed practitioner, and therefore Tom cannot diagnose, treat, or change medications. Those are the guardrails we do not go outside of. Within those guardrails, the guidelines define what Tom can do: engage with patients, check in on them, explain things about conditions, help them manage their condition, check whether they picked up their medication, identify barriers to filling a prescription, connect them back to the care team if gaps are identified, and check on symptoms if a patient expresses them. Those are the guideline capabilities. The guardrails are what we don’t let Tom get out of.

Ritu: Thank you — guidelines and guardrails is a good approach. That leads to the next question: most AI implementations we see have very obvious administrative metrics for ROI. But in this case, where Tom is actually becoming part of the care team, what metrics tell you Tom is improving care and not just creating more interactions?

Jean-Claude: The ultimate metric we look at is access. The definition is straightforward but hard to get to: can the same number of physicians in a health system manage a broader number of patients attributed to primary care? The ROI to the health system is clear — when you have more patients attributed to you, that attribution is monetizable through services the health system provides to that population. The human ROI to patients is that they are now attributed to primary care physicians, whereas otherwise they might wait six or nine months to find one.  On the path to those ROIs, there are first-order KPIs along the way: engagement rate between patients and Tom, care gaps that Tom identified and closed, issues patients raised in conversations that Tom connected to the right venue of care, and symptoms that patients expressed that Tom helped direct to the right place. Those are the first-order KPIs. The second-order KPIs are the ROI outcomes I mentioned.

Ritu: That’s a key point — as long as patients are actually getting access to primary care physicians, you can see the system is working. Let’s change tracks a bit. Tell us about your background and how you got into healthcare. We often get very interesting and personal stories from our guests on that question.

Jean-Claude: I’m an engineer, so I’ve spent my career solving problems. Early on I was in horizontal engineering — technologies across the board. At some point I wanted to get into a vertical I felt passionate about. I was looking at renewable energy as one option, and healthcare as the other. I joke that I got into healthcare because I thought it would be easy. I’ve been in healthcare since 2005 — twenty-one years now.  I got in on the startup side. I’m in Boston, so we started a company in Concord, Massachusetts. In 2005, we had the ambition of creating a SaaS platform to connect medical device manufacturers and health systems and help manage medical devices via RFID from manufacturing all the way through to implantation in patients. That was my entry into healthcare. The technology was very exciting at the time — RFID was the thing back then, the way AI is now. Now it’s ubiquitous. Back then it was early uses of RFID at national scale.  We sold that company — WaveMark — into Cardinal Health. I spent four years at Cardinal Health managing and growing that RFID business from startup scale to enterprise scale. Then I joined Wolters Kluwer Health, where I worked on frontline clinical decision support products like UpToDate, built up the AI Center of Excellence, and did a lot of AI innovation. And this is my third or fourth chapter in healthcare — joining Lumeris about five and a half years ago.

Ritu: Thank you for sharing that story. We have time for one more question. With Tom, you’re bringing together EHR, payer, claims, clinical, and other data to determine the Best Next Action. Do you think the real competitive advantage in healthcare AI will ultimately come from the model — since all we hear about is which model is better or faster — or from the ability to build this longitudinal data and workflow layer?

Jean-Claude: It’s not the models. When any one of the hyperscalers or OpenAI or Anthropic releases a model, eight billion people on the planet have that model the next day. So having that model cannot be a competitive advantage. What I put on my slide — and this comes straight from a conversation with healthcare executives last week — is that the competitive advantage is the data you have. It’s the knowledge you have about care delivery. Many have tried to fix healthcare from a technology lens alone over the past twenty or thirty years, and many have failed doing it purely through tech.  So it’s the data and the understanding of patients. It’s understanding the care delivery models and the domain knowledge — whether that’s primary care, surgery, or cardiovascular. And the third element is building actual applications that leverage these highly democratized LLM models, powering them with your data and your understanding of what you’re trying to do, and then integrating them into workflows — and more importantly, creating new workflows. Integrating into existing workflows is a form of automation, and that’s fine. But now we should be able to create entirely new, reimagined workflows. The totality of that — data, domain knowledge, and applications that create new workflows — is what the competitive advantage actually is.

Ritu: That’s a great answer, and it ties back to what you mentioned earlier — Lumeris had all this proprietary data and deep understanding of the problem that you integrated into Tom. Time has flown by and we’re almost at the end. Would you like to share any closing thoughts or advice for listeners in the healthcare technology field?

Jean-Claude: Three pieces of advice that are top of mind for me. First, don’t fall into the automation trap. There’s an urge to automate things because you can see where AI fits and it’s satisfying to do — but you can get stuck there. The bigger opportunity is reimagining new workflows and new ways of delivering value, not just automating existing ones. I see a lot of pure automation of existing workflows right now. You have to do some of that, but at some point you need to invent the new.  Second, don’t fall into the pilot trap. Pilots were essential in 2023 and 2024 — you cannot learn this stuff from a textbook, you have to do it. But we are in 2026. If you were still just running pilots, that was the top of the funnel. Now we can narrow the funnel, make big bets, and make those enterprise bets.  Third, don’t fall into the perfection trap. LLMs and AI are not perfect, but the problems we’re going after don’t have perfect solutions today either. We can fix enormous problems without perfect AI. The search for perfection will keep technology that patients and clinicians genuinely need locked in a box while we wait for it to be perfect enough to release.

Ritu: That’s great advice. Thank you so much for joining our podcast today. It’s been a wonderful discussion, JC.

Jean-Claude: Absolutely. Thank you so much.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Healthcare’s New Workforce: Humans + AI Agents + Voice Agents

Healthcare’s New Workforce: Humans + AI Agents + Voice Agents

Healthcare’s New Workforce:
Humans + AI Agents + Voice Agents

Redesigning work, not just automating tasks

Date/Time

Wednesday, 28 October 2026
10:00 – 11:00 AM ET

The Future of Healthcare Work Is Collaborative

Healthcare organizations are entering a new era, one in which clinicians, operational teams, AI agents, and voice agents work together.

The opportunity goes far beyond automating individual tasks. AI can help redesign how work moves across the organization: coordinating complex workflows, supporting clinical and administrative teams, engaging patients, and enabling employees to focus on decisions and interactions that require human judgment and empathy.

Join Rohit Mahajan and Ritu M. Uberoy, the Co-hosts of The Big Unlock Podcast as they discuss about how healthcare leaders can build a workforce model that combines human expertise with intelligent digital capabilities.


From Task Automation to Workforce Transformation

Bolt-on AI rarely delivers meaningful ROI. Before implementing AI into existing workflows, organizations must redesign how work gets done, removing bottlenecks, redefining roles, and enabling people and AI agents to work together effectively.

A thoughtfully designed human-and-AI workforce can:

  • Reduce administrative burden
  • Improve patient access and responsiveness
  • Coordinate work across fragmented systems
  • Support faster and more consistent decision-making
  • Expand organizational capacity without compromising quality
  • Allow clinicians and staff to spend more time on high-value human interactions

This webinar will examine what it takes to make that transition responsibly and effectively.

What We’ll Explore

  • How AI agents and voice agents are changing healthcare workflows
  • Where human expertise remains essential—and where AI can provide support
  • High-value opportunities across clinical, administrative, and patient-facing operations
  • How agentic AI can coordinate work across systems, teams, and communication channels
  • The role of voice agents in patient access, outreach, scheduling, navigation, and support
  • How to redesign roles and workflows instead of simply adding another technology
  • Governance, safety, accountability, and human oversight

Practical steps for moving from isolated pilots to enterprise adoption

 

Who Should Attend?

This webinar is designed for:

  • Healthcare CEOs, CIOs, CTOs, CMIOs and Chief Digital Officers
  • Clinical, nursing and operational leaders
  • Patient access and contact center executives
  • Digital transformation and innovation teams
  • AI, data and analytics leaders
  • Workforce strategy and human resources executives
  • Governance, compliance, privacy and risk leaders

Our previous webinars had attendees from these companies (and more):

Speakers

 

Rohit Mahajan
Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast, author of the book Quantum Care, and co-author of the book Generative AI

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur, technology executive, author, and host of The Big Unlock podcast. He works with healthcare and enterprise leaders to advance AI strategy, agentic AI, data modernization, and digital transformation.

Ritu M. Uberoy
Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast and co-author of the book Generative AI

Ritu M. Uberoy brings a healthcare-focused perspective to the responsible adoption of AI and emerging technologies. Her work explores how organizations can translate innovation into meaningful improvements in workforce effectiveness, patient experience, and care delivery.

Build a Workforce Designed for the AI Era

The healthcare workforce of the future will not be defined by humans or AI working independently. It will be defined by how effectively they work together.

Join us to explore how healthcare organizations can redesign work around human strengths, intelligent agents, and trusted voice-based experiences.

Wednesday, October 28, 2026
10:00–11:00 AM ET

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

AI-Powered Health Discovery and the Path to Care

Season 7

Episode 228 - Podcast with Ann Bilyew, President, WebMD Ignite
AI-Powered Health Discovery and the Path to Care

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 228 - AI-Powered Health Discovery and the Path to Care
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Ann Bilyew, President at WebMD Ignite, explores how the rise of AI-generated health information is changing the way health systems connect consumers to care. As LLMs increasingly own the information layer, she argues that the opportunity for healthcare organizations is shifting from owning search and discovery to establishing credibility and owning the handoff from a patient’s question to the right care.

Ann emphasizes the importance of complete, credible, and corroborated content, alongside personalized engagement that reflects each patient’s clinical circumstances, preferences, and needs. She also calls for reducing friction and breaking down organizational and technology silos across marketing, education, engagement, and care to create a more cohesive patient journey. Ann believes healthcare organizations must focus on creating the connection point between foundational AI models and the actual provision of care. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Ann Bilyew is a prominent executive in the healthcare sector, currently serving as the Executive Vice President (EVP) for Health and President of the Healthcare Solutions Group at Internet Brands, where she leads WebMD Ignite, the leading B2B growth partner for healthcare organizations. With over 20 years of experience in investing and leading healthcare companies, Bilyew plays a crucial role in shaping strategies for patient engagement and healthcare solutions.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of The Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu M. Uberoy, and I’m managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today. We are very happy to welcome Ann Bilyew to our podcast. Ann is a prominent executive in the healthcare sector, currently serving as Executive Vice President and President of the Healthcare Solutions Group at Internet Brands, where she leads WebMD Ignite, the leading B2B growth partner for healthcare organizations. She has over twenty years of experience investing in and leading healthcare companies, and plays a crucial role in shaping strategies for patient engagement and healthcare solutions. Really happy to have you here with us, Ann. Welcome.

Ann: Thank you, Ritu. It’s a pleasure to be here. Just a couple of sentences about WebMD Ignite so people understand what we do. Most people think of WebMD as the place consumers go with a health question, and that is still very much who we are. We also have Medscape, the leading professional source of information, reference, and news for clinicians. Ignite is our institutional or enterprise business for payers and providers and health systems. What we provide is a comprehensive patient and member engagement platform powered by industry-leading content and data, which enables personalization at scale and omni-channel orchestration. We are really the entire backbone of a patient or member engagement platform for payers and providers.

Ritu: Thank you for telling us about that, Ann. That leads directly to our first question. People are actively searching the internet for health information, and we’ve moved away from “Doctor Google” behavior toward AI summaries — where people don’t even know where the information is coming from; they’re just reading AI-generated answers and acting on them. Patients are now coming to doctors so prepared from ChatGPT that they’re essentially seeking a second opinion on something they’ve already formed a view about. How do we maintain trust in this environment, and how do patients know what to trust?

Ann: A great question, and we don’t really know yet — all of this has happened so quickly. What we do know is that there has been a complete collapse of the traditional funnel for health systems and payers doing traditional digital marketing. By our count, roughly seventy to eighty percent of a health system’s digital budget has been focused on search — specifically Google search. Over the past fifteen to twenty years, they’ve spent billions of dollars trying to be one of the little blue links at the top of a results page. What we’ve seen evolve over the last twelve months is that health is squarely in the crosshairs of AI Overviews — AI-generated answers instead of links. A study by BrightEdge from December of last year found that ninety percent of health-related questions put into Google now return an AI Overview. And when an answer is returned, click-through rates drop dramatically. A Semrush study from around the same period showed that when an AI Overview is present — which, remember, is now ninety percent of health-related searches — click-through rates drop to around one percent. That whole strategy of search engine optimization and search engine marketing has been completely blown up. The information is now readily available whether a consumer goes to Google or uses ChatGPT or Claude or whatever LLM they prefer. What’s increasingly scarce is credibility and trust, and that’s where a health system can maintain relevancy in the marketing funnel. That is where they increasingly need to focus.

Ritu: You’ve made the argument that content is scarce, and AI makes that point so much more consequential. Historically, patient education content could be reviewed, approved, and published. But now an LLM isn’t just giving back that same information — it’s combining it with other sources and generating new answers in real time. How should healthcare organizations treat their content layer in this environment?

Ann: When you look at what used to be called the digital front door — which was always a fancy phrase for a website — traditional SEO was all about keywords, volume of content, and number of pages. Scale. We know that no longer matters as much. Our team studied about fifty markets and well over a hundred and fifty health system websites to see not how they were ranking in Google, but how they were being cited by the LLMs. What we found is that the most important thing you can do is have the right information. When an LLM gives an answer, it is increasingly listing sources — and you want to be cited as one of those sources. To be cited, the content you publish has to be credible: complete, corroborated by third parties where possible, and connected to the overall pathway to care. What we see mattering most is physician profiles that are complete and comprehensive — that really tell a full story about those providers. You need robust information about the service lines that are most important to you, demonstrating your competency and capability, corroborated by third-party sources.  Beyond the citation, what ultimately matters is being listed as the handoff — the place to go for care. It used to be: question in Google, blue link, user lands on your site, and you try to guide them through the patient journey. Health system websites, frankly, are pretty awful. I would encourage any listener who says “my website is great” to actually go on it and see — the friction, the homepage trying to do everything at once between paying a bill, finding a location, and figuring out where to park, none of which has anything to do with getting a person interested in care to the right clinician. Health systems have to own the handoff from question to answer to care. The answers will increasingly be provided by LLMs — full stop. We’re not going to own the information layer. What we can own is the conversion layer, the conversion to care. That is where health systems need to optimize their content, their website, and their outreach.

Ritu: Both of those points are absolutely right. The handoff is so important because information is now coming from so many different sources, and the validity and trustworthiness of citations matters more than ever. Let’s change tracks a bit. We always love an origin story — how did you get into healthcare, how did you get comfortable with tech, and what has your journey looked like?

Ann: I’ve always been in healthcare my whole career — not as a clinician, but trained as a business person. My journey really has three or four chapters. Coming out of business school, I joined a healthcare-only boutique consulting firm called APM, really focused on M&A. This was during the first major transition to integrated delivery networks. Doing M&A, integration, and deep operational work was a great training ground — even post-MBA — to really learn how these organizations operate and how to design solutions that can actually work in the real world.  Then I joined a private equity firm called Advent and became a partner there, investing in healthcare technology and healthcare services, both in the US and internationally — Europe and Israel. I wanted to try running a company, so I took a portfolio company and became CEO of one called MD Everywhere. That’s where I really learned to lead large organizations through periods of rapid technological change. I’ve seen a lot of technological transitions over my career, and a lot of what I call technology theater — most of which ends badly. But this time feels a little different to me in terms of the impact of AI and the velocity of change. It feels different from most other transitions I’ve seen.  We successfully sold and exited that business, and I then joined Internet Brands just after they completed the acquisition of WebMD and took it private. My charge was to build out the institutional or enterprise business — what we now know as Ignite — and scale it. Today we work with 95% of the hundred and fifty largest health systems and 80% of the twenty largest payers, so we’ve gotten a lot done in the last four or five years.

Ritu: Loved hearing those chapters — but still want to go back to the origin. When you came out of business school, why healthcare? There were so many options. Usually people have a personal connection. Is there something that led you there?

Ann: Coming out of undergrad, I was accepted to Harvard Business School — which is unusual right out of college. They said, “You’re young — go work for a couple of years and then come back.” So I had a year to do essentially whatever I wanted. There was a community health center in Kansas City — I went to KU for undergrad — that wanted to build a new facility. They’d outgrown their current one and needed someone to come in on a project basis and help raise the capital through bond initiatives at the city and state level. It was a great project, and that’s really where I got the healthcare bug. I became genuinely intellectually interested in the complexity of the industry and the impact it has on communities and on the country as a whole. We raised the capital, got the building built, and I went back about a year later and saw the groundbreaking — knowing that project had helped many generations of families in Kansas City since then. That’s how I got into healthcare. Coming out of business school, I really only looked at healthcare and went directly to APM — sort of the mothership of healthcare boutique consulting, deploying to all of the leading health systems and payers at the time.

Ritu: Thank you for sharing that. WebMD Ignite describes itself as both a patient engagement organization and a growth partner helping health systems attract patients and strengthen referrals. Most of the time those goals align — but not always. What happens when the commercially optimal action for a health system isn’t necessarily best for the individual patient? And what governance do health systems need to ensure personalization is optimizing for the patient’s best interest rather than just becoming a more sophisticated marketing engine?

Ann: Just a quick clarification first — we work with over 650 health systems in total. The 95% figure refers to the 150 largest, but we work with organizations across the full spectrum: very small, local, regional, and standalone all the way up to the largest health systems in the country. That breadth gives us a tremendous perspective on what’s working, what isn’t, and what strategies are being deployed in different markets.  To answer your question: the way I think about it is that we have to earn the right to communicate with people. The only way to earn that right is to give them something of value — to show them that we know them, understand them, and have taken the time to understand the unique set of circumstances that make them an N of 1. What are their unique clinical characteristics? What are their unique socioeconomic circumstances? What are their preferences — how do they like to receive information, in what format, through what channels? Only when you put all of those things together can you say: here is what matters to this particular individual, here is where they are on their care journey right now. That is how you earn the right to communicate.  This is what retail and other industries have done well and have trained consumers to expect — they want to see that you’ve taken the time to understand their needs, and that you’re giving them information that is relevant, timely, and in their preferred format through their preferred channels. When we give people quality, tailored information, the patient will make the right decision for themselves. That is really our job: give them the right information personalized to their needs, preferences, and circumstances so they can make a good decision — and then facilitate whatever that decision is. Remove the friction from making an appointment, from signing up for a class, offer tools like health risk assessments or calculators. Remove the friction, help people make good decisions. The ultimate decision always belongs to the consumer, to the human, to the patient.

Ritu: What I gather from that answer is that you’ve tried to unify the patient journey. You’ve mentioned removing friction several times, and we know healthcare is deeply siloed. Given that unique perspective of working with 650-plus health systems, what has been the most difficult part of unifying the patient journey, and what goes on behind the scenes?

Ann: I can’t think of another industry that treats its customers — its patients — in such a siloed way. When we think about the patient journey, there’s content as they’re making a decision or selecting a provider or deciding whether to make an appointment — we call that marketing. Then once a patient is on a journey, has selected a provider, made an appointment, scheduled a procedure, the information they start receiving at that point we call education. But it’s all the same thing. It’s all designed to influence someone to make a decision and take an action that is hopefully in their best interest. Whether they’re early in the journey, deciding whether to see a clinician, or they’ve already scheduled a procedure and are receiving information on how to prepare — it’s all information and engagement designed to influence at different stages.  The challenge is that those parts of the organization are completely siloed. Clinical owns patient education; marketing owns patient acquisition and activation; someone else owns retention and adherence. Separate budgets, separate teams, separate technology stacks — yet it’s one person going all the way through that journey. It’s one human being we’re speaking to throughout. Getting our clients to think that way is the work. Some are getting there — you’re starting to see new roles like VP of Patient Experience or Chief Patient Experience Officer, and budgets beginning to come together. But we’re still in the early innings.

Ritu: Time has flown, as usual, and we’re almost at the end of the podcast. Any closing thoughts or crystal ball predictions? We used to ask about the next year or two — now it feels like the next few weeks.

Ann: Anyone making predictions today is taking a big risk. The speed at which we’re evolving as an industry, as a culture, as a country is astronomical and truly unprecedented. I wouldn’t venture any predictions other than this: the information layer will increasingly be owned by the LLMs and the foundational models. Our job is to figure out how to make the connection point between those foundational models and the actual provision of care. That is where we have to concentrate, and that is where we have to figure out how to build.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Ann, for joining us on the Big Unlock Podcast. It’s been our pleasure having you as our guest.

Ann: Thank you. It’s been my pleasure. I appreciate it very much.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Healthcare AI Is Entering Its Accountability Era

Healthcare AI Is Entering Its Accountability Era

Healthcare AI Is Entering Its Accountability Era

By Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

I’ll be in San Diego on October 22–23 for the HIMSS AI in Healthcare Forum. I’m looking forward to hearing from the leaders who are making AI work inside healthcare organizations, and to bringing those conversations to The Big Unlock audience.

The question I hope to explore is: What does it take to make AI dependable in everyday care and operations?

Healthcare has no shortage of promising pilots. The harder work begins when a tool must fit into a clinician’s day, draw on data that may be incomplete, and perform consistently across patients, teams, and sites. A successful demonstration can show what is possible. Sustained use tells us much more about whether the technology is useful.

That is why the forum’s focus on governance, data, implementation, and clinical and operational impact feels timely. These topics belong in the same conversation. A health system cannot evaluate an AI application solely on the strength of its model. Leaders also need to know who is accountable for its use, how its performance will be monitored, and what happens when the output is wrong or the workflow changes.

I’m particularly interested in three questions.

Where is AI making a measurable difference? I want to hear what organizations are seeing after deployment: whether patients get help sooner, clinicians spend less time on administrative work, or teams can deliver a service more reliably. The most useful stories include the measures, the tradeoffs, and what had to change to achieve the result.

How are health systems redesigning work around AI? Adding AI to an existing process may save a few steps, but the larger opportunity is to examine the process itself. Who receives the output? Who acts on it? When does a person need to step in? Those decisions determine whether a promising tool becomes part of a better way of working.

How are leaders earning trust at scale? Governance must be practical enough to guide decisions before and after deployment. I’m eager to learn how organizations are evaluating tools, defining clinical oversight, checking for uneven performance, and responding when a system falls short.

These are the kinds of questions we ask on The Big Unlock. The conversations that stay with me are often the ones in which leaders explain what they learned from implementation: where their assumptions were challenged, how they brought people along, and what they would do differently next time.

I look forward to continuing that conversation in San Diego. If you’re attending the forum and working through the realities of healthcare AI, I’d welcome the chance to connect. I’ll share the ideas and perspectives that stand out in the days following the event.

You can save 35% on registration with the code BIGUNLOCK at the HIMSS AI in Healthcare Forum registration page. See you there!

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

At The MedTech Conference, I’ll be looking for what makes innovation work in care

At The MedTech Conference, I’ll be looking for what makes innovation work in care

Looking Forward to the Conversations Shaping Healthcare’s Next Chapter

By Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

I’ll be in Boston this October for The MedTech Conference, where leaders across medical technology, healthcare delivery, and digital health will meet to discuss what comes next. As co-host of The Big Unlock podcast, I’m looking forward to conversations with the people building new tools and the people responsible for making them work in care.

The conference agenda spans AI and digital health, diagnostics, commercialization, patient access, and the economics of care delivery. These subjects are closely connected. A promising technology may perform well in a demonstration, but its impact depends on whether clinicians can use it in their workflow, patients can access it, and health systems can sustain it. 

That is the question I’ll bring to Boston: What does it take to move a useful innovation into everyday care?

 

Where AI meets the clinical workflow

AI is becoming part of the medtech conversation in tangible ways, from connected devices and continuous health data to tools that help clinicians interpret information and make decisions. The conference’s AI and digital health programming reflects that breadth.

I’m especially interested in what happens after a tool proves it can perform a task. Who receives its output? Does it help the care team decide what to do next? How does it fit into an existing process, and who is accountable when the process changes?

Those questions matter to health systems facing pressure on staff time and resources. The strongest applications of AI will be the ones designed around a real care need, with a clear role for clinicians and a way to measure whether the experience improves.


Adoption depends on the whole system

On The Big Unlock, we often hear different perspectives on the same challenge. Innovators focus on what technology makes possible. Health system leaders ask how to put it into practice. Clinicians want to know whether it helps them care for patients. Each perspective is essential.

I’ll be listening for examples of medtech companies and care delivery organizations working through those questions together. How are they building evidence? What makes implementation easier for clinical teams? How are they thinking about access, payment, and long-term value?

The conference’s discussions of provider economics and AI adoption should make for particularly useful conversations. A solution has to address a meaningful problem for the organizations and people expected to use it. (The MedTech Conference)


Conversations I hope to bring back

Events like this are most valuable when the ideas on stage lead to candid conversations off stage. I’m looking forward to meeting medtech leaders, clinicians, health system executives, and founders who can speak openly about what they have learned, including where implementation has been difficult.

I’ll share the insights and conversations that stand out through The Big Unlock. Are you at The MedTech Conference? I would love the chance to connect. What are you seeing that is making a measurable difference in care, and what is still getting in the way?

 

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

AI-Native Means Rethinking the Workflow, Not Bolting on AI

Season 7

Episode 227 - Podcast with Don Woodlock, President, InterSystems
AI-Native Means Rethinking the Workflow, Not Bolting on AI

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 227 - AI-Native Means Rethinking the Workflow, Not Bolting on AI
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Don Woodlock, President of InterSystems, discusses what it takes to make AI work effectively in healthcare. He emphasizes that organizations need to look beyond models and focus equally on use cases, ROI, change management, data, and integration. AI needs to be connected to the right data, context, procedures, and skills to deliver value within an organization.

Don emphasizes that healthcare remains a human endeavor. AI can summarize complex patient information and help clinicians consider additional possibilities, but it should support human decision-making rather than replace it. He sees agentic AI helping with administrative tasks, reducing burden, and improving access, with human oversight remaining essential.

Don believes AI-native healthcare requires AI to be embedded directly into products and workflows. Rather than bolting AI onto existing software, the opportunity is to rethink how users interact with systems, allowing them to state what they want accomplished while the technology handles the underlying work. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at HIMSS.

About Our Guest

Don Woodlock joined InterSystems in 2017 to oversee HealthShare, the company’s interoperability platform. In 2020, he expanded his responsibilities to include TrakCare, InterSystems’ comprehensive healthcare information system, along with overall responsibility for the company’s global healthcare strategy and vision. Woodlock was appointed President of InterSystems in 2026.

Prior to joining InterSystems, Woodlock was vice president and general manager of the Enterprise Imaging division at GE Healthcare. He brings nearly 30 years of experience in IT, beginning his career at IDX Systems Corporation and spending more than 15 years at GE Healthcare, where he led multiple divisions and oversaw the integration of acquired technologies.

Woodlock is a founding advisory board member of the MIT Generative AI Impact Consortium, contributing to efforts focused on responsible AI adoption and real-world implementation in healthcare. He also hosts Code to Care, an educational video series focused on practical applications of AI and data technologies. He holds a Bachelor of Science in Electrical Engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’m managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today along with Rohit. We are thrilled to be welcoming Don Woodlock to our podcast. Don is the President of InterSystems, where he leads the company’s day-to-day operations after spending eight years leading its healthcare business and global healthcare strategy. Prior to InterSystems, Don spent a long time at GE Healthcare. He is also a founding advisory board member of the MIT Generative AI Impact Consortium and hosts Code to Care, a series focused on practical applications of AI and data technologies in healthcare. We’re sure this will be a really interesting conversation — Don brings a unique perspective on how data interoperability, AI, and trusted technology infrastructure will shape the next era of healthcare. Looking forward to it, Don. With that I’ll hand it to Rohit, and then we’ll get started.

Rohit: Welcome, Don, to the podcast. I’m Rohit Mahajan, CEO and managing partner at Damo Consulting and co-host of this podcast. Looking forward to an engaging conversation.

Don: I’m glad to be here. It’s such an exciting era that we’re in — we really need each other in the community to figure out best practices, what’s working and what’s not, so we can direct our energy into what’s best for patients and clinicians everywhere.

Ritu: Let’s get started. You stepped into the president role at InterSystems after spending so much of your career deeply immersed in healthcare technology. As you look across the technology landscape now, what do you think healthcare leaders are still underestimating about the transformation AI is bringing? And what do they really need to do? We’re seeing time horizons shrink from years to months to weeks — it’s almost daily with new models and new headlines. How does anyone keep up, and what should CIOs be thinking about?

Don: In terms of AI, there’s the center everyone talks about — the models, the safety, the applications coming out of the frontier model companies. But there’s a front end and a back end that I think we need to spend more time on. The front end is the use cases, the ROI, the change management. We’re kind of kids in a candy store, and there’s a real danger of eating too much candy — of not being judicious about where we invest our time and everyone else’s. The back end is the data and integration requirements that actually make AI work. It’s not just ChatGPT or Claude applied to healthcare. You need to wire it up, give it data and context, procedures and skills and all kinds of things to make it really perform for your organization. All three legs of that stool need to be attended to for AI to work really well.

Ritu: Great answer. People are really underestimating that. I heard a term recently on LinkedIn — “AI wishing,” as opposed to AI washing — where most people think they can wave a magic wand and AI will just solve all their problems. That leads directly to my next question: healthcare is fundamentally different from other industries where AI agents can simply execute tasks and correct mistakes afterward. In healthcare that simply doesn’t work. Where is the boundary between AI that recommends and AI that acts, when the accountable party always has to be the clinician?

Don: Healthcare is serious business, and AI can’t just be let loose. There are areas — revenue cycle management, administrative scheduling — where you might treat it more like other industries. But for core physician and patient decision-making, AI has to play an empowering role: making sure facts are clear, opening the aperture of what else should be considered. There’s a lot AI can do to support those conversations, but it still has to be human-led. I heard a physician speak recently about a patient who asked what AI thought about their case — but what they really wanted to know was what the physician thought. Patients can figure out AI’s opinion on everything at home. When they come to a healthcare organization, they’re there for human expertise and human touch. Human in the loop is the obvious thing to say, but we need to make it work in a way that truly empowers people. In the end, it’s clinicians and patients who make the choices.

Ritu: I think that’s a great distinction — AI is helping patients prepare for visits and be better informed. But when they get to the doctor, they’re really looking for expertise and reassurance.

Don: From the doctor’s point of view, AI is very good at gathering facts — summarizing a giant chart, surfacing any cardiac history buried in the record, those kinds of things. AI can quickly read a big chart and tell you what’s pertinent. What’s also valuable is the “what else should I be considering?” function — before a clinician zeros in on a diagnosis and treatment plan, AI can open the aperture. What else should I be looking at? The human still makes the choice, but AI is a great input into that choice. It has a lot of positive benefits even from a clinical practice standpoint. But in the end, it has to be used in support of human decision-making.

Rohit: You’re captain of a very large ship that has been sailing for a very long time. From your vantage point, what are some of the things you’re navigating from the AI perspective to ensure your customers and users get the best possible experience?

Don: InterSystems is a software company that supports healthcare as well as other industries, and the software industry itself is going through massive transformation because of AI. So a big part of this is internal — how should AI be used in our own processes to build software, implement it, support it, sell it, market it?  We’ve gone through a few transitions. Step one was basically giving everybody a license to OpenAI or Claude. That gets the wheels turning — people have a personal tool they didn’t have before and can discover how it helps them in whatever role they’re in. Step two, which is where we’re focused now, is embedding generative AI systemically into how we work. It’s no longer a personal choice about whether to use it right now — it’s cemented into the way we operate. For example, when you check in code, it automatically does a code review and posts the results in our system. Nobody is choosing to ask AI to review the code — it’s just built in.  Or take our EHR implementation process outside the US — a year-long program. We’ve built 42 different agents to help employees get their implementation jobs done. One simple example: the first step in an implementation is to read the sales contract and identify what matters to you as an implementer — penalties, specific dates, service level agreements, unusual requirements. We wrote a contract summarization agent. As soon as you post the contract, it automatically summarizes the document — not a generic summary, but one tailored for the implementation person, pulling out implementation-specific items and posting the summary where the rest of the team can benefit from it. That’s embedded right into the work process. The idea is to make the company AI-infused in the way it does its work — that’s the phase we’re in right now.

Rohit: What are you hearing from clients? They’re becoming more well-versed with AI and generative AI, running their own experiments and pilots. You must have a great listening machine over there. What are the common themes bubbling up from the customer side?

Don: There are developer customers and end-user customers. Developer customers are going through a similar transition to ours — generally a little behind us since many are smaller companies or startups. They’re mostly interested in best practices: how should they set up their development environments to best leverage AI on our technology? How do they get our documentation into the context so Claude Code can see it and read it? It’s really about helping them build the best generative AI-assisted development environment with our technology as one of their key platforms.  On the end-user front, it’s use cases, ROI, safety, and governance — all the right issues around how to adopt AI in a way that actually works. And every month the conversation shifts. Right now a big topic is token cost — how do I predict and manage the cost of AI? The implicit question is: will I get an ROI for this use case, or am I spending money without a proportionate benefit? It’s a little like cloud computing a few years ago when cloud costs got out of control. Now people’s token costs are doing the same thing, and they’re trying to figure out how to manage it. The lesson is the same: don’t max tokens — max benefits.

Rohit: The parallel to cloud computing is very pertinent. The same runaway cost dynamic, the same need to get strategic about it.

Don: Both cloud and AI are transformative — but that’s not the same as just letting loose. There’s value in a period of exploration at the beginning, because it’s hard to think of everything when you’re facing a genuinely new transformative technology. But at some point you have to take a strategic view of it, and I think we’re getting into those more strategic views now.  The other big trend, of course, is agentic AI and how it changes the equation for use cases. Healthcare is a little conservative from a technology adoption standpoint, and I think we appreciate that as patients — we want things thought through. In software development, agentic AI is here and now; in healthcare it’s more of a “what could this bring?” question. But I think agentic AI has a bright future in healthcare, particularly for administrative tasks. Imagine telling an agent: “Set up this patient for surgery — get the prior auth, schedule the surgery, check for any transportation needs.” The key is that the agent presents a plan, and the human approves or adjusts before hitting go. That ramps up the importance of human-in-the-loop design and user experience even further. We’re at the beginning of what’s going to be a multi-year era on that front.

Rohit: We’re seeing that directly with one of the startups we work with in AI ophthalmology — the physician is in the loop while the agents work in the background. That’s exactly the model that scales, especially for anything patient-facing.

Don: Healthcare isn’t purely scientific. It involves ethical issues, personal goals and preferences, family considerations — it’s not like software development, which is more straightforward and less wrapped up in medical ethics. AI has a lot to contribute, but it doesn’t carry the risk of wanting to remove humans from the equation. Healthcare is a very human endeavor.  The other dimension specific to healthcare is staffing shortages. Unlike other industries where people are worried about job elimination, healthcare has a genuine shortage of clinicians — physicians, nurses, social workers, physical therapists. People are already waiting too long for appointments. If AI can lower the administrative burden, speed up access to care, and let physicians and nurses go home when their shift ends — those are all very positive things for the industry.

Ritu: Don, would love to hear your thoughts on the AI-native EHR, since InterSystems is also positioning in that direction. With generative AI, ambient interfaces, and agents that can take action — where do you think the EHR is heading in an AI-native world?

Don: Let me take you back to the concept of AI-native for a moment. When generative AI first arrived, some EMR vendors were simply partnering with third parties — bringing in ambient listening technology or chart summarization through partnerships. You partner when something isn’t core to what you’re trying to accomplish. When we looked at it, we said: AI is going to have a huge impact on healthcare, and the last thing we want to do is make it a non-core activity. AI needs to be our competence — built right into the product. Partnering would have cost us six months to market, but what you get when you build it yourself is that it’s yours, it’s core, it’s in the middle of your value proposition. That was the original idea behind AI-native. The rest of the industry has since moved in the same direction, because that’s the right approach.  The goal is always to simplify the workflow for the user. It’s already clunky to use computers when you’re trying to take care of a patient. If you have to jump between multiple software programs, alt-tab, re-log in, and transfer information — that’s clunky. Getting AI right within the workflow, making it a natural part of a unified clinical experience, was important.  I’ll share a story. We implemented a chart summarization assistant — a button at the top of the EMR that opens up the right third of the screen as a chatbot. We visited our first customer who had used it, an ED doctor. I was over his shoulder as he opened a patient, asked four questions of the assistant, then went to see the patient. When he came back, I asked, “Do you ever use the left two-thirds of the screen anymore — the thing we spent fifteen years building?” He said, “No, I never use that.” It had only been live for two weeks. That’s how quickly the world changes. The primary way someone used to learn about a patient was to open the chart, click through the tabs, review the last visit. Now that’s gone.  That’s a read-only use case. But imagine agentic AI delivering more impactful use cases: “Get this patient ready for surgery — do all the steps.” “Work up this patient for this situation.” “Negotiate with the payer’s AI on getting these claims paid.” You state a higher-level intent, and the system figures out what you mean and goes and does it. Software in five years — or less — is going to look completely different. All the user interaction patterns we built over the past twenty years may give way to a new model. That’s what AI-native really means: not bolted on to the last twenty years, but a fundamental rethinking of how end users interact with systems.

Ritu: Great story — I’m sure our listeners loved that. Time has flown by and we’re almost at the end. We usually love to close with an origin story — how did you get into this field, and particularly into healthcare and technology?

Don: When I graduated college I was a math person — I went to MIT, where computer science and electrical engineering were in the same department. I interviewed for both electrical engineering and software jobs. For electrical engineering I pictured myself in a basement with an oscilloscope, wiring things together, and that little circuit would eventually end up in a speakerphone at some hospital — but I would never meet anyone who got value out of what I did. I’d just be part of a long chain. With software, I always imagined I’d be talking directly to end users and building things directly for them. So I took a software job at a healthcare software company — actually an InterSystems customer at the time.  It all turned out exactly as I’d imagined. I remember one of my first projects, in Albany, New York at a healthcare system. I would gather all the users in the morning and ask, “What do you want the software to do?” They’d tell me what enhancements they wanted, I’d code all afternoon, and at 4:00 I’d gather them again to show what I’d built. That direct touch with end users — delivering what they need and seeing them find value in it — has been a core part of my whole career. Fast-forward a few decades, and InterSystems is still a very customer-focused company. I still get to do that all the time, even if I’m not writing production code anymore.

Rohit: Great story. Don, you mentioned the Code to Care series in your introduction — would you like to tell listeners a little more about that?

Don: It’s a video series of five-to-ten-minute videos explaining AI concepts in simple terms for this audience. I enjoy teaching, and I find that AI can be confusing and full of buzzwords. So I started the series to explain things clearly — a recent one covered the shift from prompt engineering to context engineering to harness engineering. Those are terms people hear and don’t quite know what they mean, and I take five minutes to explain them. I have a nice little audience that appreciates learning in bite-sized segments.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Don. Really appreciate you joining us today.

Don: Thank you both. This was a very engaging conversation. I appreciate it.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at https://thebigunlock.com/ and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Looking Forward to the Conversations Shaping Healthcare’s Next Chapter

Looking Forward to the Conversations Shaping Healthcare’s Next Chapter

Looking Forward to the Conversations Shaping Healthcare’s Next Chapter

By Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

Healthcare has no shortage of new technologies, promising pilots, and ambitious transformation programs. The more important question is whether these innovations can move beyond experimentation to improve care reliably, responsibly, and at scale.

That is the question I will be carrying with me to the HealthIMPACT Fall Forum 2026, taking place October 6–7 in New York City.

As co-host of The Big Unlock podcast, I look forward to meeting healthcare executives, clinical leaders, and technology innovators—and hearing candid perspectives on what it takes to translate innovation into measurable improvements in care delivery.


Moving the conversation from pilots to impact

The theme of this year’s Forum, “Champions of Care: Scaling Healthcare Everywhere,” is timely.

Across the industry, we are seeing tremendous enthusiasm for generative AI, intelligent automation, virtual care, remote monitoring, and AI-enabled clinical and administrative workflows. Yet healthcare organizations are also becoming more discerning. The conversation is shifting from what AI can do to what health systems can implement successfully, sustain operationally, and measure meaningfully.

Many organizations have launched promising pilots. Far fewer have established the data foundations, governance models, redesigned workflows, workforce capabilities, and operating structures required to scale those pilots across the enterprise.

The next phase of healthcare transformation will not be defined by the number of AI tools an organization adopts. It will be defined by whether those tools make healthcare more accessible, improve the experience of patients and clinicians, strengthen operational performance, and produce measurable outcomes.

That is why I am particularly interested in the Forum’s focus on what is actually working inside health systems.


The questions I will be exploring

As co-host of The Big Unlock, I have had the privilege of speaking with healthcare leaders who are navigating transformation from many different vantage points. These conversations have reinforced that meaningful innovation rarely begins with technology alone. It begins with a clearly defined problem, a deep understanding of the workflow, and alignment among the people responsible for delivering care.

At the HealthIMPACT Fall Forum, I will be listening for practical answers to several questions.


How are health systems moving clinical AI into production?

The distance between a successful proof of concept and an enterprise-wide deployment can be significant. Scaling requires integration with existing workflows, high-quality data, clinical validation, user trust, change management, and a sustainable operating model.

I want to learn how leading organizations are crossing that gap, and which lessons they have learned when early approaches did not work as expected.


How are leaders redesigning work around AI?

Bolt-on AI will not deliver the full value that healthcare organizations need. Adding intelligence to an inefficient process may accelerate individual tasks, but it does not necessarily improve the end-to-end experience.

The larger opportunity is to redesign workflows around the combined capabilities of clinicians, operational teams, AI agents, voice agents, and automation. Doing this well requires leaders to consider roles, accountability, handoffs, exceptions, and the patient experience, not simply the technology.


How is AI governance becoming operational?

Responsible AI cannot remain a set of principles documented by a committee. Governance must become part of how solutions are selected, validated, deployed, monitored, and improved.

Health systems need practical mechanisms for addressing safety, bias, transparency, privacy, cybersecurity, and accountability. They also need clarity about who owns an AI-enabled workflow after it moves into production.

I am especially interested in hearing how organizations are translating governance frameworks into everyday decisions without slowing responsible innovation.


Are data and interoperability keeping pace with AI ambitions?

AI is only as effective as the information and context available to it. Fragmented data, inconsistent standards, limited access, and weak integration can quickly constrain even the most sophisticated solution.

As healthcare organizations expand their AI strategies, foundational investments in data architecture, interoperability, quality, and governance become even more important. I look forward to learning how health systems are modernizing these foundations while continuing to meet immediate operational priorities.


How is technology helping care move beyond the hospital?

Virtual nursing, remote monitoring, hospital-at-home programs, and distributed care models are creating new possibilities for delivering care closer to patients.

Technology is an important enabler, but successful programs also require clinical alignment, patient engagement, reimbursement strategies, logistics, and reliable escalation pathways. The real test is whether these models can improve access and outcomes while maintaining safety and continuity of care.


Listening for the stories behind the strategy

One reason I value gatherings such as the HealthIMPACT Fall Forum is the opportunity to move beyond polished transformation narratives.

The most valuable conversations are often about the decisions behind the results: what leaders prioritized, where they encountered resistance, what they underestimated, how they measured progress, and what they would do differently.

These stories matter because healthcare transformation is rarely linear. Progress comes through disciplined experimentation, continuous learning, and the willingness to adapt technology to the realities of care delivery.

Through The Big Unlock, our goal is to bring these perspectives to a wider audience of healthcare executives, clinical leaders, and innovators. We want to understand not only what is changing, but also how leaders are turning ideas into sustainable operating models and measurable improvements.


Let’s connect in New York

I am looking forward to two days of candid, peer-to-peer discussion with leaders working across AI, digital health, cybersecurity, interoperability, workforce transformation, virtual care, and new care-delivery models.

If you are attending the HealthIMPACT Fall Forum and have a compelling transformation story, an implementation lesson, or a perspective on what healthcare should scale next, I would be glad to connect. You can use the code BIGUNLOCK20 when registering to receive 20% off your registration. I hope to see you there and continue the conversation in New York.

I look forward to listening, learning, and sharing some of the most important insights emerging from the Forum with the Big Unlock community.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Health Literacy is the Missing Link to Better Patient Outcomes and Digital Healthcare Transformation

Insights from Greg O’Neill, Director of Patient & Family Health Education at ChristianaCare, on The Big Unlock Podcast

Healthcare is investing heavily in artificial intelligence, digital front doors, patient portals, virtual care, automation, and increasingly sophisticated tools designed to improve the patient experience.

But amid this rapid technology transformation, one of healthcare’s most fundamental challenges remains surprisingly simple: Do patients actually understand what is happening with their care and what they need to do next?

For Greg O’Neill, Director of Patient & Family Health Education at ChristianaCare, that question gets to the heart of health literacy.

Greg brings an unusual perspective to the conversation. He began his career at the bedside as a trauma and surgical ICU nurse before moving into advanced practice nursing and eventually system-level leadership. Today, he leads ChristianaCare’s strategic approach to patient education and health literacy, giving him a view that spans the individual patient encounter and the broader health system.

In a recent conversation on The Big Unlock Podcast, Greg argued that communication should not be treated as a “soft” component of healthcare. It is an essential part of delivering safe, effective care.

His perspective is particularly relevant as health systems adopt AI and digital technologies at an accelerating pace. Technology can make healthcare more efficient, but if patients leave an encounter confused, overwhelmed, or unsure about what comes next, digital transformation has not solved the underlying problem.

Key learnings of the episode: 

  • Health Literacy Drives Better Patient Outcomes
  • Technology Should Strengthen, Not Disrupt, Clinical Workflows
  • AI Can Reduce Patient Burden by Connecting Fragmented Care
  • Better Communication Builds Trust and Improves Care
Listen to the full conversation

Health Literacy Is Really About Access

Healthcare often talks about access in terms of appointment availability, insurance coverage, transportation, geographic proximity, or digital connectivity. Greg introduces another dimension: communication itself can determine whether care is truly accessible. Patients may technically have access to a clinician, medication, treatment plan, or digital resource. But if the information surrounding that care is too complicated or overwhelming, meaningful access can quickly disappear.

This is particularly important because healthcare asks patients to process enormous amounts of information, often at moments when they are sick, frightened, stressed, or managing multiple conditions. Medication instructions. Test results. Discharge plans. Follow-up appointments. Referrals. Insurance requirements. Lifestyle changes. Each additional piece of information adds to the cognitive burden.

From Greg’s perspective, effective health communication starts with two principles: make healthcare easier and meet people where they are. That means using plain language, reducing unnecessary complexity, providing information in forms people can realistically use, and thinking carefully about how much information a patient is expected to absorb at once. The implication for healthcare leaders is significant. Health literacy should not sit on the periphery of patient experience strategy. It should be considered alongside access, equity, digital experience, quality, and safety. A digital front door is only truly accessible if the patient understands how to walk through it.

 

In an AI-Driven World, Trust Becomes Even More Important

Patients today have unprecedented access to health information. Search engines, social platforms, health websites, online communities, and generative AI tools can answer questions almost instantly. Patients may arrive at appointments having already researched their symptoms, medications, or possible diagnoses. For health systems, this creates both opportunity and risk.

Greg frames this through what he calls the attention economy. People have many places where they can seek information, but they tend to return to sources they trust. That makes the patient-caregiver relationship more important, not less important, in an AI-enabled healthcare environment. If patients leave a healthcare encounter unsure about what happened or confused about what they are supposed to do next, the information gap does not simply disappear. They will often look elsewhere to fill it.

The challenge for health systems, therefore, is not to compete with every external source of information. It is to become the source patients trust enough to return to. Technology has an important role to play, but Greg’s perspective is that digital resources should be wrapped around human relationships. AI might explain a medication. A digital tool might translate instructions. A patient portal might surface laboratory results. A voice agent might remind someone about an appointment. But the strongest foundation for all of those interactions remains trust between patients and their care teams. As healthcare becomes more digital, human connection becomes a strategic asset.

 

Standardize the Principles, Personalize the Relationship

A large health system faces an obvious challenge when trying to improve communication: healthcare is extraordinarily diverse. The way an oncology team communicates with a patient can be very different from how an emergency department, pediatric practice, surgical team, or primary care physician communicates. Trying to impose one rigid communication model across every specialty would be unrealistic.

Greg describes a more nuanced approach at ChristianaCare. At the enterprise level, the organization can establish broad standards and health-literacy best practices. Those standards create a common baseline for how patient education should work across the health system. But trust ultimately happens locally. It is built during the actual interaction between an individual patient and the nurse, physician, specialist, or other caregiver supporting them. This creates a useful model for health system transformation:

Standardize the principles. Localize the experience.

The organization can provide tools, governance, education, workflows, and communication standards. Individual clinicians and care teams then apply those resources within the context of their specific patient populations. This balance matters far beyond health literacy. As health systems scale AI and digital tools, enterprise standardization will increasingly be necessary for governance, safety, consistency, and efficiency. But standardization cannot come at the expense of the personal relationship that makes healthcare human.


AI Could Become the Connector Patients Have Been Missing

One of Greg’s most compelling observations concerns AI’s potential to address fragmentation. Patients experience healthcare as a journey. Healthcare organizations, however, often operate through individual systems, departments, specialties, applications, and encounters. The patient is frequently left responsible for connecting those pieces.

A specialist explains one part of the care plan. The primary care physician manages another. Medication information may live somewhere else. Test results appear in a portal. Follow-up instructions arrive through another channel. Patients then have to assemble those fragments into an understanding of three fundamental questions: What is happening? What is the plan? What do I need to do next?

Greg sees significant potential for AI to reduce this cognitive burden. Rather than simply generating more information, AI could help organize and contextualize the information patients already receive. Imagine an intelligent layer that understands the patient’s journey across encounters and can explain, in clear language, what happened during the last visit, what medications need attention, what appointments are coming up, what instructions matter now, and when the patient should contact their care team.

The transformational opportunity is not another chatbot sitting alongside an already fragmented healthcare experience. It is using AI to connect the fragments. That distinction is important. Healthcare does not necessarily need more information. Patients often already have too much of it. What they need is greater clarity. AI’s greatest contribution to the patient experience may therefore be its ability to transform fragmented information into understandable guidance.

 

The Best Patient Technology Is Technology Clinicians Will Actually Use

Health systems can purchase sophisticated patient education platforms, but technology creates little value if caregivers find it cumbersome. Greg’s nursing background strongly shapes his view here. When ChristianaCare evaluates and implements patient education technology, one of the priorities is ensuring that it fits into clinicians’ existing workflows rather than pulling them away from the work they are already doing. That sounds straightforward, but it addresses one of digital health’s most persistent challenges.

A solution can be designed beautifully for patients while creating additional clicks, screens, logins, documentation requirements, or workflow steps for clinicians. When that happens, adoption becomes difficult. Greg describes a different design principle: patient benefit and caregiver usability should reinforce each other. If clinicians can easily incorporate an education tool into their normal process, they are more likely to use it consistently. Patients, in turn, are more likely to receive information that is timely and relevant.

The lesson for health systems evaluating digital tools is to apply a health-literacy lens not only to the final patient-facing content but also to the entire workflow. Is the information understandable? Is the experience intuitive? Can caregivers use it naturally? Does it reduce complexity—or add another layer? And does the technology make the interaction between clinician and patient better?

For healthcare AI in particular, this may become an increasingly important test. The most sophisticated technology is not necessarily the most valuable. The technology that disappears naturally into the workflow may ultimately have the greatest impact.


Measuring Health Literacy Requires Looking Beyond Financial ROI

Healthcare executives understandably want measurable returns from technology and transformation investments. Health literacy presents an interesting challenge because some of its most important effects are difficult to capture in a single metric. ChristianaCare looks toward established health system outcomes such as quality, safety, readmissions, and patient and family feedback, while continuing to develop stronger connections between patient education tools and measurable outcomes.

But Greg also emphasizes something that dashboards may not fully capture: whether the person receiving care genuinely understands it. This is where practices such as teach-back become powerful. Instead of assuming a patient understood an explanation, a caregiver asks the patient to describe the information or instructions back in their own words. That simple interaction can reveal misunderstandings before the patient leaves. It can also give clinicians something deeply important: confidence that their communication worked.

For Greg, those moments matter.

Healthcare professionals do not come to work thinking only about quarterly metrics. They want to know that the care they provided made a difference. This suggests that the business case for health literacy should combine multiple dimensions: 

  • Patient outcomes and safety. 
  • Patient experience and trust.
  • Clinician experience. 
  • Operational efficiency. 
  • Avoidable utilization. 
  • And, critically, the patient’s ability to understand and act on the care they receive.

The strongest ROI story may emerge when health systems connect these human measures with traditional quality and operational metrics.

 

The Health Literacy Lens Should Extend to Every Digital Transformation Decision

Perhaps the most actionable idea from Greg’s conversation is also one of the simplest: Apply a health-literacy lens to technology decisions. Before implementing another digital health or AI solution, healthcare leaders can ask:

  • Will this make healthcare easier to understand? 
  • Will it reduce or increase cognitive burden? 
  • Does it use language patients can understand? 
  • Does it meet people where they are? 
  • Does it integrate naturally into caregiver workflows? 
  • Does it strengthen the relationship between patients and their care teams? 
  • And, ultimately, will patients know what they need to do next?

These questions shift the conversation from what technology can do to what patients actually need. That distinction will become increasingly important as AI capabilities expand. Healthcare organizations will soon be able to generate more information, automate more interactions, personalize more content, and deploy more intelligent patient-facing experiences than ever before. The challenge will be ensuring that all of that intelligence actually creates clarity.

 

From Better Communication to Better Outcomes

Greg O’Neill’s perspective is grounded in an insight that can easily be overlooked amid healthcare’s technology transformation: communication is part of the care itself. A treatment plan cannot deliver its full value if the patient does not understand it. Medication instructions cannot improve adherence if they are too complicated to follow. A digital health tool cannot improve engagement if it adds another layer of complexity. And AI cannot transform the patient experience if it simply generates more information for patients to navigate.

The opportunity is to use technology differently, to simplify healthcare, connect fragmented information, reduce cognitive burden, support caregivers, and help patients confidently understand what comes next. For healthcare leaders, this reframes health literacy from a patient education initiative into something much broader. It becomes a design principle for digital transformation.

As AI takes on a larger role in healthcare, the organizations that succeed may not be those that simply provide patients with more sophisticated technology. They may be those that use technology to make healthcare simpler, clearer, more connected, and ultimately more human. That is the real promise of health literacy: not merely better-informed patients, but patients who are better equipped to participate in their care and achieve better outcomes.

Listen to the Full Conversation

Listen to Greg O’Neill, Director of Patient & Family Health Education at ChristianaCare, discuss health literacy, patient education, AI, trust, clinical workflows, and the future of the digital patient experience in Episode 219 of The Big Unlock Podcast: “Health Literacy is Key to Better Patient Outcomes.”

Healthcare AI Requires Workflow Transformation, Not Just Technology

Season 7

Episode 226 - Podcast with Roberta L. Schwartz, PhD, EVP, Houston Methodist Hospital and
CIO, Houston Methodist
Healthcare AI Requires Workflow Transformation, Not Just Technology

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 226 - Healthcare AI Requires Workflow Transformation, Not Just Technology
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Roberta Schwartz, Executive Vice President at Houston Methodist Hospital and Chief Innovation Officer at Houston Methodist, explores how healthcare is moving from AI hype toward a more mature, outcomes-driven approach to innovation. She argues that as technology companies expand beyond traditional “swim lanes,” health systems must become more thoughtful about selecting platforms that can address multiple needs while avoiding fragmented solutions.

Roberta emphasizes that technology alone does not create transformation. Successful AI adoption requires rethinking workflows, redesigning processes, and measuring whether technology improves care, strengthens the workforce, and reduces costs. She shares Houston Methodist’s approach of bringing operators and IT leaders together to evaluate innovation through both frontline impact and ROI.

She also discusses agentic AI, virtual care, and centralized specialty services as ways to expand access and improve workforce efficiency. Her message to healthcare leaders is to remain optimistic but skeptical: define trials, measure outcomes, question assumptions, and ensure every technology investment delivers meaningful value. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Roberta L. Schwartz is the executive vice president of Houston Methodist Hospital — one of the founding institutions of the Texas Medical Center — and the chief innovation officer of Houston Methodist. As executive vice president of Houston Methodist Hospital, Roberta oversees all operations at the 979-bed hospital, which U.S. News & World Report named the No. 1 hospital in Texas for 15 straight years. The publication also listed Houston Methodist Hospital to its prestigious “Honor Roll” 10 times. As chief innovation officer, Roberta is responsible for advancing and expanding Houston Methodist’s digital innovation platforms, including telemedicine, artificial intelligence and big data.

Prior to joining Houston Methodist, Roberta worked as the director of business development for the Icahn School of Medicine at Mount Sinai in New York. She was also a consultant and project manager for several academic medical centers for APM/Computer Sciences Corp. and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services.

Roberta earned a master’s degree in health science from Johns Hopkins University and an honors undergraduate degree from Barnard College at Columbia University. She has a Ph.D. from UTHealth Houston School of Public Health.

Roberta is nationally recognized for her professional and nonprofit work. She was recognized by Modern Healthcare’s Top 25 Women Leaders as one of its “10 Women to Watch.” She is involved in many nonprofit organizations, such as LifeGift, the Robert M. Beren Academy, the United Orthodox Synagogues and the Young Survival Coalition.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’m managing partner at Damo Consulting and your co-host today along with Rohit. Today we are welcoming Roberta Schwartz to our podcast. Roberta is the Executive Vice President and Chief Innovation Officer of Houston Methodist Hospital in the Texas Medical Center. As EVP, Roberta oversees all operations at this 979-bed hospital, which US News and World Report named the number-one hospital in Texas for fourteen straight years. As CIO, she is responsible for advancing and expanding Houston Methodist’s digital innovation platforms, including telemedicine, AI, and big data. We are really looking forward to this conversation. Welcome to the podcast, Roberta.

Roberta: It is a pleasure to be here. Thank you so much for having me.

Rohit: I’m Rohit Mahajan, managing partner and CEO at Damo Consulting and co-host along with Ritu. Looking forward to chatting with you, Roberta. Over to you.

Ritu: Roberta, you’ve talked about 2026 being the year of maturation and said that healthcare is now well past the AI hype phase. But we’re still seeing CIOs mostly jumping onto a tool-based strategy and acquiring siloed tools — which leads to interoperability problems all over again. With all the success Houston Methodist has had, give us your viewpoint on how AI is actually changing the operating model of a health system, and what you’ve done to make this such a success.

Roberta: If you look at that technology adoption curve that ends in maturation and then starts the next curve, we’re right at that center point. All of us now have fairly mature EMRs that continue to make modifications and improvements — whether you’re on Meditech, Epic, Cerner, or Oracle — layering in more recently available technology: search, symptom checker, chat, texting functionality. That’s the maturation happening in the base tools.  The second thing — and I credit Darren Dworkin as a mentor and friend who articulated this — is that it used to be when we met a company, the job was to keep everyone in their swim lanes so technologies didn’t cross into each other. But that’s no longer possible. What a company could do yesterday, today, and tomorrow are essentially infinite. You used to tell companies, “Stick to your lane,” and now the lane is the entire swimming pool. So picking companies becomes both the challenge and the exciting part — because once you get into the pool with one or two, they can do multiple things with the same technology. The maturation for those of us on the provider side is identifying what companies can actually do, because everyone will sell you that they can do everything. It’s going to be impossible to work with ten companies and keep them each in their lanes. Now you work with one, two, or three that can cover the entire pool for you.

Ritu: That’s a really good answer — especially pertinent today with all the recent announcements from Epic and the other major players. You’re right, nobody’s going to stick to their lanes, and AI is what’s making that possible.

Rohit: Roberta, tell us a little about your background and how you got to where you are today. Listeners usually like to hear that journey — how did you get interested in this space, and what’s been motivating you?

Roberta: I have a 24-year-old daughter who’s currently working for FEMA in Washington, DC and applying for medical school. She’s very focused on disaster medicine — she’s an EMT, got involved with the Texas Department of Emergency Management, and has known exactly what she wanted to do for years. That clarity was partly taken from me, because I also decided what I wanted to do when I was 13 or 14. I started candy striping in hospitals, fell in love with hospitals, and knew I didn’t want to do hands-on medicine. If you’re not going into hands-on medicine, you get involved in the business side. So right out of college I worked at an insurance company for a year, went back for my master’s at Hopkins, then went to work for what is today CMS — Medicare and Medicaid — under the Clinton administration. From there I went into consulting, then in-house at Mount Sinai, and have been at Houston Methodist for 25 years now.  Looking back at that career trajectory, I got into this field to improve healthcare — not from the patient care side, but from the administrative and policy side, recognizing that policy alone could not do everything. My passion for innovation came from watching what innovation was doing in other industries and feeling strongly that it could be brought to healthcare. I’m a late bloomer on the tech side — I’m not even sure I’ve fully bloomed yet. But I understand operations deeply: how you staff, how you change practitioners, what it takes to make things work at the front line. Marrying that with an understanding of what newer technologies are doing and how patients, physicians, and staff are interacting with them — and recognizing that what those technologies did for other industries, they can do for us — that’s the intersection. The issue with many technology companies is they don’t understand the inner workings of how something would have to get approved, what it takes to drive change, or how fragile the healthcare system actually is. You can’t disrupt one piece and assume it won’t impact everything else. But as we chip away carefully, piece by piece, we can make significant improvements in how we deliver care and in the cost of healthcare.

Rohit: That leads naturally to my next question. You mentioned innovation and how you’re embracing it at Houston Methodist. I was fortunate to attend your presentation at the HIMSS AI conference in Boston, and I know Houston Methodist has a defined center of innovation strategy. Would you like to share a little more about that?

Roberta: We began this process years ago. It’s called the Center for Innovation, and we sometimes refer to it as the “digital innovation-obsessed people.” It’s a group of roughly half IT and half operations people who sit together and think through every technology that comes through the door — evaluating the ROI, identifying what it can bring to the front line to improve the clinician’s world and the patient’s world, but also what it returns to the institution. The goal is to give people back time, give people back joy, and give them back the reasons they got into this field. Nobody got into nursing to click buttons or be a slave to an electronic medical record. They got into it to treat patients and feel that sense of accomplishment when they’ve done their job really well. I sometimes get in a little trouble for saying this, but my view is it’s not about ratios and benchmarks. The question is: did you come to work, feel like you did an amazing job, and leave without the anxiety that something was left undone? In these new scenarios, old benchmarks are becoming less relevant — the studies behind today’s benchmarks were done on old technology in different points in time. It’s up to us not only to introduce new technologies, but to push the limits and change the way we deliver care, whether at the bedside, in the home, or in the clinic. And we’re seeing it happen. We’re seeing behaviors change and the way people do things change, and that’s really heartening.

Ritu: At that presentation Rohit shared with me, you described some remarkable numbers around your agentic AI implementation — Houston Methodist achieving a 95% patient satisfaction score for ease of scheduling and generating significant ROI. But as you said, you can’t use the same ratios to measure the clinical side or physician satisfaction. Why have those proved so much harder to quantify, and where do you see the boundary between what AI agents can safely take over and where the human factor still plays an irreplaceable role?

Roberta: Scheduling is a great case study in itself — I could talk about it for a long time, and our leaders Tisha Montgomery and Adam Meyer could talk for hours. But it’s a great example of how technology and change management have to fit together. One without the other doesn’t work. Layering technology onto an old process just costs you more, because you still have the old process and you’ve added the technology on top. Think of the old paradigm where one scheduler serves one or two doctors. If you try to layer technology into that same model, you can’t get any ROI because that person still needs to answer the phone and handle surgical scheduling. You can’t eliminate the role. But when you say, “I’m going to take five schedulers, put them together, and add technology,” suddenly you probably don’t need five schedulers anymore — maybe three, maybe two. That requires change, because people are used to having a dedicated scheduler. But to get from five to two, you first do online scheduling, which requires doctors to put their templates online and keep them accurate. Once that’s in place, there are still phone calls — so who answers them? That’s where our bot, Zoe, comes in. We defined exactly what Zoe handles and when the call drops to a human. Tisha told me a great story where people were calling to say Zoe wasn’t working — it wasn’t that Zoe wasn’t working. Zoe was doing exactly what she was supposed to do, routing clinical questions to the clinic. The issue was the clinic staff weren’t logged in and weren’t picking up. If you don’t have the end of the pipe staffed, it can look like your agentic system is failing when it’s actually working perfectly. Setting up those workflows properly — Zoe gets three tries, then it drops to a human; certain phrases automatically drop to a human — means the human now has more time for the truly complex calls. The combined result of template work, online scheduling, and agentic AI has allowed us to schedule for far more doctors without adding staff. One scheduler can now handle ten doctors instead of four, and a much higher volume is handled online. None of that was possible without rethinking the process first.

Ritu: You’ve made a point we’ve heard from other CIOs as well — the bolt-on approach doesn’t work. You really have to rethink and reevaluate the process before adding AI on top, otherwise you won’t get the transformation you’re expecting. Thank you for explaining that so clearly, Roberta. Rohit, would you like to ask a question?

Rohit: There’s been a huge shift toward virtual medicine at Houston Methodist, Roberta, and it’s especially interesting to us because we’re working with a startup in teleophthalmology as well. Could you tell us how the virtual portfolio has grown over the last five years, and how you’re expanding it with more specialty services?

Roberta: This is without a doubt the direction we’re all heading. We have an enormous number of baby boomers moving through the care system who are older and need more care, while at the same time we have a reduction in the number of practicing physicians in some areas — rural and otherwise — and real access issues in many places. We’re spending a lot of time transferring patients who don’t necessarily need to be transferred, which increases their length of stay, increases resources consumed, and is often unnecessary. Even for Houston Methodist, with eight hospitals ranging from a hundred beds to a thousand beds, each hospital has needs for on-call and consultative services in the moment. Should a patient have to be transferred to our flagship for ophthalmology? The answer is no — you connect with a company that can provide those on-call services. Companies like Genome, which provides genetic counseling on call, with neurological and cardiac genetic counseling specialists — I can’t own ten independent specialists in every subspecialty of genetic counseling. But when we pool our resources, we can each afford a piece of one, and that’s the centralized model. Whether I own the resources or contract for them, the concept is the same: centralize and deliver that care on camera.  We are all in. We have cameras in every room, every operating room, throughout our emergency rooms, and across our clinics. The concept is how do we bring care to you in the moment. I’ll give you a great example even for our current physicians. We got a note from one of our hospitalists who had just left the hospital when he got a new admission. He was picking up his kids, so he said, “I’m just going to camera in.” He did the full assessment, got the patient started, noted he’d camera back in with his findings, and then wrote to us: “It was so great. I didn’t have to drive back half an hour to do that admission. I was able to do it on camera.” That’s our own doctor. Beyond that, we have contracts with multiple providers who help us in areas where we’re short.

Ritu: Switching tracks for the last question — with LLMs and AI agents, performance can shift after deployment, but healthcare has traditionally validated technology only at implementation and assumed it stays static. Do you think this requires a new model of governance? Did Houston Methodist have to rethink that?

Roberta: One of the things I’m most proud of is that when we sat down a few years ago to redo our maturation plan, we said even then: “Be careful. Be wary. Make sure the agents you deploy will not increase costs.” We were already concerned about taking sufficient, baked-in, cost-effective technologies and layering in more expensive ones on top. Agents have the potential both for nirvana and to break the bank. For each one you deploy, the answer is “it depends,” and you have to think it through carefully. Your trials have to be very defined. You have to confirm you’re getting the outcomes and being responsible with the dollars — but that doesn’t mean you should ignore agents or pretend they’re not coming. Go in with an open, skeptical, questioning mind. And always remember: your job is to improve care, improve the workforce, and reduce cost. If you can answer all three of those with a yes for a given agent, move forward and don’t be afraid.

Ritu: We’re almost at the end of the podcast. Would you like to share any closing remarks or lessons learned for our listeners?

Roberta: Change is definitely the hardest part — getting people to understand, to change, to believe. I’m probably one of the greatest evangelists and also one of the greatest skeptics at the same time. I was talking with a group from Rice yesterday and they were excited about something. I told them: “I’m excited about it too. I still don’t think what you’re describing will mature for a number of years, and I don’t think it’s going to deliver the ROI you’re projecting.” Those of us in the field are working with precious few dollars, so anything innovators bring us has to return real value — not “this will bring value if you just get everyone to change and push the whole ball uphill.” That is a very hard ask. My advice: be prepared to really understand the struggles of getting your technology to a point where it returns value, and be honest about where you can and cannot reduce costs for a healthcare system. It’s both an excitement and a warning.

Ritu: Great answer — in a nutshell, ask the right questions and stay questioning. Thank you, Roberta. Thank you so much for joining us today on the podcast.

Roberta: A pleasure. Thank you for having me.

Rohit: Thank you, Roberta.

 

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at https://thebigunlock.com/ and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Moving Healthcare AI from Conversation to Execution

Season 7

Episode 225 - Podcast with Shailu Verma, Chief Executive Officer, Co-founder, Mila Health
Moving Healthcare AI from Conversation to Execution

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 225 - Moving Healthcare AI from Conversation to Execution
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Shailu Verma, CEO and Co-founder of Mila Health, explores how healthcare AI is moving beyond patient engagement and conversational tools toward AI agents that execute care coordination workflows. He explains that many critical tasks across the patient journey remain manual, creating an opportunity for AI to improve access, engagement, operational efficiency, and outcomes.

Shailu emphasizes that scaling AI requires more than another point solution. AI must integrate seamlessly into existing clinical technology, remain configurable and governable, deliver consistent responses, and bring humans into the loop when needed. He sees LLMs becoming increasingly commoditized, making the last mile of execution, governance, and workflow integration critical differentiators.

Shailu urges healthcare leaders to start with measurable problems where AI can demonstrate real ROI. His message is clear: move AI from conversation to execution, automate manual coordination, and focus on getting meaningful work done. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Shailu Verma is the Chief Executive Officer and Co-founder of Mila Health Inc. He has a track record of building businesses in healthcare and technology. He was the Chief Product Officer of United Health Group's Strategy and Innovation group, where he developed early versions of patient conversational agents to enhance care plan adherence. He led mylevel2.com, where these innovations drove consistent improvement in patient outcomes and reduced medical loss ratio. Prior to UHG, Shailu led product at Amazon Web Services' computer vision, databases, and storage services, where he launched 30+ services reaching millions of customers. Shailu was also President and Co-Founder of Lanworth, which pioneered the use of big data, including real-time satellite forecasting, across financial, commodity, bio-fuel, and natural resources markets, before its acquisition by Thomson Reuters in 2011.


Ritu: Hi, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu M Uberoy, and I’m managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today along with Rohit. Today I’m delighted to welcome Shailu Verma, CEO and co-founder of Mila Health. Shailu has built technology businesses at the intersection of healthcare and AI, serving as Chief Product Officer for UnitedHealth Group’s Strategy and Innovation, leading product at Amazon Web Services, and previously co-founding Landwords, which was acquired by Reuters. At Mila Health, he’s focused on one of healthcare’s biggest operational challenges: how to use AI agents embedded directly into clinical workflows to automate care coordination and improve patient engagement. We are really looking forward to an engaging conversation today. I’ll hand it over to Rohit for a short introduction, and then it’s all yours, Shailu. Thank you for joining us.

Rohit: Thank you, Ritu. I’m Rohit Mahajan, co-host of the Big Unlock Podcast and CEO of Damo Consulting. Very happy to have you on the podcast, Shailu. Over to you for your intro.

Shailu: Thank you, Rohit and Ritu. It’s a pleasure to be here. I’m Shailu Verma, CEO and co-founder of Mila Health. Prior to founding Mila, I worked briefly as a consultant at McKinsey, then started my first company in the computer vision space, which was acquired by Thomson Reuters. I went on to join the AWS AI computer vision team in 2016, building some of the first machine learning and AI APIs that came out of AWS, and then led the machine learning team at UnitedHealth Group. Healthcare has been a deep passion — my wife is a physician, I have two daughters, one in medical school and one working toward getting in. Getting to apply technology in healthcare has been a dream, and that’s how Mila Health was founded.

Ritu: Most of the healthcare industry still thinks of patient engagement as reminders and messaging — more apps that patients have to use. But you’ve argued that the real opportunity is AI-driven care coordination that actually completes clinical workflows and helps the patient. What does that shift look like in practice, and why is it so much more impactful than traditional outreach? And this wouldn’t have been possible two or three years ago — but now, with AI, we finally have the tools. What does Mila Health see as the real opportunity here?

Shailu: Let me go a little deeper into the problem. Healthcare organizations have patient engagement tools, EMRs, and many different software systems that they’ve invested in over time, all connected in a complex web. But each platform follows its swim lane very narrowly — patient engagement does reminders, EMRs handle records, payment systems handle billing. The aspect of actually taking care of a patient through their care journey is still done mostly manually. Reaching out to bring someone in for an annual wellness visit, preparing them for a procedure like a colonoscopy, guiding them on medications and diet, following up afterward to determine whether they need another procedure in five or ten years — all of that is still largely manual work. It’s a $334 billion problem. Connecting these complex systems and closing the gaps in patient care was a hard problem a few years ago. Now, with large language models, we have the opportunity to reduce that enormous manual effort in giving patients access to care and coordinating care after appointments. That is Mila’s mission — and to answer your question directly, while patient engagement tools address reminders, there are still many gaps in full care coordination, and that’s what Mila is solving for.

Ritu: You’ve said that organizations moving fastest with AI are not just buying another point solution — they’re embedding intelligence into the systems clinicians already use. Why is that distinction so important, and what have you learned from driving adoption inside health systems? How do you get them to adopt yet another solution when they already have a whole range of apps and software?

Shailu: To automate the vast majority of patient care journeys that are done manually, and to make it easy for our customers, we knew we had to build systems that get embedded into existing software. We took inspiration from companies like AWS, Stripe, and Twilio — they have APIs that get embedded into an existing stack and are easily configurable. A health system shouldn’t have to reconnect Mila to their EMR; it should come embedded and connected through APIs. We built Mila to be completely embedded — you can turn it on in days or weeks rather than months of complex integration. That makes it part of an existing solution rather than another point solution. Point solutions have two problems: implementation time, and they become yet another swim lane. We want to be the interconnectivity between swim lanes, not create a new one.  We built Mila as a set of APIs that any existing software system can adopt to automate across other systems. To give you a concrete example: we are live in over three hundred dental organizations in the US. Each has an EMR, a practice management system, a payment system, and an insurance verification system. Our APIs are embedded in the practice management system those organizations already use. To adopt AI for care coordination, all they have to do is flip a switch in their existing system and say, “I want AI to reach out to patients who haven’t had their cleaning in the last year.” No separate EMR integration, no practice management integration, no telephony integration required — it’s already built in because the APIs are embedded in the stack. That’s how an API-enabled, easily configurable solution scales effectively and makes it easy for customers to adopt.

Ritu: We’ve heard repeatedly from C-suite leaders that healthcare has no shortage of impressive AI pilots, but very few reach enterprise scale. You’ve described Mila now supporting hundreds of organizations because of ease of integration. What were some of the other key architectural, clinical, or organizational decisions that enabled you to move beyond pilots to real operational deployment?

Shailu: Our enterprise scale has happened primarily by making it simple for organizations to adopt — because it’s embedded in their software stack and almost invisible, the way Twilio is invisible in software today. And we address problems that are critical to their immediate needs. Take the dental organizations I mentioned — they’re short-staffed, unable to consistently reach their patient panel or follow up effectively after care. Many calls go unanswered, hit answering machines, or come in over weekends when patients need help immediately. We embedded Mila into the practice management stack they already use and solved the real problem: answering patient questions 24/7. Patients can call any time, change or create appointments, ask questions. We also built in a human-in-the-loop mechanism — when Mila can’t answer, a human steps in. That makes it a safe, easily implemented solution, and that’s what enables enterprise scale versus ongoing pilots where you have to prove things over and over. The formula is simple: make it simple, solve real problems, and bring a human in the loop when needed.

Rohit: As you scaled the business, what were some of the core challenges you faced — both business and technical — especially given the wide variety of practices you work with, from small to large? How do you handle the integrations?

Shailu: Building a startup is hard, and building one in healthcare is even more complex. The challenges are mostly universal startup challenges — get more customers, get more funding, build the product, keep the team motivated. Getting that virtuous cycle moving is the core of the startup journey. On the technical side, three tenets that we established early have been foundational. The first was to build as an API-first product — white-labeled, easily adopted by any software system, easily configured. Not a point solution. The second was configurability. Every practice, small or large, has its own rules — their own three-inch binder of processes. Mila needs to adopt that binder for each office and adapt accordingly. The third was safety and governability. Mila must be consistent — if a patient asks the same question five different ways, Mila should give the same answer each time. It should be safe. And a health system of any size should be able to govern it and understand why Mila said what it said. We established these three tenets before we wrote a single line of code, and they have held true to where we are today. That is one of the key reasons we’ve achieved the penetration and enterprise scale we have — it makes adoption easier, governance easier, and change management easier for our customers.

Rohit: What are some of the new things you’re working on? Products in SaaS are always evolving based on customer feedback. What’s bubbling up to the top? And I’m curious about the fast-changing LLM landscape — with Chinese models emerging, cost structures shifting. How do you navigate that?

Shailu: There’s a common thread to both questions. On the technical side, we’ve built a neurosymbolic graph that sits on top of large language models. We are LLM-agnostic — we swap models regularly depending on the task, optimizing for cost and efficacy. Our thesis has always been that in healthcare, you cannot let an LLM use a stochastic bag of words to answer a patient’s question. The health system needs to be able to configure and control what Mila says, and there needs to be explainability for why Mila said what it said. With that architecture, we welcome the changing landscape — foundational models getting better and cheaper. Token costs have already come down a hundredfold, and we think they’ll come down another hundredfold. But the last-mile problem of governance, consistency, and configuration remains, and that’s where Mila has innovated. That’s also where our ongoing development is focused: moving from conversation to autonomous execution of tasks. It’s one thing to have a ChatGPT-style back-and-forth. What matters for our customers is execution. We’re working with a large payer right now where we’re calling Medicare Advantage members to schedule their first annual wellness visit appointment. Previously, the payer would spend three months preparing with a call center and achieve an outreach rate of fourteen to eighteen percent at a cost of twelve to fifteen dollars per patient. With Mila, we’ve reduced startup time from three months to six weeks, increased the response rate from fifteen to eighteen percent to over fifty percent, and reduced cost per outreach to one-fifth of what it was — all while having a conversation with the patient and actually executing the appointment scheduling. That last-mile focus on efficiency and outcomes is where we’re doubling down.

Ritu: Many CEOs and C-suite leaders are feeling pressure to do something with AI but are unsure where to begin. Based on what you’ve seen across your customers, what’s the biggest misconception about deploying AI in healthcare production today? And where would you recommend they start to generate real, measurable ROI?

Shailu: The place where I’ve seen success happen most consistently is where AI solves a revenue problem or a patient intake problem. Every provider in a health system has thousands of patients in their panel. A GI doctor may have twenty thousand; a primary care physician three to five thousand. If you ask almost any of them, they’ll say forty to sixty percent of their patients haven’t been seen often enough or haven’t completed things like their annual wellness visit. The problem is twofold: patients aren’t being seen, and health systems have quality and prevention metrics — colonoscopy screening rates, cancer screening rates, annual wellness visit rates — that they need to hit. And of course, each visit generates revenue. We’ve seen real success when we address the simple problem of reaching out to this disconnected patient population, activating them, and scheduling their appointment on a single outreach call. That solves the metrics problem, addresses the patient care gap, and generates meaningful revenue. A concern I hear from leaders is: what will patients think of an AI agent calling them? We’ve now done this millions of times. Roughly three to four percent of patients say they don’t want to speak with an AI — in which case, a human steps in. Some hang up. But the vast majority, ninety to ninety-five percent, are genuinely happy to hear from their care team and learn they can schedule a visit right then on that call. That is real change. And once they’re back in the system, everything else follows naturally — follow-up care, ongoing coordination. That frictionless starting point is the most powerful place to begin.

Rohit: Any thoughts about the future or closing remarks for the audience?

Shailu: Watch for the conversational part of AI to move from conversation to execution — to actually getting work done. That’s super important for Mila, but it should be equally important for healthcare leaders trying to implement AI effectively. And people should not be integration layers. The vast majority of the manual work happening today is integration work — verifying insurance, closing scheduling gaps, following up on outstanding items. These are simple gaps that AI can close. We don’t need humans calling in to update an insurance record. Let’s start simple, focus on execution, and use the tools we have. It isn’t rocket science. We’ll solve bigger problems over time, but these easy wins are the right place to begin.

Rohit: Great thoughts, Shailu. Thank you for joining the podcast. Over to you, Ritu, for closing.

Ritu: Thank you, Shailu. It’s been an absolute pleasure. Thank you for sharing your insights, and I hope our listeners take away a great deal from today’s conversation.

Shailu: My pleasure. Thank you for having me.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at https://thebigunlock.com/ and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

 

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

AI Can Augment Clinical Judgment Without Replacing It

Season 7

Episode 224 - Podcast with Dr. Ami Bhatt, Chief Medical Officer, WHOOP
AI Can Augment Clinical Judgment Without Replacing It

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 224 - AI Can Augment Clinical Judgment Without Replacing It
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Ami Bhatt, Chief Medical Officer at WHOOP and former Chair of the FDA Digital Health Advisory Committee, explores how healthcare can embrace AI without losing the clinical judgment, human connection, and context essential to patient care. She sees AI as a powerful source of compute that can surface knowledge, identify patterns, and help clinicians navigate growing volumes of health data, while clinical acumen remains central to decision-making.

Dr. Bhatt emphasizes that digital health and Agentic AI must start with the patient, incorporate individual preferences, and establish clear guardrails for when human intervention is required. She also highlights wearables as an important bridge between community-based monitoring and clinical care.

Dr. Bhatt highlights the need for post-deployment monitoring and real-world evidence as AI systems continuously evolve, and calls for closer collaboration among patients, clinicians, technology companies, and regulators. She urges healthcare leaders to prepare for constant technological change, develop stronger digital infrastructure, and focus innovation on unmet patient needs rather than technology for its own sake. Take a listen.

This episode was recorded in July 2026. Dr. Bhatt is now Chief Medical Officer at WHOOP.

About Our Guest

Dr. Ami Bhatt is Chief Medical Officer at WHOOP, a role that places her at the center of how continuous health data earns clinical trust and reaches patients. She served as the inaugural Chair of the FDA Digital Health Advisory Committee and previously as Chief Innovation Officer at the American College of Cardiology. Before that, as Director of Outpatient Cardiology, TeleCardiology, and Adult Congenital Heart Disease at Massachusetts General Hospital and a Harvard and Yale-trained cardiologist, Dr. Bhatt spent years inside the systems that deliver care, which is precisely why she understands where they break.

She evaluates innovation by its outcomes, asking not whether a tool is technically capable, but whether it works for the clinician using it and the patient depending on it. Her work spans AI governance, digital health strategy, health equity, and the policy frameworks that determine which innovations actually get implemented.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Uberoy, and I’m managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today. We are absolutely thrilled to welcome Dr. Ami Bhatt to our podcast. Dr. Bhatt is a cardiologist and the Chief Innovation Officer at the American College of Cardiology, and Chair of the FDA Digital Health Advisory Committee — two roles that place her at the center of how healthcare institutions adopt, govern, and scale technology. A Harvard and Yale-trained cardiologist, formerly at Mass General, Dr. Bhatt has spent her career inside the systems that deliver care, which is precisely why she understands where and why they break. Her work spans AI governance, digital health strategy, and health equity, and we could not be more thrilled to have her here. Welcome, Dr. Bhatt.

Dr. Bhatt: Thank you so much for having me. I really appreciate it.

Ritu: We like to ask our guests about their origin story — how they got into medicine, healthcare, and technology. Would you like to share something?

Dr. Bhatt: Like every first-generation kid in the US, I liked science, I liked people, I went into medicine — that’s what I always thought my story was. It wasn’t until I took the time to think a little deeper that I realized what I love about medicine. In no other profession do you get entered that deeply into somebody’s life within fifteen minutes of meeting them — not just their health, but their family, their hopes, what they want. That connection has been the driving force behind why I became a clinician and why I stayed one for so many years.  I practice adult congenital heart disease — a young population. Kids who grew up and came to me at 16 or 18, and those teenagers became my patients into their 20s, 30s, 40s, and 50s. They were living with lifelong disease. Coming to the hospital wasn’t a one-time thing — it was a reminder of a medicalized childhood. I had patients who said the smell of the hospital made them anxious. So about seven years before COVID, I started doing telemedicine for my patients. At the time, not many people were doing it, and colleagues would ask, “Dr. Bhatt, how are you going to take care of these complicated patients without touching them?” I started exploring what digital technologies I needed — digital stethoscopes, handheld ultrasound, image sharing — and how to teach patients to feel empowered and understand what they needed to do.  I had a patient once up in Maine whose local doctor said something was wrong with his heart because he had passed out at softball. He said, “No, I tripped — and my heart always sounds like that.” He played a recording of his heart murmur that I had recorded in 2014 with one of the first digital stethoscopes. I had told him: “If anyone ever tells you this is a problem, you play that recording.” That patient felt genuinely empowered. That model — staying at home, taking visits remotely, teaching local providers how to care for them, while knowing I was there when they needed me — carried with me through outpatient cardiology at Mass General, through COVID, and into how I think about innovation today. How do we empower patients in the community with wearables and other tools to understand their own baseline, and when a trigger or a change appears, know it’s time to escalate to clinical care? That’s how I ended up where I am today.

Ritu: Thank you, Dr. Bhatt. Starting telecardiology seven years before COVID — you were truly a pioneer. I was reading your work, and you’ve written that clinical acumen supersedes AI every time. That’s a powerful statement in this era when AI models are increasingly capable. You’ve also said that clinicians are not short on intelligence or judgment. So how do we build healthcare systems that benefit from AI while ensuring clinicians don’t lose the observational skills, intuition, and pattern recognition they’ve spent years developing?

Dr. Bhatt: Humans are short on compute power — that’s what we are. The amount of information available to us now far exceeds what the human brain can utilize. When you’re sitting in front of me, I have access to not just your health records but your personal and family history, your preferences, your social determinants, your wearable data, your labs, your imaging, the research on the multiple diseases you may have by age 60, and novel findings that haven’t yet made it into the guidelines. How can I process all of that in twenty minutes? I cannot. That is the role of AI: to surface knowledge, to surface information, and to use compute power to see relationships and trends that would take us a very long time to identify. Back in the day, there was less information and more time. One chapter about your disease. Just the patient in front of you. No EHR. An hour to ask the same question again and get a full story. Nowadays, who has an hour with a patient? We understand why colleagues go into concierge medicine — because that intimate connection is the magic of caring for patients. In its absence, we need compute power to get there faster, and then use that information and those insights to ask: does this fit this patient? Let me use my clinical acumen to decide what happens next. That’s the goal.  I always tell my fellows: you have to use AI until your brain hurts. A recent paper I read yesterday showed that knowledge workers actually spend more time, not less, because of AI — asking questions, interacting, refining. Most of us have accepted that AI is here. We see the numbers. But now the challenge is understanding when to use it. When should you deep dive with it? When does using it take time away from a patient conversation? We haven’t fully studied that yet. At the American College of Cardiology, one of our goals is to have our own members using AI for question-and-answer tasks and understand: how do they know when they’re getting better results? How can they recognize when they’re being led astray? We are at the very beginning of understanding how humans and AI will interact in clinical medicine.

Ritu: Context comes up repeatedly in your recent work. You’ve argued that medicine is not just about recognizing patterns but about understanding the patient’s lived experience and the clinician’s accumulated experience. As healthcare moves toward increasingly autonomous AI systems, how do we ensure that context becomes a design requirement rather than an afterthought?

Dr. Bhatt: The first thing I think about is starting with the patient. The patient is not given the level of respect they deserve in this equation right now — though we’re moving toward it. Rather than me trying to figure out your social determinants, why not have you bring that information directly to me? How do we capture a patient’s feelings, tendencies, preferences, and ways of engaging with healthcare? What is best for this individual, and how should they be engaged? We ask how a doctor likes their notes written, but we don’t ask how a patient likes to be engaged. We do a little of it — do you prefer telehealth or not? — but there’s so much more depth to that question. We have to start by engaging patients and helping them understand how they want to interact with the system, express it, quantify it, and then communicate it so the system can respond. That’s number one.  Number two is around agentic AI, and it’s actually one reason agentic AI can sometimes be better — because I can always tell my AI: say this at an eighth-grade level, I don’t like that tone, say it differently. I can’t say that to a colleague sitting across from me. My patients actually did this all the time. Young patients in their 20s and 30s would say, “I didn’t understand that, Dr. Bhatt. Can you draw it again? Your drawing isn’t very good — can we try something else?” Honest, direct feedback. I want that for every patient. Agentic AI can provide that, sometimes better than a rushed clinician. Any clinician given enough time will do all of that — we’re just not given the time.  The second thing in agentic systems is where the clinician places the guardrails. I wrote about this in my most recent Substack: in cardiology, there are specific places where AI should not make a decision without a human. We have to define those hard stops for the companies or systems implementing this. But beyond that, as agentic AI is being built, we should be able to give our input case by case. I was just talking this morning about a company called UpDoc that is trying to take clinician input as agentic AI is built and let individual doctors set their own guardrails — telling the system what they’re comfortable with and not comfortable with. That’s a lot to manage, but I think those are the right things to study: how to help agentic AI make the right decision at the right time, with the right guardrails, so physicians feel in charge — just as we want patients to feel in charge of their own process.

Ritu: You’re also challenging the industry to think beyond whether AI can generate the answer, and asking what happens after that answer reaches the patient. As health systems deploy more AI-generated insights, do you think the next frontier is actually communication — helping patients understand, trust, and act on these recommendations?

Dr. Bhatt: It’s already communication. Look at the wearable industry. The reason people across all socioeconomic levels, educational backgrounds, and geographies are increasingly wearing some form of wearable is that they want to engage, learn, and find data about themselves. And the reason it works isn’t only that the person wants it — it’s that the systems these apps create are inherently engaging. They know how to make a patient feel empowered. That’s already happening. What I’m focused on is how we take that industry and bring it into the flow of clinical care — and back out on the other end. We lose people everywhere in clinical care. Technology companies have a responsibility to come with us on the whole journey: “I see a signal. We’re going to provide some care. Now they need hospital care. They’re back out — and you’re back in the system that caught you in the first place.” That’s what we’re trying to build.

Ritu: Speaking of agentic systems, tell us more about the ARPA-H Advocate initiative, because they’re using agents and agentic AI to do exactly what you’re describing — continuously monitoring and intervening. What are your thoughts on that program?

Dr. Bhatt: Haider Warraich is a friend — he’s a cardiologist here in Boston, a heart failure physician. With ARPA-H, you can apply with your own idea and say, “Can I have funding to make this happen?” And that’s what he did. What I like about this approach is that it’s a pure research approach. The goal is to prove that you can have an agentic system that works, that can risk-stratify, that knows where a human in the loop is necessary, and that can monitor what happens as it goes along. The key problem we have right now is: we implement something — digital health, AI — and then it’s out there, and we don’t know what will happen afterward, what will change. We don’t have an infrastructure for post-deployment monitoring. What I’m most excited about with Advocate is that we’re going to have concrete examples of what post-deployment monitoring looks like — how we sense trends and shifts, how we decide to iterate and adapt. That’s the piece we’ve been missing. How do we keep track of what’s happening after we deploy?

Ritu: Dr. Warraich was actually on our podcast a couple of weeks ago talking about ARPA-H and the Advocate program — a very interesting conversation. Tell us more about your work on the FDA Digital Health Advisory Committee. This comes up constantly in our conversations with CMIOs and CIOs — things are moving too fast for regulation to keep up. By the time you get FDA approval, the underlying model has already changed. How do you see this gap closing?

Dr. Bhatt: I have the utmost respect for my colleagues at the FDA who are there full time. As inaugural chair of the Digital Health Advisory Committee, one thing became very clear over those two years: there is a real need to convene patient groups, industry technologists, and clinicians together to understand how the FDA can create an infrastructure for care — not simply regulate or deregulate, which is where we tend to get stuck. We need to understand from all of those perspectives what guardrails are needed, what the technology companies need, and what fits the clinician’s workflow. That unsiloing is what’s happening at the FDA right now. You’ll find them at every table, in every room, maintaining their commitment to scientific rigor. FDA approval is the table stakes — it means your technology works. But we’re now thinking about what comes next: not just post-deployment monitoring, but a pre-control change plan. With a medical device like a valve, you can tell the FDA what’s in the pipeline. With AI, I don’t necessarily know what model changes are coming. So how do we use real-world evidence to understand where things are going and how they’re changing?  The FDA did allow some trend measurements and monitoring capabilities in the cardiometabolic space to proceed without formal approval, which was announced earlier this year. That creates real-world evidence about how quickly you can adapt from community signals — sick or not sick, at baseline or changing — and route patients into the clinical arena accordingly. Agentic systems can handle the lowest risk; high risk clearly needs a human; we’ll be in the middle ground for a while. I’ve learned that real-world evidence is essential. Everyone is now at the table, including the FDA, which I love. But we’ve never had a time when change itself is the constant — not just the technology, but the uptake, the expectations of the clinical network, and the demands of patients. All of that is changing simultaneously. All we can do is keep working together, look for real-world evidence, and wherever we can find data, value it and study it.

Ritu: Tell us a little more about the Elevate Leadership Program at Mass General — with everything moving so fast, clinicians need to be up to speed, but you’re all already so busy. How do you find the time?

Dr. Bhatt: About four years ago, a grateful patient family foundation was willing to give $3 million to Mass General Hospital to fund a new style of leadership course. The course I co-wrote with my colleague Eytan Shapira from MIT was designed for leadership-level clinicians — cohorts of fifteen — who were about to lead large groups of people. The longstanding problem in healthcare is that the better you do as a clinician and researcher, the more likely you are to receive an administrative or managerial role. Those skillsets don’t automatically overlap. They can, but they need to be taught. There have been many leadership programs for senior people, but I wrote this one because I saw the technology change coming — I had already been in it for ten years. COVID was the culmination of many of us in digital health saying for a decade: high-quality care in the community where people live, tech is coming and it’s going to come faster. We weren’t ready.  The course works on how you first evaluate yourself as a leader and understand the discomfort that comes with change — how to express and share that discomfort while still being seen as a leader, and how to look at what’s coming and identify the true unmet needs versus the shiny things that aren’t necessary right now. We’re also reversing a long-standing dynamic in academic medicine where clinicians kept industry at arm’s length. Now we’re saying: let’s talk about what technology you have, because if you don’t hear from me what I need and how it would fit, you’ll build something that doesn’t get used. Eighty-six percent of cardiovascular digital health and AI technologies that pass the FDA sit on the shelf — they never get deployed. Passing the FDA does not mean success.  The goal of Elevate is to create a community of leaders who lead not only with empathy but with an understanding that discomfort is constant — it’s not going away, and it’s because of constant change. I am here with you, respecting that, understanding the challenges, and helping find the right next step to move forward. That was my last project before I left MGH, and I’m really proud of it.

Ritu: What you said is so valuable — change is inevitable, and you really need to face it. Preparing people to sit with discomfort, to accept that they won’t know everything, but that as long as they keep learning they can navigate it.

Dr. Bhatt: That’s exactly right. And change is no longer in the future — it’s right now. If you run a practice today, technology is coming at you out of a fire hose, constantly. If you are a healthcare leader in the next decade, there will never be a moment where things feel stable. They will always be bubbling. You just have to decide: when am I doing things, and how will I act despite constant change?

Ritu: Thank you, Dr. Bhatt. Would you like to share any closing thoughts with our listeners?

Dr. Bhatt: The most important conversations happening right now are those where technology, clinicians, and patients are put in the same room to think about what the systems of care should actually look like. I would love for every listener — whether you’re a venture capitalist, a clinician, or a patient — to ask: what is the infrastructure for care in my world? Do we have one? Do we have guardrails? If not, who do I need to talk to in order to put something in place? We’ll keep working on this from the national level at the ACC and through the technology companies I work with, but I think each individual taking a moment to ask “is there an infrastructure, or is healthcare just hard because we don’t have the right one?” is powerful. The infrastructure we have was built in the 1970s, and that is not today’s healthcare. Look for infrastructure — it sounds boring, but it’s everything. And if people want to reach out, I’m Dr. Ami Bhatt on LinkedIn and Substack — I’m happy to talk and hear more ideas.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Dr. Bhatt. Lovely talking to you, and I’m sure our listeners will take a great deal away from this conversation.

Dr. Bhatt: Thank you for having me.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

From Legacy Systems to AI-Native Healthcare in Rural America

Season 7

Episode 223 - Podcast with Michael Archuleta, Chief Information Officer, Mt. San Rafael Hospital and Clinics
From Legacy Systems to AI-Native Healthcare in Rural America

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 223 - From Legacy Systems to AI-Native Healthcare in Rural America
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Michael Archuleta, Chief Information Officer at Mount San Rafael Hospital, explores how technology can help rural health systems deliver high-quality, patient-centered care regardless of geography. He discusses the hospital’s transition to an AI-native Oracle Health platform and emphasizes that digital transformation should follow the patient journey, reduce clinician burden, improve interoperability, and enable better outcomes.

Michael sees AI, ambient technology, remote patient monitoring, and interoperability as important tools for improving clinical outcomes, reducing administrative burden, expanding access in rural communities, and giving clinicians more time to focus on patients. He also emphasizes that cybersecurity is fundamentally a patient safety issue, requiring continuous testing, workforce awareness, strong identity management, and a “human firewall” to counter increasingly sophisticated AI-enabled threats.

Michael believes rural healthcare can leapfrog legacy limitations by strategically investing in digital transformation and emerging technologies. He also sees the CIO role evolving from technology management to business and strategic leadership, with greater responsibility for automation, operational performance, workforce well-being, and patient outcomes. His message is clear: technology must matter, and it must ultimately improve care. Take a listen.

 This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at HIMSS.

About Our Guest

Michael Archuleta is the Chief Information Officer at Mt. San Rafael Hospital & Clinics in Colorado, where he leads enterprise technology strategy, cybersecurity, and digital transformation initiatives. He is nationally recognized for advancing innovative healthcare solutions, including AI-enabled clinical workflows, modern cloud infrastructure, and resilient cybersecurity programs that support high-quality patient care.

Under his leadership, Mt. San Rafael Hospital has achieved HIMSS Stage 6 designation and has been recognized as a Top 20 Critical Access Hospital in the United States, as well as a multi-year recipient of the CHIME “Most Wired” award. Michael is known for his ability to align technology with clinical and operational outcomes, ensuring that innovation delivers measurable impact for both providers and patients.

A frequent national speaker and thought leader, Michael has presented at HIMSS and other leading industry forums, sharing insights on AI maturity, data as a strategic asset, and the future of healthcare delivery. He is a strong advocate for expanding access to advanced healthcare technologies in underserved communities and firmly believes that a patient’s ZIP code should never determine their healthcare outcomes.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’m managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today. We are welcoming Michael Archuleta to our podcast. Michael is the Chief Information Officer at Mount San Rafael Hospital, where he has helped transform a rural critical access hospital into a nationally recognized leader in digital innovation, cybersecurity, and healthcare IT. Michael is a perennial Becker’s Hospital CIO to Know, nationally recognized speaker, advisor to health technology companies, and someone whose work has spanned cloud transformation, cybersecurity, and AI adoption — and more recently, one of the most significant technology initiatives in the hospital’s history: the transition to Oracle Health. We are really excited to have Michael here with us today. Thank you for joining us on the podcast.

Michael: Thank you very much. It’s definitely a pleasure to be here.

Ritu: Michael, would you like to tell us a little more about Mount San Rafael Hospital so our listeners have some context?

Michael: Mount San Rafael Hospital is located in Trinidad, Colorado. Las Animas County is actually the largest county in the state of Colorado, with a population of about nine thousand in the city and around fourteen thousand across the county as a whole. I’ve always had a passion for rural healthcare, and I’ve always stated that your zip code should never determine your healthcare outcomes — that is such a critical element. Here at Mount San Rafael, we believe that whether a patient comes to us, to Denver Health, or to UC Health, they should receive the same level of care. We focus heavily on innovation and technology enhancements because in rural America, unfortunately, zip code does still determine outcomes. But we’ve been fortunate to bring a lot of innovation to what we do, and we’re proud to be a nationally recognized rural healthcare hospital within the state of Colorado.

Ritu: You’ve described your Oracle Health implementation as much more than an EHR replacement, and you recently shared the principle of “follow the patient journey, not the org chart” — a really powerful leadership philosophy. Tell us more about this project, and what advice would you give other CIOs embarking on similar modernization efforts?

Michael: I’ve always said that if you work in healthcare, your new CEO is the patient — that’s the bottom line. As a technology and business leader, the goal is to build tools that benefit our patients both inside and outside the organization. Patient care is number one. We have to look at initiatives that enhance patient care outcomes, improve the way we share information, and give clinicians a complete view of the patient’s health — along with the right toolsets to drive better outcomes. AI, used as an enhancement tool, can create better outcomes, better automation, better operations, and better clinical documentation. We put specific AI algorithms into our radiology practice, and I can literally say those have been life-saving. When an organization is considering replacing a system or investing in something new, you have to ask: what’s the why? Is it better operations? Better patient care? Every digital investment we’ve made has had a patient-centric strategy attached to it, because that’s how critical it is. Hospitals and clinics are digital companies that deliver healthcare services — we have to move away from the brick-and-mortar theology healthcare has been built on. Our strategic partnership with Oracle Health allows us to move into the next era, utilizing AI-native technology built directly into the process itself, from the EHR to the patient portal. That is our mission moving forward.

Ritu: We had Dr. Bharat Sutariya on the podcast from Oracle Health, and he also talked about being AI-native and how that’s going to be a real game changer — having everything built in rather than increasing clicks. I think you’ve leapfrogged a lot of health systems by moving ahead with this implementation.

Michael: A hundred percent. This move to Oracle Health was a strategic investment in the future of this organization. By integrating true clinical AI with a modern, unified EHR system, we’re giving our caregivers technology that removes barriers. How do we remove those consistent clicks? How do we let providers be providers again, instead of being attached to a workstation? Incorporating ambient AI removes those barriers, enhances clinical documentation, and reduces burnout. Providers are constantly seeing patients and sometimes fall behind on documentation — doing it after hours or at home. We have to show we’re investing in technology to create better automation, better efficiencies, and reduced administrative strain, while strengthening the connection between physicians and patients. This positions our facility to deliver a high-performing, more connected, and more sustainable model of care for the region.

Ritu: With AI becoming embedded across clinical workflows, you talk a lot about cybersecurity as fundamentally a patient safety issue rather than just an IT responsibility. How do CIOs need to approach cyber resilience as an essential component of clinical quality rather than just operational risk?

Michael: Cybersecurity has to be — and I consistently repeat this — a core component of the overall organizational strategy, period. I was looking at some data points from a national survey sent to many health systems, and only about 43% of healthcare organizations provide basic cybersecurity awareness training to their end users. We have a major gap where organizations aren’t focusing enough on security, and healthcare has gone from being in the top ten to the most attacked industry. When I go to my board of directors, I focus on three elements — what I call FOR: Financial, Operational, and Reputational. If a cybersecurity breach happens, what are the financial consequences, the operational consequences, and the reputational consequences? Framing it that way tells the story of why we continue to invest in security. Deep fake technology, especially with AI, is becoming more advanced than ever — voice clips, video clips designed to look legitimate. You’re on a Zoom call and you genuinely don’t know if you’re speaking with a real person or a deep fake created by a threat actor trying to compromise your organization. Social engineering is equally critical. We did something a bit out of the norm: beyond penetration testing, policies, and procedures, we ran a social engineering exercise where an individual with a badge similar to ours tried to access the facility to see how much access they could gain across different departments. It opened everyone’s eyes — attentiveness and vigilance are extremely important, and cybersecurity can be physical. Showing those results, the video clips of the individual trying to gain access to the garage, different units, flashing her badge as she moved through — those were powerful learning moments. We can have the best policies and procedures in place, but if we’re not actively testing them, we won’t be successful. Consistent testing and validation of your cybersecurity program is critical. We’ve focused heavily on deepfake and phishing awareness — phishing emails are getting more advanced and harder to detect because threat actors are using AI to create them. That’s why I’ve always said: we have to fight AI with AI. We focus on EDR, SIEM, SOC, identity management, two-factor authentication, and micro-segmentation. And if we do not invest in our human firewall, we will not have a successful outcome, because your end users are either letting threat actors in or keeping them out. Building that human firewall is one of the most important things we do.

Ritu: Thank you, Michael — that was really comprehensive. Rohit, would you like to ask a question?

Rohit: Thank you, Ritu. Michael, I was thinking about what you said in relation to the use of generative AI tools like ChatGPT by employees. We know everyone is embracing these tools in their personal lives and bringing that into the business environment, where they might inadvertently expose proprietary information. What are your thoughts on how generative AI is being embraced organization-wide, and what AI governance initiatives do you have in place?

Michael: Generative AI sites like Claude and ChatGPT are currently blocked within our entire environment. There have been breach issues with ChatGPT where individuals put in proprietary information — if an end user doesn’t configure the session correctly in OpenAI, the algorithm absorbs that information, and theoretically it could be leaked, creating a massive breach. So we’ve blocked all those tools. Right now we’re investing more in Microsoft Copilot, which is being rolled out across the organization, integrated into our Office 365 environment and customized to how we operate. Free-range use of general generative AI tools could create a major security issue. Copilot is the approved application with all the appropriate security processes in place — all other generative AI tools are completely blacklisted.

Rohit: So people have access to Microsoft Copilot for regular use?

Michael: That is correct — it’s a designated, approved application with all the security processes we’ve developed in place. All other generative AI tools remain blacklisted.

Rohit: How are you seeing adoption of Microsoft Copilot across departments?

Michael: There are a lot of great use cases. Departments are using it for finance validation, working directly in spreadsheets, developing reports and breaking them down into more readable formats, generating ideas, enhancing policies and procedures, and validating information. Departments are customizing how it fits their specific workflows, how to accelerate their work, and how to make things more efficient. It has been a really good tool for the organization.

Rohit: One more question — what are some of the innovation initiatives or processes you follow, and how do you foster innovation within the organization?

Michael: One of the biggest initiatives we’re focused on right now is the RHTP program — the Rural Hospital Transformational Program. It’s about $50 billion over five years, each state applies separately, and the State of Colorado received approximately $160 million. Critical access organizations are going to apply for this, and it’s really going to transform how rural health delivers healthcare services. This is where you’ll see a lot more innovation coming out of rural America — healthcare has gotten behind the curve on digital transformation, and in rural America the pace has been even slower. These funds will allow organizations to move in the right direction if they strategically align their projects with the application process. For us, a big driver is focusing more on remote patient monitoring and in-home hospital initiatives. We have many remote patients who have difficulty coming in and tend to wait until things get worse before seeing a provider, rather than having their health consistently monitored. As I said from the start, your zip code should never determine your healthcare outcomes — but in rural America, people statistically live shorter lives than those in metro areas because it’s very hard to access the same level of services. Our model has been: how do we focus, strategize, innovate, and bring technology that actually matters to the organization? We’re a CMS five-star hospital — one of only two rural facilities in Colorado to receive that designation. We’ve been a beta site and an innovator, doing more with less. We’re incorporating AI to help providers select appropriate CPT codes based on their completed documentation — before AI, providers were essentially acting as billers and coders, which took them away from being doctors. Reducing those barriers, automating the right things, and getting to a place where your zip code truly does not determine your outcomes is the philosophy and the direction we are moving in. The acceleration of digital transformation is definitely here.

Ritu: Totally agree. One final question: CIOs are now expected to oversee not just traditional IT, but AI, cybersecurity, cloud strategy, and digital experience. How do you see the role of the healthcare CIO evolving over the next couple of years, and which leadership capabilities will become more important than technical expertise?

Michael: I am a technology executive, but we have to be business leaders first. We have to understand the organization as a whole — not just from a technology standpoint, but as a complete operational entity. The CIO is increasingly focused on creating automation that enhances revenue cycle initiatives, and on moving away from the old stereotype of IT as purely a cost center versus a strategic revenue contributor to the organization. The evolution is about focusing on better patient care outcomes, recruitment, reducing burnout, business continuity, and operational excellence. Everything we do now has a technology piece associated with it. But the CIOs who will really make a difference are those using technology for better outcomes — technology that truly matters, technology with a patient-centric initiative attached. Those are the game changers and the innovators moving forward as the CIO role evolves.

Ritu: Thank you for that answer, Michael. That brings us to the end of the podcast. Thank you so much for being our guest today.

Michael: Thank you very much. You both do an amazing job.

Rohit: Thank you, Michael.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

AI is Moving Drug Discovery From Prediction to Generation

Season 7

Episode 222 - Podcast with Alex Zhavoronkov, Founder, CEO and CBO, Insilico Medicine
AI is Moving Drug Discovery From Prediction to Generation

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 222 - AI is Moving Drug Discovery From Prediction to Generation
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Alex Zhavoronkov, Founder, CEO and CBO of Insilico Medicine, explores how generative AI is reshaping drug discovery and opening new possibilities in longevity research. He explains how AI can move pharmaceutical R&D from searching for promising molecules toward generating molecules with desired properties, while orchestrating specialized models and agents across the drug development lifecycle. Insilico combines AI models across biology, chemistry, and clinical development to move from target identification to drug candidates faster, with multiple programs now in clinical trials.

Alex argues that AI can dramatically expand the number of experiments researchers can conduct, but the complexity of biology means failure remains inevitable and real-world validation is essential. He discusses the industry’s shift from predictive AI to generative and agentic systems capable of orchestrating thousands of drug discovery tasks, while emphasizing the importance of rigorous validation.

Alex believes the strongest competitive advantages will come from proprietary drugs, scientific infrastructure, capital, and the ability to turn ideas into validated products. He cautions against AI hype and emphasizes benchmarking, peer-reviewed evidence, and clinical results. His ultimate ambition is to use AI-driven drug discovery to extend human lifespan and give people more years of life. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at Ai4 2026.

About Our Guest

Alex Zhavoronkov, PhD, is the Founder, CEO and CBO of Insilico Medicine (insilico.com, HKEX:3696), a leading clinical-stage biotechnology company developing next-generation generative artificial intelligence and automation platforms for drug discovery. Since 2014, he has invented critical technologies in the field of generative artificial intelligence and reinforcement learning (RL) for the generation of novel molecular structures with the desired properties and the generation of synthetic biological and patient data. He also pioneered the applications of GANs, transformers, and other deep learning technologies for the prediction of human biological age using multiple data types, transfer learning from aging into disease, target identification, and signaling pathway modeling. Under his leadership, Insilico raised over $530 million in multiple rounds from expert biotechnology, healthcare, and financial investors, opened R&D centers in 8 countries and regions, and partnered with multiple pharmaceutical, biotechnology, and academic institutions. In 2025, the company completed the largest biotech IPO in Hong Kong raising over $300 million. Since 2021, the company nominated 33 preclinical candidates, 13 reached clinical stage, and 1 program with a novel target and novel molecule showing favorable safety, tolerability and encouraging dose-dependent efficacy in Phase IIa in IPF has recently moved into Phase III, marking the first fully-AI discovered drug to reach pivotal trial stage. By the end of 2025, 13 out of the top 20 pharmaceutical companies used a part of the Pharma.AI software suite. Since the beginning of 2026, the company has averaged one developmental candidate per month and several multi-billion dollar partnerships.

Prior to founding Insilico, he worked in senior roles at ATI Technologies (GPU company acquired by AMD). Since 2012, he has published over 310 peer-reviewed research papers with over 30 papers in the field of generative adversarial networks, generative reinforcement learning, and multi-modal transformers, and 3 books, including "The Ageless Generation: How Biomedical Advances Will Transform the Global Economy" (Macmillan, 2013). He serves on the advisory or editorial boards of Trends in Molecular Medicine, Aging Research Reviews, Aging, and Frontiers in Genetics, and founded and co-chairs the Annual Aging Research and Drug Discovery meeting (12th Annual in 2025), the world's largest event on aging research in the biotechnology industry. He is the adjunct professor of artificial intelligence at the Buck Institute for Research on Aging.


Rohit: Hi, Alex. I’m Rohit Mahajan, co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast and CEO and managing partner at Damo Consulting. It is great to have you as our guest, especially at this fantastic event, AI4. I would love you to give your introduction to our listeners.

Alex: Thank you very much for hosting me — I’m a big fan of the podcast and when we connected I immediately decided we had to do this. I’m Alex Zhavoronkov, founder and co-CEO of Insilico Medicine. We are a generative AI company that is clinical stage, meaning we actually have real drugs in clinical trials. We are publicly traded — we went public in Hong Kong last year under the ticker symbol 3696, so I need to be careful about forward-looking statements. My background is in computer science, and I started my career in GPU computing. I made some money in my early twenties and decided to spend the rest of my life on aging research, because I believe that’s the most important problem everyone has — it is the major cause and source of suffering in the world. I did my graduate work at Johns Hopkins, was a professor here and there, and in 2014 came back to my roots in GPU computing and started Insilico at the NVIDIA GTC conference. We had a presentation called “Can NVIDIA Solve Aging?” Fast-forward twelve years, we’ve managed to get a few drugs into human clinical trials, and I’ve raised a considerable amount of funding — though it wasn’t easy in the beginning. There were times when I had to sell everything and put it into the company. When you’re rich you invest everything, then you’re poor, then you get it back — and then you don’t want to be rich, so you invest even more. It’s an interesting journey. I’m still far from solving aging, but we’ve made some good progress.

Rohit: That is a very interesting area. Everyone talks about the silver tsunami — 10,000 Americans aging every day, going into senior care or rehabilitation facilities. When you say you’re working on longevity, there is health span and there is lifespan. Tell us how you think about that, which drugs are in the pipeline, and how you chose them.

Alex: I actually focus on lifespan — for me that is more important than health span, and I’ll explain why. Health span is a very vogue definition of longevity, basically used by people who don’t want to push the boundaries of actual lifespan. I don’t know of any drug that can give you ten years of life without also giving you additional years of healthy life. If your goal is to push that boundary, you’re also going to increase health span no matter what — the question is just the size of the delta. If that delta is six months of suffering, that’s not something we’d want to focus our entire company on. That said, we still develop drugs that may help in certain conditions, because very often diseases are diagnosed too late. I would still give six months to a mother of two suffering from terminal cancer to have more time with her children — especially if it doesn’t cost much, and it has to be her choice. But we need to provide people with the freedom to live even six months longer. People who say they don’t want lifespan, only health span, are actually doing damage to the field, because we want lifespan too. And if you want to be truly ambitious, think about peak span — how long you spend within ten percent of your maximum performance. All of those spans matter and there shouldn’t be a debate about which one to extend. Life is a fundamental human right. If we can give one quality-adjusted life year to everybody on the planet, that is 8.3 billion life years — 110 million lifetimes. A couple of years would be 220 million lifetimes, which is more than were lost in all the wars fought in the history of humanity. The way to get there is to work within the traditional pharmaceutical drug discovery and development paradigm — going after a disease, getting a drug approved — but if the root of that drug was actually aging research, you’re developing a longevity therapeutic with AI. The AI tells you this is an anti-aging drug but it should work on this cancer, so you approve it for the cancer. The patient gets additional months or years. And then once the drug is approved and safety and efficacy are established, you can experiment with it, gather real-world data, and see if it also improves aging biomarkers — potentially beneficial for others at a different dose or mechanism of administration. That’s the idea.

Rohit: I heard you say longevity and cancer. Are most of the drugs in your pipeline targeting different cancers, or something else as well? What’s the breadth and depth of what you’re going after?

Alex: We are very different in the context of AI drug discovery. Most companies go after cancer or neuroscience. We are the MMA fighter — we decided to go very broad spectrum. Our core ideology is that we go after aging. Many of the protein targets that drive disease are implicated in both aging and cancer at the same time, just used differently. For aging, for example, you want to eliminate senescent cells — cells that have stopped functioning and are just sitting there excreting toxins into the microenvironment. Some cancer drugs do exactly that. About half of my pipeline is related to cancer and half to chronic disease. My lead program, currently in phase three, targets idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis — a chronic lung disease with no good treatment at this point, where everything available just slows the decline rather than reversing it. In our phase two trial we demonstrated very promising reversal of the loss of forced vital capacity, the essential measure of lung function. We also go after IBD, inflammatory bowel disease, neuroinflammation including Parkinson’s and potentially Alzheimer’s, ocular diseases including dry AMD and uveitis, and the most exciting recent breakthrough is in pain. Pain is very difficult — identifying a new mechanism that isn’t opioid-based or an ion channel or anti-inflammatory is extremely hard. Most pharmaceutical companies historically started as painkiller companies, and that’s how we got heroin, morphine, and fentanyl. We identified a new target originally purposed for aging, and through sheer scale of experimentation — while testing a pain drug on animals, we had the ability to put more compounds in the assay. In one experiment we rescued an animal in terrible pain with something that might not have worked, and it worked better than morphine and epidural. We tested it against every standard of care, even against NAV 1.8 orally, and it performed significantly better. We took it all the way to a development candidate — one step before human clinical trials — and it went great. We now have 32 development candidates, eight phase ones, three phase twos, and one phase three. The pain drug alone is extremely exciting, because imagine if at high dose it kills pain and at low dose it addresses aging.

Rohit: That’s a great combination. We’re at an AI conference, so tell us more about how you’ve combined the different AI approaches. AI was once predictive analytics, now it’s generative — and you’ve been finding targets and small molecules for drug discovery for a long time. What’s novel about how you’re approaching AI?

Alex: Insilico originally started as a deep learning company and closely followed DeepMind — when we hired people, we tried to do hackathons where we’d take one of their papers and hire people who could perform similarly. We started as a biology company with an AI biologist focused mostly on understanding how you live from birth to death using different biological data types. Those were originally predictive systems. In 2016 we started publishing on generative adversarial networks — early days of generative AI — and we also purposed those algorithms for chemistry for the first time. My first paper on GANs for multi-parameter optimization and molecular generation came out in 2016: instead of searching for a needle in a haystack, you generate perfect needles — molecules with desired properties. In 2017 we published papers showing experimental validation of the technology: we actually synthesized and tested the molecules. In 2018 we published in Nature Biotechnology on generative tensorial reinforcement learning — right before ChatGPT — showing we could synthesize and test molecules all the way into mice in 46 days. That was a big deal. From the early 2020s we started working on transformers and diffusion models, but essentially built a Lego system of different models that can do biology and chemistry. Some do generation, some do synthetic data generation — because in biology you often don’t have much public data for specific problems, so you can actually generate high-quality data using generative approaches. Some models do predictive analytics, some predict clinical trial outcomes. We orchestrate all of them using frontier models. We now have over 1,200 tasks in drug discovery — think of 1,200 experts you can clone and spawn into many different agents to achieve the grand task of reasoning across an entire program from target identification to approval, working backwards. Essentially: from prompt to drug.

Rohit: “Prompt to drug” — that’s a great phrase. I’ve been following this space and I think our listeners would also ask: how do you position yourself relative to Flagship Pioneering, Moderna, or other companies doing pioneering work in this space?

Alex: Flagship Pioneering is a great platform for company creation. What they do is essentially have capital, a pool of experts, and they identify trends — for each trend they build a company, offer it to investors, raise funding, and utilize the same people incubating many companies. In generative AI they have Memong Mini, incubated by the same team for different trends and investor bases. I’m not entirely sure how to establish the success of those companies. One called Generate Biomedicines is listed publicly and has a drug in phase three, though it would be nice to see peer-reviewed publication of how much the generative approach actually contributed. Others I’m less certain about, because when you create a company for a purpose it’s very difficult to get people to work together toward a specific goal. Companies that tend to be more successful in our field are those where people came together, worked on a problem, solved it, and only then raised money to scale. Forced invention is very difficult — genuine invention works better. That said, Flagship is a great platform, and one win like Moderna pays for the entire party. Moderna is actually a Flagship company, which is why they’re famous. And if it hadn’t been for COVID, it would be an open question where Moderna would be now. But the companies I’m actually more concerned about are Anthropic, OpenAI, Google, and many Chinese players like Tencent and Alibaba. They are developing foundation models that can reason really well in the context of biology. Some of the more primitive tasks — like target discovery — are already completely demonetized. More complex tasks are being demonetized as we speak. All of those companies are also putting resources into biology. My hope is they don’t make the mistake of buying low-quality companies just for the data or for kudos — those are computer scientists who don’t know what works in biology. But once they get proficient in our field, they will be real competitors. What I’ve started doing is developing tools that actually accelerate this transition — tools like MMI Gym that help frontier models train on what we do. If in some tasks they are advancing and can be better than me, I’d rather help them do that, because they can help us back. I’m going to be always at the frontier with a new algorithm or approach. In the future, the real moat in my field are the drugs — they are like diamonds, they’re forever. AI comes and goes every six months. The future moats will be capital — which you can convert into energy or compute — infrastructure including labs, robotics, and networks of contract research organizations, and third: good intent, good ideas, and being in the right place at the right time. We have more ideas than we have capital or infrastructure, but with increased intelligence we can more rapidly convert ideas into real products that save lives.

Rohit: That’s a great insight. What are some of your biggest challenges at the point in the journey where you are now?

Alex: One fundamental challenge that everybody faces is the complexity of biology. You need to try a lot of things to see what works, even with perfect AI. I can now go from prompt to drug for a given target — if it’s low or moderate novelty, I’ll win. But if I’m going into truly new terrain, there’s a very good chance I’ll fail. You need a very sustainable business model to allow yourself to fail. The real great challenge I see is geopolitics. Right now it’s absolute nonsense. I don’t understand it and don’t want to understand it, but I have to. The US is fighting with China, countries have become very nationalistic. To do really good work in our field, you need international reach. If you want to synthesize molecules at scale, there are only two places you can do that — India and China. You can’t do it in the US; the infrastructure simply doesn’t exist, and it’s also a low-value task. Some animal experiments, like primate studies, can’t be done at scale in India either. Most of the hardcore competition is in China, so if you want to compete you actually want to compete there. The US is making it difficult for American companies to do that, and there are regulatory complications everywhere. My job isn’t to pick any side — I don’t care where you live, as long as you can live longer. If a mother of two is dying somewhere in Africa or in China, you need to help her. We’ve had to establish infrastructure that allows us to be global — we’re in Montreal, Abu Dhabi, Hong Kong, Taipei, Shanghai, and Yixing. Right now it’s just very difficult to operate globally, and that difficulty is a real challenge for what we’re trying to do.

Rohit: Any upcoming announcements or plans you’d like to share, including any plans to list in the US?

Alex: We would of course love to explore additional capital markets and are constantly on the lookout, timing the markets carefully. The US biotech industry is going back up but it’s still in a winter — it hasn’t fully processed the excess from companies that listed and raised a lot of capital in the early pandemic days, didn’t deliver, and lost investor trust. The AI hype also needs to settle somewhat, because right now people are chasing trillion-dollar companies and forgetting about smaller biotech, even though it’s very important. What we have on the horizon are massive scientific breakthroughs we’re constantly working on — but as a publicly traded company I can’t talk about them specifically, so watch for peer-reviewed publications. We usually don’t make big claims until we publish. What excites me most are the clinical trials. Once you’re in the clinic, you’re worried all the time — with many programs running, you must fail statistically at some point. So far we haven’t, but given our current rate of success I think in many cases we should succeed, and when we do it pays for everything. On the AI front, our most important initiative is benchmarking — we just released a set of benchmarks where we can test frontier models and specialist models across over 1,000 drug discovery tasks. Many of them perform poorly; some are reasonable. The large foundation model developers don’t even know drug discovery yet. I’m very happy to see that Anthropic is actually going into their own drug discovery — you need to discover a drug to know how to discover a drug; it’s the chicken and the egg. The most exciting thing for me remains aging research. I don’t think there are greater enemies that humans have other than aging — it will kill you with one hundred percent certainty and takes everything away. There’s a good chance we can give everyone an additional ten or even twenty years. We have drugs in development that hopefully will get us there. That’s what will consume a large part of my life, and I’m willing to fight for it.

Rohit: That’s beautiful — pushing the envelope on longevity. Thank you so much, Alex. Really appreciate you being our guest on The Big Unlock Podcast.

Alex: Great to be on the podcast. Let’s unlock longevity.

Rohit: Yes. Thank you.

 

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Making Human Movement Measurable with AI

Season 7

Episode 221 - Podcast with Zaw Thet, CEO and Co-Founder, Exer AI
Making Human Movement Measurable with AI

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 221 - Making Human Movement Measurable with AI
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Zaw Thet, CEO and Co-founder of Exer AI, explores how AI-powered computer vision can make human movement measurable and transform the delivery of musculoskeletal and movement health. He explains how Exer uses ordinary cameras and AI to assess movement across orthopedics, neurology, rehabilitation, telehealth, and at-home care, providing clinicians with objective insights while improving clinical efficiency and access.

The conversation highlights how AI can improve patient outcomes and help clinicians deliver more personalized care at scale. Zaw also discusses the growing role of continuous monitoring, combining movement data with signals from wearables to identify risks earlier, particularly for older adults and fall prevention. He emphasizes that scaling healthcare AI requires clinical validation, regulatory compliance, proprietary data, and patience to move from innovation to real-world adoption.

Zaw expects AI to create a more efficient healthcare system but cautions against removing humans from clinical decision-making too quickly. As generative AI expands, human oversight, accountability, and patient safety will remain essential to scaling AI responsibly. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Zaw Thet is a veteran entrepreneur / investor who has been at the forefront of new technology and starting tech companies since the age of 19. He is currently the CEO and Co-Founder of Exer, a digital health company using AI/CV to diagnose and improve patients' motion health. Previously, Zaw was a Founding GP at Signia Venture Partners, where he led investments across 3 funds, and the CEO and Co-Founder of 4INFO, one of the first and largest mobile advertising platforms in the world prior to its acquisition.

Zaw studied Political and Computer Science at Stanford, where he was a President's Scholar. He received his MBA from the Stanford Graduate School of Business, where he was a Soros Fellow.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of The Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’m managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today along with Rohit. Today we are really excited to welcome Zaw Thet to our podcast. Zaw is the co-founder and CEO of Exer AI, a digital health company using computer vision and AI to assess, coach, and improve human movement. Zaw brings an unusual combination of experience as a serial entrepreneur, investor, and operator, having previously been a founding partner at Signia Venture and CEO and co-founder of ForInfo. His current work with Exer sits at the intersection of musculoskeletal health, physical therapy, sports performance, and AI-powered care delivery. Welcome, Zaw — really excited to have you here today.

Zaw: Thank you so much for having me. When you say all of those things out loud, it makes me blush that I’ve been doing this now for twenty-five to twenty-seven-plus years. It’s a pleasure to be here.

Rohit: Thank you, Ritu. I’m Rohit Mahajan, CEO and co-host of the Big Unlock Podcast. Welcome, Zaw, to the podcast. We really appreciate the friendship and are looking forward to an engaging discussion.

Ritu: Great. Zaw, tell us about Exer, which is built on the idea that movement itself can become measurable through ordinary cameras — without wearables or any extra hardware. What does that unlock in healthcare that we previously just couldn’t do when movement assessment depended mainly on in-person observation or wearing devices?

Zaw: Thank you again for having me. To explain why human motion matters, I need to rewind to about eight years ago when we decided to start the company. As an investor looking across multiple digital health disciplines and companies, I was considering the different potential applications for AI — this was before ChatGPT, Claude, or any of the current LLMs and large models were out there. What we were really looking at was discrete sets of data, because I believe all AI is based on the moat around the data it has been trained on. What became very evident as we talked to people across multiple disciplines was that there was a ton of data in the chart. All the companies looking at EKGs or blood panels were essentially training on the same types of data. There was a lot of early AI starting to emerge around anything related to the back office of health system operations — revenue cycle management, administration, prior authorization. There was also a lot around digital scribing, whether ambient scribes listening from the room or simple dictation tools like Nuance. But what became clear was that in all the imaging being done — X-rays, CT scans, MRIs — actually seeing dynamic human motion was something that really didn’t exist. It existed in gait labs with multi-million-dollar cameras and sensor rigs, but deploying that on the edge or in clinical settings for a mass amount of patients wasn’t possible. What we heard over and over again was that even though the data didn’t exist yet and people didn’t fully know what it would mean, it would be really helpful to capture human motion in a clinical environment, at a patient’s home, or over telehealth, and understand what that means for different diseases. That’s the basis on which Exer was formed — with the understanding that a lot of research would be needed to validate all the different algorithms for assessments and phenotyping across different disease types. That’s how we got started, and it has obviously evolved a lot since then.

Ritu: You’re not just building another healthcare app — you actually want to turn the camera into a scalable clinical and coaching tool for movement health. How does real-time AI coaching change patient engagement and outcomes compared with traditional home exercise programs or simply telling patients what to do?

Zaw: A lot of people in the early days mistook us for a PT company because many of the assessments are around fundamental human motions — a hinge, a squat, a pull, a gait walk. But no one had really thought about how to apply that to clinical settings as a whole. When we first started, the feedback we got from people was: if you want to make this work inside of very large health systems — and we’re now inside twenty-five of the top fifty health systems in the US — how do you deliver a platform, not a single-point solution? A platform meaning it doesn’t just apply to one department but applies to orthopedics, neurology and neurosurgery, primary care, PM&R, pain and spine, and so on. The second was: how do you actually deliver on the three legs of the stool? How do you deliver demonstrably better patient outcomes, better clinical efficiency — actually taking time that would normally be spent by a clinician, nurse, PA, or MA and making that more effective so they can scale across more patients — and potentially increase new revenue streams for a hospital where they may not currently be capturing that care in-house? Those were the two primary drivers. The other requirements were par for the course: regulatory approval as a Class 2 medical device, SOC 2 and HIPAA compliance, and clinical validation through peer-reviewed publications. The way we approached it was to build two different parts of AI. One is the neural net that allows us to see the human body without a gait lab — just using a phone or iPad. The other is delivery across multiple points of care, primarily in-clinic in outpatient settings, with telehealth and at-home options as well. Then we built a research arm across multiple disciplines. I’ll give you a quick example. Total knee surgery is probably the most common orthopedic surgery in the US, with over a million done every year. The current standard of care: you visit your orthopedic surgeon, they assess your knee, determine you’re a candidate, schedule surgery for three months out, and send you for a long leg X-ray — a static image taken while you’re standing straight with your kneecaps together. That image is used to measure the angle from hip to knee to ankle, but it doesn’t capture how you actually walk — whether you have a bit of varus or valgus. None of that is captured by an X-ray today, even though research has shown it’s not a great predictor of surgical outcomes. Instead, imagine having an iPad in the clinic room. When the patient agrees to total knee surgery, a medical assistant can assess their gait in under twenty seconds and understand their circumduction patterns and how the knee loads at maximum weight-bearing — all of that populated directly into Epic or whatever the EMR is before the doctor even comes into the room. That assessment is repeated pre-surgery, checked immediately post-operatively to confirm alignment with the angles the surgeon intended, and tracked again three months later as ligaments relax. That’s just one example in orthopedics of how this is already being deployed today.

Ritu: Wow, that’s an amazing example. A static picture really can’t tell you that much compared to seeing movement on an iPad. How does the telehealth part work — if the patient is at home and you’re doing a remote appointment, are you just recording them on a normal browser and still getting all the information?

Zaw: Telehealth and at-home work typically over a web browser — the easiest approach. It’s done inside any modern browser, Chrome, Safari, and so on, using the same basic tools. It’s a little different because the clinician is on the telehealth call with the patient, and it can be a bit harder for the patient to set up in their home environment. But especially for anything upper body, we can capture it well. One of the big telehealth use cases is in neurology. We can track 22 discrete points on the hand, which makes this very powerful for orthopedic and post-operative visits — especially for destination hospitals like Mayo Clinic where patients have flown in and don’t want to travel back just for a follow-up. We can track where they are on their recovery curve: whether the hand is achieving full range of motion is very difficult to assess even on physical exam using a goniometer for each finger joint. Our platform allows that to be done instantaneously. Another great example is tremors on the neurology side. Because we can see the full body, we can track how a medication is affecting a tremor as a patient is titrating different drugs, as well as other balance and ataxia measures. That’s how the telehealth piece works, and there’s also an at-home option that works over a browser or as an app on the patient’s phone.

Rohit: How did you get started in this space, and are there any prior ventures in healthcare you’d like to share with the audience?

Zaw: I don’t come from a traditional healthcare background — I come from a software startup and tech background, though I do come from a family of physicians; both of my parents are physicians. Like every good first-generation immigrant, I was supposed to become a doctor, an engineer, or maybe a lawyer as a third option — and I chose a different path. When I went out to Stanford in the late ’90s during the first dot-com boom, in the early days of eBay and before Google even existed, I saw an opportunity. I’d always been interested in technology, and what I found was my true calling: solving big problems in society using technology, where you can scale the impact to millions of people. When I first considered medicine, I loved the mission and purpose and the ability to help people — that has always driven me. But I wanted to deliver that at scale. The problem with a one-to-one ratio between time spent with someone and help given is that you can only help that one person. My superpower, I guess, was the ability to build big platforms where instead of helping one person I could hopefully help a thousand. That’s the big vision we had when we got into healthcare — I saw a lot of inefficiencies and maybe I was a little too naive, thinking this is a big problem that needs fixing. I didn’t realize how complicated it was eight years ago. I joke that I still don’t have a full healthcare license — more like a green card — and I’m learning every single day. But what I found was that the ability to deliver precision medicine at scale is especially critical given the severe shortages of doctors, nurses, and PAs alongside an ever-aging population that only increases demand on the healthcare system. Those two things are fundamentally broken and won’t fix each other. Yet somehow healthcare still works — survival rates for cancer and cardiac events in the US keep going up. The medicine is getting better and we are helping people, but it’s a broken system. My hope was that Exer could be one component of fixing it — allowing clinicians and providers to deliver better medicine at scale, working with them and not against them. That was a core tenet from early on.

Ritu: Exer has so many applications across physical therapy, senior care, orthopedics, and sports. So far, which market has been the strongest, and which do you think becomes the biggest long-term opportunity?

Zaw: People always asked us this, especially in the early days. When we had our first demo running in 2018, no one had ever seen anything like it, and everyone wanted a better golf swing — or tennis serve, baseball or lacrosse. We looked at all of those early on and said we could build a consumer company doing very specific sports applications, or we could start where the science is really hard. If we can prove we can do this for the top doctors in the US, and that’s where the research originates, then we have the opportunity at a later point to go anywhere we want. Think of Amazon starting by just selling books — that’s sort of the first inning we think we’re still in today. We focused on healthcare and on delivering a platform to health systems and providers rather than selling directly to consumers. Maybe that was the harder route, but it also meant we didn’t have to spend enormous amounts on marketing or raise hundreds of millions of dollars, and it let us keep the team lean — because healthcare just takes a long time regardless of how much money you throw at it. Our secret advantage is that we now have four-plus years and hundreds of thousands of patients who have run through IRBs and clinical studies, giving us a very proprietary data set that no one else has — where clinicians and researchers are using Exer to record not the video but just the body points as they move, tied back to all the clinical data from the chart. We understand what a gait shuffle looks like: does it mean arthritis, stenosis, or Parkinson’s? To do all of that and also do golf would have been very difficult. We’ve stayed in our lane, and we’re going to be there for a while because there’s still a lot to do in healthcare before we get to the, quote-unquote, fun stuff.

Ritu: This leads nicely into the next question. We’re talking about continuous functional monitoring, and wearables are having a big moment. We’ve talked to clinicians and doctors about how outdated the annual physical is. How do you see this tying into more continuous monitoring of patients and catching problems earlier?

Zaw: I think it ties in really well. We’ve been fans of working and partnering with companies that are more device-specific — consumer companies like Whoop or Oura Ring, medical-grade companies like SensorBio, and data coming off a watch like a Garmin or Apple Watch. There is a lot of room in this space for continuous monitoring. It’s already happening at a certain level for patients at home managing diabetes, for example. The challenge on the continuous monitoring side is filtering through all the noise — there are a lot of signals potentially coming from these devices, and knowing what matters most is the hard problem. That will get solved, but probably not by a company like us at Exer. Where Exer comes in is that a big component of that annual physical is a movement screen — especially for a senior population 65 and over, where you’re looking for issues and particularly fall risk, which is related to gait and balance. Falls are the number one cause of death and the number one cost to our healthcare system for people over 65. If we can prevent that, if we can get ahead of that curve — instead of checking someone every 12 months, doing a movement screen once a month — all of their wearable data is being pumped in at the same time. Low blood pressure that may cause fainting comes from the wearable; arthritis in the right knee that could cause a fall comes from us. That is definitely the future of medicine, and it will get there over time.

Rohit: The AI landscape is changing so fast. Could you give us some thoughts on how to keep up, and how you’re thinking about incorporating new developments into your offering for clients?

Zaw: It’s moving at a phenomenal pace. When we first started, we were really one of the first true AI companies in healthcare. Because of the research and time it takes to be clinical-grade and deployed inside health systems, we’ve had to be very patient. Now you’re seeing algorithms coming out left and right — some just based on large LLM models, some based on real data. You have companies like Open Evidence helping physicians find information faster. It is a brave new world and very hard to keep track of. I get the email digests from Silicon Valley and look at the top developments. For patients, most of these things are happening without them seeing it. There are starting to be some patient-facing applications that are genuinely interesting — like scribing your own doctor visits, then feeding that recording into an LLM to better understand what was discussed. It’s probably better than playing Google Doctor. But for the most part, most of the AI patients see in healthcare is behind the scenes. Exer is actually one of the exceptions — when you come in for a visit, you’re being assessed, and there’s a playback feature that’s one of the most-used things after an assessment: the clinician pulls it up, goes through it with the patient. It looks like a skeleton moving, so the patient can see what they’re doing without any actual video. Some patients even like that — it removes concerns about how their hair looked or what they were wearing. As a business owner using these tools all day, they’re phenomenal for making a business punch above its weight. A ton of our customer support is now handled by AI agents. Our developers are at least two to three times more productive because a lot of junior developer tasks — QA, code checks — are all being done by AI. There are countless ways to incorporate AI into your business, and it will only keep evolving. We tend to find one we like, stick with it, and try not to switch as often as possible.

Ritu: We’re almost at the end, Zaw. Any closing thoughts or crystal ball predictions for the next year?

Zaw: I’m a big optimist — I wouldn’t be doing this if I didn’t believe we can change the world for the better. That said, I do think there’s some potential backlash coming that we need to be aware of, especially in healthcare around the use of AI. I’m already hearing early pushback from systems, particularly around generative AI where the AI is generating content and having a patient interaction without any human in the loop at all. The capability is really good, but a small percentage of the time it halluccinates or sends inappropriate information, and we’re starting to see the first lawsuits around that. I don’t think that means it will go away, but for anything without a human in the loop there’s going to be a period of pushback about whether this can scale directly to consumers and who bears liability when it sends something incorrect. A lot of that will get sorted out in the next couple of years. At Exer, thankfully, there’s always a human in the loop because we provide support to clinicians, not replace them. In the end, I think we’re obviously going to end up with a much better and more efficient system. That’s my crystal ball.

Ritu: You raised very good points. The ability of generative AI to hallucinate leads to real ethical questions — the moment you remove the human from the loop and cede that control, it needs to be fail-proof, which it isn’t yet.

Zaw: We’re going to have agents watching agents watching agents, and then maybe a human to check at the end. Who will guard the guardians — that’s right. Well, thank you both for having me. I really appreciate it.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Zaw. Thank you for being on our podcast.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Cloud and AI Are Reshaping Healthcare Transformation

Season 7

Episode 220 - Podcast with Dr. Angela Shippy, Senior Physician Executive and Clinical Innovation Lead
Amazon Web Services (AWS)
Cloud and AI Are Reshaping Healthcare Transformation

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 220 - Cloud and AI Are Reshaping Healthcare Transformation
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Angela Shippy, Senior Physician Executive and Clinical Innovation Lead at Amazon Web Services (AWS), shares how cloud and AI are reshaping healthcare by helping organizations move from experimentation to enterprise-scale transformation. She explains that successful AI adoption requires more than powerful models – it demands secure cloud infrastructure, responsible governance, workforce upskilling, and trusted partnerships.

Dr. Shippy explains how leading health systems are moving beyond isolated AI pilots by solving well-defined organizational and clinical challenges first. Through purpose-built services like Amazon Connect Health, institutions are streamlining patient engagement, reducing administrative burden, and improving access to care. From antimicrobial resistance surveillance to genomics research and health equity programs, she illustrates how cloud-based platforms are helping healthcare organizations generate insights faster and improve patient outcomes at scale.

Dr. Shippy believes that scaling enterprise AI requires upskilling healthcare workforces, establishing strong security guardrails, and embracing agentic workflows. She envisions a future driven by multimodal AI, ambient listening, and automated task execution that accelerates drug discovery, reduces burnout, and enables clinicians to focus on direct patient care. Dr. Shippy encourages health systems to start small, think big, and never lose sight of improving patient and workforce experiences. She believes agentic technologies will augment clinicians, accelerate innovation, and help build a more connected, efficient, and patient-centered healthcare ecosystem. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at ViVE.

About Our Guest

Angela A. Shippy, MD, MHA, FACP, FHM is Amazon Web Services' Senior Physician Executive and Clinical Innovation Lead for Healthcare and Life Sciences. A board-certified internist and respected healthcare executive, she brings over two decades of healthcare leadership experience, combining clinical expertise with strategic vision to drive healthcare transformation by accelerating cloud technology adoption to support the healthcare and life sciences ecosystem.

Before joining AWS, Dr. Shippy served as Senior Vice President and Chief Medical & Quality Officer at Memorial Hermann Health System, one of Texas's largest not-for-profit health systems. There, she orchestrated system-wide initiatives spanning clinical quality, patient safety, laboratory services, pharmacy operations, accreditation, and regulatory compliance across 17 hospitals and 300+ care delivery sites.

Her executive healthcare experience includes leadership positions at HCA Healthcare's Gulf Coast Division Chief Medical Officer and at St. Luke's Episcopal Hospital in the Texas Medical Center as Vice President of Medical Affairs. At St. Luke's, she maintained an active practice as a hospitalist while driving operational excellence.

Dr. Shippy earned a B.S. in biology from Texas A&M University and an M.D. from the University of Texas Medical Branch in Galveston, where she also completed her residency in internal medicine. Her academic credentials are complemented by a Master's in Healthcare Administration and recognition as a Fellow of The American College of Physicians (FACP) and the Society of Hospital Medicine (FHM).

Dr. Shippy's influence extends beyond individual institutions through her service on healthcare councils and committees at local, state, and national levels and her inclusion on the inaugural list of CNBC Changemakers in 2024 and Fierce Healthcare's 2023 Women of Influence. Her commitment to medical education is reflected in her prior volunteer faculty appointments at Baylor College of Medicine, UTHealth Houston, and The Institute for Healthcare Improvement.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’m managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today. We are looking forward to a conversation with Dr. Angela Shippy, and we warmly welcome her to the podcast. Dr. Shippy has been a director and senior physician executive and clinical innovation lead at Amazon Web Services for over five years. She leads executive engagement for healthcare and life sciences. Her work focuses on bridging operations and technology to enable and accelerate transformation for providers, payers, pharma, biotech, health tech, and device organizations. We’re really looking forward to a very engaging conversation with Dr. Shippy, so welcome to the podcast once again.

Angela: Thank you, Ritu. It’s great to be here, and thank you for having me.

Ritu: Dr. Shippy, would you like to add anything to that introduction?

Angela: I think the one thing I would add is that people often ask how I ended up at Amazon Web Services. Truly, it was because I have been an end user of technology my entire career. I started my residency a few days early because we were all mandated to use a very early version of CPOE — computerized physician order entry. All along the way I’ve continued to use technology, whether it was being a physician champion for PalmPilot, electronic documentation, or putting together templates with the informatics team. It’s always been part of my career. And like so many of my colleagues, the COVID pandemic was really an opportunity to bring data together. For the first time ever in my previous organization, we brought together clinical and operational data in a dashboard that we were using on a regular basis. Seeing in real time how having all the right data in the right place allowed us to treat a patient population that was in need — and know exactly what they needed — really spurred me to join this team and help my colleagues across the country, and across the world, be able to do this.

Ritu: Thank you for sharing that. We would love to hear your origin story — how did you decide to become a physician?

Angela: It’s a funny story if you think about a nine-year-old girl who had a teacher who told her she was really good at science. My fourth grade teacher said, “You’re really smart and you’re really good at science.” I translated that to mean that if you’re really good at science and you’re smart, you should be a doctor. And then I decided that if I was going to be a doctor, I should be a neurosurgeon because the brain is the hardest thing and the most important part of the body. For many years through elementary school, I was focused on becoming a doctor and a neurosurgeon — I used the term brain surgeon at the time. In high school and college I shifted to thinking I would love to be an OB-GYN and deliver babies. When I got to medical school, it was my very first rotation, and I loved it — a six-week rotation starting in labor and delivery, so much fun. Then I got to the surgical part: bladder repairs, hysterectomies, and oncologic patients, and I realized that wasn’t the part I was excited about. My next rotation was internal medicine, and I loved it. Internal medicine is the gateway to so many specialties, and I ended up as an internal medicine physician, practicing as a hospitalist for many years.

Ritu: Thank you for sharing that story, and a big shout-out to any teachers out there who are listening — those words set you on this path. So Dr. Shippy, you bring together the perspective of a practicing physician, a former health system executive, and a technology leader to help organizations think about what’s possible in this new era of cloud computing and generative AI. In your experience working with so many health systems, what separates the organizations that are truly transforming with AI from those that are just trying pilots and deploying isolated use cases?

Angela: Right now so many of our customers are thinking about their biggest pain points — what their clinical operations look like, what throughput looks like, whether they have enough nurses, enough allied health professionals, and what they need across physician specialties. They’re looking at the entire picture, and that’s leading them to ask: what do I want to do with generative AI and agentic AI to take things to the next step? The organizations doing the best work are those asking two things. First, which particular problem am I working backwards from to solve? Second, what am I doing to scale beyond just that initial pilot? I’ll give you an example. UCSD is using one of our purpose-built solutions for healthcare — Amazon Connect Health — allowing them to engage with patients in a meaningfully different way. Being able to verify the patient when they first call the contact center, direct the call to the right part of the organization, use all the data they have related to that patient to direct them appropriately or provide a quick, accurate answer. For them, this has meant 3.2 million contacts with patients, a reduction in hours that call center staff spend on those calls, and a thirty to sixty percent reduction in abandoned calls depending on the department. That translates to patients getting to preventative care, managed care, prescriptions — whatever they need — faster and more accurately, which produces a better patient experience. And we know that patients who have a better experience have better health outcomes. When you see that level of engagement with patients and their ability to access the parts of the healthcare continuum they need, you also know those are patients who continue with that same health system — which addresses the operational efficiency goals as well. The systems really advancing beyond pilots are those focused on what matters most.

Ritu: Thank you for telling us about Amazon Connect Health and how you’re using autonomous agents for patient navigation, appointments, rescheduling, and ambient capabilities. That leads into the next question: AWS has invested heavily in helping organizations build scalable data foundations before deploying AI. But so many executives want to jump straight to the next shiny new AI application. How do you help healthcare leaders resist that temptation and understand they first need to build foundational capabilities?

Angela: One of the things I really enjoy about my work is the opportunity to talk to colleagues across the country about what they’re doing. In those discussions, we talk about the end goal — but keeping in mind that to meet those goals, they first have to think about their data. Do they have clean, available data as their foundation? We know that right now 97% of the data in healthcare does not get used, largely because it’s unstructured and from so many disparate sources. Part of that initial conversation is about how to bring all that together — how to take that disparate data and turn it into real information that becomes insights. Then being able to use agentic AI to take that data and information and turn it into actionable insights, whether that’s for the patient experience, the clinician’s experience, or for research. For a payer organization it can help with member and population management. For a pharma company it can help get to drug discovery faster. That’s what we talk about — the foundation of clean data in the format that allows you to use these agentic tools.

Ritu: You mentioned that you started with technology training even before your residency. Today’s CIOs, CMIOs, and digital leaders need to understand cloud architecture, AI, and cybersecurity — all changing at a rapid pace, sometimes weekly. What is your advice to CIOs and CMIOs on how they stay abreast and relevant when the pace of change is so rapid?

Angela: Our customers share a curiosity about what’s happening from a technology standpoint — they’re standing side by side with us wanting to learn. We have thousands of customers running workloads on AWS, and we’ve earned their trust over time, so they see us as a source of information. We feel a commitment to help them continue to learn in this rapidly changing environment. We do that a few ways. One is through summits — I’m at the DC Summit right now, which gives customers the opportunity to come and learn, hear from their peers, and see what others are doing. We also have training and certification available for leaders and their teams to use — much of it free. We have a fellowship program where up-and-coming leaders from health systems can come through and learn more about technology and, as they advance in their careers, how they’ll think about working with technology and specifically with AWS. We’re also dedicated to upskilling, because every worker within healthcare and life sciences will see their day-to-day job change because of the tools that are available. We want to make sure they have an understanding of that. The reason this is so important for CIOs and CTOs is that we know there’s significant administrative burden across the workforce they’re responsible for, and these tools can help decrease that. When you’re at a summit like this, the energy is remarkable — especially across public-sector customers who are mission-driven, highly regulated, and are really looking to AWS to be the partner that helps them in secure environments, with managed AI layers that allow them to deploy quickly without having to dig into every single aspect of the technology, and with purpose-built services that have guardrails in place for another level of security. All of that is what we’re doing to ensure CIOs and CTOs have knowledgeable teams, that we’re supporting those teams, and that we’re supporting their organizations and goals.

Ritu: So you’re saying this technology can really be an enabler and help them do their job better.

Angela: Absolutely — it’s an enabler and an accelerator. It allows them to start with a proof of concept and then truly scale it across the entire organization. Right now we’re working side by side with customers to help them meet these goals, and we want them to look to AWS and know we have solutions ready for them. I’ll give you another example — Amazon Bio Discovery. This is a new technology that allows our pharma customers to move so much faster. The time it takes to research, take all the data from that research, and get to the discovery of a new drug takes years. With Amazon Bio Discovery, being able to put all the components together and help them get to the answers and insights they need so much faster is going to decrease the time it takes to develop the next drug. That might mean the next drug we need in the oncology space is developed much faster — more lives saved. It’s exciting to think about, and we really look forward to continuing to take this drug discovery work and ask: what can we do next, what can we learn, and what can we iterate and innovate on in this space?

Ritu: Healthcare leaders often talk about moving from data to insights, but increasingly the conversation is shifting toward moving from insights to autonomous action. As cloud platforms evolve to support AI agents and intelligent workflows like Amazon Connect, how do you envision the role of health systems changing over the next few years? Will we still be thinking in terms of software applications, or will patients see seamless, almost invisible technology that just helps them — without passwords, thousands of clicks, and getting stuck at every point?

Angela: I think right now we will see an evolution — technology will become easier to access, and more and more of the processes that are currently very manual and require multiple people and steps will become automated. Our customers will be right there with us as we help make those changes and see what that looks like. That can really change where health systems spend their time and do their work. I’ll give you an example. We announced this week what we’re doing with the Fleming Initiative, specifically around antimicrobial resistance. Every provider organization understands they have infections in their community, some of which are resistant to antimicrobial therapy, and they have whole departments of infection preventionists following surveillance and reporting. We’re now partnering with this initiative — antimicrobial resistance is extremely important. Right now, every eleven seconds someone is being diagnosed with a resistant infection, and every fifteen seconds someone dies from it. Being able to have a global platform connecting 150 countries, bringing together all of this information to minimize resistance — that’s going to change how they practice, how patients receive antimicrobial therapy, and those mortality numbers. When you automate practices that infection preventionists are currently doing perhaps on a spreadsheet, you free up that expertise to be deployed elsewhere, take away administrative burden, and help patients have better outcomes — not being treated with an antimicrobial therapy that isn’t working, or having to have a second course because the first didn’t cure the infection. Those are really significant leaps that are all about technology, automation, and using agentic tools to get to insights faster and change clinical care.

Ritu: That truly scales and multiplies impact to save lives. Thank you for sharing that, Dr. Shippy. I also wanted to ask about the Children’s Health Innovation Awards — I was reading about that and it sounded remarkable. Tell us more about those awards and what you’ve seen with the health systems you’ve worked with.

Angela: The CHIA — Children’s Health Innovation Awards — was an opportunity to say: here we have a population of children with rare diseases and genetic diseases, and children’s hospitals are standalone entities, often associated with academic institutions but smaller in scale than adult hospitals. Putting these awards in place was about helping them bring their information together — accelerating the genomic testing and genomic research they’re doing, accelerating work in rare diseases, and helping them come together on platforms where data from different parts of the children’s disease ecosystem — research institutions, children’s hospitals — could be aggregated. When you take all these smaller populations and aggregate them, you have more data that can get you to insights faster. We wanted to help them get to those insights faster, make an impact on providers taking care of children right now, and also shed light on the importance of rare disease research and genomics and what that can lead to in the future. We have a purpose-built service, HealthOmics, that helps get to insights faster from gene therapy and research.  I’ll share another example. Over five years our health equity initiative helped organizations look at underserved communities, access to care, and ensuring that patients — no matter where they lived, whether in a rural or underserved community — had access to technology. Over five years that was a $90 million commitment helping 600 organizations. Babyscripts, for instance, was able to diagnose pre-eclampsia faster — eclampsia is one of those true medical emergencies in a pregnant patient, so getting to diagnosis faster is huge. We were able to help a company in Uganda take care of at-risk babies for the six weeks after delivery, ensuring they were able to attend their postnatal visit — a 275% increase in postnatal visit completion, and a decrease in mortality as well. These are really significant impacts from funds we’re excited to give and support, either with technology embedded to improve the application or with technical support for applications being built on AWS.

Ritu: I hope listeners learn about the CHIA program and it reaches a bigger audience to help other health systems apply. Thank you for sharing that. As usual, the time has flown by, Dr. Shippy. Any closing thoughts you’d like to share? Where do you think technology is heading? We used to ask about the next three years, then the next year — now it’s almost the next three months because it’s moving so fast.

Angela: One of the most exciting things in our work with customers is watching them start small but think big, never losing sight of where they’re trying to get to. They’re trying to get to better patient experiences, better experiences for their workers, and ensuring that administrative burden is taken away so folks can work at the top of their license. Researchers really able to go fast, accelerate, and get to insights that move them from bench to bedside faster. Nurses and physicians at the bedside really able to interact with patients face to face, eye to eye — not looking down at a keyboard — because of ambient listening. Getting to the discovery of new drugs and new applications of devices faster. It’s really exciting to work side by side with customers as they do that. And the other thing becoming very clear — and our customers are starting to see it too — is that in healthcare, you want to be at the forefront of utilizing this technology. In being at the forefront, understanding that the next big discoveries are most likely going to happen with someone — whether an individual researcher, clinician, or an organization — that either has an agent by their side or agentic technology deployed across the organization. Whether it’s coming from the bottom up from frontline staff or top down from leadership, really embracing this technology and putting it to use to improve the experiences of everyone across the continuum of care is going to make a difference — both in the experience and in the overall health of all the populations being served. That’s really exciting as we look forward.

Ritu: Thank you so much for sharing all those insights with us, Dr. Shippy, and thank you for bringing this transformational change to so many people. It’s exciting to see you doing that. Thank you for being on our podcast today.

Angela: Thank you so much for having me, Ritu. It was great to be here.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Why Connected, Evidence-Based Systems Will Define the Future of Healthcare

Artificial intelligence has become the defining conversation in healthcare. Every conference agenda, executive strategy session, and boardroom discussion includes AI as a top priority. Yet despite the excitement, most health systems are still asking the same question: How do we move from promising pilots to meaningful transformation?

In a recent episode of The Big Unlock podcast, Dr. Anne Snowdon, Scientific Director and CEO of SCAN Health and Chief Scientific Research Officer at HIMSS, offered a refreshingly pragmatic perspective on this challenge. Rather than focusing on the latest AI models or breakthrough algorithms, she shifted the conversation to something far more fundamental: the systems, evidence, and infrastructure required for AI to create lasting value in healthcare. 

Drawing from decades of experience spanning nursing, digital health research, healthcare supply chains, and strategy, Dr. Snowdon argues that healthcare’s future won’t be determined by who adopts AI first. It will be determined by who builds connected, evidence-based ecosystems capable of supporting AI safely, responsibly, and at scale.

She identified three key barriers preventing health systems from scaling AI transformation:

  • AI Continually Learns and Adapts, Making It a Moving Target
  • Limited AI Education and Literacy Across the Healthcare Workforce
  • Healthcare Is Still in the Early Stages of Building Evidence for AI’s ROI

Her perspective is particularly valuable because it moves beyond technology hype. Instead, she challenges healthcare leaders to think differently about evidence, workforce readiness, patient empowerment, and the often-overlooked infrastructure that makes modern healthcare possible.

Listen to the full conversation

Healthcare is Still in the AI Pilot Phase

One of Dr. Snowdon’s most important observations is that healthcare is still remarkably early in its AI journey. While organizations across North America, Europe, and Asia-Pacific are actively experimenting with AI, most deployments remain limited to pilots and proof-of-concept initiatives. Ambient documentation, clinical note generation, and workflow automation have demonstrated encouraging results, but enterprise-wide transformation remains elusive. 

This assessment mirrors what many healthcare executives have shared on The Big Unlock. Organizations recognize AI’s enormous potential, but few have successfully scaled these innovations across entire health systems. Unlike many industries, healthcare cannot afford to deploy technology based solely on enthusiasm.

Patient safety demands something stronger. It demands evidence. Dr. Snowdon’s background as a nurse reinforces this point. Before introducing any technology into patient care, clinicians need confidence that it improves outcomes and does not introduce unintended risks. That evidence-first mindset has long guided medicine, and AI should be no exception.

 

AI Requires a Completely New Model of Evaluation

Traditional healthcare technologies are relatively static. A medical device or pharmaceutical treatment is tested, approved, and then deployed with relatively predictable behavior. AI is fundamentally different.

Machine learning models continuously evolve. Their outputs may change as data changes. Performance can improve or degrade over time. According to Dr. Snowdon, healthcare currently lacks mature methodologies for evaluating technologies that continuously learn. Rather than treating AI implementation as a one-time procurement decision, organizations must adopt a lifecycle approach that continuously measures performance, safety, bias, and clinical value after deployment. This represents one of the biggest conceptual shifts facing healthcare leaders.

Success isn’t simply about selecting the right AI solution. It’s about building governance processes that ensure AI continues delivering value months and years after implementation. Organizations that invest only in AI technology but not in continuous evaluation will struggle to realize sustainable returns.

 

Healthcare Must Learn to Think in Probabilities, Not Certainties

Perhaps the most thought-provoking insight from Dr. Snowdon centers on how AI changes clinical decision-making itself. Healthcare has traditionally been built around deterministic thinking:

  • Assess the patient. 
  • Establish a diagnosis. 
  • Follow an evidence-based treatment pathway. 

AI introduces something different. Instead of offering certainty, AI often generates probabilities. It:

  • predicts which patients may deteriorate
  • estimates infection risk
  • identifies individuals most likely to benefit from early intervention

That may sound like a subtle distinction, but it fundamentally changes how clinicians interact with technology. Healthcare professionals have been trained to seek definitive diagnoses. AI asks them to incorporate predictive insights into clinical judgment, often before a condition fully develops. Moving from reactive medicine toward predictive care requires not only new tools, but new ways of thinking. As Dr. Snowdon explains, this cognitive shift may prove just as significant as the technological one. 

 

AI Literacy May Become Healthcare’s Biggest Competitive Advantage

Technology alone will never transform healthcare. People will. One of Dr. Snowdon’s strongest messages is that today’s healthcare workforce has not yet received sufficient education about what AI can and cannot do. Many clinicians still view AI as a “black box.” That uncertainty naturally creates hesitation. Without adequate education, even highly capable AI solutions risk low adoption because clinicians lack confidence in interpreting AI-generated recommendations. Future AI strategies therefore cannot focus solely on software procurement. They must also include:

  • Executive education 
  • Physician engagement 
  • Nursing education 
  • AI governance training 
  • Change management 
  • Continuous learning programs 

Healthcare organizations that invest in workforce capability alongside technology will likely achieve much higher adoption rates than those focused exclusively on implementation. In other words, AI literacy may become as important as digital maturity.

 

Patients Must Become the Center of the Digital Health Ecosystem

Much of today’s digital transformation still revolves around healthcare organizations: electronic health records, hospital workflows, provider productivity, and operational efficiency.

Dr. Snowdon envisions something different. She believes AI should increasingly empower patients themselves. Rather than existing as disconnected consumers of healthcare services, patients should become active participants in digitally connected ecosystems where AI helps them better understand, manage, and navigate their health while remaining seamlessly connected to trusted clinicians. This is an important distinction.

The future isn’t simply about hospitals becoming more intelligent. It’s about people becoming more connected to their own health. As wearable devices, remote monitoring, patient-facing AI assistants, and interoperable health platforms continue to mature, healthcare can shift from episodic treatment toward continuous engagement. That evolution has the potential to improve outcomes while strengthening relationships between patients and care teams.

 

Supply Chains May Be Healthcare’s Most Underrated Digital Asset

One of the most distinctive aspects of Dr. Snowdon’s perspective comes from her decades of research into healthcare supply chains. Supply chains rarely receive the same attention as AI, clinical decision support, or digital therapeutics. Yet she argues they represent foundational infrastructure for modern healthcare.

The right product, available at the right time, delivered to the right patient, supported by accurate data – these seemingly operational functions directly influence quality, safety, and patient outcomes. When supply chains become digitally connected, they enable greater visibility, better resource allocation, and stronger integration across clinical and operational workflows.

In many ways, AI becomes far more powerful when built on top of these connected systems rather than isolated datasets. This systems-level perspective distinguishes Dr. Snowdon’s thinking from many AI discussions that focus narrowly on algorithms instead of the infrastructure supporting them.

 

Why Connected Systems Matter More Than Individual AI Applications

Throughout the conversation, a consistent theme emerges. Healthcare transformation isn’t about deploying hundreds of AI tools. It’s about connecting data, workflows, clinicians, patients, and infrastructure into a cohesive ecosystem. Disconnected technologies create fragmented experiences. Connected systems create intelligent healthcare.

This is where interoperability, governance, evidence generation, workforce readiness, and digital infrastructure intersect. AI can certainly accelerate clinical documentation. It can improve scheduling and support diagnosis. But its greatest long-term impact may come from connecting previously isolated parts of healthcare into coordinated learning systems that continuously improve over time.

 

Final Thoughts

The healthcare industry is understandably excited about AI. But as Dr. Anne Snowdon reminds us, excitement alone won’t transform care. Real transformation requires evidence. It requires education, governance, connected infrastructure, and above all, it requires keeping patients, and not technology, at the center of every innovation.

Perhaps her most powerful contribution is reframing the conversation itself. Instead of asking, “How quickly can we deploy AI?”, healthcare leaders should be asking, “How do we build connected, evidence-based systems that allow AI to improve safely over time?” That shift in thinking may ultimately determine which organizations move beyond experimentation and create lasting value.

As health systems continue navigating the next chapter of AI adoption, Dr. Snowdon’s message is both timely and enduring: the future of healthcare will not be built by AI alone; it will be built by connected, evidence-based systems that combine technology, trusted data, empowered clinicians, and engaged patients into a single learning ecosystem.

Ai4 2026 Day Two: From AI Breakthroughs to Real-World Impact

Ai4 2026 Day Two: From AI Breakthroughs to Real-World Impact

Ai4 2026 Day Two: From AI Breakthroughs to Real-World Impact

By Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

If Day One of Ai4 2026 was about the incredible momentum behind artificial intelligence, Day Two was about something even more important – perspective.

Listening to three of the most influential voices in AI on the same stage – Geoffrey Hinton, Fei-Fei Li, and Andrew Ng – and discussing where the technology is headed and the responsibility that comes with it was a reminder that the future of AI will be shaped as much by thoughtful leadership as by technical breakthroughs.

Across the conference, one message stood out: the conversation has shifted from building better AI models to building AI that creates measurable value.

That shift was evident throughout the day. Enterprise leaders shared practical lessons on deploying generative AI, AI agents, and intelligent automation across healthcare, financial services, manufacturing, cybersecurity, and government. The exhibit hall, featuring nearly 400 exhibitors and sponsors, reflected just how quickly the AI ecosystem is maturing—from infrastructure and foundation models to industry-specific applications.

One of my favorite aspects of Ai4 continues to be the conversations happening outside the keynote stage. Startup Alley, the Podcast Pavilion, Agentic Live, and countless networking sessions brought together founders, investors, healthcare leaders, and technology executives who are all working toward the same goal: turning AI from experimentation into business transformation.

One of those conversations took place at the Podcast Pavilion, where I had the opportunity to record a new episode of The Big Unlock Podcast with Alex Zhavoronkov, Founder and CEO of Insilico Medicine. In our conversation, “Cracking the Code of Life with AI,” we explored how artificial intelligence is helping develop therapies addressing diseases and aging at the same time. It’s a fascinating discussion that I’ll be sharing soon.

As someone who spends much of my time working with healthcare organizations, I found it encouraging to see responsible AI, governance, and enterprise deployment discussed alongside innovation. The industry is moving beyond pilots and asking the right questions about scalability, trust, and measurable outcomes.

Looking ahead to the final day, the focus turns toward the next frontier: AI in the physical world. Sessions on spatial intelligence, autonomous systems, agentic AI infrastructure, and Waymo’s journey from research project to global deployment promise to explore what comes after today’s wave of enterprise AI.

After two days at Ai4, one thing is clear: we’re entering a new phase of AI adoption. Success will belong not to organizations with the most AI experiments, but to those that can responsibly integrate AI into everyday workflows, empower people, and deliver lasting business value.

I’m looking forward to one more day of conversations, learning, and meeting innovators from around the world. The future of AI is being built now and it’s exciting to witness it firsthand.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Bridging Pharma and Startups: What It Really Takes to Scale Digital Health Innovation

Insights from Naomi Fried, PhD, Founder and CEO of PharmStars, on The Big Unlock Podcast

The healthcare industry has never had more innovative technologies at its disposal. Artificial intelligence is reshaping drug discovery. Digital therapeutics are changing patient care. Remote monitoring, predictive analytics, and personalized medicine continue to expand what’s possible.

Yet despite the pace of innovation, one challenge remains remarkably persistent: translating breakthrough ideas into real-world impact.

Many digital health startups develop promising technologies but struggle to gain traction with large pharmaceutical organizations. At the same time, pharmaceutical companies actively seek innovation but often find it difficult to identify partners capable of navigating their highly regulated, complex operating environments.

On the recent episode of The Big Unlock Podcast, host Ritu M. Uberoy spoke with Naomi Fried, PhD, Founder and CEO of PharmStars. Drawing on leadership roles at Kaiser Permanente, Boston Children’s Hospital, Biogen, and now PharmStars, Naomi offered a rare perspective from both sides of the innovation ecosystem. Her career has been devoted to one mission: helping startups and pharmaceutical companies work together more effectively to accelerate innovation and improve patient outcomes.

Rather than discussing technology trends alone, Naomi explored why successful innovation depends on understanding customers, building trust, and designing solutions that fit naturally into existing workflows.

Listen to the full conversation

Here are six of the most important insights from the conversation.

1. The Biggest Barrier Isn’t Technology: It’s the Pharma-Startup Gap

When Naomi joined Biogen after years of healthcare innovation leadership, she expected the transition to be straightforward. Instead, she discovered an entirely different operating environment. Pharmaceutical companies operate with different organizational structures, decision-making processes, regulatory requirements, risk tolerances, and timelines than most digital health startups. Even experienced healthcare innovators can underestimate this complexity. That realization eventually became the foundation for PharmStars.

Naomi describes this disconnect as the “pharma-startup gap.” It isn’t simply about different company sizes. It reflects fundamentally different ways of thinking, communicating, and operating. Startups typically prioritize speed, experimentation, and rapid iteration. Pharmaceutical companies prioritize evidence, governance, compliance, long development cycles, and risk management.

Neither approach is wrong.

But without understanding the other side, partnerships rarely move beyond early conversations. PharmStars was created to bridge this gap by educating startups about how pharmaceutical organizations function, helping them understand buyer expectations, and enabling pharma companies to engage with innovation more effectively. Since launching, more than 100 startups have completed the program, collectively generating over 100 partnerships with pharmaceutical companies while raising more than $1 billion in funding.

The lesson is simple but profound: Innovation accelerates when both sides learn each other’s language.

 

2. AI’s Greatest Opportunity May Be Hidden Inside Clinical Trials

Much of the discussion around AI in healthcare focuses on clinical documentation, patient engagement, or physician productivity. Naomi believes one of the biggest opportunities lies elsewhere. Clinical trials.

Drug development remains one of the most expensive and time-consuming processes in healthcare. Phase III clinical trials, in particular, require enormous investments in patient recruitment, retention, monitoring, data management, and regulatory oversight. Every month saved during development has significant financial implications because pharmaceutical companies operate against finite patent timelines.

AI and digital health solutions can help address challenges across nearly every stage of the clinical trial lifecycle:

  • Identifying eligible participants faster
  • Improving patient recruitment
  • Reducing participant dropout
  • Predicting operational risks
  • Streamlining trial management
  • Improving data quality
  • Enhancing monitoring throughout the study

Beyond trials, Naomi also highlighted what she calls the “beyond the molecule” opportunity. Once a therapy reaches patients, digital solutions can improve adherence, monitor outcomes, personalize support, and strengthen long-term disease management. Rather than replacing pharmaceutical innovation, AI extends its value long after a medication reaches the market.

 

3. Great Pilots Are Designed for Scale From the Beginning

Healthcare has no shortage of successful pilots. What it lacks are successful implementations at scale. Naomi sees this challenge repeatedly throughout the pharmaceutical industry. Many innovation projects demonstrate promising early results before quietly disappearing. Why?

Because organizations often begin with technology rather than business outcomes. According to Naomi, every pilot should answer three questions before it starts:

  • What problem are we solving?
  • How will success be measured?
  • What happens if the pilot succeeds?

That third question is often overlooked. Scaling should never be an afterthought. If adoption plans, operational ownership, funding, governance, and implementation pathways are discussed only after a pilot concludes, momentum is frequently lost.

Successful innovators define the path to enterprise adoption before the first implementation begins. Technology validates itself through measurable business value, not through demonstrations alone.

4. Workflow Integration Beats Feature Innovation

Naomi’s experiences at Kaiser Permanente and Boston Children’s Hospital reinforced one lesson that remains highly relevant today: Healthcare professionals don’t adopt technology because it’s innovative. They adopt technology because it makes their work easier.

Clinicians already manage demanding workflows, administrative complexity, and increasing documentation burdens. Even outstanding technology struggles if it introduces additional friction. Whether evaluating startups at Kaiser or helping physicians develop innovations at Boston Children’s, Naomi consistently focused on one question:

Does this solution fit naturally into the user’s workflow?

For startups, this requires extensive customer discovery before product development. It means observing clinical environments, understanding operational bottlenecks, learning where decisions are made, identifying who influences purchasing, and ensuring the technology reduces effort instead of creating more work.

Healthcare innovation succeeds when it becomes nearly invisible within existing workflows. That’s true for providers. It’s equally true for pharmaceutical organizations.

5. The Best Founders Listen More Than They Pitch

One of Naomi’s most memorable observations has little to do with AI or technology. It concerns communication. Many founders enter meetings eager to explain everything their product can do. The strongest founders do something different. They listen. Before discussing features, they ask questions. Before presenting solutions, they seek to understand problems. Before requesting partnerships, they build relationships.

Naomi encourages startups to research potential customers deeply before every conversation. For pharmaceutical companies, that means understanding therapeutic areas, pipelines, strategic priorities, organizational structures, and current challenges. Only then can startups position their solution in a way that genuinely resonates.

Technology opens doors. Relationships keep them open. Trust ultimately determines whether partnerships succeed. In highly regulated industries like healthcare and life sciences, credibility often matters as much as innovation itself.

6. The Best Innovators Never Stop Evolving

Another recurring theme throughout the discussion was adaptability. Healthcare changes continuously. Customer needs evolve, markets shift, new regulations emerge, AI capabilities improve almost weekly, and successful startups rarely follow the exact path they originally envisioned.

Naomi noted that many companies entering PharmStars already have successful products serving providers or payers. Rather than rebuilding their technology, they often reposition it for pharmaceutical use cases. The product may remain largely unchanged. What change are: the messaging, the customer, the business problem, and that ability to listen, learn, and reposition often determines long-term success. Innovation isn’t simply about creating new technology. It’s about continually ensuring technology solves the right problems for the right customers.

As Naomi explained, most startups will evolve significantly over time, and that’s exactly what successful innovation should look like.

 

The Real Catalyst for Healthcare Innovation 

Many healthcare innovation conversations focus exclusively on emerging technologies. Naomi’s perspective stands apart because it spans every major stakeholder in the ecosystem. She has worked with startups searching for product-market fit and has led innovation inside one of America’s largest integrated delivery networks.

Naomi built innovation programs within a world-renowned children’s hospital. She experienced firsthand how pharmaceutical companies evaluate external innovation. And today, through PharmStars, she helps both sides collaborate more effectively. That breadth of experience allows her to identify patterns that others often miss. Her advice isn’t theoretical.

It reflects decades of practical experience helping organizations navigate the complexities of healthcare innovation. Perhaps her most valuable message is also the simplest:

Technology alone doesn’t create transformation. People, partnerships, and shared understanding do.

 

Final Thoughts

Healthcare innovation is entering a new phase. AI will undoubtedly accelerate drug discovery, optimize clinical trials, improve patient engagement, and transform pharmaceutical operations. But technology alone won’t determine success.

Organizations that create lasting impact will be those that understand their customers deeply, design solutions around real-world workflows, measure meaningful outcomes, and invest in long-term relationships rather than short-term transactions.

Naomi Fried’s journey from startup advisor to innovation executive to founder of PharmStars demonstrates that the future of digital health depends as much on collaboration as it does on technology.

As AI continues reshaping healthcare and life sciences, perhaps the greatest competitive advantage won’t be having the smartest algorithm. It will be building the strongest partnerships.

 

Listen to the Full Conversation

To hear Naomi Fried discuss digital health innovation, AI, pharmaceutical partnerships, startup strategy, and the future of healthcare innovation in greater depth, listen to this episode of The Big Unlock Podcast: “Bridging Pharma and Startups to Scale Digital Health Innovation.”

What 12,000 AI Leaders Taught Me About the Future of Enterprise AI

What 12,000 AI Leaders Taught Me About the Future of Enterprise AI

What 12,000 AI Leaders Taught Me About the Future of Enterprise AI

By Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

I’ve attended countless technology conferences over the years, but there’s something different about AI4.

Walking into a venue with more than 12,000 attendees from 85 countries, you immediately realize this isn’t just another industry event. It’s a gathering of people trying to answer one of the defining questions of our time:

How do we responsibly harness artificial intelligence to create meaningful value?

I expected to see exciting product launches and hear from some of the brightest minds in AI, what struck me most was something much simpler.

AI is no longer a technology discussion. It has become a business discussion. Every conversation, from healthcare and manufacturing to finance, government, retail, cybersecurity, and life sciences, centered around one common objective: moving beyond experimentation to real-world impact.

AI Has Officially Entered Its Execution Era

A few years ago, conferences were dominated by conversations around possibilities: “What could AI do?” 

Today, the question has changed to “How do we deploy AI successfully at scale?”

That shift was evident everywhere, from keynote presentations to hallway conversations. Organizations are no longer asking whether AI will transform their business. They’re asking:

  • Which use cases should we prioritize?
  • How do we integrate AI into existing workflows?
  • How do we govern AI responsibly?
  • How do we measure ROI?
  • How do we prepare our workforce?

Those are fundamentally different conversations. They’re also much more interesting.

Healthcare Is Becoming One of AI’s Most Important Frontiers

One keynote I was especially looking forward to was “AI’s Race to Reinvent Medicine.”

The discussion featured Alex Zhavoronkov, Founder and CEO of Insilico Medicine, alongside Eric Nguyen, CEO of Radical Numerics, moderated by Alice Park of TIME.

Healthcare has always been close to my heart, and listening to leaders discuss how AI is accelerating drug discovery, transforming clinical research, and supporting better patient care reinforced something we’ve believed for years at BigRio and through The Big Unlock podcast:

Healthcare doesn’t need AI for the sake of automation.

It needs AI that improves clinical outcomes, reduces administrative burden, expands access to care, and gives clinicians more time to focus on patients.

The opportunity isn’t simply to make healthcare faster.

It’s to make it better.

Winning with AI Requires Better Decisions, Not Bigger Models

Another standout session was “The One Decision That Separates AI Winners from AI Casualties,” featuring Mark Abramowitz and Jed Dougherty from Dataiku.

The title alone captures one of the biggest misconceptions in enterprise AI. Success isn’t determined by who adopts the newest model first. It’s determined by who makes better strategic decisions. The organizations creating lasting competitive advantage aren’t chasing every new announcement. They’re building governance. Creating repeatable processes. Developing AI literacy. Selecting the right use cases.

Embedding AI into workflows to create measurable business value. Technology evolves quickly. Execution wins over time.

Infrastructure Still Matters

Generative AI has understandably captured most of the headlines over the past two years. But beneath every breakthrough lies an enormous amount of infrastructure.

One of the most fascinating discussions on Day One was “The AI Reckoning: Chips, Constraints and the Next Generation of Compute.” Former Intel CEO Pat Gelsinger joined Sachin Katti, Head of Compute at OpenAI, in a conversation moderated by Gideon Lewis-Kraus of The New Yorker.

As enterprises race to deploy increasingly sophisticated AI systems, compute is becoming one of the defining strategic challenges. Model performance often grabs attention. Infrastructure determines scalability. The future of AI won’t only be shaped by algorithms. It will also be shaped by the platforms, hardware, and architectures capable of supporting them.

Transparency Is Becoming a Competitive Advantage

Another fascinating keynote explored Mistral AI’s vision for frontier models. One theme continued to emerge throughout the day:

  • Organizations increasingly want AI they can understand.
  • Transparent models.
  • Responsible governance.
  • Clear reasoning.
  • Explainability.

As AI becomes embedded into critical business processes and healthcare decision support, trust becomes every bit as important as intelligence. Without trust, adoption slows. Without governance, innovation stalls. The companies that recognize this early will be in a much stronger position over the next decade.

The Real Innovation Happens Between Sessions

Some of the most valuable moments at conferences never happen on stage. They happen over coffee. Walking through Startup Alley. Visiting exhibitors. Meeting founders. Talking with healthcare executives. Speaking with enterprise technology leaders. At the podcast pavilion, listening to conversations about problems that don’t yet have obvious solutions.

Nearly 400 exhibitors and sponsors showcased AI technologies spanning enterprise software, infrastructure, cybersecurity, healthcare, manufacturing, finance, robotics, and agentic AI. What impressed me wasn’t simply the number of companies. It was the maturity of the discussions. The conversation has moved beyond demonstrations. Customers want outcomes.

Looking Ahead to Day Two

As exciting as Day One was, one session stood above everything else on Wednesday’s agenda.

“The Architects of Intelligence: A Historic Convergence.”

Bringing together Geoffrey Hinton, Fei-Fei Li, and Andrew Ng on one stage is something few AI conferences could accomplish. Each has fundamentally shaped how the world understands artificial intelligence. Together, they represent decades of research, innovation, and thoughtful leadership.

I’m particularly looking forward to hearing their perspectives on balancing rapid innovation with responsibility—an issue every enterprise leader must now navigate. The day also includes executive presentations from Srini Venkatesan, CTO of PayPal, and Kevin Cochrane, CMO at Vultr, alongside enterprise AI case studies, live demonstrations, and hundreds of technical and business sessions.

If Day One is any indication, there will be no shortage of ideas to bring back. 

Conversations That Continue Beyond the Conference

One of the greatest privileges of hosting The Big Unlock podcast is the opportunity to continue these conversations long after conferences end.

Over the coming months, we’ll be speaking with many of the innovators, healthcare leaders, researchers, entrepreneurs, and enterprise executives shaping the future of AI. Because while conferences provide inspiration, meaningful progress comes from understanding how ideas become implementation. How organizations move from pilots to production. How trust is built. How adoption happens. And ultimately, how AI creates measurable value for people, businesses, and society.

My Day 1 at the AI4 conference has already provided countless ideas, new perspectives, and meaningful connections. More importantly, it reinforced something I’ve believed for a long time:

The future of AI won’t be determined by who builds the smartest models. It will be determined by who applies them thoughtfully, responsibly, and in ways that genuinely improve people’s lives.

I’m excited to continue that conversation.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Health Literacy is Key to Better Patient Outcomes

Season 7

Episode 219 - Podcast with Greg O’Neill, Director, Patient & Family Health Education, ChristianaCare
Health Literacy is Key to Better Patient Outcomes

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 219 - Health Literacy is Key to Better Patient Outcomes
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Greg O’Neill, Director of Patient & Family Health Education at ChristianaCare, explores why effective communication is one of the most overlooked drivers of better healthcare outcomes. Drawing on his experience as an ICU nurse and health system leader, Greg explains that health literacy is not simply about providing information, it is about ensuring patients truly understand their care and feel confident acting on it.

Greg shares how ChristianaCare is embedding health literacy into patient education, medication management, and clinical workflows by using plain language, personalized content, and technology that supports rather than disrupts caregivers. He also discusses AI’s potential to break down fragmented care by connecting information across systems, reducing cognitive burden for patients, and guiding them through increasingly complex healthcare journeys.

Greg encourages healthcare leaders to adopt a health literacy lens when evaluating digital tools and transformation initiatives. He argues that the greatest value comes when technology strengthens human connection, builds trust, and helps patients achieve better outcomes through clearer communication. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at HIMSS.

About Our Guest

Greg O’Neill, MSN, APRN, AGCNS-BC, NPD-BC, NEA-BC, is the Director of Patient & Family Health Education at ChristianaCare. As director of Patient & Family Health Education, Greg O’Neill leads the strategic plan for patient education and health literacy initiatives at ChristianaCare. After moving on from direct patient care as a trauma/surgical ICU nurse, O’Neill has established a team of nursing professional development specialists who champion health literacy best practices systemwide and support all manner of patient education initiatives and vendor relationships. He is also the chair of the Health Literacy Council of Delaware where he leads a statewide initiative to impact the strategic plan for health literacy across all health sectors. In addition, O’Neill serves as chair of the board of directors for Literacy Delaware, an adult literacy agency in Wilmington, DE. O’Neill has been with ChristianaCare for 16 years and received his MSN as a CNS from the University of Delaware.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’m the managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today along with Rohit, my co-host. We are really excited to welcome Greg O’Neill to our podcast. Greg is the Director of Patient and Family Health Education at ChristianaCare, one of the nation’s most innovative health systems, based in Wilmington. In this role, he leads the strategic plan for patient education and health literacy initiatives. I’ll ask Rohit for a brief introduction, and then it’s all yours, Greg.

Rohit: Hi everyone. I’m Rohit Mahajan, CEO and managing partner at Damo Consulting, and very excited to have this conversation with you, Greg. Over to you.

Greg: Thank you for that introduction. Just to clarify further — I’m an advanced practice nurse, so everything I do comes through that nursing lens. Nurses really try to connect with patients’ needs, as do other healthcare providers. I’m excited to be here. Thanks for having me, and let’s get into it.

Ritu: Why don’t we start with you telling us a little more about ChristianaCare, where your digital health program stands today, what the enterprise priorities are, and how patient education and health literacy fit into that broader strategy?

Greg: I’m very lucky to work at ChristianaCare. We’re a very busy health system — one of the busiest in our region, the largest healthcare system in Delaware, and we provide care across four states. A lot of people are depending on us to provide safe, effective care. We like to say that we serve our patients, families, and communities in their care. One of the ways we do that is by becoming more effective at communication and more efficient in care delivery. Patient education and health literacy are tools in our toolbox to meet people where they are and make sure they’re getting the care they need and can care for themselves as needed.  As for system priorities — we do like to be innovative and forward-thinking, and that’s one reason health literacy is so important to our organization. Technology is equally valued. While I don’t oversee all of the technology platforms, I can tell you there is serious interest in making things easier for patients, families, and caregivers alike. Everyone wants healthcare to be easier — for those providing care, they want everything to be seamless and connected; for those receiving care, they want to understand what’s in front of them, what their choices are, and what they need to do to have a better quality of life. That’s where we’re trying to meet them.

Ritu: Thank you, Greg. That’s a perfect lead-in to my next question. We’re seeing a lot of focus on digital access and the consumer experience because patient expectations are rising alongside access to tools like ChatGPT, where patients feel much more prepared and empowered when they come in for care. What are you seeing on the front lines, and how does that shift the mindset around care delivery?

Greg: Our entire world is undergoing this relationship with AI and information. The attention economy is very important — where are people spending their time and attention? One thing we can’t forget in all of this is that people spend time with information and sources they trust. So while we continue to evolve and make care more efficient using advanced systems like AI, we really need to make sure the human connection is still there. No care can happen with digital resources alone. You need care providers, a team, and a system as the backbone to support all of it. That human connection is really where, from a communication standpoint, it all starts and ends.  From my perspective, if a person leaves a healthcare encounter confused — not knowing what’s happening or what to do next — that will not help build trust between the two people in that interaction. The tools we use, like AI and patient education resources, need to be wrapped in the context of the human relationship to be trusted. Otherwise, when folks don’t fully understand what’s happening from their care provider, that’s when they seek other sources online. We really want to make sure they trust us first, so that the tools we’re using are what they turn to when they need additional information and want to follow up on their care.

Ritu: I have a follow-on question. What do you think patients and families are actually asking for when it comes to the digital health experience, and how has that shaped the way you approach medication communication and education?

Greg: There are two things I think about on that front. Everyone wants this to be easier — that is the main thing. And it has to meet people where they are. Those are the two pillars. If a person is interacting with an information source and the information is too complicated, too voluminous, or too complex, they’re not going to be able to access it. How we communicate is actually an access-to-care issue. If people don’t feel they’re getting information in the way they need it, they may disengage and disregard that information entirely. Going back to ease — we have all become accustomed to everything being fairly easy from a consumer standpoint. At the touch of a button you can have things delivered to your home or get the service you need, and I think that’s what people are looking for from healthcare: to evolve and meet the same lifestyle standard they experience in the rest of their lives. The goal is to make it that easy, but at a level that people can genuinely interact with.

Ritu: Absolutely right — they want instant access, but they also want to be able to trust the information they’re getting. Rohit, would you like to ask a question?

Rohit: Greg, the practice of medicine is so wide and specialized, with so many different subspecialties. How do you build trust across all of them? Is your group focused on one aspect, or how does a health system overall build trust with patients across every specialty?

Greg: That is an amazing question, because it’s extremely difficult. The care we provide is so complex, the needs so varied. At ChristianaCare, we take care of people from all stages of life — we’re with people the whole way. Real trust and connection happen at the local level. Whatever your interaction with a given specialty is, that’s where the actual connection to care takes place. But from a system strategy standpoint, my team oversees the strategic plan for how we conduct patient education across the organization. We do need broad-reaching standards and practices to ensure the baseline for everyone is at a good operating level. That’s why we promote health literacy best practices. We need to make sure the tools we’re using are wrapped in the care delivery practices of each local provider, so that local connection really sticks. And going back to ease of use — if we’re making system-level decisions that set a relatively simple baseline for everyone, that makes it easier for local providers to pick up those tools and use them in their individual patient interactions. It’s the combination of those two things — system-level standards and local connection — that really drives success in healthcare.

Rohit: That’s great. And Greg, tell us more about how you started your nursing career and what some of your plans for the future look like.

Greg: I started as a student nurse extern — a common way many nurses begin their careers, finding your way into a health system and getting to work right away. From those roots I moved through surgical ICU, where I was a nurse for a number of years, and then continued to advance within the system because I really wanted to impact as many people as possible. I try to bring systems thinking to my nursing practice. After the ICU, I went on to get my master’s and became an advanced practice nurse, because from that position you have access to roles where you can influence with broad strokes how we provide care — and that’s where my personality met my profession.

Rohit: What do you think the future holds?

Greg: I just want to keep providing value — that’s my main goal. If I can influence the conversation and the attention given to patient education and health literacy, I’ll keep doing that. There are many competing priorities in healthcare, and one of my roles is to be an advocate for patients through communication and health literacy best practices. I hope to keep elevating that conversation, because I think it may be underappreciated in the history of healthcare just how important communication is in helping people reach their health goals. Whenever there’s an opportunity for improvement, it often lives in the communication realm, and we need to make sure we’re connecting with people.

Rohit: I’m curious about your approach — communication is so diverse, with so many channels available. How do you measure success at the end of a quarter or a year? What are your success criteria?

Greg: In the realm of patient education, those connections are still being developed. When it comes to quality of care, we have a number of metrics that health systems everywhere use to monitor things — like readmission rates and hearing directly from patients and families about their experience of care. We try to align ourselves with those system-level quality goals. The belief is that by improving patient education and communication, we contribute to improving those standard metrics: safe and effective care, and hearing back from patients and families that it’s working. Specifically for patient education, we’re working to connect our tools more directly to the outcomes we’re seeing. That’s still evolving work.

Ritu: It’s time to talk about AI. We speak with a lot of C-suite leaders, but given your experience on the front lines of nursing and working directly with patients, what do you think about technologies like ambient documentation, AI scribing, or voice agents? How are they going to affect nursing, and where do you see the most transformational potential? Where are you seeing the best adoption and the most meaningful difference?

Greg: I don’t directly oversee systems like ambient listening, but I pay close attention to what’s happening in those spaces. To me, the potential is huge, and I think it’s really going to break down silos. It’s still a little early to see exactly how it will all come to fruition, but one of the most frustrating things for patients and families is when care feels disconnected. We do our best here to make sure those dots are connected for people. AI has so much potential to take what has evolved as disconnected systems and bring them together — to take the cognitive load off the patient, to consolidate all of this information into a clear understanding of what’s happening, what the plan is, and what they need to do next. If we can do that, we’re really transforming healthcare, and I do see a lot of attention moving in that direction.  Healthcare is not easy — I can say that directly from having been at the bedside as a nurse. Anything we can do to make the process easier for everyone involved, both caregivers and patients, is going to be a game changer. If we can make all the systems work together to support that, it will be a genuine lifestyle change for everyone involved.

Ritu: Like a personal companion that guides you through the whole journey and keeps telling you what’s next — that would be really remarkable. While looking at ChristianaCare, we read about your work with FDB and their Meducation solution to bring personalized multilingual medication calendars inside the EHR. For listeners or health systems that haven’t explored that kind of tool yet, what does it actually look like in practice?

Greg: When I started this journey over twelve years ago, really focusing on patient education and trying to bring health literacy concepts and practices to care delivery, I wanted to find a strategic partner. I knew this process was going to take time to evolve, technology would keep changing, and I needed a thought partner and strategic partner for the long haul. That’s what I found with FDB and Meducation. From the very first time I saw their solution, I felt they had health literacy at the forefront, and that really came through in the innovation of the tool. The whole thing was created to meet the need of people understanding their healthcare, specifically around medications.  For those who haven’t considered this yet, I would say: add a health literacy lens to any decision-making process you undertake. Think about plain language, ease of use, and how the tool will actually be used — and that will help you determine what’s best for your organization. I saw from the beginning a real prioritization of patient needs first. And my team, being nurses, we don’t want to make life harder for the nurses and providers going through their daily activities, so we focus heavily on integrating the tool into their natural workflow. As much as possible, we try to keep it within a step-by-step process that doesn’t pull them completely away from what they’re already doing. FDB has been a great partner in working back and forth to make the tool as easy as possible for end users, which in turn makes the end product for the patient feel meaningful rather than cumbersome — something worth doing for the patient’s benefit. The main commitment is to ensure that the process of using the tool remains easy enough for our caregivers.

Ritu: Healthcare leaders are increasingly being asked to do more with fewer resources. Beyond the financial ROI of digital transformation initiatives, how do you measure the impact of health literacy programs in terms of clinician satisfaction, patient outcomes, or system resilience? How do you justify the investment?

Greg: We all need to be making sure we’re adding value, and we strive to do that every day. While we’re still developing the data tools on the back end to connect those outcomes, what really resonates for me personally is the individual stories. Nothing makes a healthcare provider — nurse, physician, physician assistant, whoever’s delivering that care — feel more validated than when they genuinely feel the care they’re providing is understood and that the person is going to be able to meet their goals.  When we do training sessions, my team doesn’t just manage technology — we also manage best practices. When we work with nurses and physicians on how to use the tools and how to communicate clearly using plain language, you see the light bulbs go on. When a provider says, “It’s really important to me to communicate clearly, so I use teach-back in my practice — and when I hear it back from the patient, I’m validated,” that to me is the most meaningful metric. Everyone is trying to build trust and make the relationship the driver of care, and that’s the best way to do it.  So it’s both ends: we’re trying to build a system-level view on the back end, making those ROI data connections to quality and safety — but providers don’t necessarily come to work every day with data metrics in mind. They’re trying to provide excellent care, connect with people, and make sure care is valued and that people can meet their goals. The sweet spot is connecting the tools with the practices that hit home, so that when you leave at the end of the day, you know you really connected with people and made a difference in their journey.

Rohit: Greg, any closing thoughts for our listeners?

Greg: I appreciate the opportunity to keep sharing this message. I just hope people continue to prioritize communication and health literacy best practices. One thing we really want to avoid in healthcare is waste — wasting time or resources. The cost of care is on everyone’s mind, so we need to be more effective and more efficient. If we’re not communicating well, we might be spinning our wheels. All of our caregivers are very well-intentioned, doing the best they can. But if we’re not confirming that it’s working — if we’re not making sure people understand what’s happening before they leave our care — we might be missing the mission. I encourage everyone, whether you’re a systems thinker at the leadership level or a caregiver working directly with patients every day, to keep the health literacy lens on. If you do, you’re much less likely to miss that opportunity to truly connect with the people you serve.

Ritu: Thank you, Greg. It’s been a pleasure having you on the podcast.

Greg: It’s been a great time. Thank you so much.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Using Multimodal Foundations and Ambient AI to Scale Clinical Impact

Season 7

Episode 218 - Podcast with Umesh Rustogi, General Manager, HLS Dragon & Platform, Microsoft
Using Multimodal Foundations and Ambient AI to Scale Clinical Impact

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 218 - Using Multimodal Foundations and Ambient AI to Scale Clinical Impact
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Umesh Rustogi, General Manager, Healthcare & Life Sciences Dragon & Platform at Microsoft, explains that meaningful AI outcomes depend on combining unified multimodal data foundations with clinician-centered design to achieve healthcare’s quadruple aim: improving care quality, patient experience, operational efficiency, and workforce well-being. 

Addressing the severe nursing shortage and turnover driven by administrative burnout, Umesh details how Microsoft co-innovated with nine major health systems to deploy Dragon Copilot for Nursing, a clinical assistant that works alongside nurses. By leveraging ambient AI on mobile devices, the solution helps nurses capture flow sheet documentation for their review and maintains a running cognitive memory across shifts, significantly lowering cognitive load and enabling nurses to be truly present with their patients. 

Umesh also emphasizes that enterprise-scale success requires far more than model selection. It demands responsible AI governance, transparent audit capabilities, deep workflow customization, and robust change management, including nurse leader sponsorship and dedicated unit champions. He envisions smart hospital rooms, multimodal AI, wearable integration, and agentic workflows transforming clinical operations by delegating non-patient-facing tasks so caregivers can focus on delivering better care. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at HIMSS.

About Our Guest

Umesh Rustogi is General Manager of Microsoft's Healthcare & Life Sciences Dragon & Platform. Umesh leads product and engineering teams for Microsoft Dragon Copilot ambient nursing capabilities. With over 20 years in enterprise software—including roles at Microsoft, SAP, i2, and IBM—he brings deep expertise in engineering, architecture, and product strategy.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’m managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today. We are very excited to welcome Umesh to our podcast. Umesh Rastogi serves as General Manager in Microsoft’s Healthcare and Life Sciences Dragon and Platform Group. In this role, he leads product and engineering teams developing innovative AI solutions for nurses, as well as broader data platform capabilities for the healthcare industry. Umesh is deeply passionate about building technology-driven innovation to help the healthcare industry achieve its quadruple aim, and he has held pivotal roles in engineering, technology, architecture, and product management. Welcome, Umesh, to our podcast. Really happy to have you here.

Umesh: Glad to be here, Ritu.

Ritu: Would you like to add anything to that introduction?

Umesh: My journey has been more than two decades in enterprise software. I’ve held a variety of different roles and worked across both the applications domain and platform. My foray into healthcare was about ten years ago, actually when I was helping my daughter with her biology coursework — that’s when I thought about how I could use technology to have an impact on healthcare. Over the years I’ve had the opportunity to build hospital emergency response solutions, and when COVID hit, various other healthcare capabilities along the way. And as you mentioned, I’m now leading our product and engineering teams building the Dragon Copilot solution for nurses, and I’m very passionate about the work we’re doing there.

Ritu: Thank you for sharing that story. We always love origin stories, and we find out the most interesting things about people. Let’s get started. Healthcare leaders often talk about AI as if the primary challenge is just selecting the right model or the right LLM. But much of your recent work has focused on building unified multimodal healthcare data foundations. Are we at risk of overestimating the AI problem and underestimating the data problem? What does AI-ready really mean in a healthcare organization?

Umesh: That’s an excellent question. If you take a step back and ask what outcomes these organizations are typically trying to achieve, it fits within the quadruple aim: improve healthcare outcomes, improve patient experiences, reduce cost, and improve the well-being of clinicians — physicians, nurses, and so on. Whatever technology we pick has to address one or more of those aims. Many organizations end up making it purely an LLM or core model problem, but that’s just a piece of the puzzle. The whole technology stack actually starts from making sure you have access to the right data — the data on which you’re applying AI models and agents and enabling workflows for physicians, nurses, radiologists, and others.

Ritu: Tell us more about how Microsoft is partnering with health systems to responsibly scale AI-enabled clinical solutions specifically for nursing workflows.

Umesh: If you look at what’s happening in the nursing workforce, recent data points to a shortage of about 80,000 nurses as of last year, and that gap is expected to increase to about half a million by 2030. What’s driving that is obviously the increasing demand from an aging population, but more importantly, high turnover within the nursing workforce — on average about seventeen percent across health systems in the US. The primary driver of that turnover is that forty percent of nurses report high stress and burnout. And the biggest contributor to that stress and burnout is that they spend forty percent of a typical twelve-hour shift in the system rather than taking care of patients.  The administrative work in EHR systems includes flow sheet documentation — rows and rows of data to capture as part of patient assessments, including vitals, head-to-toe assessments, patient safety documentation, and so on. That’s the biggest chunk of that forty percent. On top of that, nurses spend time looking for information — either in the EHR about the patient chart, or looking up drug adverse effects from external credible sources, or searching their own internal protocols and guidelines. And they handle various communication and coordination tasks, many of which could be delegated. All of this forty percent drives high cognitive load, turnover, overtime, and poor documentation quality. That’s the challenge nurses are facing today.  What Dragon Copilot is doing to address this is somewhat unique. If you look at the differences between physician and nursing workflows, nursing is typically much more fast-paced and mobile. In an ambulatory setting, a patient comes to visit the doctor — it’s a different environment. In nursing, it’s a very fast-paced environment: nurses are moving around, taking care of patients, attending to a given patient multiple times during a shift. The workflows had to be rethought. Over the last two years we’ve been co-innovating with nine different organizations — including Mercy Health, Advocate Health, and Stanford — learning, validating, and iterating on the solution to make sure we get it right. We knew from day one that for nurses to actually use and like the solution, it had to be as low-friction as possible and naturally fit the workflows they were already accustomed to.  We invested heavily in usability, in making sure AI accuracy was right, and in thinking through what organizations would need to scale the solution to thousands of nurses — because this is an entire workforce transformation. The result is what I would call the most comprehensive AI clinical assistant for nurses, which not only streamlines documentation but also surfaces information and automates tasks nurses currently handle manually. The nurse carries the app on a mobile phone, and as they see the patient at the bedside, they select the patient record and have a natural conversation with the patient. Or if they’re moving between patients and have an ad hoc observation — perhaps something they didn’t want to say in front of the patient — they record it and leave the rest to AI, which does the necessary extraction and automatically populates the flow sheet. Nurses can quickly review, edit if needed, and file. In addition, through Dragon Copilot’s chat functionality, nurses can ask about past patient interactions or access pending care activities, because Dragon Copilot provides a kind of cognitive memory of everything that has happened with the patient across the shift. The net result is a meaningful reduction in cognitive load.

Ritu: Thank you, Umesh — really detailed and well-explained. One of the great points you made is that the solution has to fit naturally within existing workflows and eliminate friction, because that’s what leads to so many technologies failing at the POC stage and never scaling. That leads into the next question: when nurses think about AI, there’s often resistance and skepticism. What have you actually seen resonate once nurses experience this AI firsthand? Are you seeing better adoption rates and a more open mindset toward the technology?

Umesh: There is a lot of hype and misinformation in the industry around what AI is and isn’t and how it will change things. From our standpoint, nurses who have actually experienced this technology firsthand tend to share feedback in two main categories. The first is around their own cognitive load. Nurses are saying the system is now doing a lot of things for them. Without this technology, when a nurse is doing documentation away from a workstation, they’re often scribbling observations on their hands to key in later, or trying to remember what they told a patient and whether they followed up. That adds to cognitive burden. Now, because the system ambiently listens to the conversation with the patient and records everything, nurses don’t have to carry that mental weight. The system has already extracted the information. And importantly, those conversations often contain more than just flow sheet data — for example, a promise to follow up on something. The system surfaces that as a pending care activity, and provides a running summary across all interactions with that patient during the shift. These capabilities significantly reduce cognitive load.  The second big category is presence. Nurses are saying they now feel present with the patient. Previously, nurses might have their back to the patient while keying things into a workstation, or be mentally focused on documentation while asking questions — not truly present. With this technology, nurses report being fully there with the patient, with a much freer flow of communication and needs, without worrying about explicit documentation. They leave that to the system, which does the extraction automatically, ready for review and filing. Those are the two main categories of feedback we hear from nurses who are using the solution.

Ritu: This is what we’ve heard from other C-suite leaders as well — an indirect benefit is that patients also feel more heard, because nurses are articulating more. Since the ambient system is capturing everything, nurses explain things more fully, and that benefits patients too. As generative AI becomes more embedded in healthcare workflows, there’s increasing discussion about responsible AI, governance, and trust. How should health systems balance the urgency to innovate with the need to ensure that AI-generated insights remain transparent, explainable, and clinically trustworthy — especially as the volume of information makes a human-in-the-loop approach harder to sustain?

Umesh: I would identify three aspects. First, before we ship any product or AI capability, responsible AI is front and center in Microsoft’s product development process. Nothing gets released without going through all the necessary checks — bias evaluation, review by nurses on our own teams who can assess whether an answer makes sense, and all the compliance requirements. That evaluation is done before anything is released.  Second, from a workflow standpoint, Dragon Copilot — whether for physicians, nurses, radiologists, or other clinicians — functions as a copilot. The user gets to review the AI output, edit if needed, and then file. Yes, AI can sometimes be wrong. And in these specific workflows, incorrect documentation could create patient safety risk, so clinicians are always expected to review the AI output before filing.  The third aspect: many organizations are saying they can’t treat AI as a black box, and they want transparency into how it’s behaving. We’ve built capabilities within our product to address this — we believe in establishing trust through transparency. Customers can configure their system to export raw data into Microsoft Fabric or their own data lake, giving them access to recordings, transcripts, and full visibility into how the AI actually performed. Organizations use this for audit purposes, for research, and for training. Based on ongoing customer feedback, we continue to develop additional capabilities to provide even more transparency — including visibility into usage patterns and what kinds of outputs end users are receiving.

Ritu: You mentioned co-innovating with nine large health systems and learning from them. Given all that experience, what are the key lessons for implementing at enterprise scale? What would you caution health system leaders about, and what would you want them to take away?

Umesh: There were two distinct categories of learning as we went through this experience. The first was iterating on the technology and the core product. Through working with nurses, nurse informatics leaders, and nurse leaders, we enhanced AI accuracy, improved the usability of the solution, and added functionality to continuously reduce friction in the workflow. We also built the organizational tools needed for a mass rollout. Pilots were manageable — a few hundred users. But a full-scale rollout means thousands or tens of thousands of nurses. You need visibility into actual usage across your workforce, across nursing units. So we invested in analytics tools giving nurse informatics leaders access to usage data and patterns. We also built AI tuning and customization tools, because each organization — and even each unit within an organization — has its own flow sheet schemas and charting practices. The AI solution has to align with those specific schemas and practices. We gave customers and their nursing informatics teams the ability to tune the system accordingly.  Almost equally important was the second learning: how these solutions actually get rolled out within organizations. At the end of the day, this is a workforce transformation and a change management challenge. It’s a different way of doing things — essentially building a new habit for nurses. Not every nurse is comfortable speaking aloud or charting aloud. We found demographic differences: more tenured nurses tend to be more comfortable with it than Gen Z nurses, which was somewhat counterintuitive. These non-product learnings about how the technology needs to be rolled out are critical to achieving maximum adoption. Change management is key — ensuring nursing leader sponsorship, nurse manager sponsorship, and dedicated champions for the technology in every nursing unit. We encapsulated these as change management best practices so that organizations can use the same technology in the best possible way for their specific context and actually achieve adoption.

Ritu: Digital literacy is so important — it helps remove the skepticism we talked about earlier. Once people understand the technology, they become much more open to adoption. We’re almost at the end of the podcast. Looking ahead one to three years — we used to say five years, but that horizon is now too far — do you believe the biggest impact of AI in healthcare will come from automating administrative work, enabling personalized patient engagement, or do you think an entirely new kind of care model will be unlocked?

Umesh: Restricting to the next three years and focusing on how nursing workflows and care delivery will change — I think we’ll see smart hospital rooms and wearable devices become far more integrated into workflows, creating a much more frictionless experience for both nurses and patients. Today we talk about audio; I think audio plus video will become integrated as well. I believe we’ll build a kind of AI-native UI that can pull together and surface information from far more data sources — delivering not just information but genuine insights. We already have early success there: bringing together data from the EHR with external credible sources and internal guidelines documents. Lastly, I think we’ll see a lot more agentic workflows rolled out. Today we talk primarily about streamlining documentation, but there is so much that nurses handle in interactions with supply departments, transportation, facilities, and so on — all of which takes time away from direct patient care. We’ll see more of those non-patient-facing activities delegated to agentic execution. I think those themes will come together very neatly over the next couple of years.

Ritu: Thank you, Umesh. Thank you for being on our podcast today and sharing all your learnings with us. I hope our listeners take away a lot of valuable insights. On behalf of the Big Unlock Podcast, thank you for joining us.

Umesh: Thank you, Ritu. It was great to be here.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Why Trust, Leadership, and Human Connection Will Define Healthcare’s Next Era

Artificial intelligence is transforming healthcare at a remarkable pace. Health systems are deploying ambient AI scribes, patient navigation assistants, clinical decision support tools, and increasingly sophisticated workflows that promise to improve efficiency and outcomes. Yet, as technology advances, one question has become more important than ever:

Listen to the full conversation

Will AI make healthcare more human, or less?

That question sits at the heart of a recent conversation on The Big Unlock podcast with Dr. Dhruv Khullar, Associate Professor of Medicine and Population Health Sciences at Weill Cornell Medicine, practicing physician, health policy scholar, and contributing editor at The New Yorker.

Drawing from his experience as a clinician, researcher, and public intellectual, Dr. Khullar offers a perspective that goes beyond AI adoption. He argues that healthcare’s future will be shaped not simply by technological innovation, but by the profession’s ability to rebuild trust, embrace leadership, and preserve the human relationship at the center of medicine.

His message is particularly relevant today. As generative AI rapidly moves from administrative support into clinical workflows, healthcare organizations face a defining choice: optimize for efficiency alone—or use technology to strengthen the patient experience.


Key Takeaways

  • AI is Transforming Healthcare Administration – Documentation, Billing, and Patient Navigation
  • Clinicians Are Using AI to Influence and Improve Care Delivery – Clinical Decision Support and Precision Medicine
  • Trust and Human Judgment Must Remain Central to AI Adoption


Healthcare is Entering a New Era of Trust

For decades, physicians served as healthcare’s primary source of knowledge and authority. Patients relied almost exclusively on clinicians for information, diagnosis, and treatment recommendations.

That landscape has fundamentally changed.

Patients now arrive having consulted Google, social media influencers, online communities, wearable devices, AI chatbots, and direct-to-consumer health platforms. Information is abundant, but not always accurate. Medical authority has become increasingly decentralized. According to Dr. Khullar, this represents one of the biggest shifts in modern medicine. Healthcare professionals are no longer competing solely on clinical expertise, they are competing for trust. That means physicians can no longer rely on simply issuing recommendations. Patients increasingly expect transparency, explanation, and partnership.

Instead of asking patients to accept medical advice because “the doctor said so,” clinicians must explain the reasoning, acknowledge uncertainty when it exists, and engage patients in shared decision-making. In many ways, communication has become just as important as clinical expertise.


Technology Alone Will Not Solve Healthcare’s Biggest Challenges

The AI conversation often focuses on capability.

  • Can AI diagnose diseases?
  • Can it summarize medical records?
  • Can it discover new drugs?
  • Can it automate administrative work?

While these are important questions, Dr. Khullar encourages healthcare leaders to ask a different one:


How should we integrate AI responsibly?

Healthcare has historically embraced innovation while sometimes underestimating its unintended consequences. Generative AI introduces even greater complexity because it affects not just workflows but clinical reasoning, patient relationships, and public trust. Rather than treating AI as a magic solution, organizations should insist on rigorous evidence before deploying it broadly.

Every promise surrounding AI, whether improving safety, reducing costs, accelerating drug discovery, or enhancing access, must ultimately be validated through real-world outcomes. Healthcare has always been an evidence-based profession. AI should be held to the same standard.


Where AI Can Deliver Immediate Value

While caution is necessary, Dr. Khullar is equally optimistic about AI’s potential when applied thoughtfully. Several areas stand out as particularly promising. Administrative documentation remains one of healthcare’s greatest sources of physician burnout. Ambient AI scribes are already reducing documentation burden and allowing clinicians to focus more fully on patient conversations.

Patient navigation represents another major opportunity. Navigating appointments, insurance approvals, referrals, and billing can be overwhelming for patients. AI assistants can simplify these processes, making healthcare more accessible without replacing clinicians. Drug discovery may see some of the most transformative long-term impact. Pharmaceutical and biotechnology companies are increasingly using AI to identify novel molecules, accelerate research, and shorten development timelines.

Clinical decision support also holds significant promise, but only when AI complements physician expertise rather than replacing it. Across all these applications, the guiding principle remains the same: Technology should remove friction, not replace human judgment.


The Biggest Opportunity for AI Is Restoring Human Connection

Perhaps the most compelling insight from Dr. Khullar challenges one of healthcare’s most common fears that AI will make medicine less personal. His argument is almost the opposite. Healthcare has already become highly transactional. Physicians spend enormous portions of each visit documenting care, completing administrative tasks, navigating billing requirements, and interacting with electronic health records rather than patients.

The result is a healthcare system where many patients feel rushed, unseen, and unheard. AI offers an opportunity to reverse that trend. If documentation, coding, reporting, and other administrative responsibilities can be automated, clinicians gain something increasingly rare:

Time.

Time to listen.

Time to explain.

Time to understand patient concerns.

Time to build relationships.

Many physicians are already using ambient AI documentation tools report being able to maintain eye contact throughout visits instead of typing into a computer. Those seemingly small improvements fundamentally change the patient experience. However, Dr. Khullar also cautions that technology alone cannot guarantee this outcome. If organizations simply use AI-generated efficiencies to schedule more appointments and increase throughput, the opportunity will be lost.

Healthcare leaders must make deliberate cultural choices about how productivity gains are reinvested. The greatest return on AI may not be seeing more patients. It may be caring better for each patient.


Physicians Must Expand Their Leadership Role

Another important theme emerging from the conversation is that physicians can no longer limit their influence to clinical practice. Healthcare increasingly intersects with technology companies, policymakers, digital health startups, social media platforms, insurers, and public discourse. If physicians choose not to participate in those conversations, others will shape healthcare’s future without clinical insight.

Dr. Khullar believes clinicians should embrace broader leadership roles, whether advising policymakers, collaborating with innovators, engaging in public education, participating in digital health companies, or communicating directly with the public. The physician of the future may be just as likely to influence healthcare through writing, public engagement, policy, entrepreneurship, or technology development as through patient care alone. Leadership is no longer optional. It has become part of practicing medicine.


AI Literacy Must Become a Core Clinical Skill

Medical education also faces a profound transformation. Future physicians will inevitably practice alongside AI. The question is not whether AI becomes part of medicine, but how clinicians learn to use it responsibly. 

Dr. Khullar advocates a balanced approach. Medical students should absolutely understand AI’s capabilities, limitations, and practical applications. However, foundational clinical reasoning must remain central to physician training. AI should function as a second opinion, not the primary source of clinical thinking. Doctors must retain the ability to independently evaluate symptoms, synthesize information, question recommendations, and recognize when AI may be incorrect.

Ultimately, effective clinicians will combine human judgment with technological assistance. The strongest physicians of tomorrow will likely be those who understand both medicine and AI, not those who rely exclusively on either.


The Future of Medicine Will Be Defined by Trust

Healthcare stands at a pivotal moment. Never before have clinicians had access to technologies capable of reducing administrative burden, accelerating discovery, and expanding access to care at this scale. Yet as AI becomes increasingly integrated into healthcare, success will not be measured by how much technology organizations adopt. It will be measured by whether AI enables physicians to be more present, patients to feel more understood, and healthcare organizations to earn greater public trust.

Throughout the conversation, Dr. Khullar returns to a simple but powerful idea: medicine must remain fundamentally human. While AI will continue to reshape diagnosis, clinical workflows, research, and patient engagement, technology alone will not create better healthcare. Trust will.

Patients place their trust in physicians who communicate with empathy and clarity. Clinicians trust technologies that are transparent, evidence-based, and reliable. Healthcare organizations trust innovations that improve outcomes without compromising safety. And communities trust health systems that consistently put people ahead of profit.

The future of medicine will undoubtedly require sophisticated technology. But even more important will be thoughtful leadership, evidence-based innovation, and an unwavering commitment to the human experience. Healthcare’s greatest competitive advantage will never be algorithms alone. It will be compassionate professionals using technology wisely to strengthen, not replacethe relationships that define exceptional care.

Ultimately, the future of healthcare will be shaped not only by what AI can do, but by how thoughtfully, responsibly, and humanely it is used.

Building Trust in the Next Generation of Healthcare AI

Season 7

Episode 217 - Podcast with Dr. Haider Warraich, Program Manager, Scalable Solutions, ARPA-H
Building Trust in the Next Generation of Healthcare AI

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 217 - Building Trust in the Next Generation of Healthcare AI
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Haider Warraich, Program Manager, Scalable Solutions at Advanced Research Projects Agency for Health (ARPA-H), explains why building trust, not just advancing technology, is key to unlocking the next generation of healthcare AI. Leading ARPA-H’s ADVOCATE program, he shares how the agency is accelerating the development of patient-facing, agentic AI designed to improve outcomes for people living with heart failure, while simultaneously building the regulatory and evaluation infrastructure needed to safely bring these innovations into clinical practice.

Dr. Warraich argues that healthcare must innovate and evaluate AI in parallel. As AI development accelerates, lasting trust will depend on rigorous clinical evidence, familiar regulatory pathways, and real-time post-market monitoring. He also encourages innovators to think boldly, noting that breakthrough ideas often seem unrealistic before they become reality.

Dr. Warraich sees AI alignment, patient-centered technologies for high-need populations, and high-fidelity healthcare simulations as the next frontiers of innovation. He envisions that the future of healthcare AI will be shaped by bold ideas grounded in scientific rigor, transparent evaluation, and close collaboration between innovators, regulators, and health systems. That’s how the industry will build the trust needed to scale AI and improve patient care. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at HIMSS.

About Our Guest

Dr. Haider Warraich joined ARPA-H as a Program Manager in December 2024. He is a clinician with expertise in cardiology, heart failure, and transplantation. Most recently, he served at the U.S. Food and Drug Administration as a Senior Clinical Advisor for Chronic Disease to the FDA Commissioner where he helped shape policy around drugs, devices, nutrition, digital health and artificial intelligence.

Previously, Warraich was a faculty member at Harvard Medical School and Brigham and Women’s Hospital and Director of the Heart Failure Program, at the Veterans Affairs Health System in Boston. He received his medical degree from Aga Khan University, completed residency at Beth Israel Deaconess Medical Center, and fellowships at Duke University Medical Center. He is also the author of over 175 peer reviewed papers and several books.


Ritu: Hello, everyone. A very warm welcome to all our listeners to The Big Unlock Podcast Season Seven. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’m the managing partner at Damo Consulting and your co-host today along with Rohit. We are really excited and honored to have Dr. Haider Warraich on our podcast today. Dr. Warraich is a cardiologist, researcher, and one of medicine’s most compelling contemporary writers, known for bringing humanity, history, and philosophy into conversations about health and illness. He joined ARPA-H as a program manager in December 2024. ARPA-H is the Advanced Research Projects Agency for Health, which supports the development of high-impact solutions to society’s most challenging health problems. He was previously a faculty member at Harvard Medical School and Brigham and Women’s Hospital and director of the Heart Failure Program. He has written three books and over 175 peer-reviewed papers. Really happy to have him here with us. I’ll ask Rohit for a short introduction, and then it’s all yours, Dr. Warraich.

Rohit: Hi everyone. I’m Rohit Mahajan, CEO of Damo Consulting and co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast. Very happy to be here. Over to you, Haider.

Haider: It’s my pleasure to be here, Ritu and Rohit. We first met at HIMSS and I know we’ve been meaning to speak since then. Lots of exciting things are happening in the health technology space, so I’m excited to dig in.

Ritu: Great. Let’s get started. ARPA-H was created to tackle ambitious, seemingly intractable challenges with a very different risk tolerance than traditional research funding. Based on your experience there, which healthcare problems do you believe are truly moonshot-worthy? And are we being bold enough in the questions we’re asking, or are we still being cautious and not fully exploring the potential of AI?

Haider: To create a thriving funding infrastructure, you need a variety of payers and funders who can tackle different bottlenecks in the market. You need an agency like NIH with broad scale where progress is realized over decades, if not longer. At the same time, private funders — especially in the AI space — will play a huge role in supporting breakthroughs and promising teams. ARPA-H fills a gap that existed in federal research funding: there was no health-focused agency that could take big swings, turn things around quickly, operate on a metrics-and-milestones basis, and have the risk tolerance to take on areas where incremental progress will never be enough — areas of genuine national interest that also create common good for the rest of the world. Our agency director, Dr. Alicia Jackson, has outlined key priorities for the agency. These include winning the biotech race, longevity and reversing aging, defeating devastating diseases, and taking a platform approach to AI. Within AI, we have many different programs approaching this from different angles. The program I’m leading is called the Advocate Program, and its vision is to bring AI to the bedside — bring generative and agentic AI that can essentially do everything a clinician can over the phone — and take that through the regulatory pathway so it can open up this entire field for everyone. But to do so not just quickly, also done well, given how critical it is to get this right. The response to not just this program but to many of ARPA-H’s programs is a testament to how important it always was to have us as part of this ecosystem.

Ritu: I want to dig a little deeper into the speed at which AI is moving. When you take on a project like Advocate with a six-month horizon, but everything can change in a week — how do you keep up and think that far ahead?

Haider: It’s a great question, and it’s actually what makes developing a government-funded AI program very difficult. Even the most ambitious projections in this field can become obsolete very quickly given how fast things are moving. Here’s how I’ve approached it. First, there’s a reason Advocate is focused on the highest-risk AI in the most regulated space. There is already significant integration of AI across healthcare, but mostly in low-risk settings — ambient scribe technology has taken off, and clinical decision support will transform how clinicians interface with the healthcare system in the next few years. But Advocate was focused on developing a patient-facing technology, which puts you in a high-risk but also high-reward category. It targets really high-capability functions: making a diagnosis autonomously, performing triage, closing the loop by providing and prescribing treatment directly to the patient, and going through a regulatory pathway where there’s essentially no precedent for technology like this. We also focused on a relatively high-risk population — patients with heart failure — because ARPA-H believes that if you create a demonstration this ambitious, it opens up the field for everyone downstream. The reverse doesn’t happen. I also tell people: if you’re developing an AI program and it doesn’t sound insane to you, you’re going to get scooped. If what you’re doing sounds feasible today, you’re already a few steps behind. A lot of the work we’re developing for the future would sound off the wall if I described it today — but that is the kind of ambition we need to bring to this technology, because so far it has delivered on, if not exceeded, expectations.

Ritu: How do you reconcile that supersonic speed of development with regulatory pathways that are still slow? If it takes months to approve something, you risk falling behind again.

Haider: That is one of the reasons why an agency like ARPA-H should — and does — work very closely with the regulator. The FDA has never had a partner in government like ARPA-H before: one that can make major investments and ensure that the problems we’re solving actually help the regulators, rather than just impeding their work or getting in the way. That partnership is really crucial. I do think that many regulatory unlocks are fundamentally bureaucratic issues — a sense that you need X number of patients, a specific margin, a specific enrollment type. But in the AI space, a lot of the regulatory blockers are technical. We simply don’t yet have the technology infrastructure that this space requires. One of the most important parts of the Advocate Program is not just supporting the development of technologies that will be classified as medical devices by the FDA, but also funding evaluation technology for post-market monitoring. We call this a supervisory agent, or the supervisory layer — and it is being developed at the same pace and with the same level of resources as the primary technology, if not more. Rather than building in sequence, we are building in parallel, because we understand that traditional timelines and pathways are not going to work for this type of technology. If you want to be relevant as a body that can administer regulations in this space, you need technical support. We have to funnel and focus the best minds and best teams in the world on the problems that are going to unlock this field — and working with the regulator to keep their perspective centered ensures we create solutions aligned with their strategy. We plan to keep doing that.

Ritu: One of the most interesting things I picked up is that the Advocate Program is patient-facing. When you’re talking about technology that has to sound almost crazy to be relevant, how do you bring it to people who may not be ready for it?

Haider: There are two things. First, when you start with an ambitious vision, you also need to scope it. Instead of saying the teams Advocate supports are going to build AI cardiologists, what we’re focused on is: can you develop a technology using generative and agentic AI that improves outcomes in patients with heart failure? That immediately scopes the problem — you define the population, the endpoints, what goes on the label, how you design and deliver it. Scoping is very important. Second, communication matters enormously in the AI space — more than in almost any other field — because people genuinely care about this. This is not a technology working quietly in the background. Everyone sees AI as something that could transform society, healthcare, and every industry. That creates excitement, but it also creates anxiety. There is a real risk that poorly developed tools could add more friction to a system that doesn’t have a lot of give. Technology that isn’t well designed, or doesn’t have the patient’s or clinician’s best interest at its core, could be genuinely catastrophic. So how we talk about this technology and how that is reflected in the design matters enormously for getting the market ready. The technology is ready — the market needs more time. But the market also needs to see things in familiar forms. Clinicians take risks with new technology all the time — new implantable devices, new drugs, new chemotherapies, new genetic therapies — but there is always a sequence to what they see before taking that risk: clinical trials, FDA authorization. There is a precedent for what a community needs to see before accepting that the benefits of a new technology exceed the risks. That is what the first generation of clinical AI technologies needs to provide. For patient-facing technologies, the bar should be, and I think it is fair to argue it should be, the same as for a new high-risk medical device or a new drug. Once that foundational evidence exists, it will cause a seismic shift in how these technologies are accepted, implemented, and deployed. That is one of the core theses of the Advocate Program. Even though the technology itself is frontier — agentic AI for clinical care, supervisory agents for real-time post-market monitoring — the evaluation is super traditional: single-site deployments, human factors research, IDE studies, multicenter trials, and outcomes people understand: heart failure hospitalizations, guideline-directed medical therapy, mortality. We chose to innovate in the technology but kept the evaluation as familiar as possible, because that is the evidence people are accustomed to seeing when adopting new technologies.

Ritu: Great answer. Now I’ll give Rohit a turn.

Rohit: Thank you, Ritu. Haider, I especially liked the point that the FDA has never had a partner in government like ARPA-H — that’s fantastic, because regulatory hurdles need to be surmounted quickly. Tell us a bit more about the Advocate Program: the time horizons, the funding size, the number of projects. And separately, tell us about your own story — what attracted you to healthcare and to ARPA-H, and what you’re looking toward in the future.

Haider: On the timeline: the Advocate Program was launched in January. We solicited solution summaries from teams across each of the technical areas — focused on the development, evaluation, and implementation of clinical agentic AI, patient-facing, for patients with heart failure. That is standard process for every ARPA-H program. We then encouraged teams to submit full proposals, from which we make decisions about who to recommend for funding. Our hope is to announce the selected teams in the coming months, sooner rather than later. On funding: these are contracts, not grants, and a typical ARPA-H program is usually between fifty and a hundred and fifty million dollars. That said, the value the program was always created to provide goes beyond what you can count in dollars. If you’re going to make a dent in the AI space, money alone is not enough — there is plenty of capital available. The real question is how we create value and something that genuinely matters. We are leaning into our strengths as a government agency, which means focusing on the regulatory pathway, on implementation, and on helping health systems get excited about technology where there are still a lot of unknowns. Healthcare systems wanted a partner they could trust as a convener of some of the best technology companies working in this space. And then there is access to data — data that will help determine how well these technologies are developed and how well they perform after deployment. Our goal for the teams is a technology ready to go to FDA for market authorization within two years of the program starting — one year felt too short, three years felt too long. After that, we plan a multicenter trial of the highest-performing technologies in an integrated health system, focused on clinical outcomes but specifically on how to implement this technology in clinical practice. We hope to share more details in the coming months.  As for me: I grew up in Pakistan, not far from where Ritu is from in Delhi, just across the border, and went to medical school there. I have always approached writing as a storyteller first, and that has informed my research and clinical career. I moved to Boston for residency after finishing medical school, completed a cardiology fellowship, and then had the opportunity to join the FDA as a senior advisor on chronic disease to the FDA Commissioner. That experience brought everything into sync — giving me the regulatory perspective, helping me understand the critical bottlenecks, and helping me find a common language that works for technologists, private investors, academics, health systems, and regulators. I have been at ARPA-H for almost a year and a half, and it has been really exciting.

Rohit: Thank you for sharing that. You mentioned the Advocate Program application cycle has closed — are you following a January-through-December cycle, and will the next cycle open in January for teams that want to know?

Haider: The Advocate Program opening has closed and we’ll be able to share more once all the teams are on contract — that is essentially day zero of the program. We’re hoping that comes soon. Overall, things are going well. The way ARPA-H works, program managers are expected to develop new programs roughly every year, ideally building on and extending the thesis of the previous one. I foresee — and I’m hopeful — that you’ll see our team coming out with more programs that build on Advocate and extend its impact across the field. This space is too big to rely on a single program to unlock it. Teams are also always welcome to send their ideas directly to ARPA-H and connect with program managers. That process is competitive and depends on finding the right idea, the right risk space, and the right team, but it is an opportunity that remains open. These investigator-initiated projects, alongside agency and program manager-initiated programs, are the major ways to engage with ARPA-H, and there is always new work and new opportunities coming up.

Ritu: I think we can squeeze in one last question. Seeing this field so up close and being in touch with teams telling you about the future of healthcare innovation — which emerging technology do you think is receiving more attention than it deserves? Where is everyone focused when there are other things we should be looking at?

Haider: My paradoxical answer is probably AI. What I’ll say is that AI is receiving the appropriate level of attention, but there are still real gaps we need to focus on. How high-risk AI technologies are evaluated — real-time evaluation — is going to be incredibly important and needs more attention. AI alignment is another: how do we align AI outputs with the preferences, values, and needs of humans, not just as groups but as individuals? That is especially important in healthcare. I also think AI developed specifically for the populations with the greatest need — older people, people with multiple comorbidities, cognitive dysfunction, sensory issues — needs more focus. Developing and validating tools for those populations, where we think the benefit can be greatest, is underexplored. And finally, the space I’m most personally interested in: I think we have finally reached a point where we have the models, the data, and the compute to develop high-fidelity simulations for healthcare. In every other field — manufacturing, supply chain, logistics, transportation, defense, climate — simulation is a huge part of how innovation happens. It remains essentially nonexistent in healthcare, largely because healthcare is hard, our data is messy, humans act in complex ways, patients have intricate physiologies and pathologies, and the overall complexity has made realistic simulation essentially impossible until now. That is a space I believe has real potential to transform how we develop and value technologies, and could meaningfully shorten both development and implementation cycles.

Rohit: Haider, would you like to say anything to close out — perhaps about your most recent book or anything you’re working on?

Haider: Before joining government I had written three books over five years, and in some ways joining ARPA-H was my retirement from writing — I wanted to take a break and be fully present in this work. My last book was focused on chronic pain, partly because from a scientific perspective it is a fascinating phenomenon, partly because I practiced at the height of the opioid epidemic in the United States, and partly because I have lived with chronic pain myself — I’m all good now, but for many years it was part of my life. I combined all of those threads into a book called Song for Scars, published around 2021. But it has been a while since then. What I will say is that a lot of the work we do at ARPA-H is unexpectedly similar to writing a book — having a plan, an outline, a vision, and then putting the pieces together, talking to people, doing research, iterating, editing. It is a very creative, collaborative process. So even though I thought I had retired from writing, much of what I learned then has proven deeply applicable to developing programs and working within this amazing ecosystem.

Ritu: Thank you, Dr. Warraich. It’s been a pleasure having you on our podcast. Thank you so much for joining us.

Haider: Thank you. I appreciate it.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

The Future of Healthcare Lies in Connected, Evidence-Based Systems

Season 7

Episode 216 - Podcast with Dr. Anne Snowdon, Scientific Director and CEO, SCAN Health and
Chief Scientific Research Officer, HIMSS
The Future of Healthcare Lies in Connected, Evidence-Based Systems

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 216 - The Future of Healthcare Lies in Connected, Evidence-Based Systems
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Anne Snowdon, Scientific Director and CEO at SCAN Health and Chief Scientific Research Officer at HIMSS, explores why AI has the potential to transform healthcare, but only if health systems build the evidence, infrastructure, and workforce readiness to support it. She argues that while AI is generating tremendous excitement, most health systems are still in the early stages of adoption with many initiatives remaining in pilot phases.

Dr. Snowdon explains that healthcare must shift from deterministic decision-making toward probabilistic, predictive care, while developing new approaches to continuously evaluate AI as it learns and evolves. She also highlights the need to improve AI literacy among clinicians and establish stronger evidence before scaling enterprise-wide deployments.

Beyond clinical workflows, Dr. Snowdon makes a compelling case for reimagining digital health around patients rather than health systems. She envisions AI empowering individuals to better manage their health while seamlessly connecting them with trusted providers through interoperable, data-driven ecosystems. She also identifies digitally enabled supply chains as a critical but often overlooked foundation for safer, more personalized, and higher-quality care. She believes that the future of healthcare depends not just on adopting AI, but on creating connected, evidence-based systems that improve outcomes for patients, clinicians, and the broader health ecosystem. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at HIMSS AI in Healthcare Forum.

About Our Guest

Dr. Anne Snowdon is a Professor of Strategy and Entrepreneurship at the Odette School of Business, University of Windsor in Canada. Currently, Dr. Snowdon is the Scientific Director and CEO for SCAN Health, and the Chief Scientific Research Officer for HIMSS. Dr. Snowdon leads a National Program of Research in Supply Chain and Digital Health Transformation and has published more than 150 research articles, papers and cases, has received over $25 million in research funding, holds patents and has commercialized a highly successful booster seat product for children traveling in vehicles, and is a Fulbright Scholar. She is Vice Chair of the Ontario Research Advisory Board and was recently appointed as a board member of the Alcohol Gaming Commission of Ontario. She holds a PhD in Nursing from the University of Michigan, MSc from McGill University, and BScN from Western University.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of The Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’m managing partner at Damo Consulting and your co-host today along with Rohit. We are very excited to welcome Dr. Anne Snowdon to our podcast. Dr. Snowdon is a fascinating guest because she looks at healthcare through a lens that most leaders overlook — the supply chain. While many healthcare executives focus on clinical care, digital transformation, or reimbursement, Anne has spent decades demonstrating that quality, safety, and innovation all depend on the invisible infrastructure that connects products, data, clinicians, and patients. Anne is Professor of Strategy and Entrepreneurship at the University of Windsor, CEO of SCANHealth, and Chief Scientific Research Officer at HIMSS. She has spent decades studying the intersection of healthcare delivery, technology, and system resilience, and we are really happy to welcome her to our podcast today. With that, I’ll ask Rohit for a brief introduction, and then it’s all yours, Anne.

Rohit: I’ll be really brief — thank you, Ritu and Anne. Good to be here with both of you. I’m the co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast, and I look forward to an engaging conversation. Over to you, Anne.

Anne: Thank you. I’m Anne Snowdon. As Ritu has shared, I am the Chief Scientific Research Officer for HIMSS, where our mandate, mission, and vision is to ensure every human everywhere has access to their full health potential. When you really think about that, it requires an impressive flow of data right to the point of every decision, starting with patients and clinicians. I’m a nurse by training, a full professor at the Ontario Business School, with a program of research in supply chain — which is a very important infrastructure piece that most people simply don’t realize is important. I’m delighted to be here and looking forward to our discussion.

Ritu: Great. Let’s jump right in. The keyword of the day is AI, and we are all inundated with promises about its potential — that AI is going to revolutionize healthcare. But what real progress have health systems actually made toward this digital and AI transformation? And in your opinion, can we actually get there? What’s the horizon you see for real change?

Anne: Such a great set of questions. I absolutely think AI holds great promise and is probably one of the most unique groups of technologies health systems have seen in likely decades. The real catch is: what can it actually achieve right now? I think that remains to be seen. At HIMSS we are seeing impressive work across Asia-Pacific countries, North America, and Europe — and much of that work is in the pilot phase, a “try this on for size” stage. Healthcare is a very evidence-driven sector. I’m a nurse by training — if I’m going to use a new technology to deliver care to the children I used to care for, I want to be sure it will be valuable and most definitely not cause harm. I would say we’re early, Ritu, in where health systems are. Great promise, a lot of attention — but as a researcher, when I look at the hard data, it’s pretty early. There’s a lot of anecdotal evidence and impressive work around AI tools for clinicians — quality of work life, ambient listening so documentation doesn’t take so long. But beyond that, it’s early days, and things are unfolding so quickly that health systems are struggling both to understand AI’s full capability and to think through how best to integrate it into care processes to achieve what it promises for patients and the workforce.

Ritu: Thank you, Anne. You’re echoing what we’ve been hearing from C-suite leaders coming onto this podcast — health systems are investing heavily in AI transformation initiatives, but scaling innovation remains a challenge. The anecdotal evidence is there, but based on real numbers we still have some way to go. In your opinion, from everything you see, what are the biggest barriers preventing healthcare organizations from moving beyond pilots to enterprise-wide transformation?

Anne: I think there are three things. First, AI is a unique group of technology — it learns and changes over time. We are a sector accustomed to testing and evaluating, like a clinical trial of a device or a medication, and those devices and medications don’t change. We test until we’re confident they work for every patient. The challenge with AI is that where it starts and where it learns, shifts, and possibly drifts — we don’t have the methodologies to track that as directly as we would with any other kind of technology. So the first barrier is understanding that this is a technology with great promise, but it’s continually learning. It’s about building a lifecycle approach to understanding what it is, what its purpose is, for whom it is best suited, and how you track, once you implement it, that it’s achieving everything it promises. That’s a significant shift in how health systems have always operated — you’re tracking a moving target, not a fixed quality outcome.  The second barrier is the workforce and workforce confidence. Physicians, nurses, pharmacists, and allied health professionals have not been broadly educated on what AI is and is not, and what it does and can achieve — so it’s a bit of a black box for the workforce. And there’s a deeper issue: AI is about prediction. A machine learning tool predicts whether the child I’m looking after in an intensive care unit may be at risk for an infection. But we are not educated or socialized as a workforce to think about probabilities — which is what a prediction is. We’re trained on very deterministic thinking: here’s the assessment, here’s the diagnosis, here’s the best clinical pathway to care for this patient. That is a completely different way of thinking. That migration from deterministic best practice to a technology predicting probabilities and enabling us to prevent risks — we don’t have much experience doing that, and there is understandable hesitancy and many questions in the workforce.  The third barrier is the evidence. We are a very evidence-driven sector, and the evidence base on AI applications and tools is still pretty early. When you put all those things together — it’s fascinating, exciting, and compelling, but also a little daunting, because we’re being asked to think differently and make decisions differently. The system hasn’t yet built the foundations to ensure that when you spend the money on AI — which is expensive — you can be confident it will return tremendous value for patients, the workforce, and your capacity to deliver care.

Ritu: That’s an absolutely brilliant summary. The first point about AI being a moving target with new headlines every single day, the second about digital and AI literacy where people just aren’t ready and information is coming in too fast, and the third about the shift from deterministic thinking to probabilistic — you can really see how that migration would be difficult. Great answer, thank you.

Rohit: I was intently listening and thinking about the same thing — how evidence-driven this industry is, and how preventing harm and mitigating risk is always at the forefront. Anne, could you tell us more about your role at HIMSS and some of the key initiatives you’re driving this year and next? And also please share your origin story — what attracted you into healthcare and how your journey unfolded.

Anne: Let me start with what I do at HIMSS. I lead the research at the Office of Scientific Research. The basis of that work really reflects the vision of Hal Wolf, our CEO, and Reid Oakes, our COO. Because healthcare is so evidence-based and research-driven, HIMSS as a global network advancing digital health transformation needs to be the epicenter for creating the evidence of what digital health transformation actually achieves. That is very much the work I lead. We’ve published studies on what a highly digitally advanced hospital achieves for patients, for the workforce, and for performance outcomes compared to hospitals with much less progress in digital health transformation. One clear finding is that quality and safety outcomes are exponentially stronger in highly digitally advanced hospitals. How exactly those digital infrastructure systems drive those stronger outcomes is the next question we’re working to answer. We’ve also looked at the patient experience — highly digitally advanced hospitals show much stronger patient experience outcomes as well. A lot of our work at HIMSS involves measuring where hospitals are starting from in their digital health transformation journey. Many hospitals say, “We’re impressed by this AI technology — where do we start?” It’s a bit like a GPS on a road trip: where are you starting from, and where do you want to get to? We measure what digital assets and strengths a hospital already has that will serve them well as they advance AI strategies and technologies. So I lead the research and evidence base that defines what digital health transformation is, what it achieves, and for whom — and I work closely with health systems globally to define the future of digital health transformation, measured through our maturity models.  As for my story — I built my very first machine learning algorithm in around 2004 or 2005. I was leading a national child seat safety study in Canada, because road crashes are a leading cause of death in Canadian children. As an ICU nurse at the time, I cared for a lot of profoundly ill children as a result of head, neck, and spinal cord injuries from these crashes. I went to the auto industry and asked why they couldn’t better protect children, and the answer came down to how children are securely seated in vehicles. We conducted a national child seat survey and built a machine learning algorithm to predict which ways of seating children in vehicles were associated with the greatest risk of injury in a crash. If we know what puts children at risk, the auto industry can make much safer seating, seat belts, and child seat companies and policymakers can act accordingly. That’s how I first really understood the opportunity of AI and what it can achieve.  As a nurse, I also spent a lot of time focused on quality and safety outcomes. Medical error remains a problem even after two decades of healthcare technology — and that led me to supply chain. In automotive, I learned that they can track and trace a brake pad right to a vehicle owned by a citizen in any Canadian city, and can tell you exactly who made that brake pad and why it failed. Can we do that in healthcare? Can we know exactly what medication was prescribed to which patient and whether it helped, achieved nothing, or caused harm? That’s a supply chain question, and the answer is currently no. If we had that data, we could build the AI tools that predict which patients are at greatest risk, and then as a nurse I would know to find an alternative. In a nutshell, my career has been about solving these challenges by leveraging technology and transforming systems to achieve what they need to for the people they serve.

Rohit: Very interesting — thank you for sharing.

Ritu: From your unique vantage point as Chief Scientific Research Officer at HIMSS, what key areas of health and care do you see as most likely to benefit from AI-powered solutions right now, across all your research?

Anne: I can tell you what I’m seeing and what I’m not seeing — and it’s likely what I’m not seeing that I’m most anxious to pursue. What I am seeing is that health systems are generally adopting AI to optimize or automate processes. Patients can engage with an AI chatbot to book a visit or a procedure. Ambient listening for clinicians is making documentation better and smarter. There are a number of these AI technologies within health systems today that show real promise. But the common theme across almost all of them is making the system work better for the system. The gap I’m seeing — and what I’d really like to see more of — is what these technologies are achieving for patients. What are these AI tools, these agentic AI chatbots, actually doing for and with patients? How are they helping people manage their health? How are they connecting people to providers in much easier ways than making an appointment, travelling to a facility, waiting in a waiting room, and hoping to be seen within a timely manner? What I see today is that patients still have to meet the needs of the system to get care. The gap I really hope we can influence is how we can leverage AI tools to help people help themselves. If I’m a parent with a two-year-old with asthma, where are the AI tools that help me understand my son’s asthma triggers and how air quality changes put him at risk when he goes to school — tools that alert me that today is a day he should stay inside? In other words, help me help my son manage his condition. Those are the tools I’m not seeing yet. I think AI has a wonderful opportunity there. There are many AI tools in the commercial space, and that presents both opportunity and challenge. I recently had a pediatrician share this story with me: a mother came into the emergency room, the physician assessed and diagnosed the child and created a care plan, and the mother said, “My agent tells me I should be doing something different. Why are you telling me something else?” So the AI available in the commercial space is trying to help people, but it’s not connected to the health system. It potentially creates a divide between best evidence-based clinical practice and what a consumer AI agent has surfaced from the public domain. I think we need to close that gap — give people technology tools that are connected to evidence-based, talented provider teams, so they get accurate, truthful information that helps them make good decisions. That’s a space where I’m really looking for progress.

Ritu: That’s exactly why OpenAI and Anthropic have jumped directly into health — they’re seeing tens of millions of queries a month from people asking exactly these questions: how to be better prepared for a doctor’s appointment, what to ask, how to manage their own health proactively. People want to do this, they just haven’t had the right tools. Maybe now they will.

Anne: But those tools are coming from the commercial space, which isn’t connected to the reality of care delivery. That’s the gap.

Ritu: That leads naturally to the next question. Healthcare leaders often focus on clinical quality, patient experience, and financial performance as separate priorities. How can a modern digitally enabled supply chain help health systems improve all three simultaneously? And what metrics should executives actually be tracking? Why does it remain so siloed — one person looking at finance, another at patient experience, and nobody really talking to each other?

Anne: It’s very true, and I literally just gave a presentation on this. In every other business sector, supply chain is highly digitally enabled. Think about going online to buy a book — the system tells you, “You’re interested in these books; here are seven others you might consider.” It’s transparent and real-time. In healthcare, we collect all our health and safety data, and that team works with it. We have a supply chain team that knows what products they ordered but has no idea where those products were delivered, and definitely no idea who used them or what those products ultimately achieved. This is about an integrated, interoperable, near-real-time flow of data to the point of every decision. Part of this is digital infrastructure — supply chain tools and products typically live in the financial side of the organization, while patient care data lives in the electronic medical record. You have to bring those together. When you do, you know: what products do we have, what patients are we caring for, what care do they need, and what outcomes are we achieving? That transparency across a patient’s full journey of care — from the primary care physician who referred, to the surgeon who operated, to the hospital that provided care, right through to home — and tracking outcomes across that entire journey tells you exactly what patients you’re seeing, what care you’re delivering, what products you’re using, and which products are working best and for whom. When you know that, you can customize product and care delivery to what’s going to achieve the best outcomes for each individual. That’s where supply chain creates an integrated digital highway of information that informs every decision, particularly the patient’s own decisions across their care journey. That’s the real opportunity, and it’s another area where I don’t yet see AI being applied — but where I see it as a phenomenally big opportunity to advance.

Rohit: Very interesting conversation so far. Anne, anything you see in the crystal ball for next year?

Anne: With the way AI is unfolding, Rohit, your question might as well be what’s my prediction for Monday. I think predictions are always difficult to make. But I do think that in the next year or so — maybe less, maybe a little longer — health systems are going to start engaging much more directly with patients around how and where they can become very much more part of their own health ecosystem. Patients will be able to have and select the tools that work for them — particularly AI tools — rather than having to rely on whatever they find in the consumer space on one hand, and health systems on the other trying hard to deliver wonderful care but lacking the connectivity they need. I think that engagement, that opportunity to really mobilize these technologies to ensure they are working for people starting with patients — supporting their health, making sure the workforce is meaningfully connected to their patients — is where I hope we’re heading. One of the reasons so many of us go into nursing is to make a difference in people’s lives. If these technologies help us better understand what health and care means for our patients, there isn’t a nurse on the planet who doesn’t want to use that understanding to ensure every patient gets care that is meaningful and contributes to their quality of life. Maybe that’s a hope and a wish more than a crystal ball — but it’s a phenomenal opportunity, and one that HIMSS and many of our colleagues and global members are really driving to advance.

Rohit: Great. Thank you for those comments, Anne.

Ritu: It’s been an absolute pleasure to have you on our podcast, Dr. Snowdon. Thank you so much for being here today.

Anne: My pleasure. Thank you so much for having me.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

 

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Innovation Isn’t About Buying More Technology; It’s About Solving the Right Problems First.

Insights from Julie Demaree, VP, Chief Technology and Digital Innovation Officer, St. Mary’s Healthcare

Healthcare leaders today have more technology options than ever before. Every week brings another AI platform, automation tool, ambient documentation solution, or digital health application promising to transform care delivery. Yet for many health systems, especially rural and community hospitals operating with lean teams and constrained budgets, the challenge isn’t a shortage of technology. It’s deciding which problems are actually worth solving.

That is precisely the perspective Julie Demaree, Vice President, Chief Technology and Digital Innovation Officer at St. Mary’s Healthcare, brings to healthcare innovation. As a former physician assistant turned technology executive, Julie approaches digital transformation differently. Rather than asking “What new technology should we implement?”, she starts with a much more important question:

“Should this process even exist in the first place?”

That mindset has helped St. Mary’s Healthcare improve clinician experience, patient safety, operational efficiency, and financial performance, not by constantly adding new technology, but by making better use of what they already have while introducing AI only where it creates measurable value.

Listen to the full conversation

Key Learnings

  • Clinician Engagement Drives Better Technology Adoption
  • AI Should Support Judgment, Not Replace It
  • Data Trust is the Foundation of Transformation


Innovation Starts with the Problem, Not the Technology

One of the strongest messages from Julie is that healthcare organizations often confuse innovation with purchasing new software. She argues that innovation frequently means improving existing workflows before introducing something new. When Julie joined St. Mary’s, much of her work focused on uncovering capabilities that already existed inside their electronic health record but had never been fully implemented. Instead of immediately investing in third-party applications, her team first examined:

  • Which EHR capabilities remained unused?
  • Which workflows could be optimized?
  • Which operational bottlenecks were caused by process rather than technology?

This “optimize before you buy” philosophy is especially valuable for organizations facing financial pressures. Every additional application introduces implementation costs, interfaces, maintenance overhead, vendor management, and fragmented data. Maximizing existing investments often delivers faster and more sustainable results than expanding the technology stack.


Better Patient Safety Sometimes Means Fewer Alerts

Alert fatigue has become one of healthcare’s most persistent technology challenges. Many organizations respond by simply adding more alerts in hopes of improving patient safety. Julie’s team took the opposite approach. Instead of assuming more notifications would improve outcomes, they created a multidisciplinary governance process involving physicians, pharmacists, informatics specialists, and clinical leaders to evaluate every alert. Some alerts were introduced where genuine safety gaps existed. Others were eliminated because they created unnecessary interruptions. The result was counterintuitive: Physicians ultimately received fewer—but far more meaningful—alerts.

Even more importantly, clinicians became active participants in improving the system. Their feedback helped refine alerts while encouraging better maintenance of patient problem lists, increasing the accuracy of future clinical decision support. Rather than adding complexity, St. Mary’s improved patient safety through thoughtful curation and continuous clinician engagement.

Automation Should Never Hide a Broken Process

Julie’s most refreshing insight challenges a common assumption about AI. Just because a task can be automated doesn’t mean it should be. She offers a simple example: fax processing.

Modern AI could easily classify, route, and organize incoming faxes. But automating that workflow risks making organizations more comfortable with an outdated process that shouldn’t exist. If two hospitals use the same electronic health record, why should they exchange patient information by fax at all?

Rather than automating inefficiency, Demaree believes organizations should first eliminate unnecessary work wherever possible. Automation delivers its greatest value when applied to complex, cross-platform workflows that genuinely require coordination, not when it perpetuates outdated operating models.


AI Investments Must Deliver Measurable Value

Resource constraints force rural hospitals to make difficult technology decisions. For Julie, every investment begins with a practical question: Will this improve financial sustainability, clinician experience, or patient care?

At St. Mary’s, AI initiatives have focused on areas with clear returns, including:

  • Revenue cycle automation
  • Ambient clinical documentation
  • Faster billing workflows
  • Reduced claim denials
  • Improved physician recruitment and retention

These investments weren’t driven by AI enthusiasm. They were selected because they addressed operational challenges while creating measurable organizational benefits.

This disciplined approach demonstrates that successful AI strategies are built on business priorities, not technology trends.


AI Governance Alone Isn’t Enough

Healthcare organizations have invested considerable effort developing AI governance frameworks. Julie believes another priority deserves equal attention: AI literacy among end users.

Clinicians must understand that AI outputs should be evaluated just as critically as laboratory results or diagnostic tests. If something appears incorrect, users need both the confidence and the mechanisms to question it.

AI should assist clinical judgment, not replace it. Organizations therefore need:

  • Practical AI education
  • Clear reporting pathways for unexpected outputs
  • Ongoing user training
  • A culture that encourages critical thinking

Responsible AI adoption ultimately depends on informed users as much as technical safeguards.


Strong Infrastructure Remains the Foundation of Innovation

Although conversations often focus on AI, Julie reminds healthcare leaders that innovation rests on a less glamorous foundation: modern IT infrastructure and disciplined technology management.

Reliable servers, resilient networks, scalable storage, and well-maintained systems form the backbone of every successful digital initiative. Equally important is addressing technical debt, outdated applications, legacy integrations, and deferred upgrades, that can slow innovation and increase operational risk.

Without a strong technology foundation, even the most advanced AI solutions cannot deliver sustainable value.

Her advice to healthcare executives is straightforward: don’t allow investments in core infrastructure or the modernization of legacy systems to fall behind while chasing emerging technologies. Modern AI capabilities require modern technology foundations, and maintaining those foundations is no longer just an IT responsibility, it’s a business continuity imperative.


Real Innovation Is Operational Discipline

Julie Demaree’s perspective offers an important counterbalance to today’s AI excitement. Innovation is not measured by the number of technologies deployed or the sophistication of an organization’s AI portfolio. Instead, it is reflected in an organization’s ability to remove unnecessary work, simplify clinical workflows, improve patient safety, support clinicians, and solve meaningful operational problems. Especially for rural and community health systems operating with limited resources, that mindset may be the most valuable innovation strategy of all.

As healthcare organizations continue exploring generative AI, automation, and agentic systems, Demaree’s approach serves as an important reminder: Technology creates value only when it solves the right problem. Otherwise, it simply adds another layer of complexity.

Bridging Pharma and Startups to Scale Digital Health Innovation

Season 7

Episode 215 - Podcast with Naomi Fried, PhD, Founder and CEO, PharmStars
Bridging Pharma and Startups to Scale Digital Health Innovation

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 215 - Bridging Pharma and Startups to Scale Digital Health Innovation
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Naomi Fried, PhD, Founder and CEO of PharmStars, shares how stronger collaboration between startups and pharmaceutical companies is accelerating healthcare innovation. Drawing on leadership roles at Biogen, Kaiser Permanente, Boston Children’s Hospital, consulting work with large pharma companies, and collaboration across the digital health ecosystem, she explains why the most successful innovations are built around customer needs rather than technology alone.

Naomi discusses how PharmStars helps digital health startups, including those developing AI-powered solutions, understand the pharmaceutical industry, refine their value proposition, and build lasting partnerships with global pharma companies. She highlights AI as one of the most exciting areas of innovation, with the potential to improve patient care, support clinicians, and create new opportunities for life sciences organizations. However, Naomi emphasizes that technology alone is never enough. Successful innovators listen more than they pitch, understand customer pain points, and build trusted relationships.

Naomi also talks about the importance of clinician workflows, internal champions, and continuous product evolution. Whether leveraging AI, software, or medical devices, her message is clear: lasting innovation comes from solving meaningful problems, adapting to customer needs, and building partnerships that create real-world impact. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Naomi Fried, PhD, is the founder and CEO of PharmStars. An internationally recognized thought leader in healthcare innovation, Naomi brings over two decades of expertise in digital health strategy and innovation, as well as an entrepreneurial spirit.

Naomi is also the co-founder and general partner of PharmStars Ventures Fund, a venture fund which invests in PharmStars alumni companies. Previously, she was a general partner at the venture fund, Ambit Health Ventures, which invested in early-stage digital health and medical device startups. Naomi has served on a variety of startup boards of directors and advisory boards. Before founding PharmStars and Ambit, Naomi led a boutique consulting firm, Health Innovation Strategies, which advised pharma on digital health strategy and innovation activities.

Previously, Naomi was Biogen’s first VP of Innovation and External Partnerships, where she developed their “innovation beyond the molecule” strategy to deliver non-pharmacological value to patients and providers. Before her time at Biogen, Naomi served as the first Chief Innovation Officer at Boston Children’s Hospital and also the first VP of Innovation and Advanced Technology at Kaiser Permanente.

Naomi has been a member of the Governor of Massachusetts’ Innovation Council and the Board of the American Telemedicine Association. Her awards include Healthcare IT News’ “Health Information Technology (H.I.T.) Men and Women of the Year Award, Innovators.” Naomi was named “The Emerging Executive of the Year” in 2014 by the Massachusetts Technology Leadership Council and one of Medical Marketing and Media’s 40 “Healthcare Transformers” in 2016.

Naomi received her PhD in Materials Science from MIT and her BS in Chemistry, summa cum laude, from the University of California, Berkeley. When not working, Naomi can be found dancing up a storm in Zumba classes or lifting weights.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’ll be your host today. We are really excited to have Naomi with us. Naomi Fried is one of healthcare’s most respected innovation leaders. She’s the founder and CEO of PharmStars, where she’s helping pharma companies engage more effectively with digital health startups to accelerate innovation and improve patient outcomes. Prior to PharmStars, Naomi served as Chief Innovation Officer at Boston Children’s, where she helped establish one of the nation’s leading pediatric digital health innovation programs. Her unique perspective across providers, startups, and life sciences gives her a front-row view into what it really takes to move healthcare innovation from promising pilots to meaningful impact. Welcome, Naomi.

Naomi: Thank you, Ritu. It’s a pleasure to be here. Thank you for having me.

Ritu: Would you like to add anything to that introduction?

Naomi: Sure, happy to share a little more about how I ended up founding PharmStars. My roots actually start out working with digital health startups a long time ago, then advising venture capitalists, and then I was the first Vice President of Innovation and Advanced Technology at Kaiser Permanente. I became really intrigued with how innovation happens in large healthcare organizations. After five years there, I moved to the East Coast and, as you mentioned, became the first Chief Innovation Officer at Boston Children’s Hospital, where we built a fabulous program helping doctors and nurses advance innovation. From there I was recruited to Biogen, and this is the most relevant part of how I ended up at PharmStars. I thought moving to Biogen would be an easy transition, since I’d been in healthcare innovation in large organizations for a long time. But I wasn’t prepared for how different the pharmaceutical industry was. When I got to Biogen, I discovered I didn’t fully understand how the company was organized, and I certainly didn’t understand how this very complicated product — a drug — actually worked. It was a very steep learning curve, and it made me appreciate how hard it is for someone outside of pharma to understand what’s happening inside of it. But I also fell in love with the potential for digital solutions to transform every part of the pharmaceutical value chain, from drug discovery through development, commercialization, and beyond the molecule for patients. That became my life’s mission, and I went on to advise other pharmaceutical companies on digital health strategy. I had a real aha moment, Ritu, when I was working with a large pharmaceutical company. They told me they were looking for a particular type of innovation, and I found a startup doing exactly what they wanted. We got everybody into the room, and we just weren’t getting anywhere. I could see connections weren’t being made, that people weren’t understanding each other. I realized I was watching the pharma-startup gap in action — that fundamentally different way that health tech companies and biopharma operate. That gap is what we set out to solve through PharmStars. We bridge the pharma-startup gap, bringing these two groups together. That was really the motivation for founding PharmStars five years ago.

Ritu: Thank you for sharing that, Naomi — really interesting to hear your perspective. That leads to my next question. PharmStars sits at the intersection of pharma companies and digital health startups, and you’ve worked on both sides — Kaiser, Biogen, and now PharmStars. What in your mind are the biggest misconceptions each group has about the other, and what separates successful partnerships from those that never move beyond the initial stage?

Naomi: Great question. Going back to the pharma-startup gap, the elements of it are that tech startups and big pharma speak a different language. They have very different cultures — I don’t have to explain that — but they also move at different speeds. They have different appetites for risk. They operate in different regulated environments. The real challenge is understanding each other, and to bridge that gap you have to understand where the other side is coming from. That’s why at PharmStars we focus on educating startups about how pharma works. Our program is called Pharma University, and it has two key components for startups. One is literally teaching them about pharma — how drugs are developed, how pharma companies are organized, the regulations they need to be concerned with, their business models. The second is personalized mentoring by former pharma executives. I think that education and understanding of the other side is what really helps build a successful relationship. You also need communication and the ability to connect — those are table stakes. That’s another way we help our startups: at the end of PharmStars, they present to our pharma members and then have one-on-one meetings with them. We always coach our startups that they have to be able to clearly explain what pharma problem they’re solving — stepping into the other side’s shoes is essential to building a relationship and getting a deal done. On the pharma side, we hope they can understand the pressures and needs of startups too. Startups want to move quickly, which isn’t something pharma typically does. They’re not heavily staffed — they won’t have a general counsel, just a lawyer they work with. Understanding that they’re operating in very different worlds matters. But when startups and pharma come together to work on innovation, the patient always benefits, the outcomes are tremendous, and it’s genuinely synergistic. We’re very excited about bringing these groups together and bridging that gap.

Ritu: I think you’re doing excellent work with PharmStars. We’ve actually applied twice ourselves, so we’ve gone through the entire website and understand the program, and it’s absolutely brilliant — really amazing what you’ve put together. We’re happy to spread the word and encourage more people to apply.

Naomi: Thank you. At this point we’ve run ten cohorts, we’re about to start our eleventh, and a hundred and twelve startups have come through the program. Because they learn product-market fit, they go on to be very successful selling to pharma — our first thirty-five startups alone have done over a hundred deals with pharma companies. Another statistic we’re very proud of is that our startups have collectively raised over a billion dollars in funding. Really understanding what your client needs is transformative for a business.

Ritu: I absolutely agree, and that leads right into the next question. We’re seeing huge pharma companies investing heavily in digital health, AI, and patient engagement technologies. Looking ahead, where do you see the greatest opportunity for startups to create value for pharma beyond the traditional patient support or adherence programs that everybody is already doing?

Naomi: Great question. There are opportunities for digital health startups across the entire pharma value chain. In the very early stages of drug discovery, people are applying AI and we’re seeing real acceleration in identifying targets for new drugs. But I think the biggest area of opportunity is still in clinical trials, because that is the slowest and most expensive part of drug development — solutions that can help pharma there are genuinely still needed. If you look in particular at Phase 3 trials, which are the longest and most expensive, finding patients, keeping them in the trials, anticipating issues, and helping with data management — it’s incredibly complicated to run a clinical trial, and that’s where I think the biggest opportunity is. There are certainly opportunities on the commercial side in marketing too, and we’ve seen some really exciting solutions there. But I’m personally most excited about the clinical trial phase, and also what we call the “beyond molecule” part of the pharma value chain — once the patient is actually taking the drug, digital tools that help with adherence or monitoring the condition. There’s a lot of opportunity there. I’m very excited about how digital and AI are helping pharma take what is a very slow and very expensive process and hopefully make it faster, cheaper, and bring more drugs to market more quickly.

Ritu: That’s something we’ve been hearing consistently across all our conversations — everyone is now having to move at warp speed. Even healthcare, traditionally one of the slowest adopters, is now learning to talk in weeks or days rather than years because the pace of innovation is so rapid.

Naomi: In pharma, time is genuinely money, Ritu, because you have a patent clock that’s ticking. If it takes fourteen years to bring your drug to market, you might have only five years left to actually sell it and recoup an investment that’s usually a couple billion dollars. Every month you can bring your drug to market earlier translates into millions and millions of dollars in additional revenue. So for pharma, anything that can shorten that drug development cycle and move the line between developing the drug and actually selling it is really important.

Ritu: When we talk to C-suite leaders across health systems, one recurring challenge is the gap between innovation and adoption — startups have promising technologies, but when they move into clinical settings they often fail to scale. In your mind, what can entrepreneurs do differently to design solutions that fit naturally into provider and patient workflows, especially in a slow-moving environment like Phase 3 trials?

Naomi: I think in the pharma world we also suffer from the problem of pilots that get started but never scale to adoption. This goes back to the fundamentals of the project: are you solving an important problem? Can you demonstrate value? Do you have clear metrics you’re aiming to achieve in the pilot, so you can convince people it’s worth scaling and that broad adoption makes sense? We advise our startups to think carefully about the pilot — to plan and discuss with their business partners what success looks like, and ideally to map out what happens next if the pilot goes well. Leaving the adoption question to a future conversation is not always advisable. Of course you can’t resolve every adoption issue in advance, but anticipating that adoption will need to happen and thinking through how it will happen ahead of time is very advantageous.

Ritu: That’s good advice — thank you for sharing that. Let’s change tracks a little. I would love to hear your origin story — how you came into science and how you landed here. What was that unique combination of skills that brought you to where you are?

Naomi: I studied chemistry as an undergrad and then got a PhD in material science and engineering at MIT. I started working at a startup in Kendall Square back when it looked very different than it does now. I was employee number four at a small startup on the tech side. Our startup was having a conversation with Boston Scientific about a possible partnership, and I found the business conversation so interesting. Even though I’d trained in science and technology, this business side was fascinating to me. When I moved to California for my husband’s job, I had the opportunity to get involved with a startup being spun out of Stanford School of Medicine — in what we used to call the e-health space, even before there was “digital health.” The technology was developed by a physician at Stanford to help doctors and nurses get quick answers to questions that came up while treating patients. This was before Google, before WebMD — a genuinely novel tool. I thought this was really cool — I loved the idea of using technology to help patients and doctors, and that was my real transition into healthcare. From there I worked with startups, went on to Kaiser, and the rest is sort of history. That transition from science to business happened organically. I never thought I’d end up in healthcare, but I fell in love with the idea and became excited about how digital solutions can help patients and doctors. Even now through PharmStars, we see all sorts of digital health solutions — medical devices, software, AI — and there are some really cool ways that patients, clinicians, and pharma can all benefit. I love what I do now.

Ritu: That’s amazing. Before we get to the latest PharmStars cohort, I want to dig a little deeper — when we ask physicians why they became doctors, we sometimes hear the most amazing answers. Did you always know you wanted to study chemistry, or when did that realization come?

Naomi: No, I didn’t know what I was going to do, basically, through most of high school. Then I took a chemistry class, I think my junior year, and I just thought, this is so cool. I fell in love with it — there’s no other way to describe it. I decided I wanted to study chemistry because it was so interesting. I went to UC Berkeley and started studying chemistry, which I really enjoyed, and I got into total organic synthesis — figuring out conceptually how to build molecules on paper. I think I like puzzles and putting things together. I did some lab work, but what I found was that in the lab — which was obviously where my future would be — we were making micrograms of things and then analyzing them, and I thought, this isn’t very practical. I’m a really practical person. I love chemistry, I love thinking about process, but this was getting too esoteric for me. So I took an engineering class — material science engineering — and thought, this is better, this is more my speed, this is applying chemistry to the real world. I got interested in metallurgy and extraction of metals, and that’s what I did my PhD in. So I’ve been on this path of trying to do practical things, and I guess I ended up wanting to help people have better health. That’s where I landed.

Ritu: Thank you for sharing that, Naomi. Now we would love to hear about your current cohort and what the theme is this time.

Naomi: Thank you for asking. We’re on our eleventh cohort now, and we’re open and looking for digital health startups that want to engage pharma as clients. We’re focused on the theme of digital innovations in immunology. These themes are always selected by our pharma members, who meet with startups and hear their pitches at the end of each cohort. Immunology is actually a really broad topic. Pharma is working a lot on immune-mediated diseases — allergy, asthma, and similar conditions — so if startups have digital solutions supporting those conditions, that’s of great interest. Immuno-oncology is also a really important and growing area for pharma, with a lot of unmet needs and digital opportunity. And then there are advanced therapies based on impacting the immune system, which is incredibly complex and affects many organs — so this theme is very broad. Immunology patients also often deal with chronic conditions and flares, so solutions around patient monitoring, patient identification, and diagnosis are all of interest to pharma, and therefore to PharmStars. It’s a very broad and exciting area, and we hope we’ll see a lot of startups apply. Our accelerator is virtual, which means startups from around the world can apply. It’s a ten-week boot camp where startups attend class virtually for most of the program, with an in-person launch event and an in-person showcase at the end. We’ve had amazing startups from about thirty-nine countries participate so far, so it’s a great gateway for international startups to find their way to global US pharma companies.

Ritu: That’s an incredible opportunity, thank you for clarifying that. I’m sure we have listeners from all over the world, so hopefully this reaches someone who applies. Let’s go back a bit to your time at Boston Children’s and Kaiser, where you were evaluating and scaling a lot of healthcare innovations. What lessons from that experience still guide how you assess startups today? And what qualities do you think the most successful healthcare innovators share?

Naomi: That’s a big question. At Kaiser Permanente, my team was innovation and advanced technology, and we were identifying emerging technologies from outside Kaiser and assessing fit with the organization. It was very important there to understand what doctors were actually looking for — to make sure solutions worked well, solved the problem, and didn’t cost the doctor more time. They needed to work within the clinician’s actual workflow. When I moved to Boston Children’s Hospital, our innovation acceleration program had a different mission — to enhance the innovation culture itself. We were helping doctors identify problems and actually building a lot of the solutions for them. We had a digital health innovation lab and funding to support it, and we did a lot to help doctors develop their own ideas, which was really exciting. There were also a lot of startups at the time who wanted to bring their innovations into the organization, and one thing I always advised them was that they would need an internal champion. Navigating even a hospital like Boston Children’s — which isn’t the largest in the country, but is certainly complex — requires finding someone inside the organization who wants to use your solution, who will be your champion and guide you through getting funding and approval, and help your product actually get used and tested. That was really important advice. To answer your question about what qualities successful startups share — the theme throughout is really understanding your client’s needs and building a genuine relationship with them, with very open communication. Listening matters enormously. Startups are very excited about their solutions, and they’ll go into a meeting wanting to do all the talking and all the pitching — but it’s really important to listen first. What does the client or potential customer actually need? We coach our startups to do a lot of research before that first meeting — to understand, in the case of pharma, what their pipeline looks like and what their pain points are, and to speak directly to that. Beyond listening, deals are relationships. The startups that are really successful understand that and build relationships that go beyond “here’s the solution, how much will you pay me” — they ask, how is it going, how can I help, what will make this successful for you? We really advise people to build relationships. The successful startups I see listen, they have a solution, they step into their client’s shoes and talk about their client’s problems, and they build genuine trust. People want to work with people they trust. People want to work with people they like. Beyond the obvious things — passion, great communication skills, love of technology — I think it really comes down to your ability to build a relationship and connect with the client.

Ritu: Great advice, thank you for sharing that. We were at another accelerator program recently, and one of the key insights they offered was that most successful startups have pivoted at least once. Has that been your experience as well? Because listening, as you said, and pivoting seem closely related.

Naomi: I think that’s exactly right. If you’re listening, chances are you’ll hear how to change and improve your product. We get a lot of startups into our program who are already selling their solution successfully elsewhere in healthcare — to providers, to payers — and they believe there might be a pharma opportunity, and we agree with them, which is why we accept them into the program. They’re not really pivoting their product, because the product is already built, but they are pivoting the application — how they package it, how they explain it, and what problem they say they’re addressing. I’d say maybe forty or fifty percent of the startups in our program aren’t pharma-first. They’re coming from elsewhere, but they’re recognizing that pharma needs their solution too, and that’s what we help them with — understanding the pharma industry, positioning their solution, and successfully selling it. So pivoting is just part and parcel of this. I’d be shocked if the product and the explanation any startup started with is exactly where they are a couple of years later, assuming they’re still in business.

Ritu: Thank you, Naomi. As usual, the time has flown by and we’re almost at the end of the podcast. Thank you for being our guest. Would you like to offer any closing thoughts for our listeners before we wrap up?

Naomi: Well, Ritu, first of all, thank you for having me on The Big Unlock — this is an awesome podcast and I’m honored to have been your guest. I just want to again invite startups to apply for our upcoming eleventh cohort. Our virtual accelerator will run in the fall of 2026. We’ll accept ten startups from around the world with a focus on digital innovations in immunology. It’s an opportunity to learn about pharma, to be mentored, and we also invest in our startups through the PharmStars Venture Fund. It’s a great accelerator, and I appreciate the opportunity to share it with you and your audience today.

Ritu: Great. Thank you so much, Naomi.

Naomi: Thank you.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

 

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Beyond Adult Healthcare: Why Pediatric Digital Innovation Needs Its Own Playbook

Beyond Adult Healthcare Why Pediatric Digital Innovation Needs Its Own Playbook

How deep collaboration, AI, and purpose-built innovation can reshape children’s healthcare

Artificial intelligence is rapidly transforming healthcare. Hospitals are deploying ambient documentation, clinicians are using AI-powered decision support, and digital front doors are becoming increasingly intelligent. Yet amid this wave of innovation, one segment of healthcare continues to receive disproportionately little attention: pediatrics.

Children represent nearly 20% of the U.S. population, but pediatric digital health attracts less than 1% of total digital health investment. That imbalance isn’t simply about funding. It reflects a broader misconception that pediatric healthcare is merely a smaller version of adult healthcare, but it isn’t.

On a recent episode of The Big Unlock, Omkar Kulkarni, Vice President and Chief Transformation & Innovation Officer at Children’s Hospital Los Angeles (CHLA) and founder of the KidsX consortium, challenged many of the assumptions that drive healthcare innovation today. His message was clear: meaningful innovation for children requires an entirely different mindset, stronger institutional collaboration, and technologies purpose-built for pediatric care.

Rather than adapting adult solutions, healthcare organizations and startups need to rethink pediatric innovation from the ground up.

Listen to the full conversation

Key Learnings

  • AI should help clinicians, not replace human connection
  • Less than 1% of digital health investment goes toward pediatric innovation
  • Mental health is one of pediatric healthcare’s biggest unmet needs
  • Pediatric innovation must be designed for both children and caregivers


Pediatric Healthcare Is Fundamentally Different

One of Omkar’s most compelling observations is that many innovators underestimate how unique pediatric care truly is.

Unlike adult healthcare, where patients typically make their healthcare decisions, pediatric care revolves around parents and caregivers. Every digital experience, from appointment scheduling to patient engagement, must account for the fact that the primary user often isn’t the patient. But that’s only the beginning. Children move through dramatically different developmental stages, each bringing distinct physiological, behavioral, and clinical needs. A technology designed for a premature infant cannot simply scale to serve a teenager.

Privacy regulations add another layer of complexity. Adolescents gain increasing control over their health information, requiring digital platforms to carefully manage caregiver access while respecting legal protections. The diversity of pediatric populations also demands a more inclusive design. Children’s hospitals serve families across multiple languages, cultures, socioeconomic backgrounds, and care settings. Building effective digital health tools means designing for this diversity from day one and not as an afterthought.

As Omkar points out, pediatrics requires an entirely separate technological blueprint.


Solving the Investment Paradox Through Collaboration

The lack of investment in pediatric innovation creates a difficult cycle. As funding is limited, fewer startups focus on pediatric care. With fewer companies entering the space, children’s hospitals have fewer opportunities to evaluate innovative solutions. Limited deployments produce less clinical evidence, making future investment even harder to secure.

Omkar believes the solution isn’t competition among children’s hospitals; it is collaboration. Through KidsX, CHLA has helped build a consortium of children’s hospitals that work together to evaluate, validate, and scale promising digital health solutions. Instead of each hospital independently piloting early-stage technologies, participating organizations collaborate to generate broader evidence across multiple care settings. This model benefits everyone involved. Hospitals reduce duplication of effort. Startups gain access to diverse clinical environments.

Most importantly, pediatric patients benefit from innovations that can scale much faster than any single institution could achieve alone. In an industry often characterized by fragmented innovation efforts, KidsX demonstrates that collective action may be the fastest path toward meaningful transformation.


Three Areas Where AI Can Deliver Immediate Impact

While AI dominates healthcare conversations today, Omkar offers a refreshingly practical perspective on where it can create the greatest value in pediatric care.

1. Addressing the Pediatric Mental Health Crisis

Perhaps the most urgent opportunity lies in pediatric behavioral health. Demand for child mental health services has surged dramatically, while provider shortages continue to grow. Long wait times leave many families without timely support, particularly those relying on Medicaid. Omkar sees AI helping bridge this gap by expanding access through earlier screening, digital engagement, and scalable support tools.

Technology can help identify children at risk sooner, guide families toward appropriate care, and support clinicians managing overwhelming caseloads. Given the growing prevalence of anxiety, depression, and behavioral challenges among younger children, scalable digital interventions could have profound long-term impact.

2. Supporting Lifelong Chronic Care

Medical advances mean many children diagnosed with chronic illnesses now live healthy adult lives. Conditions such as Type 1 diabetes, asthma, congenital heart disease, and cystic fibrosis increasingly require decades of coordinated care rather than short-term treatment. Omkar envisions digital platforms that begin supporting patients during childhood and continue throughout adulthood.

Rather than repeatedly transitioning between disconnected systems, patients could maintain a continuous digital relationship that evolves alongside their health journey. This longitudinal approach represents one of the most promising and underexplored areas of pediatric digital health.

3. Giving Parents Trusted AI Guidance

Parents face countless health questions every day. 

  • Should I worry about this fever?
  • Is this symptom normal? 
  • Does my child need urgent care?

Too often, families turn to search engines or social media, where information quality varies dramatically. Omkar believes healthcare organizations have an opportunity to provide clinically validated conversational AI that delivers trusted guidance around the clock. Instead of replacing pediatricians, these tools could answer common questions, reduce unnecessary visits, and help families make more informed decisions before concerns escalate.

In healthcare, trust is everything. Providing reliable, evidence-based answers exactly when parents need them may become one of AI’s most valuable contributions.


Building Trust Before Scaling

Having evaluated thousands of healthcare startups throughout his career, Omkar offers practical advice for innovators entering healthcare. Technology alone is never enough. Healthcare organizations expect evidence that reflects diverse patient populations, multiple clinical environments, and measurable outcomes. Small pilot studies may generate excitement, but broad adoption requires much stronger validation. Equally important is a sustainable business model. Many startups solve legitimate clinical problems yet struggle because reimbursement pathways or purchasing models remain unclear.

Innovation without economic viability rarely scales. Omkar’s most memorable advice centers on humility. Healthcare transformation depends on partnership and not disruption for disruption’s sake. Startups that acknowledge the complexity of clinical workflows, listen carefully to providers, and collaborate rather than dictate are far more likely to earn institutional trust. In an AI market filled with ambitious promises, that perspective stands out.


AI Should Elevate Human Care and Not Replace It

One of the strongest themes throughout the conversation is Omkar’s belief that healthcare will remain fundamentally human. Despite rapid advances in generative AI, he does not envision hospitals replacing clinicians with machines. Instead, he sees AI handling administrative work, synthesizing clinical information, reducing documentation burdens, and surfacing relevant insights. These efficiencies allow clinicians to spend more time doing what only humans can do – listening, explaining, comforting, and building relationships.

For pediatric care, especially, empathy matters. Parents navigating serious illness often need reassurance as much as information. Children need trusted caregivers who understand both medicine and emotion. Technology should strengthen these relationships. It’s a philosophy that echoes one of healthcare’s broader goals: enabling clinicians to practice at the top of their license while preserving the deeply human nature of care.


The Future of Pediatric Innovation Is Collaborative

Healthcare innovation often celebrates breakthrough technologies. Omkar’s vision is different. He emphasizes ecosystems over individual products, partnerships over competition, evidence over hype, and purpose-built design over adaptation.

Pediatric healthcare has long been underserved by the digital health ecosystem, but that also means enormous opportunities remain. Organizations willing to design specifically for children and collaborate across institutions to validate and scale innovation have the potential to reshape care for millions of families.

As AI continues transforming healthcare, the biggest breakthroughs may not come from building faster algorithms. They will come from asking better questions.

  • How do we support parents?
  • How do we improve lifelong outcomes for children?
  • How do we ensure innovation reaches the populations that need it most?

Omkar Kulkarni’s perspective reminds us that the future of pediatric healthcare won’t simply be inherited from adult medicine. It will need to be built intentionally with collaboration, evidence, empathy, and technology working together to improve the lives of children and families everywhere.

The Future of Medicine Requires Trust, Technology, and Leadership

Season 7

Episode 214 - Podcast with Dhruv Khullar, M.D., Associate Professor of Medicine and Population Health Sciences, Weill Cornell Medicine - The Future of Medicine Requires Trust, Technology, and Leadership

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 214 - The Future of Medicine Requires Trust, Technology, and Leadership
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Dhruv Khullar, Associate Professor of Medicine and Population Health Sciences at Weill Cornell Medicine, explores how technology, public trust, and the evolving role of physicians are reshaping healthcare. Drawing on his experience as both a practicing clinician and a leading commentator on health policy, he argues that medicine is no longer the singular authority on health. Physicians now share influence with social media, AI tools, direct-to-consumer health companies, and a growing ecosystem of digital health platforms.

Dr. Khullar also discusses the promise and pitfalls of AI, emphasizing that while the technology can improve documentation, patient navigation, drug discovery, and clinical decision support, its adoption must be guided by evidence and rigorous evaluation. According to him, AI’s greatest opportunity may be helping restore the human connection in care by removing administrative burdens and creating more space for meaningful patient interactions.

The conversation also explores physician education, AI literacy, value-based care, public trust, and the growing commercialization of healthcare. Dr. Khullar returns to a central theme: technology alone will not solve healthcare’s challenges. Progress will require stronger communication, thoughtful leadership, and a renewed commitment to putting patients, not profit, at the center of care. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at Health Tech Summit.

About Our Guest

Dhruv Khullar, M.D., M.P.P. is a physician and associate professor of health policy and economics at Weill Cornell Medical College. He is also a writer at The New Yorker, where he covers medicine, health care, and politics. He serves as Director of The Physicians Foundation Center for the Study of Physician Practice and Leadership, and an Associate Director of the Cornell Health Policy Center. His research focuses on value-based care, health care consolidation, and medical innovation, and has been published in JAMA and The New England Journal of Medicine.

Dr. Khullar earned his medical degree at the Yale School of Medicine and completed his medical training at the Massachusetts General Hospital and Harvard Medical School. He also received a Masters in Public Policy from the Harvard Kennedy School, where he was a fellow at the Center for Public Leadership. He has been recognized by LinkedIn as a Top Healthcare Professional, National Minority Quality Forum as a 40 Under 40 Leader in Health, and FASPE with the 2019 Distinguished Fellow Award for Ethical Leadership. His writing was featured in The Best American Science and Nature Writing 2025.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. A very warm welcome to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’m the managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today. We are really excited to welcome Dr. Dhruv Khullar to our podcast. Dr. Khullar is a practicing physician, health policy scholar, and one of the most thoughtful contemporary voices examining the intersection of medicine, technology, economics, and the human experience. As an associate professor at Weill Cornell Medicine and a contributing editor for The New Yorker, his work explores everything from corporate consolidation in healthcare and Medicare Advantage to AI, physician burnout, public trust, and the changing identity of doctors in modern society. A very warm welcome to you, Dr. Khullar.

Dhruv: Thanks very much. It’s great to be here.

Ritu: We love to start with an origin story and hear what brought you to medicine and to writing. Would love to hear about that journey.

Dhruv: My father is a physician, and I grew up around medicine. I saw the relationships he had with patients and the way he was able to help people through some of the most challenging times in their lives. From a very early age I knew that’s what I wanted to do — to see patients, to learn medicine, and to apply it in a way that genuinely helped people. Along the way I got very interested in all the forces surrounding healthcare. As I went through college and then medical school, it became clear that the traditional model in which physicians had been practicing for decades was changing — partly political, partly economic, partly cultural. I really wanted to understand all those forces, so I took a year and a half away from medical school, did a public policy degree, and started writing about not just medicine but public policy as well. I found that writing was a way I could both understand the system more deeply and communicate about it to patients, clinicians, and the general public.

Ritu: Thank you — I’ve been reading your New Yorker articles and really enjoying your perspectives. One thread I want to pick up from what you just said is that medicine is now changing its status as the singular authority in health. Doctors are competing with influencers, algorithmic startups, and political movements for public trust. In this era where direct-to-consumer startups increasingly shape health decisions, how do you see the role of the physician evolving over the next decade?

Dhruv: This is such an important question. A good way to start is to think about how medicine was practiced in the twentieth century. At that time, medicine was a hegemon of sorts — it had a near monopoly on access to medical information, on the delivery of medical care, and on authority and legitimacy about health issues. All three of those things — authority, delivery, and information — have started to shift in the twenty-first century. Some of that is because of political movements and other actors now claiming authority. Some of it is because of social media, Dr. Google, and increasingly artificial intelligence. And part of it is because of other care delivery models — direct-to-consumer companies, telehealth, online practice. In this environment, medicine really needs to rethink its role. It’s not going to look the way it did in the twentieth century. We need to be much more agile in the way we partner with other organizations, much more persuasive in the content we put out. It’s not enough to simply dispense the doctor’s orders — we need to provide rationale, perspective, and an understanding of why certain recommendations are being made. And I think we need to be much more involved not just in the practice of medicine, but in the issues that surround it and influence how we deliver care. Some of that might involve consulting with those in public office or running for office ourselves. Some of it might be working with startups or other healthcare organizations. Some of it might mean being active on social media. It will look different for different members of the profession, but it’s not going to be enough to close our eyes or abdicate our public role.

Ritu: I read one of your earlier articles — I believe it was in the New York Times — where you wrote about doctors as leaders, using the example of a cardiology floor where the lead physician’s role is to step up and direct in a crisis. That perspective seems to extend to how physicians need to lead with these new technologies too. That leads into the next question: you’ve written about how medicine often adopts technologies long before fully understanding their second-order consequences. Now, with generative AI moving from admin support into clinical reasoning, patient communication, and even emotional companionship, where do you think the healthcare industry is most underestimating the societal or psychological impact of AI?

Dhruv: Patients and clinicians are going to be using AI because it is so convenient, so fluent, and so present. Whether we like it or not, this is going to be an increasingly central part of the healthcare system, and it’s our responsibility to figure out how to harness its potential while minimizing its potentially adverse consequences. Part of that requires insisting on a certain level of evidence of efficacy. There are so many claims being made about AI today — that it can make care safer, more efficient, more accessible, or accelerate drug discovery. All of these are possible, and I hope they prove true, but they are claims that need to be met with evidence and data before we roll them out across the system. I think about AI in a few buckets. One of the first areas where AI will make a big impact is in the administration of healthcare — documentation, billing. We’re already seeing AI scribes in many healthcare systems, and that is an area of great promise. Another is patient navigation. As clinicians, we sometimes underestimate how difficult it is to make your way through the medical system — making an appointment, engaging with a health insurer, figuring out how to pay a bill. AI has real potential to help here. Drug discovery is a third area I’m very optimistic about. Practically all pharmaceutical companies and many biotech companies are now using AI to understand protein folding or scour chemical spaces for interesting molecules worthy of further study. And finally, in care delivery itself — clinical decision support, precision medicine, treatment modalities — all of these will be influenced and improved by AI. But again, we need to see the data and understand the ultimate impact for clinicians and patients as we roll these things out.

Ritu: In our conversations with C-suite leaders over the last year, that’s exactly the direction we’ve been seeing — a lot of acceptance around the digital front door, patient navigation, ambient scribes. But as AI moves into clinical decision-making, that’s where the trust and ethics questions really sharpen. One question that comes up often is whether we risk optimizing for convenience so aggressively that we accidentally engineer empathy out of the system.

Dhruv: I think we’ve already done that. We are already in a place where we’ve engineered empathy out of the system, because medicine has become so focused on efficiency as defined by number of visits per hour. AI potentially has a real opportunity to bring empathy back — if we are able to take some of the things that detract from the clinical interaction, things like coding, billing, documentation, data collection, and reporting, and automate them, it opens up space where more of the clinical interaction can be devoted to genuinely engaging with the patient. We’ve already seen this in some respects with AI scribes. Many of my colleagues who now use them feel able to look the patient in the eye and focus their full attention on them in a way they couldn’t even a few years ago. But this has to be paired with a cultural change. The technological revolution will create space for more patient engagement — but you can easily imagine the mandate becoming: now that you have more time, see twice or three times as many patients in the same unit of time. If we want that extra time to be devoted to engaging patients more deeply and addressing their concerns in ways that a five-to-fifteen-minute visit never allowed, we have to fight for that. It has to be part of what happens as these technologies enter clinical practice.

Ritu: Exactly — patients aren’t rejecting medicine, they’re rejecting feeling unseen, rushed, or processed by the system. And we’ve been hearing from physicians that with ambient scribes they actually articulate more during visits, because they know the scribe is capturing everything. As a side effect, patients feel more heard and see more value in that relationship.

Dhruv: There are types of care and patients and interactions where people may be comfortable with a more transactional relationship — low acuity conditions, minor risks, when someone just needs something quickly. Maybe those are the right places for AI, or AI distantly supervised by a clinician. Not every patient wants to be deeply seen in every interaction — sometimes you just want what you need and to get on with your day. But for more serious conditions, for situations that require a greater discussion of trade-offs between values, for integrating clinical evidence with personal preferences, there are whole categories of care where people genuinely crave that deeper understanding.

Ritu: Let’s shift tracks a little. You write on such a wide variety of topics — how do you generate ideas? Are you simply very observant? Do you note things down in the moment?

Dhruv: Ideas come from a few main places. Many come from my clinical practice. When you’re seeing patients in the hospital, you’re watching the way various forces affect their lives, the challenges they’re navigating. Those naturally spark questions — why is someone going through this? What are the barriers? Are there things that could unstick the process? That’s one big bucket. A second is following the research closely in a particular area. Whether it’s CRISPR or GLP-1 medications, when you’re reading the medical literature there are moments where a new paper is genuinely significant, or a body of work has matured enough to deserve broader attention. And the third is understanding political events and current events — a new policy being proposed, a new reform, where understanding the specifics and synthesizing them for a general audience feels both useful and timely.

Ritu: I just read your article about peptides today and learned things I had no idea about. How do you keep yourself updated on technology when things are moving so fast? Even people working in the field full-time are struggling to keep up.

Dhruv: We’ve never seen anything quite like this — both in terms of the pace of technological advance and the speed of adoption. I try to have as many conversations as I can with people at the forefront of these technologies, people who are living and breathing them every day, to understand what’s on their minds and what challenges they’re grappling with. That takes considerable time and attention. I also read the medical literature to see how these technologies are being applied, what the evidence base looks like, and how things have shifted even month to month. But the other thing to point out is that what I’m really trying to do is not follow every change every week — I’m trying to see the bigger picture. Stepping back to a 30,000-foot view of where we’ve been, where we are now, and where we might be going allows you to understand the landscape rather than get lost in the day-to-day minutiae.

Ritu: In the last six to twelve months we’ve seen the rise of chief AI officers and chief digital transformation officers across health systems. What is your organization’s approach to digital and AI literacy among physicians? Are clinicians being trained on this?

Dhruv: We have a very thoughtful approach. There are sessions where doctors and other clinicians can understand the potential and the drawbacks of these technologies and how to integrate them into clinical practice. Some of that is very focused on practical applications — how to make the most of diagnostic support tools in the clinical setting. But some of it is about education: how should we be teaching the next generation of physicians to use these tools while retaining their own critical thinking? I think we should take a fundamentally conservative approach here. This is a potentially very powerful technology, but it remains essential that medical trainees retain the ability to reason through a case independently and use AI as a second opinion rather than the primary engine of their clinical reasoning.

Ritu: So you believe the foundational clinical training shouldn’t be displaced until this technology is more fully proven?

Dhruv: Yes. We should enthusiastically evaluate the potential upside of using AI to support clinical care delivery. But there is sometimes a narrative that all a physician needs to be these days is an empathic presence, and the AI will do all the thinking. I don’t think that’s true at all. The pace of medicine requires you to keep a great deal inside your head in order to care for patients well. And to properly adjudicate the AI’s output, you have to be the one exercising judgment — knowing when to ask another question, how to evaluate whether what you’re being told is accurate, whether it actually applies to the patient in front of you. Those are skills physicians still need to be deeply skilled at.

Ritu: I agree — we’re still some way from that future. You’ve also written compellingly about medicine entering a kind of Gilded Age, where extraordinary innovation coexists with deep public distrust and worsening inequity. Do you think healthcare today is facing primarily a policy failure, a moral failure, or a narrative failure — and which one is the hardest to fix?

Dhruv: I think medicine has become primarily a business, and we need a countervailing narrative in which it is seen more properly as a craft — something done in the best interest of patients. That’s not to say medicine should never think about money, or that doctors and hospitals haven’t always had financial incentives. But there is a feeling, both among healthcare workers and patients, that the primary motive has become extracting maximum profit rather than delivering the best care. Some of that is an internal failing on the part of healthcare providers, and some of it is the result of outside corporate forces entering medicine that don’t carry the same professional ethic that doctors, nurses, and other clinicians have been trained in. I think we’re reaching a point where there is pushback — some states have passed legislation requiring physician majority ownership of medical groups rather than private equity or other corporate ownership structures. There is growing recognition and appetite to push back against an overly commercialized healthcare space. But we are still at the beginning of that project.

Ritu: Would you like to share some thoughts on value-based care?

Dhruv: Value-based care is a powerful tool, and one we’ve been trying to apply for the past several decades — notably after the passage of the Affordable Care Act, when it became a central framework for how Medicare thinks about paying physicians and healthcare organizations. But there are real challenges with its application, and it hasn’t been the slam dunk people expected a decade and a half ago. A lot of that has to do with how incentives are structured and the unintended consequences they create. Take risk coding: if you’re comparing healthcare organizations’ outcomes to their neighbors’, there’s a real incentive to capture as many diagnoses as possible so your patient population appears as sick as possible, which makes your risk-adjusted outcomes look better. That’s one example. Another big criticism is that some of the metrics introduced are relatively narrow or feel irrelevant to certain specialties. In all these ways there have been serious challenges to the value-based payment shift — but directionally, I still think it’s the right way to go.

Ritu: Maybe AI will help fix some of these issues — that would be a satisfying full-circle moment. We’re almost at time, Dr. Khullar. It’s been a really good conversation. Would you like to leave us with any closing thoughts, or any predictions for the next six to twelve months?

Dhruv: I just want to say how grateful I am to have joined you today. These kinds of conversations are so important. One of the things we need to be more focused on as a medical profession and a public health system is figuring out how to have meaningful conversations — with one another, and with the general public. Good communication, good storytelling, speaking simply and clearly and forthrightly — that is a really important part of where we need to go as a healthcare system. So thank you for the opportunity.

Ritu: Thank you so much. It’s been a pleasure having you on the podcast today. Thank you, Dr. Khullar.

Dhruv: Thanks very much.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

What Comes After AI? Reflections Ahead of the HIMSS AI in Healthcare Forum

What Comes After AI? Reflections Ahead of the HIMSS AI in Healthcare Forum

What Comes After AI? Reflections Ahead of the HIMSS AI in Healthcare Forum

What Comes After AI? Reflections Ahead of the HIMSS AI in Healthcare Forum

By Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

Over the last three years, healthcare has gone through an extraordinary shift.

First, we were trying to understand AI. Then we became fascinated by Generative AI. Today, a different question is emerging in conversations with health system leaders, digital health innovators, and life sciences executives:

What comes after AI?

That’s one of the reasons I’m looking forward to attending the HIMSS AI in Healthcare Forum in Boston. Not because AI needs more hype. But because healthcare needs more clarity.


The Conversation Is Changing

When ChatGPT arrived, many organizations understandably focused on experimentation. Every leadership team wanted to understand what Generative AI could do. Today, the mood is different. Healthcare leaders are asking tougher questions.

  • Where are we seeing measurable returns?
  • Which use cases are proving sustainable?
  • How do we govern increasingly autonomous systems?
  • What new capabilities should organizations be preparing for?
  • What skills will healthcare teams need over the next five years?

In many ways, we’re witnessing the transition from curiosity to capability. And I believe that transition may be more important than the technology itself.


AI Is Becoming Infrastructure

Historically, healthcare adopted technologies in waves. Electronic health records, cloud, data platforms: all became infrastructure. I believe AI is heading in the same direction.

In a few years, organizations may no longer talk about “AI strategy” any more than they talk about “internet strategy.” AI will simply become part of how healthcare operates. Patient access, revenue cycle, clinical documentation, population health, drug development, diagnostics, and consumer engagement, intelligent workflows will increasingly become embedded into the fabric of healthcare. And perhaps the most interesting question is not where AI will be used. It’s where it won’t.


The Rise of AI-Native Organizations

Another trend I am watching closely is the emergence of AI-native thinking. Many organizations are trying to insert AI into existing processes. But some are beginning to ask a fundamentally different question – If we were building this workflow from scratch today, how would we design it?

That’s a powerful shift! Because AI transformation isn’t about putting a faster engine into yesterday’s car. Sometimes it requires reimagining the road itself. The organizations that gain the greatest advantage may not be those with the largest AI budgets. They may be the ones willing to rethink assumptions.


Agentic AI Is Raising New Leadership Questions

On The Big Unlock Podcast, we’ve had the privilege of speaking with leaders implementing AI across clinical, operational, and research environments. One theme continues to stand out. Technology is advancing faster than organizational models. As AI agents become capable of orchestrating workflows and completing tasks, leadership questions become more important than technical questions.

  • How do humans supervise AI?
  • How should organizations govern autonomous systems?
  • What new roles will emerge?
  • How do we maintain trust?

These questions don’t have simple answers. But they are exactly the kinds of discussions that healthcare leaders need to be having.


The Human Side of AI May Become the Differentiator

Ironically, the more intelligent our systems become, the more valuable uniquely human capabilities may become. 

  • Empathy.
  • Judgment.
  • Collaboration.
  • Trust.
  • Communication.

Healthcare has always been a profoundly human enterprise. AI won’t change that. If anything, I believe it has the potential to strengthen it. By reducing friction, automating administrative burden, and augmenting decision-making, AI can give clinicians and staff something increasingly scarce:

Time.

And time is one of the greatest gifts technology can provide.


Looking Ahead

I suspect that when we look back ten years from now, we’ll realize that Generative AI was only the beginning. The bigger story may be how healthcare organizations reinvented themselves around intelligence, automation, and human-centered design. 

That’s why I’m excited about the HIMSS AI in Healthcare Forum. Not because I expect all the answers. But because gatherings like these help us ask better questions. And in healthcare transformation, better questions often lead to better outcomes. 

If you’ll be attending the forum, I look forward to exchanging perspectives on what comes next. The future of healthcare AI won’t be defined by who adopts AI first. It will be defined by who learns to work alongside it best.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Innovation is About Solving Problems, Not Chasing Technology

Season 7

Episode 213 - Podcast with Julie Demaree, VP, Chief Technology and Digital Innovation Officer, St. Mary’s Healthcare
Innovation is About Solving Problems, Not Chasing Technology

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 213 - Innovation is About Solving Problems, Not Chasing Technology
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Julie Demaree, Vice President and Chief Technology and Digital Innovation Officer at St. Mary’s Healthcare, shares a pragmatic approach to digital transformation in rural healthcare, where innovation is driven by operational realities rather than technology hype. A former physician assistant turned technology executive, Julie argues that successful innovation begins with culture, governance, and clinician engagement, not new tools.

She discusses how St. Mary’s has improved patient safety and clinician experience by rethinking clinical decision support, reducing alert fatigue through careful curation, and involving frontline clinicians in governance decisions. Julie also highlights the importance of optimizing existing technology before investing in new solutions, noting that many organizations overlook capabilities already available within their EHRs.

Julie sees significant potential for automation and agentic AI to reduce administrative burden, improve patient access, and help lean teams operate more effectively. She emphasizes that AI adoption must be accompanied by strong governance, user education, and critical thinking. Her message is clear: innovation is not about adding more technology, it’s about solving the right problems, eliminating unnecessary work, and building systems that better support patients, clinicians, and communities. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Julie Demaree, PA, serves as vice president, chief technology and digital innovation officer at St. Mary’s Healthcare in Amsterdam, New York. She leads in developing St. Mary’s digital strategy, integrating technology across the organization, and ensuring that digital initiatives meet the needs of providers, patients, and the organization as a whole.

A physician assistant, Demaree has extensive experience designing programs that streamline and improve the patient experience and reduce the administrative burden on providers. Most recently, she was director of clinical informatics and data integrity at Saratoga Hospital, a member of the Albany Med Health System. She also chaired a key workgroup charged with building a systemwide electronic medical record.

During her 25 years in healthcare, Demaree has earned a reputation for anticipating and responding to patients’ needs. She has launched telehealth services, implemented electronic self-registration in busy physician practices, and centralized patient navigation services—all of which enhance patient satisfaction and retention.

Demaree has a Master of Health Administration from the University of Phoenix and a post-graduate certificate in occupational medicine from Duke University. She also has a bachelor’s degree in physician assistant science from St. Francis University in Loretto, Pennsylvania, and a bachelor’s degree in life sciences from Penn State University. A Certified Professional in Healthcare Information and Management Systems, Demaree is a fellow of the American Academy of Physician Assistants and is board certified by the National Commission on Certification of Physician Assistants.


Ritu: Hi, everyone. Welcome to Season Seven of The Big Unlock Podcast. A very warm welcome to all our listeners. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’m the managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today. We’re very excited to welcome Julie Demaree to our podcast. Julie is the VP and Chief Technology and Digital Innovation Officer at St. Mary’s Healthcare, where she’s leading one of the more thoughtful and pragmatic digital transformation efforts in rural healthcare. A former physician assistant turned informatics and innovation executive, she brings a uniquely clinician-centered perspective to technology adoption — focused less on hype and more on solving real workflow, safety, and patient access problems. What makes her perspective especially compelling is her belief that innovation in healthcare is ultimately about culture, governance, and community, not just technology. A very warm welcome to you, Julie, and we’re really happy to have you here with us today.

Julie: I’m excited to be here. Thank you so much for having me.

Ritu: Thank you. Let’s start by having you tell us a little more about St. Mary’s Healthcare, the communities you serve, the patient population, and what makes your organization distinct as an independent rural safety net system.

Julie: St. Mary’s is a rural hospital in Amsterdam, New York. We serve patients across two counties and have about 400,000 patient visits a year. St. Mary’s has a really special mission — we were founded by the Sisters of St. Joseph of Carondelet in 1905, and our mission is printed on our walls and felt by every patient and employee. There is a very strong commitment to serving the poor and vulnerable. That’s something you feel from the moment you’re hired here, and it felt very personal when I joined. We have inpatient and outpatient services, a number of practices, surgery, an ER, and a nursing home. It’s a great place to work.

Ritu: Thank you. Tell us a little more about the technology arm — how big is your team, and what are some of the strategic initiatives you’ve been driving? I know you’ve implemented ambient documentation, automation, and advanced alerting systems, but we’ll get to those shortly.

Julie: Our IT department includes both our technology and informatics teams, which includes physician and nursing educators who train our staff on our electronic health record, Meditech Expanse. We have a pretty lean team — essentially one person for networking, one for telecom. But I’m very fortunate to have a strong clinical analytics and clinical informatics team that supports and builds our EHR alongside very engaged clinicians. We hold a weekly IT governance meeting with a cross-sectional team from across the organization to review change requests to the EHR, identify the best tools, and route requests to the appropriate committees. We have a really engaged group of people here. In the last few years we’ve introduced AI documentation, automation, and other tools that have helped us optimize not only our EMR but our workflows and become more efficient — which is especially important with a lean team.

Ritu: That’s a lot to accomplish with such a small team — amazing. I’d like to ask you about something you’ve spoken about before: alert fatigue and workflow disruption. As AI becomes embedded everywhere in healthcare, how do you as a leader help prevent clinicians from becoming cognitively overwhelmed? Walk us through what your alert landscape looked like before you started this work, what clinicians told you they needed, and how you reworked the whole landscape.

Julie: When we launched our EHR in 2022, alerts were turned on in a very limited way. The intent was to avoid over-alerting, but what happened instead was essentially no curation — only the most severe alerts were on, and with no lookback period. The plan had been to review them later, but two years passed and that review never happened. There was no analysis of the value of those alerts, and no analysis of where additional alerts might actually be beneficial. So we took stock of what was available. We used the Leapfrog guidelines to identify gaps — we had allergy alerts on, drug-drug and drug-dose alerts on, but we hadn’t catalogued which severity levels were active and which weren’t. We also had no age-based alerts. For elderly patients, for example, we weren’t leveraging the Beers List at all. The tools were there, but nobody wanted to own the decision to turn alerts on or off — there was real fear of upsetting people. By forming a committee that included pharmacy, our Chief Medical Officer, our informatics team, and inpatient and outpatient physicians, we were able to review the categories, make recommendations, test with a small group of physicians, and then go live. What was remarkable is that the impact was more positive than negative. While we did initially turn on more alerts, we also went around and actively solicited feedback — you can’t wait for clinicians to call you because they don’t have time. And the feedback we got allowed us to turn things off. Some of the alerts we turned off weren’t even new ones — they were alerts that had been on for two years that nobody had ever complained about, but that were simply nuisance. As we turned things off, we were able to turn more meaningful things on. The engagement with physicians had a secondary benefit: they started telling us things like, “I prescribed this medication and it didn’t warn me about this condition.” That gave us buy-in for something else entirely — the problem list, which is a perennial challenge in electronic health records because nobody feels responsible for it. Physicians began either removing outdated entries that were generating false alerts, or adding entries to ensure that clinically important drug-condition and drug-disease alerts would fire correctly. Over time, we turned on more safety triggers while actually reducing the total number of alerts physicians receive — and we gained better buy-in and management of the problem list. It’s really a story of optimization through subtraction. You can’t keep adding. You have to curate. And the engagement that came out of the process was genuinely fun.

Ritu: Thank you, Julie, for sharing that — it’s a really instructive story. Sometimes you need to take things away rather than keep adding, and we’ve heard that from other leaders too. Rohit, would you like to ask a question?

Rohit: Thanks, Ritu. Hi, Julie. I always think about innovation and how startups disrupt the status quo by thinking outside the box. Doing innovation inside a health system is usually difficult, but many systems are now building infrastructure for it. Any thoughts on how you approach innovation at St. Mary’s, or what you’ve seen work well elsewhere?

Julie: Innovation means so many things to so many people. I often say innovation isn’t always technology. The first two years here — my title was Director of Innovation and Transformation — a lot of what I did didn’t involve buying anything new. It was really about mining for opportunities: revisiting what we were already doing and cataloguing all the tools and features in our electronic health record that we had but hadn’t yet leveraged or hadn’t implemented at go-live. We hear a lot about EHR optimization, but I continue to see organizations turn to third-party add-ons rather than utilize what they already have. The cost of losing structured data within the EHR, the cost of maintaining interfaces, the implementation burden — those can’t be overstated. I’m always looking to leverage what we have internally first.  For AI and automation specifically, my first question is always: before we build it, should we even be doing it at all? A lot of repetitive workflows seem like perfect automation candidates — but some of them shouldn’t exist in the first place. Automating faxes is a good example. I could automate the reading and cataloguing of faxes, and technically it would work. But I’ve deliberately chosen not to, because automating it removes the urgency to solve the real problem: interoperability. We receive faxes from a neighboring hospital that runs the exact same EHR we do. There is no good reason we shouldn’t be exchanging data via HL7 or our health information exchange instead of faxing each other. Automating the fax just makes us comfortable with something that shouldn’t exist.  Instead, I focus on complex cross-platform automation where no single vendor is going to solve it for us. In the last nine months we’ve done a significant amount of automation in our revenue cycle, and it’s been very successful. Not replacing people, but in a lean workforce any vacancy is magnified — and automation helps our staff focus on the exceptions, the denials, the specialized work that genuinely requires human judgment. We’re now moving automation into IT provisioning workflows, which I’m excited about. Our database engineer has built an impressive workflow in Access that pulls HR data into IT and maps what system access a new employee needs — Active Directory, Meditech, Pyxis, and so on. Right now a human still has to go in and execute it. We’re building automation on top of that foundation so our IT team can focus on direct customer care and more complex tasks.  And we’re working toward agentic AI for patient care. We’ve been a little cautious about this because of concerns about how patients would respond to agents — but I don’t think patients really care whether it’s a human or a bot. What they care about is getting their needs met. No response is not acceptable. I love that agentic AI can respond to patients in the language they need, route them to the right person immediately, and eliminate phone trees. I’m genuinely excited about that.

Ritu: That leads right into the next question. Rural hospitals face extraordinary financial and operational pressure, yet St. Mary’s has continued investing in innovation and patient safety. How do you decide which technologies are truly strategic versus just interesting, especially with constrained resources?

Julie: That has probably been the biggest challenge — being good stewards of limited resources. Regulatory requirements always come first, then operational needs where a failure would be paralyzing. But we’ve also accumulated significant technical debt over the years, and we’re working hard to catch up. Some of the AI we’ve invested in over the last few years was specifically chosen because it could generate savings we could then redirect elsewhere — not replacing people, but accelerating AR, decreasing denials, and getting bills out the door more quickly. Ambient documentation for providers is a good example: it helped us improve billing speed. We’ve focused on technology with clear, demonstrable ROI — and on technology that helps us recruit and retain physicians. We’re nimble enough to implement things quickly, which matters.  We’re now beginning to explore AI that helps with clinical documentation and coding in the inpatient setting, which should have meaningful impact on length of stay and DRG assignment. Again, keeping the focus on financial sustainability.  Where we’ve really struggled is keeping our infrastructure current. It’s very hard to get grant funding for servers, edge switches, and top-of-rack switches — those aren’t the things a senator wants to announce at a press conference. But IT and clinical care are no longer separate things. They’re foundational. Our business continuity depends on stable infrastructure, and that’s what we’re focused on catching up on now.

Ritu: One success story that stood out in our research was your CPOE rate of more than 95%, which surpassed the Leapfrog average for safe medication ordering — a meaningful milestone for any health system, let alone an independent rural one. What does that look like in practice, and what one or two changes — cultural or technical — moved the needle most?

Julie: I’m a firm believer in data. We have one data guru — our senior analytic engineer, Tina O’Hanlon. She pulls from our Meditech data repository and creates meaningful dashboards in our analytics tool, BCA, that allow us to present information in ways that actually transform care. For CPOE specifically, we were able to look at physician ordering behavior by physician and by time of day. We could see which nurses were entering orders on behalf of physicians and why, which made it easy to identify outliers and intervene directly — sending that data to medical directors, nursing directors, and contractor leadership. We were already performing reasonably well when we started the Leapfrog journey, but bumping the rate up was straightforward because the outliers were easy to spot and easy to bring into alignment. We also contract with a national group for our ER and inpatient services, and we aligned with them on these goals so their leadership and ours are tracking the same metrics. That data foundation also made it easier to explain the importance of CPOE when we introduced alerts — because for an alert to be meaningful, the ordering physician needs to be the one receiving it. When a nurse enters an order, the alert has no value. Having good data made that conversation much easier.

Rohit: This data-driven approach is really impressive, Julie. Can you describe how you set up your data infrastructure to be able to leverage it in this way? Many organizations are still struggling with that foundation.

Julie: The analytics tool is part of Meditech, so there are preexisting datasets. But Tina can only pull data if our clinical analytics staff has built the right fields — and that requires asking early and often, even when creating new documents or interventions: “What are you going to need to track later?” We also have a strong quality department that sets measures every July. Before they finalize what they’re going to measure, we ask them to meet with us first — so they don’t commit to tracking something we can’t actually capture. Then we work through together where and how that data will be captured: is it a structured field, a grouped response, or free text? Is it consistent across all documentation? When we first went live in 2022, there were twenty different places where someone might record a PHQ-9 score. Standardizing that was an early priority. We’ve worked hard to capture data not just for CMS reporting but for internal use, and to ensure data integrity. About eighteen months ago we formed a data integrity committee to document the source of truth for each metric — because occasionally the right source isn’t BCA. A readmission rate coming from Medicare, for example, needs to be pulled the same way, on the same day each month, by the same person. We define those parameters clearly so that no matter who’s collecting it, the result is consistent. When data is collected consistently, people trust it. When it’s not, even good data becomes meaningless — and that erosion of trust was one of the first things I had to address when I arrived.

Rohit: That’s excellent.

Ritu: For a CIO or CDIO at another rural or independent health system who’s listening right now, what are one or two pieces of advice you’d offer from this journey? And where does the next chapter of digital innovation lead for St. Mary’s?

Julie: The first piece of advice is: don’t let your infrastructure fall behind. Technical debt compounds very quickly, and it’s very hard to catch up. That’s a lesson I’ve learned firsthand. Everything is growing faster and demanding more — memory, compute, bandwidth — and hardware lead times and costs are increasing. It’s a strategic imperative that infrastructure stay current, and that message needs to be understood from the board down. It’s not an IT problem; it’s a business continuity problem.  The second is about AI education for end users. Everybody’s working on policies and governance, which is important — but I think we need to focus equally on educating clinicians and staff about their own role in AI oversight. Too many people treat AI as an IT problem or an IT responsibility. I’m trying to reframe it: just like a lab result is a tool that you look at critically — if it looks wrong, you redraw it, you don’t medicate based on a result you don’t trust — AI output has to be approached the same way. An EKG is a tool; you don’t defibrillate someone who’s talking to you just because the tracing looks abnormal. AI is wonderful for automation, for surfacing data, for aggregating what we can’t consume on our own. But I’m seeing users who are over-reliant on it and don’t fully understand the source, the risk, or what to do when something looks wrong. We need clearer pathways for reporting unusual AI behavior, unusual data, or unexpected outputs. Once a problem is out of control, it’s very hard to rein back in.

Rohit: Julie, any closing remarks for our listeners?

Julie: We’re a small hospital, and today we’ve only touched on a few of the things we’re doing here. But even with constrained resources, you can do a lot of powerful and meaningful work. I’m very appreciative of our vendor partners who don’t give up on us — they know we operate at a smaller scale, but they continue to invest in the partnership. Small hospitals are critical to their communities, and we can deliver amazing quality care. And on that note — the new Leapfrog scores come out tomorrow, so we’re really excited.

Rohit: All the best.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Julie, for coming on our podcast. Thank you.

Julie: Thank you so much.

—

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Value-Based Care is the Optimal Canvas for Generative AI

Season 7

Episode 212 - Podcast with Marshall Glanzer, Chief Technology Officer, Town Square Health
Value-Based Care is the Optimal Canvas for Generative AI

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 212 - Value-Based Care is the Optimal Canvas for Generative AI
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Marshall Glanzer, Chief Technology Officer of Town Square Health, outlines a bold model for scaling fully capitated risk programs for Medicare recipients. Transitioning from food-delivery logistics at GrubHub, Marshall brings critical structural insights for digital health innovators seeking to scale clinical models without eroding patient trust.

The core theme of the discussion centers on a counter-intuitive tech strategy: utilizing advanced digital infrastructure to intentionally deepen human relationships rather than automate them away. Town Square orchestrates unified “coordinated care visits,” bringing the patient, primary clinician, and a remote specialist into a single conversation to act as a multi-disciplinary “healthcare oracle” at the point of care.

For technology vendors, Marshall defines a safe clinical AI deployment roadmap using an “augmented clinician” framework. Advanced workflows, like chat-first patient portals managed by an automated “AI judge,” rely on the licensed physician as the ultimate orchestrator. This approach elegantly bypasses commercial barriers like malpractice liability, credentialing, and fractured billing, leveraging the financial alignment of value-based care to fully absorb modern R&D costs. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at ViVE.

About Our Guest

Marshall Glanzer serves as Chief Technology Officer at Town Square Health, where he leads the development and implementation of technology strategies that support a modern, coordinated, and data-driven care delivery model. In his role, Marshall focuses on harnessing digital infrastructure, interoperability, and innovation to create seamless experiences for patients, clinicians, and care teams, enabling better outcomes and operational performance.

Marshall brings a strong background in software engineering and technology leadership from across the digital and healthcare sectors. Before joining Town Square Health, he held senior engineering and technology management roles at GrubHub and The Nerdery where he led cross-functional teams to build scalable solutions that drive efficiency, user engagement, and reliable performance. His experience spans product development, systems architecture, and operational technology integration—skills he applies to advance Town Square Health’s mission of delivering high-quality care with technology at the core.

Marshall’s blend of engineering excellence and strategic technology vision positions Town Square Health to innovate in the rapidly evolving landscape of healthcare technology, ensuring that digital tools enhance clinical workflows, patient access, and care coordination in service of value-based care.


Ritu: Hi there. A very warm welcome to all our listeners to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’m the managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today. Super excited to welcome our guest, Marshall Glanzer, Chief Technology Officer and co-founder at Townsquare Health. Marshall is focused on rethinking how care is delivered for Medicare populations through technology-enabled integrated models. With healthcare rapidly shifting toward value-based care and outcomes-driven models, Marshall brings a pragmatic perspective on what it actually takes to improve care at scale. In today’s conversation, we’ll explore how AI, data, and new care delivery models can move healthcare from fragmented interactions to more connected, proactive, and patient-centered care. With that, let’s get started. Marshall, welcome to the podcast.

Marshall: I’m delighted to be here and happy to have the opportunity to share about Townsquare Health.

Ritu: Thank you. Would you like to tell us a little more about Townsquare Health and your origin story? Our listeners always love to hear how you got here.

Marshall: My path has been a bit unusual. My background is in technology and custom software development — not in healthcare, so I’m something of a transplant. My last decade of work was with GrubHub, where we managed large, complex systems at scale and I moved between management and individual contributor technology roles. Before that, most of my background was consulting for small companies and Fortune 500 companies alike.  The story is interesting. I’ve known our co-founder and CEO, Dr. David Buchanan, for over 20 years — we’re both soccer players in Chicago and that’s how we met. Over the years we’ve talked a lot about the intersection of healthcare and technology, and it became clear that we were very aligned on what well-executed technology can bring to a care model. He had a vision of what fantastic value-based, fully capitated risk care could look like, and so we decided to launch this together. Although we’re still at an early stage, the feel around the company is that we all share that founding spirit and are in it together as a tight-knit team.  A little about what Townsquare Health specifically is: we are a new primary and multi-specialty care provider for Medicare recipients. Our business model is value-based care and fully capitated risk, which means our financial outcomes are aligned with patient health outcomes. Our business is to keep people healthy through preventative care, strong chronic case management, and panel management — very much drawing from an Oak Street Health playbook, where Dr. Buchanan has his background. We are opening brick-and-mortar centers starting this fall in the Rochester, New York area, beginning with a smaller clinic to get established in the market and then building full-size clinics at the start of next year.  If there’s one takeaway about Townsquare Health I’d want people to know, it’s that our thesis is that patient experience is the cornerstone value. We believe a strong focus there will have a powerful and positive ripple effect across the business. On retention: when patients feel a higher quality of care and notice the experience, they stay — and for a longitudinal value-based care relationship, the longer we work with you, the better your health outcomes will be. Happy patients also help spread the word, creating a positive flywheel for growth. And on clinical outcomes: a longitudinal relationship built on high trust between patients and their care team leads to better outcomes through a tighter partnership.

Ritu: Thank you for that introduction. I want to come back to the patient experience piece, but first — you came from GrubHub and other industries, and healthcare is notoriously difficult to scale because of regulation, reimbursement, fragmented stakeholders, and long sales cycles. What have been your biggest lessons so far in building a tech-enabled healthcare company that can scale without losing that focus?

Marshall: Those challenges are real. But when you’re dedicated to the mission, the work of standing up relationships, getting through compliance, forming contracts with payers, and building relationships with local healthcare entities just becomes work that needs to get done. Does it move at a different timescale than I’m used to from a pure technology company? Absolutely. But a slower-moving industry also gets to learn from the mistakes of faster-moving ones. Healthcare companies can observe what happened with microservices architecture or service-oriented architectures and adopt conservatively what works well and in the right way for the industry. So there are pros and cons. The timescale is something I’m still getting used to.  I also want to come back to patient experience and highlight two key components that we believe patients will truly notice. The first is the care navigator role. These are MAs by training who are longitudinally empaneled with patients. We have a care teamlet structure: a PCP supported by two navigators, where the PCP’s panel is split roughly between the two. As a patient, you have a primary navigator, but if they’re unavailable, someone else who knows you well is ready to support you. Our goal at Townsquare Health is that every patient feels welcomed, known, and supported every step of the way. A longitudinal relationship with more than just one person goes a long way toward that. Navigators help patients with answering questions, returning calls, coordinating referrals and scheduling, and generally taking the burden off patients in ways we know they’ll appreciate.  The second aspect — one I’m personally excited about because it’s been a pain point in my own healthcare — is our remote specialist consultations and coordinated care visits. I’ve felt the frustration of being caught in a game of telephone between my primary care provider and specialists, where each is asking me for context from the other and I’m stuck in the middle trying to relay medical terminology I didn’t fully understand in the first place. Our solution is a coordinated care visit where all three parties are in the same conversation: you and your PCP are in clinic, and your specialist joins remotely. You get to hear them align on your care plan directly, and you leave knowing your primary care team is equipped for holistic care delivery across both primary and specialty care. We’ve heard great things about this model wherever it’s been deployed, and we’re excited to make it a cornerstone of the Townsquare experience.

Ritu: That’s something really worth looking forward to, because the disconnect between primary care and specialists is one of the most common issues we hear about from health systems. So how are you thinking about the role of AI in all of this, especially given that you’re building from scratch and have the opportunity to integrate it from the ground up?

Marshall: It’s a big topic for us. For anyone starting out in the AI era, my personal experience is both feeling very excited about the possibilities and constantly anxious that I’m not fully taking advantage of the potential.  When we think about deploying AI at Townsquare Health, one ground rule is foundational: we would never ask a patient to trust something we don’t fully trust ourselves. It’s not hard to find legitimate cases for concern — misinformation, systems that push people toward actions not in their best interest, safety and privacy risks. Patient trust is sacred to us and critical to our longitudinal care model. We would not deploy any AI system without robust privacy safeguards and human supervision to ensure safety.  We are investing in the interpersonal relationship between patients and their care teams. Counter to the mainstream excitement about replacing human relationships with AI, we’re swimming against that current — we want patients spending more time with their doctor and navigator, not less. But strangely, that actually makes us ideal adopters of AI. Let me explain.  As patients, what do we want from our primary care provider? We want a personal healthcare oracle — someone who knows everything about healthcare, everything about our specifics, all specialties rolled into one person. That person doesn’t exist, but we can approach it. We also want to easily learn about our own health, treatments, and options. Traditionally that’s been web search and WebMD; more recently much of that traffic has shifted to chatbots. Both have strengths but also weaknesses — safety concerns, misinterpretation. And after doing that research, patients want to discuss it and feel heard when they bring it to their care team.  This brings us back to the coordinated care visit. The first step we’re taking from day one is bringing your PCP and specialists into the same conversation. That approaches the healthcare oracle — your PCP becomes equipped for your holistic care plan, and you have a single point of contact who has your back across all dimensions of your healthcare.  We’re also exploring a few more options that build on that idea, though these will be opt-in and not for everyone. Just as we invite a specialist for a consultation, your PCP might say: “You’ve shared some information — what if we did an open evidence search during our visit and discussed the results together?” Phase one is a capable healthcare search experience. Phase two is a conversation that includes a medically trained chatbot. Phase three — more futuristic but coming — is an AI specialist you can have a voice conversation with, bringing even more information to enhance your care team’s knowledge. All of these follow the same pattern of bringing a well-informed third-party source into the conversation, in a safe, supervised environment.  What’s exciting to me is that having these conversations with your PCP in the exam room builds patients’ digital literacy — how to interact with these tools, how to think critically about them, how to incorporate them into their approach to health. We’re educating the patient population of tomorrow with these tools, but critically with the care team involved, so it’s safe and patients are taking proper action rather than making decisions based on unsupervised personal research.  We’re also exploring an AI-first patient portal. It would surface standard questions about your health from your chart, but because it’s provided by Townsquare Health, your care team can participate and provide safety and oversight. An AI layer monitoring those conversations could flag when a patient is trending toward acting on advice that warrants a clinical conversation — and either redirect or enable the right next step, whether that’s a prescription or a referral. An AI system running on your actual medical record is also inherently more effective and safer: more effective because context improves AI results, and safer because the system knows your conditions, allergies, current medications, and problem list. This is something we’ll do R&D around.  I want to address why we — a company emphasizing interpersonal relationships — are actually better positioned to deliver on this. Direct-to-consumer AI deployment faces enormous barriers: credentialing, malpractice insurance, billing, and who absorbs the cost. By positioning AI as augmenting our clinical delivery, we sidestep those problems. The PCP remains in control using their credentials and insurance, billing stays the same, and as value-based care providers absorbing risk, investing in anything that keeps people healthy directly benefits our financials as well.  And to hint at how advanced these systems could become — are you familiar with Project Glasswing? It’s a next-generation model from Anthropic so powerful at understanding complex software systems that it can identify vulnerabilities by stitching together chains of individual bugs that in combination create exploitable weaknesses. If you squint and use your imagination, the difference between piecing together that kind of complex technical thesis and applying similar reasoning to biological systems, chemistry, medicine, and genomics — I think there are interesting parallels there. It suggests these systems may grow more powerful even faster than we imagined.

Ritu: Absolutely. When you were describing that whole scenario, it sounded like an agentic universe with you orchestrating between different agentic systems — and that’s exactly what we’ve been hearing from Anthropic and OpenAI, that everything is moving toward agentic. Thank you, Marshall. We didn’t even realize how quickly the time flew by. Would you like to leave any closing thoughts for our listeners? It was really refreshing to hear your take on the future — most guests are quite conservative, but your tech background makes you more open to embracing the full range of possibilities.

Marshall: We’re really trying to fully understand the potential within our specific market positioning. I wouldn’t be doing my job as CTO if I didn’t think as far ahead as possible and try to catch every opportunity on the horizon. That said, to reiterate — interpersonal relationships are truly job number one at Townsquare Health. We want a fantastic patient experience regardless of a patient’s preference for engaging with technology. Some people would never consent to ambient listening or clinical note-taking, and we recognize the wide variety of preferences. We will meet everybody where they are. But for those who are interested in exploring these things, there is a tremendous amount of potential, and we’re really excited about it.

Ritu: It was really amazing having you on the podcast today, Marshall. Thank you so much for joining us.

Marshall: My pleasure. Thanks so much.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

How AI is Helping Physicians Reclaim Time and Attention

How AI is Helping Physicians Reclaim Time and Attention

For years, conversations about healthcare technology have revolved around efficiency, interoperability, and digital transformation. Yet despite billions invested in electronic health records (EHRs), many clinicians felt technology had become an obstacle rather than an enabler.

Documentation requirements expanded. Administrative work multiplied. Physicians increasingly found themselves interacting with screens instead of patients. But according to Dr. Nele Jessel, Chief Medical Officer at athenahealth and a practicing pediatrician for more than two decades, healthcare may finally be reaching a true inflection point.

In a recent episode of The Big Unlock Podcast, Dr. Jessel shared why physician attitudes toward AI have changed so dramatically, how ambient AI is reducing cognitive burden, and why the future of healthcare AI must remain grounded in human relationships. Her perspective is particularly compelling because she speaks both languages, medicine and informatics. Having experienced the transition from paper charts to EHRs firsthand, she understands why clinicians initially resisted AI and why they are now embracing it.

More importantly, she believes AI’s greatest contribution is not replacing clinicians but helping restore the human side of medicine.

Listen to the full conversation

Key Takeaways

  • Ambient AI is rebuilding the face-to-face physician-patient relationship.
  • Physicians have shifted from skepticism to enthusiasm about AI in just 12-18 months.
  • Clinician-led development is replacing vendor-driven innovation.
  • The next frontier is helping physicians navigate overwhelming amounts of data.
  • Medicine remains both a science and an art, requiring humans in the loop.
  • Agentic AI has enormous potential to eliminate administrative burdens.
  • Rapid experimentation and “pre-alpha” development are accelerating healthcare innovation safely.


Ambient AI Changed Physician Sentiment Almost Overnight

Healthcare professionals have historically been skeptical of new technologies.

According to Dr. Jessel, this skepticism stems largely from their experiences with EHRs. Over the last two decades, physicians saw documentation requirements grow while administrative responsibilities increasingly encroached on clinical care. As Nele observed, physicians often felt transformed into data-entry clerks. 

When generative AI first emerged, many clinicians worried it would simply add another layer of complexity. That changed with ambient note generation. Rather than forcing physicians to type during patient encounters, ambient AI listens to conversations and generates clinical documentation automatically. While early versions did not necessarily reduce documentation time, they produced something equally valuable: relief from cognitive burden.

For the first time in years, physicians could focus entirely on patients instead of simultaneously acting as note-takers. This restoration of attention fundamentally changed how clinicians perceived AI. What began as skepticism quickly turned into curiosity. 

Physicians started asking a different question: “What else can AI do to reduce my burden?”


The Real Benefit Isn’t Time Savings, It’s Human Connection

One of Dr. Jessel’s most powerful observations challenges a common assumption about AI. Healthcare leaders frequently focus on measurable efficiency gains. But clinicians often experience something deeper. 

The true value of ambient AI is not simply saving minutes. It is restoring presence. Medicine has always been built on relationships. Eye contact, empathy, active listening, and trust are difficult to quantify, yet they profoundly influence patient experiences and outcomes. By removing the cognitive burden of documentation, ambient AI enables physicians to be fully present during encounters.

Dr. Jessel believes this restoration of intimacy between physician and patient may be one of AI’s most significant contributions to healthcare. Ironically, technology is helping healthcare become more human.


Innovation Works Best When Clinicians Lead It

Healthcare technology has often suffered from a familiar problem: Vendors built solutions first and searched for problems later. Dr. Jessel believes this approach contributed to many of the frustrations physicians experienced with earlier digital tools.

Today, that model is changing. Rather than imposing technology on clinicians, organizations are increasingly allowing physicians to define use cases and guide development. This shift represents a major philosophical change. 

Instead of asking:

“Where can we apply AI?”

The better question becomes:

“Where are clinicians struggling the most?”

Documentation emerged as one answer. Now new opportunities are appearing across workflows, chart review, and administrative operations. By involving clinicians early and continuously, healthcare organizations are producing solutions that address real pain points rather than theoretical ones. As Dr. Jessel emphasized, letting physicians guide development has been a turning point in AI adoption.


The Next Challenge Is Not Lack of Data but Too Much Data

Interoperability has long been viewed as healthcare’s biggest challenge. But Dr. Jessel argues that success has created a new problem. Healthcare organizations have become better at exchanging information, but they have not become equally effective at making that information useful. Clinicians are inundated with laboratory results, specialist notes, imaging reports, medication histories, and records arriving from multiple systems.

The issue is no longer access, it is overload. Physicians may have only ten or fifteen minutes with each patient, yet they are expected to navigate enormous volumes of information without missing anything. This is where large language models may create tremendous value.

Dr. Jessel sees AI functioning as an intelligent assistant that can synthesize information and answer practical questions such as:

  • What has changed since the patient’s last visit?
  • Which medications were adjusted?
  • What important external records require attention?
  • Which specialists have recently been involved?

Instead of acting as a passive repository, the EHR can evolve into an active partner. In her view, this transformation may finally convert the EHR from a burden into something clinicians genuinely find helpful.


Medicine is Still an Art, and Humans Must Remain in the Loop

While excitement around autonomous AI continues to grow, Dr. Jessel maintains a balanced perspective. She does not believe clinicians are close to being replaced. Medicine, she argues, is both science and art. Clinical encounters involve far more than structured data.

  • Body language.
  • Facial expressions.
  • Family dynamics.
  • Unspoken concerns.
  • Context.

These subtle signals influence diagnosis and decision-making in ways that AI still struggles to replicate. At the same time, AI can serve as a valuable second set of eyes. It can highlight inconsistencies, identify overlooked findings, and help prevent errors. Rather than viewing AI and physicians as competitors, Dr. Jessel envisions them as teammates. Each checks the other’s work. Each compensates for the other’s limitations.

In healthcare, redundancy and multiple layers of verification are strengths, not inefficiencies. For now, she believes human oversight remains essential, especially in clinical decision-making.


Agentic AI Should Attack Administrative Burden First

Where Dr. Jessel sees enormous potential for autonomy is outside direct clinical care. Administrative tasks have become some of healthcare’s biggest pain points. Prior authorizations, insurance verification, scheduling, and patient check-in consume countless hours and contribute significantly to burnout. These activities often require substantial effort without adding meaningful value to patient relationships.

Agentic AI could change that.

Instead of clinicians and staff spending time on repetitive processes, intelligent agents can handle routine work and escalate only exceptions or edge cases. This shift allows healthcare workers to focus on the interactions that truly matter. Dr. Jessel believes the goal should not be eliminating humans. It should be freeing them to spend more time where empathy, judgment, and connection make the biggest difference. In other words, automation should create more humanity.


Healthcare Needs a New Model for Innovation

Traditional software development cycles can be slow. Yet AI is evolving at unprecedented speed. To keep pace, athenahealth has adopted a rapid experimentation approach that Dr. Jessel describes as “pre-alpha.” Small groups of highly engaged users test emerging capabilities in live environments and provide immediate feedback.

Many ideas fail. But failure occurs early and safely. Promising concepts move quickly into broader testing and eventually to production. This “fail fast” philosophy enables innovation without sacrificing patient safety. Importantly, Dr. Jessel emphasized that every initiative is reviewed by an internal patient safety team consisting of clinicians embedded within product development. Patient care remains the ultimate priority. This combination of speed and safety may become a model for healthcare organizations seeking to innovate responsibly.


From Data Repository to Invisible Assistant

Dr. Jessel’s career mirrors healthcare’s digital evolution. She experienced the early frustrations of EHR implementation firsthand and eventually pursued clinical informatics to help technology better serve clinicians. Her mission has remained remarkably consistent:

Use technology to give physicians more time with patients.

Today, she sees AI finally making that vision possible. Rather than adding another layer of complexity, AI has the opportunity to disappear into the background. The future EHR may not function as a digital filing cabinet. Instead, it could become an intelligent assistant; one that summarizes information, handles administrative work, surfaces insights, and quietly supports clinicians without demanding their attention.

And perhaps the most remarkable outcome of all is that, after decades in which technology interrupted the physician-patient relationship, AI may ultimately help restore it. That possibility, according to Dr. Nele Jessel, is why healthcare is approaching a genuine inflection point.

Listen to the Full Conversation here.

Shifting from Episodic Failures to Proactive Population Health in Rural Care Delivery

Season 7

Episode 211 - Podcast with Ben Long, MD, Director of Hospital Medicine, Magnolia Regional Health Center and Weston Blakeslee, Ph.D., VP of Commercial Excellence & Enablement, DrFirst

Shifting from Episodic Failures to Proactive Population Health in Rural Care Delivery

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Episode 211 - Shifting from Episodic Failures to Proactive Population Health in Rural Care Delivery
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Ben Long, Director of Hospital Medicine at Magnolia Regional Health Center and Weston Blakeslee, VP of Commercial Excellence & Enablement at DrFirst, break down a critical industry starting point – the reality that one in five new prescriptions is never filled and half of all refills are eventually abandoned. Sharing the results of their peer-reviewed study published in PLOS Digital Health, Dr. Long and Weston offer a grounded blueprint for how resource-constrained community health systems can conquer chronic heart failure readmissions.

The core theme of the conversation underscores an industry-wide shift from reactive, episodic care silos toward a proactive, connected population health management. While automated SMS nudges provide real-time cost transparency and essential medication education, the ultimate force multiplier lies in pairing those digital touchpoints with frontline, nursing-led care navigation. By connecting digital prescribing insights with real-world human validation, this “trust-first” design bridges the gaps between discharge and the home medicine cabinet. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at ViVE.

About Our Guest

Ben Long, MD, is Director of Hospital Medicine at Magnolia Regional Health Center in Corinth, Mississippi. Dr. Long is board certified in Internal Medicine and holds the roles of Associate Clinical Professor of Internal Medicine and Director of Quality and Safety Curriculum. He earned his Doctor of Medicine degree from University of Mississippi Medical Center and completed his internship and residency at Medical University of South Carolina. Magnolia Regional Health Center has honored Dr. Long with the following awards: Quality Physician Award (2022), Safety Award (2023), and Change Agent of the Year Award (2024).

Weston Blakeslee, Ph.D., is VP of Commercial Excellence & Enablement at DrFirst, where he leads initiatives that measure the value of the company’s solutions through improvements in clinician productivity and clinical outcomes. He oversees strategy for electronic health record partners, hospitals and health systems, and medication access organizations. He also designs and publishes peer-reviewed clinical studies that document improvements in clinical quality for DrFirst clients.

Before joining DrFirst, Wes served as Chief Clinical Officer of RxRevu/Arrive Health, where he led clinical product strategy. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Biochemistry from the University of Colorado at Boulder and a Ph.D. in Pharmacology from the University of Colorado-Anschutz Medical Campus. He brings 17 years of experience in life sciences and healthcare technology, with a focus on evidence-based medicine, clinical decision support, health economics and outcomes research.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. A very warm welcome to the Big Unlock Podcast Season Seven. Today we’re very excited to have Weston Blakeslee and Dr. Ben Long with us. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’ll be your host today. Today’s episode brings together two leaders tackling healthcare transformation from complementary angles — clinical care and digital innovation. Dr. Ben Long is on the front lines at Magnolia Regional Health Center, delivering care while navigating the realities of modern clinical workflows. Weston Blakeslee from DrFirst is rethinking how medication management and patient engagement can be streamlined through smarter technology. Together they offer a grounded and forward-looking perspective on what it really takes to move from fragmented digital tools to truly connected, patient-centered care. With that introduction, I’ll hand it over to them for a short intro and then we can get started. Thank you both for joining us today.

Ben: Thank you so much for having us. We’re very excited to talk about digital health transformation and improving clinical care. As you mentioned, my name is Ben Long. I’m a hospitalist — internal medicine by training. I serve as the Associate Chief Medical Officer at Magnolia Regional Health Center, and I’m really motivated by innovations in care, quality improvement, and patient safety. That’s what led me to partner with my good friend Wes here. Wes, do you want to tell them who you are?

Wes: Thanks, Ben, and it’s a pleasure to be here. I really hope our listeners get some positive anecdotes and stories out of what we’re able to share today. I’m Wes Blakeslee, VP of Commercial Enablement at DrFirst. I’m a pharmacologist by training and spent my first five years developing heart failure therapeutics, so this particular population has always been near and dear to my passion for medication management. We were fortunate to partner with Dr. Long and his team and achieve some really positive outcomes from digital interventions in this population. I’ve been with DrFirst for about five and a half years, and my team partners with all of our clients to make sure that any digital interventions we launch are actually achieving the right clinical outcomes — which is part of the peer-reviewed study that Dr. Long and I collaborated on and published in January of this year in PLOS Digital Health.

Ritu: Welcome to the podcast once again. I’m glad you mentioned that study — we were really excited to read it and understand more about what you were doing. Let’s start there. Dr. Long, from the front lines at Magnolia Regional, take us back to the moment when you realized that heart failure readmissions wasn’t just a discharge planning problem but actually a medication follow-through problem. What surprised you enough to change the care model, and how did it all begin?

Ben: Thanks for that question. Before diving into any data, it’s really important to understand the setting. Magnolia Regional Health Center is a 200-bed acute care hospital in rural northeast Mississippi — a medically underserved population with high disease prevalence, particularly cardiovascular disease. Our patients face significant barriers that influence their outcomes: socioeconomic challenges including transportation and cost, limited access to specialty care, and more. That context really matters when we think about medication adherence. We know medications improve outcomes — that’s well established in the literature — but less attention has been given to how we help people not just comply, but become genuinely engaged in their care. For conditions like congestive heart failure, that’s critical, because all of these advances in medicine are helping people live longer, but they’re not living longer free from disease. As a system, we have to adapt to being better chronic care managers. And non-adherence is a real issue for both patients and providers in heart failure — it has a meaningful impact on outcomes and on the overall cost to our healthcare system. About one in five new prescriptions are never filled — what we call prescription abandonment — and about half of refills are eventually abandoned as well. DrFirst has been instrumental in helping us gain visibility into what is happening with patients and their medications over time. Wanting to improve that was our starting point.

Ritu: That’s a really good introduction to the problem and your study. But tell us more — given that this is an older, underserved population that may not engage with technology, how did you find that text reminders alone weren’t enough? And how did you arrive at the idea of nurse navigators and handing off to humans? I’d love to hear a story or anecdote if you have one.

Ben: It really came from familiarizing ourselves with our population. That took intentional work — understanding the individual problems over time that could be attributed as root causes of these patients’ outcomes. It took time, experience, and familiarity with these individuals. Too often we’re tempted to make a sweeping generalization about a population and then generalize a solution for them — and what happens is the change winds up being a change, not an improvement. It’s one part implementation science, as quality improvement often is, and one part really knowing the population you’re serving. Our population is older, largely Medicare-covered, rural, facing the socioeconomic barriers I mentioned — and understanding their patterns of how they access care and where our care planning along the continuum falls through was essential. One of the things DrFirst really emphasizes is eliminating care silos. For me, working in the hospital, that resonated deeply, because that is how our system functions. Throughout much of the country we have episodic care that is very good at being reactive — when the patient has an acute need, we stand ready to meet it. I’ve heard it described this way: the US healthcare system allows people to travel toward a cliff, even allows them to fall off, but has a really expensive ambulance waiting at the bottom. That’s obviously an incomplete and perhaps unfair characterization, but the point is that we have to adapt to being more proactive in meeting patients’ needs — especially as we drive down mortality rates with improvements in therapeutics, because then we have to manage the morbidity associated with more chronic diseases. We’ve seen a similar shift in oncology, where cancer has largely become a chronic disease and that has dramatically changed how we approach those patients. I think about heart failure the same way. How do we engage with patients more proactively? How do we help them with education and eliminate barriers? We’re looking for solutions that are widely accessible, lower cost, and far-reaching — because that equals higher value. That’s how we began thinking about what better looks like for this population.

Ritu: Thank you, Dr. Long. My next question is for Wes. DrFirst sits at the intersection of prescribing, adherence, and patient engagement. What are some of the friction points in the medication journey that you’ve solved, and which ones do you think AI will help address?

Wes: Our goal is always to build solutions that help providers and patients — giving clinicians like Dr. Long technology that extends their care to their patients. We’ve had a long strategy of ensuring we have a solution that can intersect every step of the prescription journey: from the initial prescribing decision, to real-time prescription benefit and medication cost, to prior authorization avoidance, to making sure patients don’t simply forget their medications by giving them education on why adherence matters and nudging them to fill their prescriptions. That was really the genesis of this study. Dr. Long and I have been collaborating for about five years on many different initiatives — this was simply the most recent one we published.  To his point, we need to be intentional about the technology we build. It can’t add steps to an already cumbersome system. Every new technological innovation we bring to the table has to be thoughtful. On AI — it’s the hottest topic in healthcare tech right now. We’ve employed versions of AI for a long time in the form of machine learning, but generative AI is a different matter. The machine learning aspects of our work go through extensive quality control and are very narrowly trained, which allows for much greater accuracy in the high-throughput recommendations we surface. Generative AI is still a nascent field and does produce hallucinations — not because it’s not useful, but because it pulls from such a wide dataset. In the context of patient care, any generative AI solution must have very rigorous quality control to ensure the data and recommendations surfaced are clinically accurate. That is one of the next frontiers we’re exploring, and having long-term partners like Dr. Long and his team at Magnolia gives us the opportunity to refine our technology while helping them solve real-world problems at the same time.

Ritu: Rohit, would you like to ask a question?

Rohit: Hello, Dr. Long and Weston — good to meet you both. This has been a fascinating conversation. As you mentioned, generative AI will add new dimensions to products and services, including voice agents, which we’re seeing deployed widely in the provider space. Dr. Long, being in a rural setting, what are some of the other challenges you’re seeing at your health system beyond medication adherence and cardiac care? And what other initiatives do you have in the pipeline around innovation?

Ben: Thank you for asking that, because rural healthcare is underrepresented in studies, in conversation, and in policymaking — and I suspect the majority of the country looks a lot like Magnolia Regional Health Center. When we innovate and design systems to improve quality and safety, it’s very important that work as perceived matches well with work as done — those frontline realities matter.  What comes to mind is the lack of interoperability, which connects directly to the care silos we talked about earlier. And I want to unpack that beyond just the obvious silo of hospital versus non-hospital. Think about the state of primary care in this country — we know it’s necessary, and we know it has eroded due to provider shortages and the increasing complexity of what’s being asked of those providers. We have a sicker, more complex population and people are being asked to do more with less.  A very real everyday example for us: a patient is seen in the hospital, and we have a capable electronic system that communicates well within our own walls — but not necessarily with the independent primary care office that might be in northeast Mississippi, northwest Alabama, or southern Tennessee. We can send prescriptions to an independent pharmacy and they receive them fine, but medication dose changes or discontinuations, when multiple streams are flowing into the same pharmacy or occasionally multiple pharmacies, represent a real hazard for the patient.  Automation will only get you so far. At some point, good care — especially for population management like heart failure — is hand-to-hand combat. You have to actually engage with that patient. That’s why being proactive matters so much: reaching the patient outside of the acute moments, outside of the brick and mortar, before they’re clinically declining. That’s what changes outcomes. We’ve tried to combine digital solutions with well-proven efforts like nursing-led care navigation — figuring out how to easily reach patients, and then what to do when we reach them. A lot of that looks like: “Can we go through your medicine cabinet together?” You can’t do that with a patient in the hospital. The pharmacy can tell you a prescription was filled, but we really have no idea whether the patient is taking their medications unless we connect directly. DrFirst’s technology helps us triangulate across insurance claims data, pharmacy fill data, and electronic prescriptions — but that picture isn’t complete until you connect the dots with the patient directly. That gives us the opportunity to educate, catch adverse events and side effects, and identify any unintended consequences of care. Our question is always: can we do this in a way that is replicable? If we can do it in an under-resourced place like rural northeast Mississippi, with an older population that has largely been characterized as unlikely to engage with digital tools — and prove that wrong — then I believe it can be done anywhere.

Wes: A couple of things to add, Ben. On the interoperability challenge — what makes the DrFirst and Magnolia collaboration so powerful is that on the healthcare technology side, we have all the data points to follow prescriptions from the writing event all the way to the fill event. But what really matters is how that affects patient outcomes. And as Ben mentioned, for a rural system, Magnolia has one of the most impressive informatics teams I’ve seen in my entire healthcare career. Being in a rural setting does not mean you can’t connect the dots on important outcomes and tie them to technological interventions. They’ve proven that.

Rohit: That’s great to know. Thank you.

Ritu: That leads directly into my next question, Wes. Healthcare technology often optimizes for workflow efficiency but not always for trust. What does trust-first design look like in clinical workflows and patient-facing tools, and what has been your focus there?

Wes: It starts with a simple concept: many healthcare providers measure their day in clicks. The way electronic health records were designed, the number of clicks and keystrokes is enormous, and the cognitive load and administrative burden become unsustainable. And connecting the dots all the way to the patient — we all have our smartphones with us nearly every waking hour. Patients are constantly inundated with text messages, emails, and app notifications. At the end of the day, we’re all patients too.  So the simple form of trust-first design is to intentionally make every step of the process easier. In the intervention Dr. Long and I recently published, we wanted to test how SMS nudges — with education, fill reminders, and cost information — would actually improve medication adherence and reduce readmission rates. In both areas, we achieved impressive results. Over a five-year study timeframe — two and a half years pre-intervention and two and a half years post — we gained a lot of very positive learnings from relatively simple concepts. The backend technology is certainly not simple, but the ideas we’re testing are. Sometimes it doesn’t take an incredibly sophisticated intervention to get really positive outcomes.  Starting simple and intentional with provider and patient workflows, rigorously testing and adjusting them — and then the final step that most healthcare tech companies don’t do, but that we pride ourselves on with partners like Magnolia, is clinical validation. That’s the most important part. With Ben’s team having such a sophisticated reporting capability specifically around this congestive heart failure population, we were able to demonstrate real impact.

Ritu: Time has flown by and we’re almost at the end of the podcast. Any closing thoughts, forward-looking statements, or crystal ball predictions you’d like to share with the listeners?

Ben: As healthcare leaders, we’re uniquely positioned to identify the gaps — between departments, between discharge and pharmacy, between prescribing and filling. Basically, the gaps that exist between our intentions to care for people and what actually happens. Digital tools are not the solution by themselves, but when aligned with clinical insight and operational execution, they become force multipliers. Our goal moving forward is not just to send more text messages — it’s to build systems that ensure patients actually receive the care that we prescribe. I think that’s the kind of leadership and innovation our healthcare system needs. The Big Unlock Podcast shines a spotlight on a lot of the successes happening around the country. We are often inundated with what we get wrong, but focusing on and celebrating what we get right is valuable and helps us learn as a system. I hope to keep doing that throughout my career.

Wes: To summarize Ben’s point, which I completely agree with — internally we call it the tech-plus-touch approach. You’re not going to have a technological solution for everything, but you need to empower both clinicians and patients to make their lives easier so they can do the right thing, and then celebrate those wins. Clinical validation at the end of that process is the key step we’ve been focused on for a very long time. As new innovations come to the forefront, we want to be intentional about those interventions and connect the dots from an interoperability standpoint to how providers are actually using them. Our Chief Medical Officer, Dr. Colin Banas, has a saying I always carry with me: “You can’t manage what you can’t measure.” We want to know what we’re measuring well before we embark on any intervention. And we need to make sure the people using the technology are using it properly and efficiently, and that it’s actually driving toward measurable outcomes — so we can celebrate those wins and iterate from there.

Ritu: Tech plus touch — I love that. Thank you both so much for being on our podcast today. It’s been a pleasure having you.

Rohit: Thank you, Dr. Long. Thank you, Weston. Great to be here.

Ben: Thank you all so much. We really appreciate it.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

DHAI 2026: Beyond the Hype, Toward Real-World Health AI

DHAI 2026: Beyond the Hype, Toward Real-World Health AI

DHAI 2026: Beyond the Hype, Toward Real-World Health AI

By Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

Over the past few years, through The Big Unlock Podcast, I’ve had the privilege of speaking with hundreds of healthcare leaders, innovators, clinicians, and entrepreneurs who are shaping the future of healthcare.

At the Digital Health & AI Innovation Summit (DHAI) 2026 in Boston, many of those conversations came to life.

As co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast, attending DHAI was particularly rewarding because it brought together an extraordinary community of leaders from health systems, life sciences organizations, digital health companies, academia, and technology providers. The quality of the discussions reinforced an important point: healthcare AI is moving from experimentation to execution.

Several themes stood out.

The conversation has shifted from “Can AI work?” to “How do we scale it responsibly?”

Across sessions and hallway conversations, leaders were focused less on AI’s promise and more on trust, governance, workflow integration, and measurable outcomes. Organizations are increasingly looking beyond pilots and asking what it takes to operationalize AI at scale.

The most valuable insights often happen outside the stage.

Some of the best discussions I had were not during formal presentations, but during coffee breaks and spontaneous meetings. These exchanges reflected a growing maturity in the industry. Leaders are openly sharing lessons learned, discussing challenges, and collaborating on solutions. The value of conferences increasingly lies in these connections.

Healthcare remains a people business.

AI will undoubtedly transform healthcare, but technology alone is not enough. Success depends on bringing together clinicians, administrators, researchers, patients, and technology leaders. The strongest organizations are those that view AI as an enabler of better care, better experiences, and better outcomes—not as an end in itself.

Collaboration will define the next chapter of innovation.

One of the things I appreciated most about DHAI was the diversity of perspectives represented. Providers, payers, pharmaceutical companies, startups, investors, and technology partners all have a role to play. Meaningful progress requires ecosystems, not silos.

I left Boston optimistic. The excitement around AI remains strong, but what impressed me most was the growing emphasis on practical implementation, responsible innovation, and measurable impact.

Healthcare AI is no longer a future conversation.

It is happening now.

And if DHAI 2026 is any indication, the industry is increasingly focused on ensuring that these innovations translate into better outcomes for patients, providers, and communities.

Thank you to the organizers, speakers, attendees, and everyone who shared their perspectives. I look forward to continuing these conversations on The Big Unlock Podcast and across the healthcare ecosystem.

The future of healthcare will be shaped not just by technology, but by the people and partnerships that bring that technology to life.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Accelerating Pediatric Digital Health Innovation Through Deep Institutional Collaboration

Season 7

Episode 210 - Podcast with Omkar Kulkarni, VP, Chief Transformation & Innovation Officer, Children's Hospital
Los Angeles (CHLA) - Accelerating Pediatric Digital Health Innovation Through Deep Institutional Collaboration

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Accelerating Pediatric Digital Health Innovation Through Deep Institutional Collaboration
Loading
/

In this episode, Omkar Kulkarni, VP, Chief Transformation & Innovation Officer at Children’s Hospital Los Angeles (CHLA), outlines the stark funding gap in pediatric innovation, which receives less than 1% of digital health investments despite children making up 20% of the population. To combat this, the CHLA-led KidsX consortium unites children’s hospitals nationwide to scale early-stage digital solutions through collaboration over competition.

Omkar suggests that pediatrics requires entirely separate technological blueprints, hence digital tools must be designed for adult caregivers, accommodate strict adolescent privacy laws at age 12, and scale across diverse physiological sizes. He highlights vital innovation pipelines, including AI tools targeting the youth mental health crisis, longitudinal chronic care management, and 24/7 validated conversational interfaces for parents.

For healthcare startups entering this space, Omkar emphasizes that the key to building institutional trust relies on presenting deep, heterogeneous clinical evidence, establishing commercially viable billing frameworks, and practicing deep humility when approaching complex clinical partnerships. He believes that generative AI will not replace clinicians but will instead automate administrative tasks, empowering them to focus on top-of-license, human-to-human care. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Omkar Kulkarni is the Vice President and Chief Transformation & Innovation Officer at Children’s Hospital Los Angeles (CHLA). In his role, Omkar is responsible for fostering innovation across CHLA's clinical and research enterprises – including finding successful new methods of care, incubating new medical tools and software, and rallying communities in and out of the hospital to solve problems in the field of pediatrics – all with the goal of enhancing the experience and outcomes for the children and families CHLA serves.

Prior to joining CHLA, Omkar served as Executive Director of the Cedars-Sinai Accelerator powered by Techstars, where he helped build and launch the accelerator program. In that role, he evaluated over 3,000 healthcare start-ups and provided extensive mentoring, serving as the main liaison between the start-up community and Cedars-Sinai Medical Center. Omkar also led the performance improvement department at Cedars-Sinai for many years and has experience in financial process redesign at New York-Presbyterian Hospital. Omkar has a master’s degree in public health and health care management from Columbia University and a bachelor’s degree in business administration from George Washington University.


Rohit: Hi, Omkar. Welcome to The Big Unlock podcast. It is, great to have you here with us today.

Omkar: Thanks, Rohit. Nice to be here.

Rohit: Likewise. How are you doing?

Omkar: I’m good. It’s getting into springtime and lots of, uh, opportunities everywhere, so it’s nice.

Rohit: Great. So happy to share that we’ve crossed the 200 mark on the podcast Omkar, so it’s fantastic. So I’m Rohit Mahajan. I’m the CEO and, Managing Partner for BigRio and also the co-host of the Big Unlock podcast. The credit of starting this goes to Paddy Padmanabhan, who was the founder of Damo and he was very deeply loved by the audience and the podcast guests as well. So with that, I will ask you and request you for your intro, Omkar. So Omkar, tell us a little bit more first about KidX and the Children’s Hospital at LA And then would love to learn also about how you got attracted into the healthcare industry segment and what was your journey so far.

Omkar: That’s amazing. Sure. So listeners love to hear that. Yeah. So there are about one hundred children’s hospitals in the country. CHLA, Children’s Hospital Los Angeles, is one of the largest ones. And as the name suggests, it’s in Los Angeles, but specifically it is an academic medical center taking care of all sorts of very complex and sick kids, honestly, who require procedures, treatment. We have a very busy emergency department, very impressive and historic research organization, largely collaborating with the University of Southern California, USC. Our faculty are all faculty physicians at USC. Great teaching tradition there as well, so we have residents and fellows, both from the physician standpoint, but also from a nursing standpoint. Incredible clinical care. We have been ranked in the US News top ten honor roll for many, many, many years and continue to be in that ranking. And then what’s really unique is we are proudly a safety net hospital, so we actually take care of a very large proportion of kids on Medicaid, which I think a lot of people don’t realize this, and we may talk about this soon, but a lot of kids in this country, more than half of the kids who are hospitalized in this country, are covered by Medicaid. It’s a really important part of the equation. Actually about forty percent of Medicaid, I believe, is children. So it’s, it’s a big chunk of the puzzle. Yeah. And we take care about, of about seventy to seventy, seventy to seventy-five percent of our inpatient discharges are typically kids covered with Medicaid. And so we’re really proud of the safety net element of our hospital, the great clinical care, the great research tradition, and the great teaching academic tradition as well. So we just celebrated our hundred and twenty-fifth birthday as a hospital a few weeks ago, actually.

Rohit: Congratulations.

Omkar: Yeah. It is. Yeah. That’s amazing. It’s a big deal. It’s, it’s hard to do anything for a hundred and twenty-five years and let alone do it so well, so this place is really successful. So that’s that. KidsX, really briefly, so you know when I came to CHLA in twenty eighteen, I quickly realized that there was an opportunity for children’s hospitals to come together to work together to drive digital innovation. And large part of that is because children’s hospitals don’t compete nearly as fiercely as adult health systems do. Most of them have geographic regions that they cover that don’t necessarily overlap. Pediatricians are also highly collaborative in nature, and there’s a need for collaboration. Uh, the populations are heterogeneous, they’re small, and innovation requires large populations and scale at some point. And so the opportunity for collaboration was great. I was lucky enough to get to know and collaborate with many children’s hospital innovation leaders in my first few years at CHLA, and in 2019, we built this consortium called KidsX, which we run here in Los Angeles out of CHLA, and it’s driven around driving pediatric innovation. So we’ve been live for six years. That’s amazing. We’ve helped launch over 85 innovation projects in children’s hospitals across the country in that time period and are still going on very strong, so very proud of that work.

Rohit: Amazing, amazing journey, Omkar, and please share with us that what motivated you to join into the healthcare industry segment and basically your origin story so far.

Omkar: So I’ll share that growing up, my dad worked in the pharmaceutical industry. I had lots of family and friends who went into medicine, nursing, pharmaceuticals, something in healthcare. So I feel like I was always surrounded by it, and for me, though, I was not a science guy. Like, I love science, but I didn’t excel perhaps in biology or science or any of those things. Instead, I was more of a business leader. I went to school for business. I went to school for management, et cetera, and at some point after my undergraduate studies, I was in a job in a hospital in New Jersey, and my boss at the time told me, “You know, you can actually make a profession out of this. You can actually go be a hospital administrator,” which is really a role I never thought about, somebody who’s non-clinical who can still do work in healthcare. And at the same time, I learned about this whole field of public health, and I really fell in love with public health. I thought it was a really interesting concept about keeping populations healthy and how can we create systems as simple as fluoride in the water, or seat belts, or making sure kids are safe, people are safe where they go. All these different things to keep communities safe and prevent things from happening. So that’s what got me into this space, and then over time, I think a big part of my story is being lucky to have opportunities offered to me, and then being discerning about which opportunities to take. And so I’ve been able to build skills in Lean and Six Sigma. I’ve been able to work in health systems from New York to Los Angeles and have been able to see front hand how decisions are made in healthcare. And what I’ve really come to realize is that a lot of healthcare, innovation, whatever you wanna call it, is really about relationships. It’s about trust that you can build with doctors and nurses and executives and administrators. ‘Cause at the end of the day, this work that we do where we’re trying to change healthcare, whether it’s through technology or process change or anything, it involves trust. You have to get people who are taking care of patients every day to trust that this new thing that you want to bring to them is going to work, that it’s going to make their lives easier, and that it’s going to ultimately create a benefit. And that’s the core of what I’ve learned, and I’ve been lucky to kind of go through this journey over the past few decades that’s gotten me to where I am today.

Rohit: That’s great, Omkar. So please tell us a little bit about, you said children’s hospitals are different from the general hospitals, even in terms of the location like you were describing it, and it is great that, you know, you have this consortium which is KidsX. So what is so special about pediatrics patients? Could you tell us a bit more about this aspect of it?

Omkar: Sure. Thank you. So I didn’t know a lot of this when I came into pediatrics, to be fair. So I don’t think, I think there’s even a lot of executives and leaders in innovation don’t realize the differences that exist. Some things that may seem obvious once I describe them, but it’s important, right? So the end user, if it’s a consumer-facing technology, typically for an adult, is the patient themselves. Maybe it’s, you know, a loved one, but typically it’s the patient. For pediatrics, it’s not. Typically pediatric patients are under the age of 7 or under the age of 12. If you look at the cohort of people who are in children’s hospitals, they’re typically young children. There are teenagers and adolescents, but the bulk are under the age of 12. And so typically you’re dealing with the end user being the parent, and that’s one big thing to think about. So you’ve gotta design a solution for a caregiver, not necessarily for the person experiencing the healthcare. That’s interesting. Children’s hospitals are also not taking care of the parents, right? Those parents don’t have MRIs. They don’t have accounts with that hospital. Those hospitals are actually taking care of the kids. That’s challenging. One thing I like to remind people, if you look at the demographic spread of the United States, the youngest Americans or people who live in this country are the most ethnically and linguistically and culturally diverse. So if you look at people age zero to 18 in this country, which is the pediatric population, and even if you include their parents, which would go up to whatever age you wanna think about, that’s a much more diverse population than 70 to 80-year-olds. And so when you think about language, when you think about culture, when you think about ethnicity and considerations, you’ve gotta build that in. You need a solution that’s gonna be English, Spanish, a lot of things that are culturally relevant, so that’s another thing. But from a privacy standpoint, another thing that’s important, I use the number 12, the age 12 deliberately. So children, once they’re over the age of 12, but before they’re 18, they have rights in this country to be able to request that their health information be kept private from their parents. Right? So the teenage girl who doesn’t want parents to know that she’s on birth control, that’s an example, but there’s many examples of that. And so as you develop a digital solution, whether it’s parent-facing or child-facing, you’ve gotta create different privacy provisions for that, you know, 12 cutoff. This impacts things like patient portals, appointment scheduling, text message reminders. You don’t wanna send a 13-year-old’s parent a reminder about their upcoming visit if that patient has chosen for that parent to be kept out of the loop. I mean, little things like that you’ve gotta think about because those, those children have rights. And then the other big one, if you’re developing anything that has any physical size to it, right? Like a device or, or anything that, like a, a sensor. Such a diverse population, right? So if you look at adults, generally adults are all the same size, generally. I mean, yes, there’s different size variations, but generally the same size. You look at a little baby that’s born in the neonatology NICU area and you compare that to a three-year-old, and you compare that to an elementary school-aged kid to a teenager and then a 17-year-old. These are all pediatric patients, right? Yes. But the size of these people, their physiology, it’s very different. Uh, so lots of things to consider. And then, uh, and then, you know, engagement with this audience is constantly changing. When I started CHLA, social media meant one thing. Today it means something different. And how to engage audiences using different technology means different things. And there’s so many, there’s so many more things we can talk about as well, different regulatory considerations as well. The other thing that’s really important to me, and to lots of us, is information security. Yeah. You do not want the identity of these patients to be compromised. Yes. Because imagine, like um, I’ve got young children. I would hate for any of their identities to be compromised. Yeah. Somebody opens a credit card in their account. All of a sudden now you know, they’re 18 and their credit is ruined. As a health system, we have to be extremely careful about the identity of these patients and making sure that it’s very protected. So lots of things, but you know, people don’t necessarily think about that. Now despite that, one thing I’ll say, pediatric patients make up 20% of the population, right? If you think about children 0 to 18, it’s about 20% of the US population. Yet, when you look at investments made in digital health, innovation, it’s less than 1% goes to pediatrics. So there’s a huge discrepancy in terms of how much money we invest into pediatric innovation, and that’s part of the motivation of KidsX, is we need to really create a place where these innovations can excel and scale.

Rohit: Yes. Great, great thoughts and insights here, Omkar. Let me ask you the next question, which is coming to my mind, is that since you mentioned this whole innovation ecosystem, what are some of the innovations that you are seeing in the pipeline or the problems that needs to be solving from your vantage point?

Omkar: Rohit, there’s so many. Yeah. Thank you for that question. So one of the biggest crises that’s happening to our children right now is around mental and behavioral health. I think there’s always been a challenge with kids as they’re growing up having to figure out how to navigate and manage their emotions and their mental health. But with the pandemic and post-pandemic period, it’s been exacerbated. So I think there is so much unmet need in this country as it relates to pediatric mental health. And what I’m seeing more recently is data showing that elementary school-aged kids, there are suicides being attempted amongst these children. There are mental health crises that are happening with third graders, fourth graders, fifth graders. And sometimes those things, if they’re unchecked, lead to much bigger problems when they’re teenagers. So how do we screen and diagnose and treat mental health conditions for anyone, maybe even in kindergarten and above? How can we do that? That’s an unmet need. And it’s unmet because we don’t have enough providers to do that work. Yes. We cannot rely on old care models where you have one-on-one synchronous face-to-face meetings. The wait lists for these providers across the country are very long, especially if you’re on Medicaid, which as we talked about, is about half the population. So we need new ways to screen these patients. We need new ways to engage with them and then treat them. So that’s one big area. Another one that’s growing, and it’s a great thing, many children, so if you look 50 years ago, 60 years ago, children diagnosed with some chronic conditions, those conditions were terminal back then. So take diabetes. I was actually talking to my father-in-law, and he said when he started practice 50 years ago as an endocrinologist, that when a child was diagnosed with diabetes, often that meant that we didn’t expect that child to live into adulthood. But today, people live well into adulthood, maybe even a full lifespan, managing diabetes that’s diagnosed, Type 1 diabetes that’s diagnosed in childhood. So how do you develop chronic care management tools for children that translate into adulthood, so things that the kids can manage and translate? I was talking to this innovator in Vancouver who is doing some really cool things because the Canadian health system, they care quite a bit about longitudinal care. So she’s thinking about how to build a digital solution that you introduce to a child when they’re in elementary school or middle school. They keep using it, and then when they’re an adult, they keep using it. So now this is something that goes with them. So longitudinal chronic care management is another really big area that I think is really interesting. And then the last one that I would just point out that I think is an unmet opportunity is around access to… I think there’s an opportunity for us to leverage a lot of these artificial intelligence gen AI tools to equip parents with getting answers to questions that they have that they otherwise just don’t ask or they look online and don’t get the right answer to, right? As we sometimes say, when you bring home a child from the hospital when they’re born, no one gives you an instruction manual, right? No one tells you how to raise that child. You ask your parents, you ask your grandparents, your neighbors, your friends. That’s how we rely on this. But we’re living in twenty twenty-six, we have so many validated clinical… so much information around how best to raise a child, what things to look for, what symptoms, what signs. And right now, the only tools that patients have are Google or their social connections, or they’ve gotta wait to see a doctor, which often comes with a co-pay and often comes with the struggle of accessing that person. Can we use consumer-facing AI tools to enable parents to get access to information that they need at the moment they need it, that we can believe is validated and accurate? We’re already seeing, and I’m sure you’ve seen the studies, that so many consumers, adults and pediatrics, are going to ChatGPT, and they’re going to Gemini to ask these questions. Let’s figure out how we can get the right answers that’ll reduce your urgent care visits, reduce your same-day appointments, and it’ll hopefully allow for better health outcomes.

Rohit: Absolutely. That actually leads us nicely into the next question, Omkar, which I’m curious about, is that would you like to describe any gen AI initiatives or AI initiatives that you are seeing being implemented either at CHLA or other places that you know about, you know, which are kind of in this domain of children’s hospitals? And then we were talking earlier about secrets for startups. So kind of in that direction, what are your thoughts?

Omkar: So I do think there’s some early work happening around how we can equip patients with information either about a chronic condition, so we’re thinking about diabetes and asthma and some of these chronic conditions, so that we can provide the knowledge base with really clinically validated content so that they’re only getting information from sources we trust. That they’re able to engage with it as a chatbot or as you would with a ChatGPT. So that’s something that I’m seeing and we’re working on and others are working on as well. I really hope that becomes a solution that is available to people, because I think that what we’re seeing on the flip end is, you know, what does a parent do? They pick up the phone and they call, and they call somebody, and let’s give them answers twenty four/seven that we feel good about. The other thing I’m seeing, I think, in the gen AI space that I think is very interesting is around synthesis of information. So pediatrics more than anything else, a pediatric patient at a children’s hospital is likely to have been seen by or will be seen by many different specialists and doctors, right? Because they’re typically very sick. So they’re seen by, they’re being seen by lots of consultants, and many times they’re in the hospital multiple times. And so they’ve had previous consultants, hospitals, so many different people who’ve engaged in their care. And so what does a doctor do who’s taking care of them, or a resident do who’s taking care of them? They’ve got to read all these notes, all these historical documents to make sure they don’t miss anything so they can be well informed about this, about this patient in their hospitalization now. So what I’m excited about is seeing some of these synthesis tools, including some that the EHRs are working on, that are going to be able to synthesize information from past notes to be able to generate summaries so that not only is it a time savings, but you can really make sure that you capture the information so that the provider can really take care of the patient that is there today. Now again, lots of questions around accuracy, validity of that summary and synthesis, but again, as we think innovation, that’s a huge opportunity for pediatrics because it is such a specialty oriented profession and space, children’s hospital, that having that synthesis from multiple sources is going to be crucial as we think about efficiency, scaling, and things like that. Which I guess dovetails nicely into your question about kind of secrets of working with startups. So I’ve had the amazing luxury of being able to work with lots and lots of startups over the last decade, and I think as we are in this new AI space, I think a couple things come to mind. One, be really specific and careful about what you’re going to promise in terms of the efficacy of your product and the outcomes that it’ll deliver, right? Hospitals are very discerning, and they should be, particularly as you think about AI, about when you say your product can do X, what does that actually mean? Is that in one pilot study that you did with one unique place, or is this across many different clients you had? And particularly as we think about tools that are part of clinical decision-making, that’s gonna be really valuable. Having not only evidence, which has always been a goal, but deep evidence, evidence that has large sample sizes and perhaps heterogeneous populations, right? You didn’t just work with one hospital in Pittsburgh. You worked with hospitals all over the country with lots of different populations and care models, and through that you were able to reduce errors in clinical decision-making by 10%. Great. That’s what you need. So getting there is going to be important. Now, the challenge of that is it takes a long time to get to that point. So making sure we have the right funding vehicles to support companies in early stage that are particularly building these AI tools so that we can get to a place where these tools have validity before they are scaled across the country is gonna be really crucial. Another really important one is around business model. I cannot describe how many times I’ve heard of a great solution that is solving a real problem but has no viable business model that’s going to, you know, scale across all the different types of healthcare settings that are out there, meaning I can’t think of who’s gonna pay for it and why they would pay for it. So that’s another one. The other just general thing I worry about, when you’re coming to pitch something, your best bet as a startup is not to get some sort of grant-funded pilot. Your best bet is to get a commercially funded engagement because that tells me, that tells you as the startup, hey, there’s some real value that people are imagining here. And the final thing I would say is humility. I think nobody expects that your solution is going to completely change decades of healthcare practice. Admit what you can do, talk about what you’re focused on, but be humble about it. And I think, I’m sure, you know, if you listen to the hundred and ninety-nine other podcast episodes that you’ve had on this show, you’re gonna see the same thing, right? Ultimately, this is going to be about partnership between people. And humility is such a key part of developing trust.

Rohit: That is amazing you say that. I think it goes such a long way, Omkar. Yeah. So now that we are coming towards the end of our conversation for this time, what are some of your predictions for the future or any other parting thoughts that you would like to share with the audience?

Omkar: Predictions for the future, that’s very interesting. So I think that there is still a tremendous amount of work to do as we think about tech-enabled services. There’s a lot of work we have to do around not only making healthcare more efficient and more cost-effective and faster, but also about how we can reach more patients. I think one of the best ways of doing that is by enabling those who are providing services with technology that’s gonna help make them create better outcomes and see more patients in a timely manner. I firmly believe, and I may be in the minority here, but AI replacing humans in healthcare is not the way I like to think about it. I think healthcare is a very human-to-human process. I think when people are sick, they wanna talk to somebody, even if it’s somebody on the phone. Because they care about… they want someone to be able to comfort them and talk to them, et cetera. I don’t think people want an end-to-end transaction for many of their, you know, more complex needs that are entirely technology oriented. Perhaps, sure, if you need eye drops, you can do that through a chatbot. But if you’re sick and you need an MRI, and you want someone to talk to you about your MRI results, a lot of people are gonna wanna talk to a human. Now, how can we enable that person who you’re going to talk to so that they can talk to 10 times as many people, or five times as many people, whatever the case may be. Let’s help them become more efficient and better at their job. Let’s not talk about replacing humans with all these bots and whatever. Again, some instances it may make sense, but I do think that, and lots of consumer behavior shows this, people still want to talk to somebody. And my thinking and prediction is that we will still have humans in healthcare five to 10 years from now, lots of them. They will just be doing work that is much more top of license. They will be empathizing and talking more to patients, and letting the AI and the technology do a lot of the routine, manual administrative stuff. That’s my hope for where we go, because I think that if it’s my kid or my parents that need healthcare, or myself that needs healthcare, I’d like to talk to somebody and engage with a human. So that’s my prediction.

Rohit: That’s awesome. So with that note, Omkar, thank you so much. This was a wonderful conversation, and I’m hoping that we will have you back on the podcast sometime soon for a follow-on meeting.

Omkar: Thanks, Rohit. Thanks for having me, and always happy to come on the show.

About the Host

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Restoring the Intimate Physician Patient Relationship with Ambient AI

Season 7

Episode 209 - Podcast with Dr. Nele Jessel, Chief Medical Officer, athenahealth
Restoring the Intimate Physician Patient Relationship with Ambient AI

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Restoring the Intimate Physician Patient Relationship with Ambient AI
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Nele Jessel, Chief Medical Officer at athenahealth, explores the rapid shift in physician sentiment toward AI and why healthcare may finally be reaching a true inflection point in digital transformation. Dr. Jessel explains how decades of EHR-induced administrative burnout initially made clinicians wary of new technology. However, the arrival of ambient note generation changed the game almost overnight, removing immense cognitive load and restoring the intimate, face-to-face physician-patient relationship.

A core theme of the discussion is the critical pivot toward clinician-guided development rather than vendor-driven solutions. Dr. Jessel details how athenahealth uses rapid “pre-alpha” prototyping to tackle the modern challenge of interoperability data-overload, deploying large language models to synthesize complex clinical records into actionable insights at the point of care. While emphasizing that medicine remains an art that requires a human in the loop for diagnostics, she outlines a future where autonomous, agentic AI conquers administrative burdens like prior authorizations. Ultimately, healthcare is reaching a true inflection point, transforming the EHR from a passive data repository into an invisible, intelligent assistant. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at ViVE.

About Our Guest

Dr. Nele Jessel is board certified in Pediatrics and Clinical Informatics and passionate about improving healthcare delivery, as well as patient and population health outcomes through technology. A practicing physician for 20 years, she has extensive experience implementing and optimizing healthcare technology for a wide range of specialties in both small practice and enterprise settings. As Chief Medical Officer at athenahealth, she serves as a clinical expert and advisor across athenahealth’s entire product portfolio and ensures tight alignment between athenahealth’s offerings and clinician needs.

Before joining athenahealth as Chief Medical Officer, Dr. Jessel served as Vice President for Clinical Informatics at Privia – a physician-led, multi-specialty medical group – where she served as Privia's thought leader on clinical informatics and contributed the clinical voice in program design and technology development to improve patient and population health outcomes. Prior to Privia, Nele served as Medical Director, Clinical Informatics at Summit Health, where she led a team of clinical informatics specialists in workflow design, optimization, and training of the EHR and clinical information systems. Overall, it’s through her many years of experience working as a practicing physician that Dr. Jessel has been able to harness her knowledge and fine-tuning of the EHR and morph it into her work of informatics.

Dr. Jessel received her Medical Degree from the Philipps-Universität Marburg in Germany, completed her pediatric residency at Morristown Medical Center in Morristown, NJ, and attended Columbia University College of Physicians and Surgeons in New York City for a Professional Achievement Certificate in Health Information Technology.


Ritu: Hello, listeners. Welcome to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Uberoy, and I’m managing partner at Damo Consulting and your host today. Really excited to have with us Dr. Nele Jessel, Chief Medical Officer at athenahealth. Dr. Jessel has been a practicing pediatrician for over two decades and is a board-certified clinical informaticist. She brings a rare perspective that bridges frontline medicine with digital transformation, and she has been a leading voice on how AI and health IT can reduce clinician burden while improving patient outcomes. Looking forward to our conversation today. It’s all yours, Dr. Jessel. Thank you so much for being with us.

Nele: Thanks for having me. Pleasure to be here.

Ritu: We’ve read your athenahealth report and I was also looking at your blogs. One key observation was that you noted a rapid shift from skepticism to enthusiasm among physicians using AI — that so much has changed in just the last 12 to 18 months that clinicians finally believe this technology can actually help them. We would love to hear your perspective on that shift, what you think the contributing factors were, and where you think it’s headed in the next year or so.

Nele: I’m actually still amazed every day at how quickly the sentiment has shifted, because medicine isn’t typically known to be fast-moving or change-friendly technically. So watching the rapid evolution of AI and the shift in physician sentiment has been really remarkable. As you mentioned, 12 to 18 months ago when we did our physician sentiment survey and asked about AI for the first time, the sentiment was essentially: “Okay, maybe this could potentially be helpful, but we’re actually quite worried it’s going to be yet another thing on our plate.” And that’s not surprising when you think about how EHR technology has developed over the last two decades and how it has always been viewed as a burden by physicians. For the longest time, EHRs have been cited as the number one contributor to physician burnout. Physicians have, I’ll say it, hated EHRs for adding to their administrative burden and turning them from actual physicians into data entry clerks by interrupting the physician-patient relationship. So EHRs have been no one’s friend.  I believe that is one reason why, when generative AI and large language models arrived on the scene, physicians were very skeptical it would actually be helpful — given their previous technology experiences. The first attempts to implement AI in healthcare technology weren’t very successful. Vendors repeated some of the mistakes of the past and jumped straight to their solutions without asking clinicians what the right use cases actually were. And I think the main pivot I’ve seen since then is this: we’ve moved to letting clinicians guide development rather than vendors retrofitting technology to perceived use cases. Let physicians tell us where the need is.  After the initial lessons learned — everyone jumped to having AI answer patient messages, which wasn’t quite the success we thought it would be — we found a use case that was extremely well-received: leveraging large language models to generate physician note documentation. Note documentation has been one of the greatest burdens physicians face. When EHRs arrived, notes became far more complex than old paper notes because the appetite for data increased dramatically. Physicians were asked to capture more and more data with 100% accuracy for legal and billing reasons, and notes turned from one-liners into giant complex documents. It became a major burden.  Introducing ambient note generation — where AI records the conversation between the physician and patient and then summarizes and transcribes the note — was a pretty immediate win, even though initially we didn’t actually see this translate into time savings. Our initial data showed that physicians sometimes spent more time on the note because they had to make extensive edits. But the perception of time-saving was immediate, because physicians were able to concentrate on the patient again during the visit rather than on the computer. That relief from cognitive burden was significant — having to write a note while actively engaged in a conversation adds enormous cognitive load. When you and I are having this conversation, the last thing either of us wants to do is also be the note-taker. Yet we ask that of physicians every single day, not just once but 30 times a day depending on how many patients they see. Introducing ambient note generation immediately removed that cognitive burden and gave physicians the sense of having time and quality of life back — even though, at first, the actual minutes spent on documentation weren’t much less, and sometimes more.  That has since changed quite dramatically, but that initial sense of relief was the turning point. Because of it, physicians became much more inclined to view AI as a benefit, word of mouth spread quickly, and ambient notes were adopted so rapidly that physician sentiment shifted from “Oh no, not another thing in my EHR” to “Give me more — what else can you do to reduce my administrative burden and cognitive load?” That, I believe, is where that rapid change in sentiment originated.

Ritu: Amazing answer — lots to unpack. A couple of follow-up questions come right away. You mentioned data, and you said there is so much of it now, but clinicians still struggle with fragmented workflows. What’s missing between having data and actually making it usable at the point of care? Where do you still see gaps that technology hasn’t solved, even with all the data being generated?

Nele: That is still one of the struggles across the industry, and it came through loud and clear in our last physician sentiment survey as well — interoperability is still perceived as a major challenge by clinicians everywhere. Not so much because of a lack of interoperability per se. We have made good progress over the last decade in getting systems to talk to each other and exchange data. However, that has led to a new problem: access to too much data. While we have gotten good at exchanging data, we are still not great at exchanging it in a way that curates it for the clinician on the receiving end and helps them make sense of it. We basically overload clinicians with data — we bring in volumes from other systems and dump it in the EHR, then leave it to them to hunt and peck through to find what they need. Our chief product officer calls it “slunking in the EHR,” which I think is pretty apt, because that’s exactly what clinicians complain about: “Great that you’ve given me access, but help me find it.” With 10 to 15 minutes per patient and hundreds of incoming documents and data points, the concern about missing something — and the liability that comes with that — is something I hear from physicians constantly.  What can we do to help clinicians make sense of all this data? By and large, physicians don’t object to having external data brought to them — they understand it’s important to good patient care. But they want help making sense of it. And that is one of the use cases where generative AI in the form of large language models can add tremendous value. As we all know, LLMs are extremely efficient at quickly digesting large amounts of data and synthesizing it into something more concise. Those of us who have used large language models for research know they can sift through thousands of pages and quickly surface the relevant take-home points. That’s how we’ve started applying them: quick summaries like “show me what has happened since I last saw this patient” — the Reader’s Digest version. Which specialists have they seen? What medications were changed? What lab results have come back? Is there external data I need to review? That is the next frontier, though we’re not fully there yet — because when you’re summarizing clinical data, it’s critical that the models return both relevant and accurate information. Large language models are probabilistic, not deterministic, so just like a person they pick and choose what seems important.  Now, perfect is the enemy of the good. Are clinicians 100% accurate and always focused on the most relevant information? No — there’s simply too much. What we’re finding is that the models are often equally good, sometimes better, than clinicians at surfacing what matters. So we’re quite optimistic that this is what will finally turn the EHR from a giant data repository into an actual helpful tool — one that helps clinicians improve patient outcomes and truly acts as an assistant rather than a burden.

Ritu: That goes right back to the cognitive load physicians carry beyond documentation. You raised a really interesting tension between accuracy and relevancy, and how you trust what an LLM brings back to you. Until last year we were firmly in the “human in the loop” era — AI is here to augment, not automate. But in the last six months we’ve really seen a shift, with AI becoming more and more independent. Just recently a leading health system CEO announced that he sees AI taking over clinical and diagnostic work as well. How do you draw the line between AI as a helper and AI going beyond summarization into actually guiding care?

Nele: Personally, I’m not quite there yet on AI replacing clinicians, and I see plenty of examples in daily life where AI gets it completely wrong. Clinicians get things wrong too, of course. But part of what makes medicine a little different from other industries is that it is both a science and an art. A lot of what happens in an exam room is not on the surface — it’s in the interaction between the patient and the physician: the body language, the facial expressions, the things that aren’t said, how family members in the room react, how you interpret the data in context. Granted, AI is really good at catching things that can get lost in the shuffle. We’re all busy, things become routine, and in the heat of the moment — when all the exam rooms are loaded and people are already waiting in the doorway — the tendency can be to take things at face value rather than dig a layer deeper. That’s often how mistakes get made. That’s exactly where AI can be really helpful: sounding the alarm and saying “Did you see that this lab value came back and it doesn’t quite match the diagnosis you selected?” — more as a check on yourself than as a guide for care. Because I’ve also seen AI make pretty dramatic mistakes, saying an X-ray looks fine when there was clearly a fracture. So it goes both ways.  The human and AI should ideally tag-team and double-check each other. Medicine is one of those fields where you would rather have too many checks and balances than too few. The error of inclusion is better than the error of exclusion. Now, that said, are there many use cases in medicine where AI can absolutely take the lead and probably do it better than a human? One hundred percent. Take administrative use cases: prior authorization. Prior authorization has very quickly risen to the top of most-hated tasks for clinicians — I think it actually surpassed the EHR as the number one driver of provider burnout last year. Can agentic AI handle prior authorizations? Absolutely — and then kick the edge cases or denials back to the clinician and clinical staff for review. Insurance verification, scheduling, check-in — do you really need a human for those, or can you free up your human staff for the high-value, face-to-face interactions that genuinely require their presence? The front desk person doesn’t have to check patients in and collect insurance information — AI can do that, often better. The patient uploads their insurance card on their phone, AI selects the right insurance package, and now the front desk person can spend two minutes actually talking with the patient, forming the human connection that makes people want to come back for in-person care rather than turning to a chatbot or WebMD. That’s how I view it. Would I want to remove the clinician from the clinical loop? No — that would be the last thing on my list. The way we develop AI functionality currently, especially on the clinical side, is to keep that human in the loop at minimum until the trust level is high enough — for both clinicians and technology vendors — that it feels appropriate to consider reducing that oversight. That is not where I would start.

Ritu: I think fully removing the clinician is still a ways out. And as you rightly noted, a lot of the big wins right now are in that AI front door space — patient check-in, voice agents handling prescription management and appointment scheduling. Those are exactly where C-suite leaders are seeing easy, meaningful implementations. From athenahealth’s perspective, Dr. Jessel, how do you balance the “move fast and learn” mindset with healthcare’s requirement to get it right every single time? Those seem like two very conflicting viewpoints.

Nele: That’s a great question, and it’s something we’ve learned a lot about over the last year and a half since we really kicked off our clinician-facing AI efforts. We’ve always used AI on the back end — machine learning and the like — to reduce administrative tasks, so that part isn’t new. What was genuinely new was the clinician-facing use cases: leveraging AI, and especially large language models, which are probabilistic, in clinical medicine. That’s been the new frontier for the past year and a half, and we learned very quickly that it required a different development approach.  What we do now — with AI in the clinical realm, the revenue cycle realm, and patient experience — is develop prototypes rapidly and test them with real live users in a small-scale production environment very quickly, to get real-time feedback right away. We’ve formed special user groups of highly motivated early adopters who understand this is experimental, that there are risks, and that we depend on their candid feedback. And there are genuinely many motivated users who are enthusiastic about trying AI in real practice and telling us what works. We’ve coined the term “pre-alpha” for this stage — it’s different from our standard development process, which normally goes through extensive user experience design, UX sessions, alpha testing with a select group, then beta, then general availability. In pre-alpha, we put small groups of highly motivated users in a live environment to give us the most basic signal: is this even useful, or are we completely missing the mark? We’ve learned to fail fast. We now have hundreds of these experiments in this pre-alpha stage with real live users, and not all of them make it to alpha — but the ones that do move pretty rapidly through to beta and then general availability.  That’s allowed us to shift the mindset on the customer side as well. We went from “No, please don’t put that in my EHR” to “What else can we develop together that would be useful for all of us?” It’s been exciting to watch, and I think all of us are really excited to be living through a transformation where healthcare may finally change in the way we’ve been hoping for decades. It’s an exciting time to be in healthcare technology.

Ritu: Thank you for sharing that — the pre-alpha approach sounds really interesting and something our listeners will love to hear about.

Nele: I’ll add one more thing: we have an in-house patient safety team comprised of clinicians who are embedded on our development side. Everything we do — even in this early pre-alpha stage — gets vetted by our patient safety clinicians to ensure there is no risk to patient safety. We test all the output and have patient safety eyes on it before anything goes into production, even with just a few select users. That’s an important addition, because at the end of the day it’s all about patient care. Yes, we want to reduce clinician burden and administrative burden for practices and ensure they get paid appropriately — all of that absolutely matters. But first and foremost, we want to ensure patients receive optimal care and have great outcomes.

Ritu: Time has flown by, Dr. Jessel — we’re almost at the end. Would love to hear a personal anecdote or story about how you came into healthcare and specifically into this role bridging technology and medicine, and any closing thoughts you’d like to share with our listeners.

Nele: As I mentioned at the start, I’m a pediatrician by training. I had my own practice, and I founded it because I had previously been part of a large group practice that made the transition from paper to EHR. I was actually one of the super users who helped implement the EHR system — back when EHRs had first become a thing and were anything but user-friendly. I tried very hard to improve the implementation for my practice, offering my input and help, but this was before clinical informatics was a recognized discipline and physicians’ voices were largely ignored in technology decisions. So I thought: there has to be a better way. This technology has amazing potential — how can I actually leverage it to be a better physician and spend more time with my patients? Since I couldn’t make that happen in my group practice, I went out on my own and founded my own practice with exactly that goal.  Around that time I went to a technology conference, evaluated different EHR vendors, and saw a mock-up of the “office of the future” where everything was fully integrated and automated. I thought, that’s what I want to build. And I set about building it for my own practice. Gradually I became deeply interested in clinical informatics as it was emerging as a discipline, went back to school, became board-certified in clinical informatics, and joined a large medical group where I eventually led the clinical informatics team and optimized the EHR system. I then did the same for a second large enterprise medical group, and ultimately ended up at athenahealth, where I have a similar role working directly with the product development team to translate clinician needs into technology — because I speak both languages: the practicing physician’s language and the clinical informatics language.  I really love this role because it lets me do at scale what I was trying to do in my own practice: optimize technology to the point where it does what I’ve always felt it should — enable clinicians to spend more time with their patients rather than less, and genuinely improve care rather than detract from it. That, in a nutshell, is my story and how I ended up here. I’m so grateful for the opportunity to make a difference at this scale.

Ritu: Thank you, Dr. Jessel, for sharing that. It’s a really wonderful story. And I think we really are reaching that point where AI will allow technology to become invisible in the background and let clinicians do what they do best — spend time with their patients. Looking forward to that future.

Nele: Thank you so much for having me. It’s an exciting time and I can’t wait to see where we’ll be in a year or two. I believe EHRs will function very differently from the way they do today.

Ritu: Thank you, Dr. Jessel.

Nele: Thank you.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

From Pilot Purgatory to Real World Impact: How AI is moving beyond Experimentation Toward Measurable ROI in Healthcare

Insights by Sally Ann Frank, Global Lead – Health & Life Sciences, Microsoft for Startups

Key Points

  • The startups that scale don’t stop innovating with the product. They innovate business models, go-to-market strategies, and operating practices, and stay coachable through strong customer discovery.
  • Pilot purgatory is avoidable if founders design for production from day one, build an ROI framework early, and keep urgency high through value-added interactions.
  • 2026 becomes “show me the money” through four big bridges: global access via virtual care, women’s health beyond reproductive focus, AI-enabled precision medicine, and a shift from break-fix care to prevention and longevity.

“2026 is the show me the money year.”

Sally Ann Frank doesn’t say that as a slogan. She says it is a market reality. After a period of experimentation and pilots, the healthcare AI ecosystem is entering an era in which outcomes, ROI, and production readiness will determine who scales and who fails.

Sally leads the worldwide Health and Life Sciences strategy, programs, and portfolio for Microsoft for Startups, giving her a front row seat to what separates breakout companies from everyone else. She has also walked the founder’s path herself, built businesses, and authored two books aimed at helping digital health startups avoid predictable pitfalls: The Startup Protocol and The Unicorn Protocol. That combination, founder, advisor, and ecosystem builder, is what makes her guidance as unique as it is unusually practical.

In this episode, Sally sat down with Big Unlock hosts Ritu M. Uberoy and Rohit Mahajan, and it plays like a working session with a mentor who has seen hundreds of startup trajectories up close.

Listen to the full conversation

Separating Startups That Scale From the Ones That Stall

Sally begins with a simple observation. Even when startups start with similar access to cloud credits, infrastructure, and ecosystem connections, outcomes can diverge quickly.

She attributes that divergence to a few fundamentals.

First is stakeholder clarity. She highlights that startups operating within Microsoft’s ecosystem are effectively managing multiple audiences simultaneously. Including the startup itself, the end customer, and internal stakeholders such as account teams, product teams, and research groups. The best founders learn to message, align, and execute across all those contexts.

Second is innovation beyond technology. Sally is explicit that the most successful companies do not treat AI innovation as the finish line. They innovate business models, hiring practices, compensation approaches, and go-to-market strategies. In her words, the case studies in The Unicorn Protocol demonstrate that the innovation “didn’t stop right at innovative tech.”

That’s a useful reality check because the AI market encourages shortcuts. Many companies believe that adding generative AI is a form of differentiation. Sally argues differentiation is actually created by how you package value, how you sell it, how you support it, and how you evolve it as the market changes.

Third is coachability. Sally makes the point that no one innovates alone. The founders who scale are open to strategic mentorship, receptive to customer discovery, and willing to evolve based on what they learn. She emphasizes “strong customer discovery throughout the journey” so companies can build something that works today but also morphs as AI continues to change rapidly.

This becomes a key theme for the rest of the episode: the market is shifting so fast that founders need both conviction and adaptability. Coachability is the operating trait that connects those two.


“Pilot Purgatory” Is a Design Flaw, Not a Rite of Passage

The episode then moves into one of the most common failure modes in healthcare innovation, pilots that never become production.

Sally’s take is blunt. When enterprise sales cycles drag on endlessly, it often reflects a lack of urgency. If the customer believes they can live without your solution, your value proposition is not compelling enough.

She also offers surprisingly tactical advice: “Add value at every interaction.”

Don’t end a pitch with “what do you think?” End with “was that helpful?” and explicitly ask what would make the solution more compelling. Don’t send follow-up emails that ask for next steps without substance. Be prescriptive. Offer the next recommended step, such as a strategy session to refine the solution to the customer’s unique situation.

Her point is not just about sales technique. It’s about positioning. Every interaction should move you from “vendor” to “trusted advisor.”

Then she introduces the shift that matters most for founders, explaining that 2024 was experimentation, 2025 was pilots, and 2026 is “show me the money.” That is where ROI becomes the forcing function.

She acknowledges early-stage companies may not be able to prove ROI immediately, but they must have an ROI framework. They should know which metrics matter, what they will track, and what targets they are aiming for. They should also validate those assumptions through customer discovery by asking customers if the chosen metrics are the right ones.

This leads directly to her most actionable warning about “pilot purgatory.” Founders must plan for success while in the pilot phase.

If a pilot goes well and the customer says, “We love it, now what?” and the startup has no production plan, momentum dies. Sally calls this the law of diminishing interest. The longer the gap between pilot and production planning, the more likely it is that the customer decides they didn’t need the solution as much in the first place.

This is a critical lesson for healthcare AI founders because pilots are easier than production. Production requires security, workflow integration, training, change management, and operational ownership. Sally’s message is that the production pathway must be designed from day one, not bolted on later.

She also emphasizes change management as a consistent blind spot. Even the best solution asks humans to do something different. Founders must account for that reality by removing steps, automating steps, and making it easier for the enterprise to adopt. Founders cannot run the enterprise’s change management, but they must support it in ways that make adoption feasible.

Rohit reinforces the idea with a simple reframing: a pilot is a pathway to production, not an end state, and you need a plan with customer buy-in to move quickly before interest fades.

Sally adds one more practical point that many founders overlook: make your champion look good. Let them take the glory. They will be much more inclined to participate in case studies and public validation if the narrative strengthens their professional success.


The “Show Me the Money” Era and the Four Bridges to Healthcare’s Next Chapter

When asked what she sees ahead, Sally resists pure prediction and instead offers aspirations for where she wants the ecosystem to go. What’s interesting is that her aspirations map directly to where investment and adoption pressure are already building.

She describes four bridges.

First is improved access globally. She points to virtual technology and mobile devices as pathways to democratize care, including scenarios in which remote expertise can support clinical care in underserved regions.

Second is women’s health. Sally highlights a structural investment gap. Women represent half the population, yet women’s health historically receives a small fraction of investment, often concentrated in reproductive health. She argues the opportunity is broader because women present differently across many conditions, and investment should reflect that reality.

Third is personalized medicine. She points to genetics and the use of AI to tailor treatment and medication based on individual characteristics, shifting from one-size-fits-all approaches to more individualized care.

Fourth is flipping the system from break-fix to prevention and longevity. She frames this as improving healthspan, not just lifespan, and emphasizes quality of life across a person’s full life arc.

Ritu connects this to a theme that has appeared in other Big Unlock episodes, the annual physical as an outdated model in a world of continuous health data, wearables, and more holistic health narratives.

What makes these four bridges valuable in this episode is that Sally ties them back to the founder’s strategy. If 2026 is the “show me the money” year, then founders will be judged not by the novelty of their AI, but by the measurable impact they create in areas that matter.


Digital Transformation Winners Become Trusted Advisors, Not “Tool Vendors”

Sally’s core argument is that healthcare AI is entering a more rigorous, disciplined era. The early phase rewarded novelty and experimentation. The next phase will reward ROI, production readiness, and the ability to scale within enterprise constraints.

Her guidance is operational.

Understand stakeholders. Innovate beyond the product. Stay coachable. Do customer discovery continuously. Build ROI frameworks early. Plan production during the pilot. Reduce change management burden. Add value at every interaction. Make your champion look good.

Taken together, these are not abstract principles. They form a practical playbook for escaping pilot purgatory and becoming the kind of company enterprises trust at scale.


The Takeaway

Sally Ann Frank’s message is both direct and timely. Healthcare AI is exiting the experimentation phase and entering a show-me-the-money era where enterprise impact is the only metric that matters. In her view, the startups that win won’t be the ones with the flashiest model demos. They’ll be the ones that innovate beyond the technology, stay coachable through relentless customer discovery, and design for production from day one so pilots naturally convert into scaled deployments.

Sitting at the intersection of hyperscale ecosystem enablement, startup mentorship, and real-world enterprise adoption patterns, Sally Ann Frank’s unique insights are especially valuable:

  • Startups that scale innovate beyond the product, including business models, go-to-market design, and operating practices, not just technology.
  • Coachability and continuous customer discovery are competitive advantages because the AI landscape is evolving too quickly for static assumptions.
  • If sales cycles drag endlessly, urgency is missing. A strong value proposition makes customers feel they cannot live without the solution.
  • Pilot purgatory is avoidable when founders plan production during the pilot and close the gap quickly before diminishing interest sets in.
  • ROI frameworks should be defined early, with targets and metrics validated through customer discovery, because 2026 becomes the show-me-the-money year.
  • The next growth bridges include global access, women’s health beyond reproductive focus, precision medicine through genetics, and prevention and longevity-focused healthspan.

Pilot Purgatory to Enterprise Impact and the Unicorn Protocol for AI Success

Season 7

Episode 208 - Podcast with Sally Ann Frank, Global Lead – Health & Life Sciences, Microsoft for Startups
Pilot Purgatory to Enterprise Impact and the Unicorn Protocol for AI Success

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Pilot Purgatory to Enterprise Impact and the Unicorn Protocol for AI Success
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Sally Ann Frank, Global Lead for Health and Life Sciences at Microsoft for Startups, discusses how AI is moving beyond experimentation toward measurable enterprise impact. She emphasizes that the most successful startups differentiate themselves not just through technology innovation, but through evolving business models, strong customer discovery practices, and a coachable mindset grounded in strategic mentorship.

Sally explores the challenge of “pilot purgatory,” noting that founders must design for production from day one. Establishing clear ROI frameworks and demonstrating early value are essential to maintaining momentum and avoiding the law of diminishing interest often seen in stalled pilots. Looking toward 2026, Sally envisions a “show me the money” era centered on four bridges: expanding global access through virtual technology to democratize care, closing the investment gap in women’s health beyond reproductive care, advancing AI-driven precision medicine through genetics for individualized treatment, and shifting healthcare from reactive treatment toward preventative longevity. Ultimately, the conversation highlights that lasting success in AI will belong to organizations that evolve into trusted advisors, consistently delivering value at every interaction. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at HIMSS.

About Our Guest

Sally Ann Frank leads the global HLS strategy, programs and portfolio for Microsoft for Startups, an organization dedicated to accelerating the development of innovative, market-making companies. Through business strategy planning, go-to-market development, and technical excellence, she enables startups to achieve their short-term revenue goals and long-term visions. Previously, she was part of Microsoft’s IoT Solutions team, helping healthcare and life sciences companies use IoT to improve patient outcomes and efficiency. With more than 25 years in the technology industry, she is focused on business outcomes, helping providers, payers, medical device, pharmaceutical and life sciences companies use IoT, Machine Learning, AI and a variety of other Microsoft technologies to meet the changing demands of the healthcare industry. She earned an MBA from The George Washington University (Washington, DC), an MS in Systems Management from the University of Southern California and a BS in Marketing and Computer Science from Virginia Tech. Sally is the author of The Startup Protocol: A Guide for Digital Health Startups to Bypass Pitfalls and Adopt Strategies that Work, and The Unicorn Protocol: Digital Health Unicorns, How They Got There and What You Can Learn from Them both from Routledge Press.


Ritu: Hi everyone. Welcome to another episode of The Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi, and I’ll be your host today along with Rohit Mahajan. We’re really excited and pleased to have Sally Ann Frank with us today. She leads the worldwide health and life sciences strategy, programs, and portfolio for Microsoft for Startups, and she has a front-row seat to how AI is reshaping industries and particularly startups. She brings a unique perspective on what separates breakout startups from the rest, and we’re really excited to ask her about the Unicorn Protocol as well. In this conversation, we will explore how startups can move from experimentation to real enterprise impact in an increasingly AI-first world. With that, I’ll pass it to Rohit for a brief introduction, and then all yours, Sally. Welcome once again to The Big Unlock Podcast.

Rohit: Thank you, Ritu. I’m Rohit, co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast. We are past two hundred episodes at this point, and we are very fortunate to have met you, Sally, at HIMSS and learned about the Unicorn Protocol. We were together at the author’s launch at the Taylor & Francis booth — a very fortunate meeting, and glad to have you on the podcast with us. Over to you for your introduction.

Sally: Thank you so much, both of you, for inviting me today. As Ritu said, I am the startup lead for health and life sciences globally at Microsoft for Startups, and our organization is dedicated to helping startups grow and scale using our technology and leveraging our customer network. I’ve been in this role for a little more than five years, at Microsoft for more than ten years, and working in healthcare for about ten years as well. Prior to this, I worked with a Microsoft partner that was a very small company — almost like a startup when I joined — and I was there for sixteen years. So I’ve been on that journey of being a small company within the large Microsoft ecosystem. I’ve also had two businesses of my own. And as you alluded to, I have the Unicorn Protocol and the book before that, The Startup Protocol — both designed to help educate startups in digital health and life sciences to really maximize their investments of time, effort, and energy to become more successful.

Ritu: Thank you, Sally. We have so much to learn from you. Let’s start with the first question. Microsoft for Startups offers infrastructure, credits, and ecosystem access — but in your opinion, what really separates the startups that convert that support into enterprise traction from those that stall? If everyone is starting from the same level playing field, what happens after that?

Sally: I think it comes down to a few key areas. One is understanding your stakeholders. As part of the Microsoft ecosystem, there are three stakeholders: the partners themselves and what they need to do to be successful; the end customers that we jointly serve; and the other people we work with — account teams, product teams, Microsoft Research, and all of the other organizations that can also be part of a startup’s growth strategy. Understanding those different audiences and being able to message to them — just as you would with different end customers — is really helpful. Another thing that separates those that succeed from those that don’t is making sure that innovation doesn’t stop with the technology. We’re all excited about AI and what it can do to advance workflows and research, but the most successful startups also innovate their business models. They innovate their hiring practices, compensation approaches, go-to-market strategies. That comes through very clearly in the Unicorn Protocol — if you read through those ten case studies, you’ll see that the innovation never stopped at just building innovative tech. And then the final piece is being coachable. None of us can truly innovate on our own. If you are driven to be successful, having strategic mentorship, working with your investors, working with your hyperscaler, and listening to your customers throughout the journey enables you to take in all of these different inputs and build a foundation that is successful today and can morph as AI continues to evolve at this pace.

Ritu: That’s a great answer. Like you said, everybody thinks it stops with the product — but you have to keep innovating even after the product exists. That leads to the next question, Sally. From your vantage point, what is the single biggest barrier startups face when selling into large enterprises? Initially they have one or two showcase clients and everything looks good, but when it comes to real enterprise sales that’s when some get left behind. What are your thoughts?

Sally: Recently I had a startup founder come to me and say, “The sales cycles are so long — twelve, eighteen months.” And yes, that does happen. But when a startup is working with an enterprise and the engagement keeps getting extended and extended, and it’s always “we’ll get back to you,” what that usually signals is that there is not a strong enough value proposition instilling a sense of urgency to get the solution in-house. If the enterprise can see itself living without your solution for a long time, that’s a problem. Make it compelling enough that they want to act sooner. The other thing I see a lot is startups following up with a prospective enterprise customer — whether after the first pitch or further along — without adding value at every interaction. When you do a first pitch, you don’t end with “So what do you think?” You end with “Was that helpful? I’d love feedback on what would make this more compelling for you. I’d like to add some features if that’s appropriate.” And when you follow up by email, don’t just say “We met last week — what do you think? What’s our next step?” Be prescriptive: “Typically, after we do this demo, we do a strategy session so we can refine and customize our solution directly for the problem you’re trying to solve and the unique characteristics of your organization.” It’s all about adding value at every interaction — whether it’s an email saying “I saw this article about a competitor of yours and I think this is something we can help with,” or “We’ve just released a new feature that directly reflects one of the things we discussed.” Every interaction should move you from being a vendor to becoming a trusted advisor. That’s what you’re going for.

Ritu: That’s the key distinguishing factor.

Rohit: Sally, this is fantastic practical advice — you’ve been in the shoes of the entrepreneur, so you know the pain firsthand. Please tell us a bit about your journey in the healthcare space. You’re heading Microsoft’s startup initiatives in health and life sciences — why not automotive or another industry? How did you end up here? I’d love to hear that story.

Sally: I’ve been a lifelong business developer and technologist, working across many different areas of the field for more decades than I’ll admit to. About ten years ago, I had the opportunity at Microsoft to join the IoT team as a specialist specifically for healthcare. When the opportunity was presented, they asked, “What do you know about healthcare?” And I said, “Well, I’ve been a patient before.” I’d been doing a lot of IoT work in manufacturing, and what I found was that the discrete manufacturing IoT scenarios translated really well to process manufacturing for pharmaceuticals, discrete manufacturing for medical devices, and things like remote patient monitoring and cold chain tracking. There were lots of things where, while I didn’t have direct experience, I could apply my IoT background. That said, I’ve never been a clinician or a scientist, and to fill that gap — starting from day one in that role — I have spent at least a half hour to an hour every day reading bespoke news feeds, thanks to AI, so that I can understand the industry better. I also alternate between reading a book for fun and a book for work, constantly filling gaps and continuing to learn. That role ten years ago uncovered a deep passion for the industry that I didn’t know I had. When you apply technology to healthcare and see the impact it can have on patients and their outcomes, it’s a whole new level of impact — and I truly treasure this role and the ability to work directly with people who are improving outcomes for our patients.

Ritu: I think Sally chose an amazing time to come into this industry, given the level of change we’ve seen recently. And as was said at the HIMSS opening keynote, “May you live in interesting times” — this is definitely one of those times. It’s great that you got to contribute to this field and be here when the generative AI wave hit. Speaking of keeping up — you mentioned reading newsletters every single day just to stay current because something new is happening constantly. In your opinion, with so many startups crossing your path, what are founders still misunderstanding about building sustainable, defensible businesses in this space? Everyone seems to be adding AI for its own sake — what really distinguishes the startups that are doing AI right from the rest?

Sally: Going back to what we talked about earlier — show value. One of the things we think about is this: 2024 was the year of experimentation, 2025 was the year of pilots, and 2026 — though it’s not on the Gartner hype cycle — is the “show me the money” year. It all has to be about return on investment. If you’re an early-stage company, you may not be able to show ROI from day one, but you should have a framework for what that will look like. You should understand what value propositions you’re going to lead with, what metrics you’re going to track, and ideally what labor savings, workflow acceleration, or step removal looks like — and have a target so you know what you’re shooting for. The customers you’re talking to in those early customer discovery conversations can literally help you shape this: “Are these the things that are most important to you? Are these the metrics we should be calculating ROI on?” The other thing that often happens — and this speaks a bit to founder naivety — is pilot purgatory. You get the pilot, you’re excited, it goes well, you document the results, and then the customer comes back and says, “We love it. Now what?” And the founder has no answer. The point is: while you’re running the pilot, you have to plan for success and start planning the full production implementation. Because if the pilot ends successfully and there is no clear next step, the law of diminishing interest sets in. The longer the gap between the pilot and when you start building in production, the less likely they are to move forward — they will find a way to tell themselves they didn’t need it that much. And you cannot forget the change management aspect. In most cases, you are asking people to do something differently. The best way to frame it is: “Instead of these ten steps, you’re only going to do five,” or “We’re automating five of those steps, you only need to do two.” But it has to be conveyed in a way where the customer genuinely feels they can’t live without it.

Ritu: So basically — make it valuable for the enterprise so that they want it, and make it easy.

Sally: Make it easy to buy. Make it easy to work with you. Be sensitive to the change management they have to do internally. You can’t be their change management team, but you can be sensitive to it and support those efforts in a way that opens the gate for you to deploy into full production.

Rohit: My takeaway from what Sally said is: have the end in mind from the beginning — you need to go into production. A pilot is only a way to get to that stage. So have a plan, align it with the customer, and move fast, because otherwise they’ll lose interest.

Sally: One final thing — invariably you’re working with someone at the enterprise who is your champion or point of contact. Make that person look good. Let them take all the glory. Step back. They will be much more inclined to do a video snippet or a case study with you if you’ve made them look good. We’re all doing this because we feel passionate about it, but a little professional and personal growth through the process — for both sides — is also very valuable.

Ritu: Make the champion look good and let them succeed as well. Great.

Rohit: Sally, sometimes when we work with clients we become their technology partner and sign a co-development or collaboration agreement at that early stage itself, so your interests are tied together — and they may even benefit from co-development license fees later on. Have you seen this model work well?

Sally: Yes — it’s a wonderful business model where everybody wins.

Ritu: Before we jump into the next question — you mentioned you love to read and you alternate between reading for fun and reading for work. Tell us about the last two books you’ve read.

Sally: I’m reading The Jazz Bird right now — it’s a sort of mafioso-type book, which is my fun read. On the work side, a few of my favorites were all written by friends. Empowering Nurses With Technology is a great book that helped me understand the nursing process and what nurses’ lives actually look like in a way I couldn’t have gotten otherwise. Tom Lowry has two books — AI in Healthcare and Healthcare Nation — both really good. And Gil Bashe published Healing the Sick Care System. Those are all great reads because they come at the ecosystem from different angles: Kathleen’s from the nursing perspective, Tom’s from the AI and healthcare ecosystem angle, and Gil’s from more of the patient voice and patient advocacy perspective — he was a medic before and has been in healthcare his whole life. Together they give you a really well-rounded feel for the ecosystem today.

Ritu: Thank you for sharing those — I’m definitely adding them to my reading list. So with all the startups you have access to, what do you see coming in the next six months to a year? Any predictions for what’s going to be the next hot area?

Sally: I’m not in the predictions game, but I’ll share my aspirations for the ecosystem. One is improved access globally — using virtual technology, cell phones, whatever we have, so that everyone is entitled to healthcare, whether it’s a virtual visit or helping a surgeon in a remote area collaborate with a specialist in another country. Access is something I’m very passionate about. Another area I hope we will do better in is women’s health. It wasn’t until around 1993 that women were regularly included in clinical trials — that’s a significant problem when half the population are women. We still receive only about 2% of healthcare investment, and what is invested tends to focus narrowly on reproductive health and menopause. But there is so much more to women’s health — women present differently for cardiology, diabetes, and all kinds of conditions. I’m also interested in personalized medicine and how we use AI around genetics, pharmacogenomics, and medications to really treat each person as an individual through chronic and acute situations. And then the final thing is flipping the switch from our break-fix model to preventative medicine and longevity medicine — improving not just lifespan but healthspan. This connects back to the women’s health issue: women typically live six to eight years longer but spend more time sick. How do we fix that? How do we genuinely improve quality of life for everyone until the end? Those aren’t necessarily predictions, but that’s where I’m hoping the industry goes.

Ritu: You’re so right on that last one. We had Dr. Klasko on for our 200th episode and he made a very similar point — even the word “physical” in annual physical is problematic. It’s annual, which is already an issue now that we have a constant stream of health data coming in from wearables. And it’s physical — what about the mental, the holistic picture? Preventative and longevity medicine is exactly where we’re heading.

Rohit: I was thinking as you spoke that these are four bridges to the future you’ve painted, Sally — each one huge in itself, and really great food for thought for all of us and for our listeners. Thank you for sharing that.

Sally: Thank you, Rohit. And thank you, Ritu. It’s been a great conversation.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

The Radical Transformation of Healthcare Through AI-Native Digital Platforms

The Radical Transformation of Healthcare Through AI-Native Digital Platforms

Insights by Bharat Sutariya, MD, SVP and Chief Health Officer, Oracle Health

Key Points

  • Oracle is making a bold bet that “bolt-on AI” will hit a ceiling, and that the real transformation requires rebuilding the healthcare stack with AI embedded at the foundation.
  • The next leap is moving from systems of record to systems of orchestration, where AI listens for clinical intent and queues orders, referrals, and prior authorizations.
  • Near-term value comes from reducing high-volume friction, while governance and human-in-the-loop guardrails remain essential as AI moves closer to clinical decision support.

“AI needs to do the work.”

That single line captures the urgency and ambition in this conversation with Dr. Bharat Sutariya. His core argument is not that healthcare needs more AI features. It needs a different architecture. One where AI is not bolted onto legacy workflows but embedded into the foundational layer so the system can orchestrate work across the care journey.

Dr. Sutariya’s perspective is shaped by living through every era of modern health IT. He is an emergency physician by training with 25-plus years at the intersection of healthcare and technology, including leadership roles at Detroit Medical Center, 17 years at Cerner, a stint at Deloitte, and now as Senior Vice President and Chief Health Officer at Oracle Health. He has seen healthcare move from paper to EHR documentation overload. His “origin story” into technology is simple and relatable: impatience with things that do not work, paired with a relentless drive to improve care at scale.

What makes this episode especially relevant is that it confronts the question every CIO, CMIO, and CEO is wrestling with right now: are we heading toward incremental productivity gains, or toward a fundamentally different operating model for care delivery?

Dr. Sutariya believes the answer depends on whether we keep bolting AI onto legacy systems or build platforms that treat AI as the new core of the workflow.

Listen to the full conversation

Why “Bolt-On AI” Is Only the Beginning

One of the most useful parts of this episode is the way Dr. Sutariya reframes what people blame on the EHR.

As he explained to The Big Unlock podcast host, Ritu M. Uberoy, “the EHR itself is not the only culprit. A large portion of the burden clinicians feel stems from the compounded weight of regulatory compliance, medical-legal requirements, expanded evidence requirements, and administrative demands layered onto the digital workflow over decades. The EHR became the container for all of it, so the frustration is often directed at the EHR.”

That is why he believes AI matters, but also why he believes the usual pattern of adding tools on top of legacy infrastructure will only take the industry so far.

He calls out what has become the industry norm, keeping the foundational EHR and bolt AI on top. He acknowledges that both “bolt-on” and “rebuilt” approaches can show early success, especially because the industry is still “scraping the surface” of what AI can do. But he predicts differentiation will come when AI moves from documentation and isolated agents to orchestration across workflows.

Oracle’s bet, as he told Ritu, is different. Rather than treating AI as an add-on, Oracle is rebuilding the healthcare tech ecosystem across providers, payers, and life sciences using the full Oracle stack, from database and cloud infrastructure through the AI layer to modern applications. In his words, Oracle is embedding AI into the EHR, or even more radically, embedding the EHR inside the AI.

That is not just a product story. It is a sequencing story. It says the future is not “a smarter form.” The future is a workflow engine that can interpret intent, coordinate tasks, and reduce the load clinicians carry every day.


The Shift From Documentation to Orchestration Is Already Underway

When Dr. Sutariya talks about near-term value creation, he is very specific: “reduce high-volume friction,” or the repetitive work that drives burnout. Documentation, chart review, ordering, and follow-up tasks. He argues that AI agents deployed with full chart context can meaningfully reduce burden, improve satisfaction, reduce pajama time, and improve patient interaction because clinicians are not hiding behind keyboards.

He also makes an important point about outcomes. In addition to measuring process metrics like time saved, he says Oracle is increasingly tracking clinical outcomes, financial outcomes, patient experience, and whether clinicians can operate more efficiently without sacrificing quality. That is an important evolution for the industry, because the “time saved per note” story is not enough to justify long-term platform modernization.

Then he explains what “orchestration” looks like in practice, and this is where the conversation gets concrete.

Ambient documentation is not the endpoint. It is the foundation.

As Oracle’s ambient agent listens to the clinician-patient conversation and drafts the note, it also extracts clinical intent and begins queuing actions:

  • orders mentioned by the clinician
  • prescription renewals
  • referrals to other clinicians
  • and, when appropriate, prior authorization workflows

He describes a scenario where the agent hears a clinician discuss a knee replacement. The system identifies payer requirements, retrieves prior authorization criteria, gathers relevant chart information, fills the required documentation, and presents it for clinician review or routes it to the appropriate queue for completion.

The key distinction he is drawing is that the AI is not “making medical decisions.” It is capturing clinician intent and automating downstream administrative work that normally slows care, creates delays, and drains staff capacity.

This is what he means by AI doing the work.

It is also what he means by moving from a system of record to a system of orchestration. A system that does not simply store what happened, but helps move the care journey forward.


Guardrails, Transparency, and Sequencing Are What Make This Safe

Dr. Sutariya is clear that healthcare has a different error tolerance than most industries. The “parts per million error rate” that might be acceptable elsewhere is not acceptable in patient care. Therefore, the path to AI-native orchestration cannot be reckless.

His answer combines governance, safety sequencing, and transparency.

First, he emphasizes starting with lower-risk areas, such as operational and administrative workflows. There is significant efficiency and quality improvement that can be achieved before AI moves into higher-risk clinical domains.

Second, he argues that you need trusted platforms with appropriate guardrails and governance. This is partly why he advocates moving away from a fragmented ecosystem of dozens of AI startups, each requiring data extraction and creating new cybersecurity and privacy burdens. He suggests health systems should accept that AI will be a foundational component and choose a partner or a small set of partners that can provide infrastructure, governance, and reusable services across many use cases.

Third, he describes how Oracle is thinking about transparency in assistive clinical scenarios. He gives a clear example, telling Ritu that “AI-generated chart summaries should not be opaque.” Clinicians should be able to see the source of each critical fact. He describes a workflow where clinicians can hover over a key summary element to see its source, and, with a single click, open the underlying document with the relevant text highlighted. That approach preserves clinician trust and reduces hallucination risk by making provenance visible.

This is a key theme: as AI becomes more capable, the difference between safe acceleration and unsafe automation will be traceability, explainability, and control.

Dr. Sutariya’s viewpoint is that the right platform can embed those safeguards at the infrastructure level, rather than forcing each use case to reinvent them.


The Next Chapter Is Orchestration — Not More Documentation Tools

Dr. Sutariya predicts that within a year, the conversation will move away from documentation efficiency and toward orchestration. AI should not create work. It should do work.

He also makes the North Star explicit. None of this matters unless clinicians and patients feel they get time back, are doing fewer repetitive tasks, and experience a safer path toward better care. Health systems will only win if the care delivery engine improves in a way that clinicians can sustain and patients can feel.

In his framing, AI-native orchestration is not a feature. It is the path to a connected, intelligent ecosystem where intent becomes action and administrative work no longer consumes the clinical day.


The Takeaway

Dr. Bharat Sutariya’s message is both ambitious and practical. “Bolt-on AI” can deliver early wins, but healthcare’s real transformation requires AI-native orchestration built into the foundational platform. Dr. Sutariya’s prediction is that the industry will quickly move from “documentation efficiency” conversations to “orchestration” conversations, and that winners will be the health systems and platforms that sequence safely, maintain transparency, and deliver what clinicians and patients actually want: time back, fewer repetitive tasks, and a more connected care experience.

Sitting at the intersection of emergency medicine, decades of EHR evolution, and AI-native platform strategy, Dr. Sutariya’s unique insights are especially valuable:

  • EHR “burden” is compounded by decades of compliance and administrative layering, and AI is an opportunity to unwind friction rather than add another layer.
  • Bolt-on AI will show early success, but orchestration will differentiate platforms once health systems demand end-to-end workflow impact.
  • Ambient is the beginning, not the end. The real value is when AI listens for clinician intent and automates follow-on tasks.
  • Orchestration means connecting the conversation to action: queuing orders, referrals, and prior authorization workflows while preserving human control.
  • Decision fatigue is real. Health systems should choose trusted AI partners and infrastructure rather than bolting on dozens of point solutions.
  • Transparency and provenance are essential as AI moves closer to clinical workflows, and must be designed into the platform, not patched on.

At the Intersection of AI, Healthcare, and Real-World Impact

Why We’re Heading to DHAI 2026

Healthcare transformation rarely happens in isolation. It happens when innovators, clinicians, investors, policymakers, and operators come together to ask one essential question:

How do we move from innovation to impact?

That is exactly why I’m excited that Rohit Mahajan and I will be attending the Digital Health & AI Summit (DHAI) 2026, hosted by World BI, where we’ll be covering the conversations, insights, and emerging signals for The Big Unlock Podcast.

If the past few years were about discovering AI, the next phase is clearly about deploying it responsibly and at scale.

And DHAI 2026 sits right at that inflection point.

DHAI is Bringing Together Global Healthcare Leaders

The Digital Health & AI Summit 2026 brings together global healthcare leaders, health systems, startups, pharma innovators, investors, and technology visionaries to discuss how artificial intelligence is reshaping healthcare delivery, operations, research, and patient experience.

Unlike many conferences that focus purely on technology, DHAI emphasizes something more important:

Operational reality.

The questions being asked today are no longer theoretical:

  • How do health systems deploy AI safely?
  • What does an AI-enabled workforce actually look like?
  • Can voice agents, copilots, and automation reduce clinician burden?
  • Where is real ROI emerging from AI investments?

These are the exact conversations we explore every week on The Big Unlock — and DHAI provides a live global forum where those ideas collide with real implementation stories.

From AI Pilots to AI Infrastructure

Across healthcare, we’re seeing a fundamental shift.

Healthcare organizations are moving from isolated pilots to enterprise AI platforms.

We’re witnessing:

  • AI copilots supporting clinicians
  • Voice agents transforming access and patient engagement
  • Automation redefining revenue cycle and operations
  • Predictive intelligence influencing care pathways

But success is no longer about deploying a single model.

It’s about building intelligent healthcare ecosystems.

The leaders gathering at DHAI understand that the future belongs to organizations that integrate AI across workflows — not bolt it onto existing systems.

The Big Unlock Is on a Mission

For nearly a decade, The Big Unlock has focused on one mission:

Understanding how digital innovation actually transforms healthcare organizations.

Through conversations with CEOs, CMIOs, founders, policymakers, and investors, we’ve learned an important truth:

Technology does not transform healthcare.
Leadership, strategy, and execution do.

At DHAI 2026, Rohit and I will be meeting innovators, interviewing leaders, and capturing the real stories behind AI adoption — the successes, challenges, and lessons that rarely make it into press releases.

Expect upcoming podcast episodes and insights covering:

  • AI adoption realities inside health systems
  • Startup innovation versus enterprise deployment
  • The evolving role of clinicians in an AI-augmented world
  • Global perspectives on responsible AI in healthcare


The Bigger Moment for Healthcare AI

We are entering what I believe is the second wave of digital health transformation.

The first wave digitized healthcare.
The second wave is making healthcare intelligent.

AI is no longer an emerging technology — it is becoming foundational infrastructure for care delivery.

Events like DHAI matter because they help the ecosystem align around shared priorities:

  • Better patient outcomes
  • Sustainable healthcare economics
  • Workforce resilience
  • Ethical and scalable AI adoption

And perhaps most importantly, they remind us that innovation must remain human-centered.


Join the Conversation

If you’re attending DHAI 2026, I hope you’ll connect with us.

Rohit Mahajan and I will be recording conversations, gathering perspectives, and bringing the most important insights back to the global healthcare community through The Big Unlock.

Because the real unlock in healthcare isn’t AI alone.

It’s how leaders choose to use it.

— Ritu M. Uberoy
Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

Rural Resilience and Balancing Clinical Care with AI Innovation

Season 7

Episode 207 - Podcast with Andrew Porter, CEO, Wayne General Hospital
Rural Resilience and Balancing Clinical Care with AI Innovation

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Rural Resilience and Balancing Clinical Care with AI Innovation
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Andrew Porter, CEO of Wayne General Hospital, shares how a community-based health system is navigating the dual pressures of financial sustainability and rural healthcare delivery. Drawing on his unique “three-legged stool” perspective as a clinician, administrator, and academic, Andrew highlights the necessity of staying nimble in a rapidly evolving market.

Wayne General is taking a pragmatic approach to AI by focusing on real problems instead of technology hype. Andrew details the successful implementation of ambient AI documentation, which has improved provider satisfaction and restored the intimacy of the patient-physician relationship. He also discusses leveraging AI partnerships to bring high-sophistication care, such as heart murmur detection, to rural populations. Andrew emphasizes the critical need for AI-driven transformation in the revenue cycle to alleviate the administrative complexity burdening small hospitals. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Andrew Porter is the Chief Executive Officer of Wayne General Hospital in Waynesboro, Mississippi where he leads strategic planning and daily operations. A graduate of the University of Lynchburg’s Doctor of Medical Science program as part of its second cohort, Dr. Porter continues to practice emergency medicine in the rural setting.

He is certified as a Physician Assistant by the NCCPA and holds the Emergency Medicine Certificate of Added Qualifications (EM-CAQ). Throughout his career, Dr. Porter has served on numerous advisory boards and boards of directors and has also provided expert testimony as a defense expert witness.

Dr. Porter has a special interest in public-private venture partnerships and has successfully structured and closed several collaborative initiatives designed to expand healthcare access and innovation in rural communities. In addition to his clinical and administrative experience, he completes his professional triad with a strong commitment to academics. From classroom teaching and precepting to research and program development, he finds preparing the next generation of healthcare professionals to be one of the most rewarding aspects of his work. He has previously served as an Associate Preclinical Director and held multiple adjunct faculty appointments.

Despite his professional accomplishments, Dr. Porter considers his family his greatest achievement and enjoys spending as much time as possible with his wife and three children on their tree farm.


Ritu: Hi everyone. Welcome to the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu Oberoi. I’m the managing partner here at Damo Consulting and co-host of the Big Unlock Podcast. A very warm welcome to all our listeners to Season Seven. Today we are very thrilled to have with us Andrew Porter. He serves as a key leader at Wayne General Hospital, where he’s driving forward initiatives focused on operational excellence, patient-centered care, and sustainable growth for a community-based health system. Andrew has been instrumental in advancing strategic priorities that strengthen access, improve outcomes, and enhance workforce resilience. Looking forward to a very in-depth and engaging conversation. Welcome, Andrew. Thank you.

Andrew: Thank you for having me.

Ritu: Would you like to add anything to that introduction, or shall we get started?

Andrew: I’m on y’all’s time. I’d just like to say it’s a privilege and an honor to get to chat with you all today, and for your listeners to get to know us here at Wayne General Hospital a little better. I’m excited about what we get to talk about today.

Ritu: We usually like to start with an origin story — asking our guests how they got into healthcare, and particularly into this intersection of healthcare, administration, and tech. If you can tell us a little about your background and how you came to this role, we’d love to hear that.

Andrew: Of course. It’s a winding path of how I ended up here, so I’ll give y’all the short elevator version. I actually started working here at Wayne General when I was still in high school — my first job was here as an ER tech. I did that through high school and into college. I initially went the clinical route in my education. I’m a PA by trade and practiced emergency medicine — I continue to do that to an extent even now. I did some teaching and education along the way, earned my doctorate in medical sciences with a focus on healthcare administration, and then the opportunity came along to return to my hometown to practice emergency medicine. I was able to bring that education and administrative leadership skill set with me, and the rest is history. My board of trustees put faith in me to be the CEO here at the hospital, and here we are today.

Ritu: Thank you for sharing that. You have this professional triad of clinical experience, administrative experience, and a strong commitment to academics. Which part is your personal favorite?

Andrew: I had an accounting professor once who described it beautifully using the analogy of a three-legged stool. Professionally, I have a clinical component, an academic component, and an administrative component — and for me personally, each one of those legs makes the other stronger. Continuing to work on the front lines in healthcare gives me a much better sense of the needs of the community and the pulse of my staff. There are so many times that being in the emergency department, interacting with staff at that level, allows me to catch something that could turn into a significant cultural or logistical issue before it becomes a larger problem. The adjunct teaching keeps me sharp on what the research is showing and where best practices are headed in five to ten years. Having that academic hat on makes me a better administrator. I know the practical challenges, but I also bring the academic perspective to the table. Together, all of that helps me drive our system using best practices, while keeping today’s financial challenges in mind, maintaining a strong strategic plan, and staying nimble — because the healthcare world today is essentially completely different from what it was a year ago.

Ritu: I like that analogy — it really helps visualize exactly what you’re saying, that you have to keep all three things in balance and each one makes the others stronger. Thank you for sharing that. Andrew, I wanted to hear more about Wayne General, because you operate in this challenging community hospital environment. What specific operational or financial levers have had the biggest impact in maintaining both quality and sustainability? We’ve been hearing from other health system C-suite leaders that it’s always a resource crunch and you’re constantly having to do more with less. Beyond AI, what’s top of mind and how do you face those challenges?

Andrew: A little more detail about our organization: we are the sole community hospital for our area, serving a population in excess of 50,000 people given our rural geography and how far our reach extends. We’re county-owned — which may be unique to some listeners — meaning we are actually a political subdivision of Wayne County. Even though we don’t receive any taxpayer funding, we have been financially sustainable for many, many years. At the end of the day, the reality is that we really try to embrace the idea that we’re the people’s hospital. We are owned by the people of Wayne County. We have the nonprofit designation, and I describe it to people this way: 365 days a year, our goal is high-quality patient care. We’re not a for-profit organization answering to shareholders — we answer to the people. But to meet those needs, you have to have money, so at the end of the day it’s still a business. It’s a unique business model, but you still have to get cash in the door. For small hospitals like ours, there’s been so much transition since COVID. We went through an EHR transition during that period, which is always a very big undertaking for a smaller health system. Navigating how that intertwines with the revenue cycle has been a big challenge. For a small community hospital leader, the name of the game right now is being conservative with finances, valuing our independence, and keeping the financial side right up there with patient care — because to offer a high level of patient care, we have to be in a good financial situation.

Ritu: Absolutely. Taking that further — where do you see the most practical near-term opportunities for AI and automation? How far along are you on that journey? We hear a lot about ambient documentation, voice agents, and digital front door technologies, since clinicians are still cautious about AI for diagnostics and clinical decision-making. Where is Wayne General with those technologies?

Andrew: About a year ago, I very distinctly remember having conversations of the nature of: we don’t want to get left behind. So we took a hard look at where our pain points were — but we weren’t going to go out and try to fix problems with AI that didn’t exist. We said: let’s look at the issues we’re actually having and see if AI might be part of the solution. A good example is the ambient documentation and AI-assisted documentation space — that was one of the first areas we went down that path, and it’s been very positive for us. We’ve had it active in a substantial way for about two months now, so it’s still a little early to have a complete picture of the financial implications around improved documentation. I will tell you, the timeliness of documentation has absolutely improved. But for me, the biggest factor has been provider satisfaction. Even some of our later-career providers — who are sometimes resistant to new technology — have tremendously embraced the use of AI for documentation assistance. I would argue that has added longevity to certain providers, and while I don’t yet have a way to quantify this, I believe it’s also improving the patient experience. Instead of the provider feeling rushed to get back to the keyboard and complete documentation, medicine now becomes more what it was intended to be — an intimate, conversational interaction between the patient and their physician or provider focused on the patient’s needs that day.

Andrew: So AI-assisted documentation is what comes to mind first as something we’ve implemented and are seeing really positive early results from.

Ritu: I was having a conversation a few months ago with one of our C-suite guests, and they mentioned that one important benefit of ambient documentation is that doctors are vocalizing more — and that’s great for patients because they love to hear more. Because the system is capturing everything in the background, providers are actually saying things out loud that they might otherwise have just thought, and that really helps.

Andrew: That’s a great point, and putting my clinician hat on — it’s so easy to see a patient and say something like, “I think you have pneumonia, we’re going to run a couple of tests and get a chest X-ray,” and then move on. With ambient documentation, you’re naturally encouraged to be more detailed in that conversation because you know it’s going to be populated into the note. The conversation becomes: “Here’s my concern about what we may be dealing with. I’m going to order X, Y, and Z tests. Here’s what I’m looking for. This is the initial treatment plan.” And the way I have my AI-assisted documentation tool set up, every time I go into the room it timestamps it — which is an additional encouragement to make sure that every 30 minutes, every hour, or whatever is appropriate, I’m reassessing the patient and providing updates to them. So while it may not have been the original intent, it also increases accountability — making sure you’re having those detailed, appropriate conversations with the patient and their family and checking in on them regularly. Personally, those have been some of the real positives for me.

Ritu: Going along those same lines, you mentioned some of those physicians were from an older generation and more resistant to technology. Let’s talk about change fatigue and the barriers to digital transformation. How did you break down those barriers and get everyone on board?

Andrew: For us, one of our more experienced clinicians had actually heard that this technology was becoming available. We let him do a little research, look at different vendors, and participate in the selection process — and then we let him be the first user for a couple of months. He really became our champion. The sell was easy after that because when this particular person — someone who hates technology and wishes we could still do everything on paper — starts telling his colleagues, “This is as close to charting on paper as we’re probably ever going to come again. It’s decreased my workload. I’m not staying hours after my shift or coming in on my days off” — that carries a lot of weight. So for other organizations, finding that champion early on and giving them real buy-in to the project was really key for us.

Ritu: Basically, have the change driver be someone who has a personal stake in the change and can genuinely influence others around them.

Andrew: And realizing that the right agent of change may not be the first person who comes to mind. It doesn’t need to be the newest graduate clinician. It probably needs to be someone more senior, because your senior medical staff will have those long-standing relationships with colleagues, and the trust they carry operates on a different level.

Ritu: Looking ahead, what do you believe will differentiate the community hospitals that thrive from the ones that struggle to survive? Resources are always going to be scarce. What are the key factors that will keep Wayne General — and community hospitals in general — on the path to sustainability?

Andrew: We have a saying in medicine: you often don’t want to be the first to do something, and you don’t want to be the last. For us, that meant while we may not be the very first to try something, we do want to stay on the cutting edge. If we see a product or solution that has worked for others and makes sense for us, we’re going to consider going down that path. The AI vendor market has opened up so many opportunities for relationships and solutions. One thing we’ve been very fortunate with is our relationship with Eko Health, who make the Eko stethoscope. We’ve partnered with them on various research projects using their Sensora AI tool for heart murmur detection, and that’s been a great relationship. That gets into the space of how we use AI to increase access to care — bringing a level of technology and sophistication to a population that historically would have been years behind what could be offered in a large metropolitan area. We’re passionate about bringing that cutting edge of care when it makes financial sense and when we have the capabilities to support it. We’re proud of that relationship and look forward to the research that will come out of that partnership.

Ritu: As you’ve explored AI on your own — and you mentioned you’re always doing research — what do you feel are some of your personal favorite areas you’d like to know more about? And where do you think the biggest change in healthcare is headed in the next year or so? Crystal ball?

Andrew: Putting my administrator hat on — something is going to have to change in the revenue cycle space: coding, billing. There has to be some relief at some point for our hospitals, because the current model is enormously complex. I’ll be very honest — I by no means fully understand the revenue cycle, let alone a layperson trying to make sense of it. And just the timing alone — how long it takes from when a patient is seen to when the facility receives payment — you’re often looking at 30 to 60 days at minimum. I really hope that health systems and payers can come together and find solutions with AI in coding, billing, and that whole arena. That would be huge for everyone. So while it may not be a crystal ball prediction with a definitive endpoint, that’s Andrew’s hope for what will happen.

Ritu: That’s a tough one because it involves so many players and everything is so fragmented. To build something that can communicate across all of them — that’s the barrier we’ve been hearing about from everyone. Everything is so siloed. Unless there are protocols that allow components to talk to each other — maybe with agents from each side communicating and speeding up the process — maybe that’s the future.

Andrew: That would be incredible.

Ritu: Maybe that is the future. It’s been a great conversation. Thank you so much for joining us on the Big Unlock Podcast. It’s been a pleasure having you as our guest. Thank you so much, Andrew.

Andrew: Thank you. It’s been an honor.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Doing More With Less: How Rural Health Systems Can Drive Tech Innovation Even With Significant Resource Constraints

Insights by Linda Stevenson, Chief Operations & Information Officer, Fisher-Titus Health

Key Points

  • Rural health innovation is an execution discipline: partnerships, workflow optimization, and outcome focus matter more than shiny tools.
  • AI is “just another tool” within a larger strategy, and leaders should start with the problem before deciding whether AI fits.
  • Interoperability and cybersecurity remain the biggest constraints in rural areas, and rural vulnerabilities weaken the entire healthcare chain.

“We’re a hundred-bed rural hospital, so we do more with less.”

That’s the context Linda Stevenson brings to this episode, and it changes the entire tone of the conversation. Fisher-Titus Health is a community-based system in Norwalk, Ohio that spans care across the full patient lifecycle, from birth to end-of-life care, including physician practices, home health, skilled nursing, and nursing home services. And as of March, Stevenson’s role expanded beyond CIO responsibilities to include COO oversight of ancillary services, facilities, and environmental services.

Her story is also a reminder that healthcare technology leadership doesn’t require a linear path. She started typing bills on a typewriter, moved into analyst work because she was always asking “why,” then progressed through project management, security, and major EHR implementations, including an early Epic rollout at Cleveland Clinic and vendor-side experience at Cerner (now Oracle Health). Her advice is simple. Say yes, even when you’re unsure. That “jump in the pool” mindset is also how she took on the COO role.

But the most important part of this episode is not her resume. It’s her operating philosophy for rural health systems: stay grounded in enterprise strategy, focus on real outcomes, and resist the temptation to treat AI as a standalone strategy.

Listen to the full conversation

Rural innovation is partnership plus pragmatism, not a single priority

When asked what a CIO should prioritize today, Linda answers with the only honest response, “all of it.”

Innovation, cost control, operational reliability, productivity, clinician experience, and patient access all compete for attention. And in a rural system with constrained budgets and staffing shortages, those trade-offs quickly become real issues.

Her way of navigating that complexity is partnership.

She repeatedly returns to the need to partner with nursing leaders, finance leaders, operations leaders, and clinical stakeholders to identify the real constraints and the real opportunities. In some areas, the problem is recruitment. She points to therapy departments that cannot find enough therapists. The strategy isn’t to cut staff. It’s to use technology to help the available staff work faster without sacrificing quality, so more patients can be seen.

In other areas, the problem is cost. Linda points toward application rationalization and optimization, using what you already pay for more effectively, consolidating where you can, and getting the best value for each dollar spent.

And sometimes the ROI is human. She highlights automation and workflow improvements not only for productivity but also to reduce daily stress and burnout for staff and to improve patient access.

The underlying point is a rural reality: you don’t get to pursue innovation as a separate track. Everything has to map back to outcomes. Everything has to be anchored in what the organization can operationalize with limited people and limited dollars.


“I don’t have an AI strategy. I have a strategy”

Linda has been in healthcare long enough to see buzzwords come and go. She remembers cloud hype, early EHR hype, and other “next big things” that were positioned as the answer to everything.

That’s why her framing of AI is so grounded.

When people started asking about “AI strategy” two years ago, her reaction was simple. AI is another tool. It might be more impactful than some past shifts, but it still needs to align with the organization’s enterprise and technology strategies.

Her overarching philosophy is one rural health leaders will recognize immediately: “the goal is not to chase shiny objects. The goal is to solve problems.”

This is why her adoption model starts with a practical sequence:

  • Partner with leaders in each area to identify the problem.
  • Define the outcome you want, i.e.: productivity, cost savings, time savings, quality improvements, or patient satisfaction.
  • Then determine whether AI is the right tool, or whether another approach solves the problem better.

She also addresses what keeps teams aligned, “explaining the why.”

Many vendors will pitch a shiny solution, and some of those will become strong partners. But not all. Linda emphasizes that leaders need to understand why certain products fit and others don’t, especially because rural systems don’t want 30 different tools solving a single category of problems.

Once stakeholders understand the reasoning, they’re often open to pursuing an integrated path rather than chasing every new option.

This is also where her perspective is quietly strategic: she’s not anti-AI. She’s anti-randomness. She wants AI used where it improves outcomes and operations, not where it creates more complexity.


Interoperability and cybersecurity are rural health’s biggest constraints

Few topics reveal the rural challenge more clearly than interoperability.

Linda notes that interoperability has been discussed for years, but even when systems are technically “connected,” the information does not always flow in a way clinicians can use. That’s the real gap. Not whether data can move, but whether it arrives in a usable, workflow-friendly format.

This problem is amplified in rural settings because rural hospitals rarely have a closed ecosystem of specialists. They refer out. They coordinate across organizations. They need continuity of care across walls.

She gives a vivid example, explaining to host Ritu M. Uberoy, how maternity records still don’t flow cleanly through standard interoperability formats. In some cases, systems still fax papers back and forth with outside OB physicians. That reality undercuts the “interoperability solved” narrative and reinforces how much work remains in real-world care coordination.

She also points to a pathway rural leaders can use to influence improvement and engagement at the state level. Linda serves on the board of Ohio’s HIE and praises the state’s progress, not only for CCDAs but for broader population health initiatives and Medicaid support. Her argument is that rural systems cannot solve interoperability alone. They need collective coordination through state infrastructure and policy.

Cybersecurity is the other constraint she highlights, and her perspective comes with unusual credibility. She testified at the Senate HELP Committee on rural healthcare and cybersecurity risk. Her message is straightforward: rural systems have smaller budgets, smaller teams, and fewer cybersecurity professionals available to recruit. That makes it harder to keep up with constant attacks and harder to manage third-party risk.

But her most important point is structural: rural systems are links in a chain. Many organizations connect through them, directly or indirectly. If a rural link is weak, the broader healthcare chain is weak.

That framing should matter to every leader, not only rural CIOs. Cyber resilience is not isolated. It is ecosystem-level.


Take a breath, stay strategy-driven, and don’t buy a million shiny objects

Linda closes with advice that feels especially relevant right now. AI is moving fast. Costs are changing. Vendor promises are everywhere. The pace can create pressure to rush, to buy, to “do something” just to keep up.

Her guidance is to take a deep breath.

Think it through. Stick to strategy. Don’t rush into a million shiny objects. Focus on where technology truly benefits outcomes. And don’t forget the human dimension, including your own well-being. When leaders run at this pace nonstop, health systems lose clarity and teams burn out.

Her message is a “rural health reality check” with broader relevance. To Linda, the organizations that win won’t be the ones that adopt the most tools. They’ll be the ones that align technology to enterprise priorities, build partnerships that scale, and strengthen interoperability and cybersecurity so care can extend beyond walls without breaking.


The Takeaway

Linda Stevenson’s message is refreshingly grounded. Rural health systems don’t need an “AI strategy,” they need a strategy, with AI used only when it clearly advances outcomes. In a 100-bed hospital with a lean IT team, innovation is less about building new tools and more about partnership, workflow optimization, and disciplined choices that reduce complexity instead of expanding it. The leaders who succeed in this environment will be the ones who stay “strategy-driven,” resist shiny object overload, and build trusted partnerships that help them do more with less while still delivering the quality and continuity their communities depend on.

Sitting at the intersection of rural operations, enterprise technology leadership, and ecosystem-level cybersecurity advocacy, Linda Stevenson’s unique insights are especially valuable:

  • Rural innovation requires practical partnership across leaders to improve outcomes with limited resources.
  • Start with the problem, then decide if AI fits; AI is a tool, not a standalone strategy.
  • Workforce shortages make productivity tooling essential, not optional, especially in therapy and clinical support areas.
  • Interoperability still fails in real workflows, and rural care coordination magnifies the pain of gaps.
  • Rural cyber vulnerabilities weaken the entire healthcare chain, making resilience an ecosystem issue.
  • The best advice in a high-velocity market is to stay disciplined: take a breath, stay aligned with strategy, and avoid shiny-object overload.

Can AI Make Healthcare Feel More Human and the Case for Why it Should

Insights by Ed Lee, MD, MPH, Chief Medical Officer, Nabla

Key Points

  • Ambient AI’s deepest ROI is not minutes saved. It’s reducing cognitive burden and restoring presence in the exam room.
  • Change management, not model quality, is the make-or-break factor in AI adoption.

“At the end of the day, AI is just technology. If we do this right, it shouldn’t feel technical. It should feel more human.”

Dr. Ed Lee’s thought is simple, but it’s also a standard that healthcare leaders can actually use. It reframes the discussion away from model capability and toward lived experience. What do clinicians and patients feel when AI shows up in the room?

Dr. Lee’s perspective comes from spending years in one of the most operationally disciplined care-delivery environments in the country. He grew as a practicing clinician at Kaiser Permanente, where integrated payer-provider delivery forced every workflow change to meet a high bar. Technology could not be adopted simply because it was new. It had to help clinicians focus on patients and reduce the friction that screens and administrative tasks introduced between people and care.

Today, as Chief Medical Officer at Nabla, Dr. Lee is applying those lessons to ambient AI and clinical copilots. He’s explicit that the end goal is not efficiency alone. It’s restoring joy in medicine, reducing cognitive burden, and rebuilding the patient-physician relationship. In his view, that’s where the real ROI lives.

Listen to the full conversation

The hardest part of AI adoption isn’t the AI

When asked about what he learned at Kaiser Permanente, Dr. Lee doesn’t start with feature sets or architecture. He starts with human interaction and clinicians’ ability to focus.

He describes how easily technology can unintentionally get in the way of personalized care, and how the right tools should remove friction rather than add it. But when the conversation shifts to adoption, his answer becomes even more direct: “The hard part is not the technology. It’s change management.”

Dr. Lee puts it plainly to our host, explaining that change management is often the hardest part of implementing new technologies. Clinicians are scientific and evidence-driven. They want to understand “the why.” They want proof that a new workflow will improve care, not simply create another layer of tasks.

That’s why he argues clinician involvement from day one is non-negotiable. If clinicians aren’t brought in from the beginning, he believes teams are “often destined to fail.” This isn’t a philosophical point. It’s an implementation reality. Even the best tool will stall if it’s introduced as something imposed on clinicians rather than built with them.

He also addresses a familiar tension in the current AI narrative. Yes, AI can perform well on standardized tests and sometimes generate outputs that look smarter than what humans could write quickly. But he insists the appropriate framing remains augmentation, not replacement. The clinician must integrate information into the clinical context and remain responsible for the decision.

In practice, Dr. Lee’s message is a reminder that the adoption playbook is not about persuading people that AI is amazing. It’s about building trust through evidence, involvement, and workflow fit.


Ambient AI’s ROI is cognitive relief and restored agency, not a stopwatch metric

The early story of ambient AI was mostly about time savings. And Dr. Lee acknowledges that’s how many organizations first evaluated it: minutes per encounter, hours per day, pajama time reduced.

But he points out something important. The data has evolved, and the experience varies. Some clinicians do save substantial time. Others save less per encounter than the early narrative suggested. Some still have after-hours work even with ambient tools.

And then he pivots to what he sees as the deeper value: agency.

Dr. Lee explains that ambient tools can help clinicians budget their time as they choose. A clinician could compress the day and finish earlier. Or they could invest the recovered capacity back into their patients, slowing down to develop relationships, think more carefully, and communicate more clearly. The key is that the clinician regains control over the time and attention economy of the clinical day.

From there, he connects ROI to something bigger than time: cognitive load, cognitive burden, and meaning.

He argues that the real gain is that clinicians can do what they went into medicine to do. Not to be a transcriptionist. Not to be glued to a computer. But to be a caregiver and scientist who applies evidence to improve lives.

That’s where he believes ambient AI becomes strategic. Burnout reduction and retention aren’t abstract. They are operational outcomes. The tool may not eliminate every after-hours minute, but if it restores attention and reduces mental strain, it can improve the clinician experience in a way that matters in the long term.

Dr. Lee also highlights an unexpected “win-win” effect: ambient AI can improve the patient experience. As clinicians verbalize more to ensure the technology captures the right context, patients often feel more engaged. They hear more explanations. They experience a more meaningful interaction. What began as a documentation tool can become a relationship tool, almost as a byproduct of how clinicians use it.

That’s a key point for leaders evaluating ROI. If you only measure time saved, you might miss the bigger transformation: better communication, stronger trust, and improved clinician-patient connection.


The next frontier is workflow-native intelligence

For Dr. Lee, ambient documentation is only the first layer.

He describes the next phase already arriving. It includes diagnosis capture, coding support, surfacing the right ICD-10 and CPT codes, and improved documentation to support the financial integrity of care delivery. He’s clear that accurate documentation can improve how organizations capture what they are doing and justify it appropriately.

But he also points beyond the financial layer into clinical workflow intelligence:

  • chart summarization that distills decades of patient history into what matters now
  • surfacing key context at the point of care
  • clinical decision support that suggests diagnoses, diagnostic tests, and treatment options
  • orders that can be staged on behalf of clinicians, as long as the trust layer is strong

He notes that adoption of decision support will depend on trust, which takes time to build. But he believes clinicians will be enthusiastic if the tool supports their workflow without adding noise.

This is also where his “friction” framing returns. It’s not just what the tool can do. It’s how it does it.

If a tool adds five extra clicks per patient, clinicians won’t use it. Usability and integration matter as much as capability. Dr. Lee emphasizes that “hope is not a strategy.” You can’t release tools and assume adoption happens. Adoption must be engineered through workflow understanding, usability design, and deliberate change management.

In his best-case vision, AI becomes invisible infrastructure. It fades into the workflow. It reduces friction and supports clinicians through the entire loop: intake, documentation, orders, summarization, and decision support.


Done right, AI shouldn’t feel technical. It should feel human.

Dr. Lee’s message is consistent across the episode. The goal of AI in healthcare is not to make clinicians type faster. It’s to help clinicians be more present with patients, to reduce administrative burdens, and to restore the human side of care.

He doesn’t deny the importance of ROI. He simply reframes it. The deeper ROI of ambient AI extends beyond minutes saved. It’s cognitive relief, restored agency, reduced burnout, better recruitment and retention, and more meaningful patient interactions.

And he grounds the future in execution reality. The next wave will bring decision support, diagnosis capture, and chart summarization deeper into workflows, but only if organizations do the hard work of clinician involvement and change management. Technology alone won’t carry adoption. Trust and usability will.


The Takeaway

Dr. Ed Lee’s view of healthcare AI is refreshingly grounded: the goal isn’t efficiency for its own sake, it’s restoring human connection in care. Ambient AI is the first major proof point because it reduces cognitive burden, gives clinicians agency over their time, and can improve the quality of clinician-patient communication as a natural byproduct. But Dr. Lee is clear that the hardest part isn’t the tool, it’s adoption: change management, workflow fit, and clinician involvement from day one. As ambient evolves into chart summarization, diagnosis capture, and decision support embedded directly into the clinical workflow, the standard should stay the same. Done right, AI shouldn’t feel technical. It should feel human.

Sitting at the intersection of integrated care delivery experience and real-world ambient AI deployment, Dr. Lee’s unique insights are especially valuable:

  • Change management is the hardest part of AI adoption, and clinician involvement from day one is non-negotiable.
  • AI outputs can be convincing, which makes clinician expertise and context essential to prevent subtle outsourcing of judgment.
  • Ambient’s deepest ROI is cognitive relief and restored agency, not just time savings per encounter.
  • The patient experience can improve as clinicians explain more in real time, making conversations more engaging and meaningful.
  • The next frontier is workflow-native intelligence: diagnosis capture, coding support, chart summarization, and decision support at the point of care.
  • Adoption depends on frictionless integration: if it adds clicks, it won’t scale, regardless of how “smart” it is.

Reimagining Healthcare Through AI-Native Orchestration and Digital Platforms

Season 7

Episode 206 - Podcast with Bharat Sutariya, MD, Senior Vice President and Chief Health Officer, Oracle Health
Reimagining Healthcare Through AI-Native Orchestration and Digital Platforms

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Reimagining Healthcare Through AI-Native Orchestration and Digital Platforms
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Bharat Sutariya, Senior Vice President and Chief Health Officer at Oracle Health, discusses the radical transformation of healthcare through AI-native digital platforms. As an emergency physician with over 25 years of experience, including leadership roles at Cerner and Deloitte, Dr. Sutariya provides a unique perspective on moving past the “burden” of legacy EHR systems.

The core of the conversation centers on Oracle’s bold bet: moving away from the industry-standard “bolt-on” AI approach. Instead, Oracle is rebuilding the healthcare stack from the ground up, embedding AI into the foundational layer. Dr. Sutariya argues that the future of healthcare technology isn’t just about capturing data but about systems of orchestration. This means AI that doesn’t just transcribe a note but listens to the clinical intent to automatically queue orders, handle referrals, and initiate prior authorizations.

Dr. Sutariya predicts that within a year, the conversation will shift from documentation efficiency to a truly connected, intelligent ecosystem that gives time back to both providers and patients. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at HIMSS.

About Our Guest

Dr. Bharat Sutariya serves as Senior Vice President and Chief Health Officer on the executive leadership team of Oracle Health & Life Sciences, where he leads enterprise strategy, customer engagement, product advisement, and industry representation for the global business. A seasoned and forward thinking healthcare leader, he is committed to advancing the use of AI and digital technologies to modernize healthcare delivery, elevate clinical and operational performance, and improve the experience of every stakeholder across the ecosystem.

Dr. Sutariya guides customer leadership collaboratives that bring together senior clinical, operational, and business executives, ensuring their insights directly shape Oracle’s next generation intelligent health platform and the connected data ecosystem that bridges research and care. In this work, he aligns market needs with product innovation across provider, payer, and life sciences domains to support a rapidly transforming industry.

His career spans extensive leadership in healthcare technology, clinical operations, and large scale transformation. Prior to Oracle, he was a leader in Deloitte’s Integrated Health practice, driving technology enabled clinical and operational modernization for health systems nationwide. Previously, as Vice President and Chief Medical Officer at Cerner, he played a central role in developing core EHR capabilities, value based care solutions, and data driven performance improvement programs.

Board certified in Emergency Medicine, Dr. Sutariya has practiced in Michigan and Kansas. He began his career at the Detroit Medical Center, where he led major clinical transformation and health IT initiatives across the integrated delivery network, and served as a clinical assistant professor at Wayne State University School of Medicine. He completed his Emergency Medicine residency at Wayne State University and the Detroit Medical Center.


Ritu: Hi everyone. A very warm welcome to all our listeners to the Big Unlock Podcast, Season Seven. Today we are very happy to have with us Dr. Bharat Sutariya, who leads Oracle Health’s clinical AI strategy. My name is Ritu, and I am the managing partner at Damo Consulting and co-host of the Big Unlock Podcast along with Rohit. Today Rohit is not here, so I’ll be in conversation with Dr. Sutariya. Dr. Sutariya is a senior healthcare leader at Oracle Health, shaping the next generation of digital platforms and how data and AI are transforming care delivery at scale. At Oracle Health, Dr. Sutariya is focused on enabling a more connected, intelligent healthcare ecosystem, and his work sits at the intersection of platform modernization, interoperability, and the emerging role of AI in re-imagining healthcare delivery. With that, I’ll hand it over to Dr. Sutariya. Welcome to the podcast. Thank you for being our guest today.

Bharat: It’s a pleasure, and thank you for the warm welcome. I look forward to our conversation.

Ritu: Thank you so much. If you’d like to add anything beyond the introduction, we’d love to hear.

Bharat: Sure. I’ve been fortunate to be at the intersection of healthcare and technology for over 25 years. I’m an emergency physician by training and practiced for 26 years — initially in Detroit, where I trained at the Detroit Medical Center and led much of the digital transformation there. Then I moved to Cerner for 17 years, did a short stint with Deloitte, and joined Seema’s executive leadership team at Oracle Health a couple of years ago. I’ve had the opportunity to witness healthcare’s journey from paper-based practice, through read-only systems, to heavy EHR documentation, and now — what I would say is the most exciting era — where we are on the verge of delivering the vision we’ve always had: allowing clinicians to practice better, patients to generate better outcomes, and the healthcare ecosystem to reach a more sustainable path. I am more bullish and excited than ever.

Ritu: Thank you, Dr. Sutariya. We always love to start with an origin story, and doctors’ origin stories are really fascinating. We always ask: what led you to tech? Being a doctor is such a full-time job — how do you manage to combine your interest in technology and medicine? Tell us a little more about that.

Bharat: What led me to tech is a relentless focus and impatience to improve healthcare — all the way back to residency, when I simply would not tolerate the green-screen CRT machines delivering lab reports, the printers not working, things just not functioning. I’ve always had very little patience for things that don’t work, and I believe patients and providers deserve better. I’ve always looked at technology as the most scalable answer to that problem. That’s what got me into technology from the early days of residency, then leading tech transformation at Detroit Medical Center, and onward from there.

Ritu: Tell us a little more about your time at Cerner, because you had a front-row seat to both the promises and limitations of large-scale EHR systems. They were supposed to make things better, but interoperability — which was always promised — was never fully there. What lessons do you bring to Oracle Health, and how do you think you can improve on that?

Bharat: I had the pleasure of working with Neal Patterson, Cerner’s founder, for nearly 15 of my 17 years there. He always stated that healthcare is too important to stay the same — meaning it needed to evolve, and faster. That was always the focus at Cerner. Cerner started as a lab company, grew into an inpatient EHR, and then into an enterprise EHR over the years. What most people don’t appreciate is this: if we had taken the way people practiced on paper 20 to 25 years ago and simply made it electronic, EHRs would actually be quite efficient. But what we don’t often talk about is 20 to 25 years of regulatory compliance, new evidence in medicine, and the overburdening of data — all of these movements stacked on top of EHRs, combined with EHRs becoming increasingly administrative. That is what led to the burden people talk about. It’s not the EHR alone. Take E&M coding, for example — it’s quite burdensome, and many times clinicians perceive that burden as coming from the EHR, when in reality it’s the E&M coding system, the medico-legal documentation requirements, or some other external task. All of it gets compounded into an EHR issue. That’s why I’m excited about the future, because I think we have much better answers going forward.

Ritu: Thank you for that insightful answer. Oracle Health is now representing a shift toward a more unified, platform-centric model. What fundamentally changes when healthcare moves from fragmented systems to a single data and workflow layer? And what do you think will get harder before it gets easier?

Bharat: There has been quite rapid adoption of AI and modern technology over the last couple of years in particular, and we made a different bet than most of the industry. The industry largely took a bolt-on approach — keep the legacy foundational EHR and bolt AI on top of it. That’s the industry norm. At Oracle, we took a different approach: AI is too important and transformative a tool to treat that way. In addition, we had the opportunity — because of Oracle’s full stack — to leverage everything from the foundational database and Oracle Cloud OCI infrastructure, through the AI layer, to the modern application layer. So we decided to reconstruct not just the EHR, but the entire healthcare tech ecosystem across provider, payer, and life sciences, to achieve a connected ecosystem vision. For us, AI is embedded into the EHR — or you could say the EHR is embedded inside the AI. There is no bolt-on. While that requires significant resources to build what the market has had for three or four decades of legacy EHR, we’re taking the bigger bet to transform the whole thing. That does require investment, but it gives us a significant advantage to innovate without legacy constraints. The industry’s bolt-on approach is having early success, as is ours, because we are still scratching the surface of what AI can bring to medicine. Where you will see differentiation going forward: we’ve already deployed AI agents on top of our legacy Millennium EHR, but we’ve just released a brand new Oracle Health ambulatory primary care EHR that is AI-embedded, cloud-first, and truly native. It looks and behaves radically different — with far fewer menus and clicks, because AI is always present as your companion with a human in the loop. The biggest movement for us is transitioning from a system of record — which is what most EHRs have been — to a true system of orchestration and workflow. That is the transformation we are leading toward.

Ritu: I totally agree. The bolt-on approach can only lead to incremental change. If you’re looking for transformational change, you have to build with AI first in mind. That’s something we’ve talked about in our voice agent webinars — companies expect more from AI but don’t see that transformation because they’re using it as a bolt-on solution, which only delivers that incremental 10 to 20% productivity gain. AI can let you do things fundamentally differently. So what are your thoughts on invisible AI versus clinician-facing tools? We’re hearing a lot about ambient and how doctors feel free to just talk directly to the patient without the documentation burden in between. Where is the real value creation happening today?

Bharat: The biggest near-term value is in reducing what I would call high-volume friction — the tasks that typically cause clinician burnout: documentation, chart review, ordering, and all the follow-up tasks. What we’ve now demonstrated with Oracle Health’s clinical AI agents, each built for these specific purposes, is that when you deploy them with access to the full chart context, you do significantly reduce that burden. We’ve seen it in time saved, clinician satisfaction, a reduction in pajama time, and even better patient interactions — because clinicians now have more face-to-face time rather than hiding behind a keyboard. And for us, outcomes aren’t only about process measures like time saved. We’re also tracking truly clinical and financial outcomes: did patient care improve? Was the provider able to see more patients efficiently? Was the patient happier with the interaction? Those things that really matter are where we’re now transitioning. Even in these early days, focusing on high-volume friction, AI has already been tremendously helpful.

Ritu: Would you say ambient has been one of the most successful use cases of AI so far? And where do you see it going further?

Bharat: Absolutely. Ambient as an assistive technology in healthcare delivery is probably the single best technology I’ve seen in my 25-plus-year career in terms of rapid adoption — and not just rapid adoption by one or two physician groups, but across the board. Every physician group you give access to embraces it, and they use it with a high degree of sustained adoption. That’s because it adds real value. It captures documentation fairly accurately and keeps the human in the loop — the draft is presented to the clinician, who validates it before committing it to the chart. But while many startups in the industry consider that the endpoint, at Oracle Health we view it as the beginning and the foundation. For example, our ambient agent, while creating the note draft and listening to the conversation between provider and patient, is constantly monitoring that conversation. Did the physician say something about orders? “Mrs. Jones, I’m going to order X, Y, Z lab tests for you. I’m going to renew your prescription.” The agent extracts the clinician’s intent and queues up orders, prescription refills, and follow-up tasks — including referrals and prior authorizations. If Mrs. Jones needs a knee replacement, the agent understands in that moment who the payer is, whether prior authorization is required based on eligibility and coverage criteria, and if so, it retrieves the authorization criteria, pulls all the relevant information from the chart, fills it automatically, and presents it to the clinician for review. If more work is needed, it goes to the queue. The ambient conversation is directly connected to the automation of a significant downstream task, done more accurately. That’s our journey — millions of agents spinning off in the background based on that ambient conversation, continuing the care journey forward.

Ritu: So you’re saying it’s going to move beyond just being a note-taker to actually taking the next step — listening and acting on what’s discussed?

Bharat: It’s already there. It’s already happening.

Ritu: Most health system CIOs and CMIOs we speak with are now genuinely overwhelmed by the pace of innovation — something new seems to emerge every single day. How should they think about sequencing platform modernization, AI adoption, and operational transformation without creating decision fatigue within their organizations?

Bharat: Let me offer a few key points. First, start with the end in mind. Be clear about the outcomes you’re trying to achieve, and recruit the right solution for that. Second, don’t look at AI as a collection of a hundred individual vendors. Look for a partner who can help you establish a platform and services framework capable of solving hundreds of problems over many years. Those are the two axes I think are most important. What I see in the marketplace — even within our customer base and beyond — is that tens, sometimes hundreds, of startups and AI companies are approaching health system leadership from every direction with different point solutions. Each of them genuinely has something to offer and can solve a specific problem. But the challenge is: how do you bolt ten or twenty different AI startups into your ecosystem? Every model requires data, which means you’re extracting and sending data to various external environments and then managing the cybersecurity, data privacy, and compliance implications of each one. AI has already proven itself enough that every health system should accept it is part of their journey. So you might as well embrace it and start forming a trusted partner framework — identifying which partner or set of partners can help you establish an AI infrastructure within your organization, connected to both your clinical and enterprise systems, to achieve clinical, operational, and financial improvement. Think from a partnership perspective. Then think with purpose — what are the highest-impact starting points? What has already been proven in the marketplace? Adopt that, but don’t wait for the next wave to perfectly emerge. Some degree of experimentation and piloting is important in this space, and in AI the pilot cycle is measured in days and weeks, not months or years, because that’s how efficiently you can deploy an AI agent and get to outcomes.

Ritu: Do you see a tension there? In most industries, the mantra is innovate fast and fail fast. But in healthcare it’s almost the opposite — you have to play it safe and not take chances. How do you reconcile those two?

Bharat: You raise an important point. In virtually any other industry, a parts-per-million error rate might be acceptable. In healthcare, it is not. So you absolutely must have guardrails — and that’s exactly why you need a trusted partner and platform with appropriate governance built in. While you may be doing early adoption of innovation, you need the right guardrails, the right governance, and the right metrics to ensure absolute patient safety. You also need to be able to test high-risk scenarios in a non-production environment. But here’s the opportunity: there is so much improvement to be made on the operational side of healthcare that you can safely deploy AI to solve a significant number of operational problems and gain efficiency before you move toward higher-stakes clinical applications. That gives everyone a meaningful runway to get started in a big way.

Ritu: Where we’re seeing most implementations right now is in the digital front door — before the patient even reaches the clinical setting. But do you think the guardrails and safety factors you described will keep humans in the loop longer? AI is progressing so rapidly — we’re already hearing about AGI, and we saw with Project Strawberry that some organizations are pausing releases to give the industry time to assess vulnerabilities. Do you think the human-in-the-loop model can hold, or will AI leapfrog that?

Bharat: That’s where careful governance and guardrails are essential, because no one can afford to simply wait. The question is how do you keep moving forward while doing so safely. I think establishing clear frameworks helps — for example, if something is purely administrative and doesn’t directly impact patient care or patient safety, it could potentially be automated. That’s the invisible AI piece. You just need the right metrics to confirm it’s achieving the intended outcome. You can do that very safely on the operational end. But the moment you inch toward anything that assists — not even makes — clinical decisions, then transparency becomes paramount. The AI must show why it’s drawing a particular conclusion, and it should be assistive and presenting facts with full transparency to the clinician rather than acting autonomously. For example, in our new EHR, every time a physician logs in, an AI-driven summary is immediately generated — one that knows the patient, knows the reason for the visit, knows the physician, and has access to the entire longitudinal record. It constructs a concise summary a clinician can consume in one to two minutes, versus clicking through fifteen tabs over ten minutes on a complex patient. But critically, we’ve embedded metadata tags throughout that summary. Anywhere there is critical information, the clinician can hover over it and see exactly where it came from — and with one click, the source document loads with the relevant text highlighted. That’s AI driving clinical efficiency in a way that’s also transparent and safe. We’re fortunate to have the full Oracle Health AI infrastructure stack combined with three to four decades of clinical system development experience. We understand the clinical significance of every data element and its metadata. A lab value isn’t just a lab value — we understand what abnormal, high, and low mean, the standard deviations, and the source context, because we’ve been living with that data on the Cerner side for decades. Combined with Oracle’s capabilities, that puts us in a stronger position to deploy AI safely.

Ritu: You made very good points — retrieval-augmented generation with traceability back to the source, and the importance of context because you have so much surrounding information to interpret each value accurately. That was a very insightful answer. Time has flown by and we’re almost at the end of the podcast. What are your predictions for the next year? If we had this conversation again in a year, what would we be talking about?

Bharat: I think we’ll be talking about the next chapter — moving away from documentation and truly into orchestration. That’s the big shift. And AI shouldn’t be creating work; AI needs to do the work. I think we’ll see more successful examples of that. At the end of the day, all of this only matters if our clinicians and patients feel they’ve gotten time back, are doing fewer repetitive tasks, and feel there’s a safer path toward better healthcare. That’s the north star. Health systems should feel they can operate a better care delivery model. Providers should feel they’re delivering safer, better care while remaining personally satisfied — not overburdened. And patients should feel that the health system they’re visiting, powered by AI, is delivering a genuinely better experience. That’s the north star we’re working toward.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Dr. Sutariya. It’s been an absolute pleasure having you on the podcast. Thank you for making the time to speak with us today.

Bharat: It’s my pleasure. Thank you for a great conversation.

 

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Building Strategy-Driven Technology in Rural Health Systems

Season 7

Episode 205 - Podcast with Linda Stevenson, Chief Operations & Information Officer, Fisher-Titus Health
Building Strategy-Driven Technology in Rural Health Systems

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Building Strategy-Driven Technology in Rural Health Systems
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Linda Stevenson, Chief Operations & Information Officer at Fisher-Titus Health, shares how rural health systems are driving innovation under significant resource constraints. Leading a 100-bed community hospital with a lean IT team, she highlights the realities of “doing more with less”—from workforce shortages to the critical need for interoperability in coordinating care beyond organizational walls.

Linda challenges the industry’s fixation on AI as a standalone strategy, advocating instead for a problem-first approach: start with the clinical or operational need, then determine if AI is the right fit. She emphasizes that true transformation comes from aligning technology with enterprise priorities, not chasing hype.

She also points to persistent gaps in interoperability and growing cybersecurity risks, particularly in rural settings where vulnerabilities can impact the broader ecosystem. Her message is clear: stay grounded in strategy, focus on outcomes, and prioritize partnership over products to drive meaningful, scalable change. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at ViVE.

About Our Guest

Energetic and passionate digital leader with a masterful track record in transforming organizations to drive greater business outcomes and empower people through technology.

Linda Stevenson is a Certified Healthcare CIO (CHCIO) and serves as Chief Information Officer at Fisher-Titus Health in Norwalk, Ohio. With over thirty-five years of experience in the healthcare sector, Ms. Stevenson has directed transformative initiatives across clinical, operational, and revenue cycle domains at institutions including The Cleveland Clinic, MetroHealth, Southwest General, and Oracle Health Corporation. Her areas of expertise encompass project management, compliance, data security and privacy, regulatory, and system implementations.

Ms. Stevenson holds an MBA from Cleveland State University and is a Project Management Professional. She has been recognized as a top CIO to watch by Becker’s, nominated for the OHA Healthcare Worker of the Year award, and awarded a CHIME Healthcare CIO Bootcamp scholarship.

She is committed to advancing collaboration and innovation within the healthcare industry, serving on the boards of CHIME and Clinisync, and leading the Ohio Users Group for Oracle Health organizations. Ms. Stevenson has coordinated statewide CIO support networks and contributed to advisory boards and committees, including the CHiME and AHA Public Policy Groups, Ohio Health Partnership (OHIP) and Northeast Ohio HIMSS. She participates in national initiatives such as the KLAS Emerging Solutions Top 20 and Gartner industry groups and represented rural healthcare at the 2025 Senate HELP Committee hearing on cyber security.

Beyond her professional responsibilities, Ms. Stevenson is a wellness coach, master yoga teacher, aromatherapist, Reiki Master, Cancer Exercise Specialist, and health advocate.


Ritu: Hi everyone. A very warm welcome to all our listeners to Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu, and I’m your co-host along with Rohit, who is missing from the podcast today. We are very happy to have with us Linda Stevenson. She’s the Chief Information Officer at Fisher Titus Health, where she leads enterprise technology strategy for a community-based health system. She has over 30 years in healthcare IT, and has worked across organizations like Cleveland Clinic, Cerner, and regional hospitals. Her work has focused on integrating core systems, particularly EHR and telehealth. She’s especially passionate about advancing innovation in rural and community health systems where resources are constrained but impact is critical. We are really looking forward to our conversation today. Welcome once again, Linda, to the podcast. Thank you for being here.

Linda: Thanks for having me.

Ritu: I gave an introduction, but feel free to add anything you’d like or if you feel I missed anything.

Linda: I’ll give you a little background on me and my organization. Fisher Titus Health is a rural healthcare organization in northwest Ohio, in a town called Norwalk. We’re a 100-bed hospital facility — not a large hospital, but we offer a lot across the full span of a patient’s life, all the way from birth to end-of-life care, including nursing home care, skilled nursing, and home health. We also have a large physician practice group, so we really do span a wide range of care delivery areas. I talk about doing more with less — that’s what happens in rural healthcare. We are technically a rural healthcare organization, and our job is to figure out how to do things for less money but still achieve the same outcomes and access the same technologies as larger organizations. I love being in rural healthcare because I get to work on very challenging and creative solutions. And as of the beginning of March, I am now also the COO of the organization, handling not only the technology group and cybersecurity, but also all of our ancillary services, facilities, and environmental services.

Ritu: Wow. Congratulations — that’s great to know. As I was reviewing your profile, I realized you have somewhat of an unconventional background for someone in this position. We would love to hear your origin story — what brought you into healthcare and how you got to where you are today. I remember when we spoke, one thing really hit me: you said you have to reach out and ask for things, you can’t just sit back and wait for people to tell you what to do. You have to be confident in your own abilities. Tell us a little bit more about that.

Linda: I started in healthcare as a biller, typing bills on a typewriter back in the day, before all the automation we have now. I found that my passion was asking questions — I was always asking why in that department. The technology team noticed that and said that’s the making of a good analyst, and brought me into technology for the first time very early in my career. I had no computer background from an education standpoint — my degree was in business management. I used to joke it was a useless degree, but I found it certainly helped me later in my career as I moved into project management and building stakeholder relationships across the organization. From those early analyst days, I moved into project management, data security, and then progressively larger EMR implementations. I worked on the Epic implementation when it initially rolled out at Cleveland Clinic, and then had the privilege of working for Cerner — Cerner at the time, not Oracle Health — for three and a half years, really learning what the vendor side looks like through their IT Works division. And here I am as CIO years later. I always tell people: if you’re not sure, say yes. Every single opportunity I said yes to, even when I was afraid or thought it might not be my job — every single time, it opened another door and taught me something new that got me to where I am today.

Ritu: That reminds me of something I read — just jump into the pool and figure the rest out as you go.

Linda: That’s exactly how the COO role came about. The gentleman in that role was retiring, and I just went to my boss, the CEO, and said: put my hat in the ring. I have no idea what I’m doing, but I’ll figure it out.

Ritu: Awesome. So Linda, you’ve seen the full stack of hospital operations — from billing all the way to IT leadership. How has that shaped your view of what a CIO should prioritize today? Should it be innovation? Cost control? Operational reliability? Tell us about your priorities and how you balance these competing demands.

Linda: The easy answer is: yes, it’s all of that. I don’t think we can choose one thing, and I think that’s both the challenge and the beauty of what we get to do. At the bottom line, it’s about partnership — partnering with all the other leaders, whether nursing, finance, or operations, to understand the challenges they face. In some areas the challenge might be optimization or productivity improvement. For example, our therapy departments are struggling to recruit right now. They simply cannot find therapists. So how do we use technology to allow the therapists we do have to work faster while still delivering the same quality, so they can see more patients? It’s not about wanting to reduce headcount — we can’t even find people to hire. In other areas, the question is how to cut costs, through things like application rationalization: really honing in on using the solutions we already have better and getting the most out of our investments. And then there’s automation — some of it is simply about making lives better, whether that means giving patients better access to care or giving providers tools to reduce stress and burnout in their day. It really is all of it, and you just have to understand your audience.

Ritu: You’ve talked about bringing Fisher Titus back to Most Wired status. How do you ensure that’s based on measurable clinical or operational outcomes rather than chasing shiny objects? At VIVE, we heard everyone going after AI just to make it look good.

Linda: I’m a very practical person. About two years ago when everyone was still asking “what’s your AI strategy,” I’ve been around this industry long enough to know that AI is just another tool. We’ve had lots of tools — cloud was a buzzword for a while, EMR was a big thing. Lots of things come and go. Yes, this one might be a bit more impactful than some we’ve seen in the past, but the way I look at it: I don’t have an AI strategy. I have a strategy. The organization has a strategy, and we have a technology strategy to support it. That strategy may or may not involve AI — it depends on the need. I look at it from a practicality standpoint, going back to what we just discussed: partnering with leaders in each area to ask, what problem are you trying to solve? Then we look at whether there’s an AI solution, and whether it brings productivity improvements, cost savings, time savings, patient satisfaction improvements, or quality care improvements. All of those are measurable. That’s the conversation we have: here’s what we’re trying to solve, here are some options, and here’s what we think we can achieve.

Ritu: What we’ve heard from other C-suite leaders is that this has to be cross-functional — you have to build buy-in and partnership across the organization. Are you finding the same at Fisher Titus? And how are you tackling AI literacy, given that every couple of days there’s a new release and it’s hard for anyone to keep up? You said you’re not chasing shiny objects but focusing on strategy — yet you still have to know what’s out there. How does anyone keep up with this pace of innovation?

Linda: You try, right? There are a couple of factors. On one hand, our leaders need AI education to help them understand the basic things they can already be doing to make their lives easier — whether it’s ChatGPT, transcription tools, or other things that can lighten their administrative load. They often don’t grasp those as readily as they understand a vendor coming in and saying “I can solve all your problems with this new scribe solution.” So there’s a parallel track: here’s how you can help yourselves, and here are some broader things we can bring to the organization. At the same time, we have to temper the vendor conversations. Every vendor comes in with shiny objects, and I have to help them understand our strategy. We’ll look at what they offer, but it may or may not fit into the direction we’ve chosen, because we want integration across the whole — we don’t want 30 different scribe solutions or 20 different quality solutions. Vendors are generally receptive to that once you explain the why. You have to spend time on the why — educating them on how powerful these tools can be when done well, versus just buying something random.

Ritu: I think buy-in is the key. Once you have that trust, things move forward. Without it, it gets really difficult.

Linda: And isn’t that the key — trust? They need to trust us and we need to trust them. That’s something we’ve been building for years. It’s not a new thing.

Ritu: You’ve worked both inside health systems and with vendors like Cerner, so this question feels very pertinent. Where do you think the industry still overestimates interoperability, and where are we still fundamentally constrained by vendor ecosystems? Most of these ecosystems remain fairly closed, and now everyone is asking how AI is going to suddenly change that. We heard the recent announcement from Epic about building AI agents into their workspace. What are your thoughts?

Linda: All the EMR vendors are building AI agents — they all have it at various stages of development. The ERP vendors are doing the same. Interoperability has been a conversation since about 2008 when Meaningful Use first started coming out. It’s frustrating because Fisher Titus has engaged with every opportunity to be interoperable where possible. We’re connected to CommonWell, to everything through the HIE — all of it. But that doesn’t mean the information flowing through is in a form that clinicians can actually use. That’s where we still struggle. As a rural healthcare organization it’s especially challenging, because unlike a large integrated system like Cleveland Clinic or Mayo Clinic that has all specialties and services within their own walls, we don’t. We refer a lot, so interoperability is critical for continuity of care. But not all information flows through traditional interoperability channels. A great example: maternity records. A delivery record or a nine-month care plan for a patient is not coming through on a CCDA. We still fax paper records back and forth to outside OB physicians. Interoperability still has a long way to go.

Ritu: That’s what we’ve been hearing from everyone. Even with telehealth — we expected it to drive deeper EHR integration, but we’ve still seen patchwork systems and ongoing problems with embedding telehealth into core clinical workflows. What has your experience been?

Linda: It’s very patchworked. We try to connect wherever possible. I’m actually on the board of directors for Ohio’s state HIE, and I’m very proud of the work Ohio has done — building a really robust HIE that goes well beyond just sending CCDAs, including data exchanges for population health initiatives and supporting state Medicaid. The more you can get involved at the state level, the more you can help shape the bigger picture. Working with fellow CIOs and leaders to ask what we can all do better — that’s where the real conversation needs to happen. And then taking that up to the federal level, so we can ask for exactly what we need rather than having proposals come from people who have never actually worked in healthcare.

Ritu: We’ve been hearing from other health systems and CIOs that they’re driving innovation through internal innovation arms or venture studios. Does Fisher Titus do any of that?

Linda: No. At a rural hospital you generally don’t see that. My entire IT team is 35 people — covering help desk, technology, clinical analysts, informatics, trainers, cybersecurity, everything. That’s our scope. We’re not doing a lot of in-house development. We work through vendor partnerships, and I strongly believe in developing strong relationships with those vendor partners to drive innovation.

Ritu: Linda, we saw that you recently submitted a brief for the Senate Health Committee. Tell us more about that — we would love to hear about your role.

Linda: What a wonderful experience that was. Last summer I had the privilege of going to the Senate Health Committee to talk about rural healthcare, cybersecurity, and the risks facing all of us. Every healthcare organization is exposed to this ongoing onslaught of cyberattacks. But rural healthcare has such small budgets and limited resources that it’s really hard to keep up and protect ourselves — and all organizations are connected through us in one way or another. We’re a link in a chain, and if we’re weak, the entire healthcare chain is weak. I was really trying to highlight that challenge: the difficulty of recruiting cyber professionals, the cost of managing third-party vendor risk. It was a great opportunity to speak up, and actually I’m going back to Washington this week to speak with the Healthcare Sector Cyber Working Group at an all-hands meeting. I’ll be on a panel there talking about these ongoing challenges.

Ritu: That’s great — really important work. I read the briefing you submitted and thought it was very well written. You made some really strong points. I’ve been watching a show called The Capture, and it’s shown how easy it is to use deepfakes to get into systems. Just like you said — once they find the weakest link, that’s all they need. The entire chain has to be strong.

Linda: One of the things I focus on so much is connection and networking, because who in this day and age can do it alone anymore? There’s just too much. Connecting with people like you, with my peer groups, and with CHIME — who also supported me through that Senate Health Committee process — those relationships are invaluable. Vendor relationships too. As leaders we have to stick together to raise the tide for all.

Ritu: Exactly. Time always goes by fast and we are almost at the end. Any forward-looking final thoughts you’d like to share? Where do you think this is all headed, and where do you think we’ll be a year from now?

Linda: I think it goes faster than we think it will, and it’s really hard to keep up. A year from now the conversation will look very different — we’re already starting to see the shift in what AI can actually deliver and what it will actually cost. My final piece of advice: take a deep breath. Think it through. Don’t rush into a million shiny objects. Stick to your strategy and focus on where technology will genuinely benefit you. And don’t forget to take care of yourselves — when we work at this pace, it’s really important to stop, regroup, and refocus on your own health.

Ritu: Thank you, Linda. It’s been a pleasure having you on the show. Thank you so much.

Linda: Thank you. Great to see you.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com   

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Why AI Won’t “Replace Doctors” But Will Redesign How Care Is Accessed and Paid For

Insights by Roy Schoenberg, M.D., CEO, Aileen, and Founder and Executive Director, Amwell

Key Takeaways

  • Telehealth failed because it replicated visits instead of redistributing expertise. 
  • AI adoption will be driven by cost incentives. 
  • Payers may launch AI-first insurance plans. 
  • Seniors need relationship-based AI, not reminder apps. 
  • AI will become healthcare’s “surround system.”

“Telehealth can be a channel, or it can be a switchboard.”

That’s how Dr. Roy Schoenberg frames one of the most important misunderstandings of virtual care. For more than a decade, telehealth has largely been implemented as a substitute for the traditional office visit, basically, the same encounter, delivered through a screen. Useful, convenient, and often necessary, but ultimately limited.

Schoenberg argues that this isn’t what telehealth was supposed to become.

A physician by training and one of the pioneers who brought telehealth into mainstream U.S. healthcare through Amwell, he has spent his career operating at the intersection of clinical care, technology, policy, and large-scale systems. After leading Amwell through its growth into a foundational platform for payers and health systems, he stepped into his next venture with a bold thesis. AI will become the primary entry point to healthcare, and its biggest early impact may come not from flashy interfaces, but from simple, relationship-driven interactions, especially for seniors.

His new venture, Aileen.ai, is built around that belief. And the story he told our host on a recent episode of the Big Unlock Podcast isn’t a “telehealth recap.” It’s a provocative forecast of how AI will reshape the economics of access, the structure of care journeys, and the missing human support that millions of seniors increasingly need.

Listen to the full conversation

Telehealth’s missed opportunity: replacing visits instead of redistributing expertise

Schoenberg’s answer to host Ritu M. Uberoy’s first question is direct: Telehealth has largely been used as another channel for the same clinical encounter. A visit or follow-up visit that used to happen in the office now happens via video. That creates convenience and some efficiency. But it doesn’t fundamentally change the healthcare system. He refers to this as “model one.” 

He then presents his “model two,” which he says is where the disruption lives. Telehealth “as a switchboard’ that reshuffles how expertise is acquired and delivered.

He offers a clear example. If you live in Boston, cancer expertise is concentrated in world-class centers. But many parts of the country don’t have that depth of specialty care. Telehealth’s deeper promise is not just letting a local doctor do a video visit; it’s enabling expertise to flow at scale, so patients and clinicians in underserved regions can access high-quality specialty care without relocating.

In his words, this would “democratize” services at a much larger scale.

So why hasn’t it happened?

Schoenberg points to the system’s protectiveness and the “muscle memory” of healthcare. Licensure, credentialing, reimbursement, and entrenched workflows make it difficult to redistribute expertise. He’s candid about underappreciating how resistant the system would be to this kind of restructuring.

But he also makes a strong claim: the train has left the station. Post-COVID, the idea that care will be redistributed through technology extends beyond any one platform or company. It may move slowly, but it’s inevitable.

That sets up his next point: AI will accelerate the switchboard model far more than traditional telehealth ever could.


AI will become the front door because of economics, not because it “beats doctors”

A lot of the public debate about healthcare AI gets stuck in a single question: can AI be a doctor?

Schoenberg doesn’t dismiss that question, but he argues it’s not the real trigger for adoption.

He believes AI will become the primary entry point to healthcare for a simpler reason: economics. AI is highly accessible and far cheaper than clinician time. That means the earliest large-scale adoption will be driven less by persuasion —“AI is better than your doctor”—and more by incentives—using AI saves you money”.

His most provocative prediction is that the true inflection point will come when payers introduce an insurance product that requires members to interact with AI first. He compares it to the gatekeeper model of the HMO era, except the gatekeeper won’t be a primary care physician. It will be AI.

He acknowledges that pure restriction won’t be popular. The product will need to be designed “smartly,” with a break-glass option to see a clinician when needed. But the direction is clear: the more you use AI, the more you save. Shared savings models and cost-driven pathways will shape behavior.

This matters because it reframes “AI adoption” as a system design and insurance design problem ,not just a clinical intelligence problem. If the payer controls the front door and aligns incentives, AI doesn’t have to win a philosophical argument. It wins by being the default.

Schoenberg also notes a reality we’re already seeing. People are using general AI tools for health questions at scale, often as a preparatory step before seeing a clinician. That creates a gradual normalization effect. Patients build comfort by asking questions, receiving explanations, and forming a first draft of what they want to discuss.

In his view, this is the beginning of AI as the “surround system” for the healthcare experience, an inevitable layer that wraps around access, triage, navigation, and follow-up.


Why “staying power” is the real breakthrough for seniors and caregiving

If the first half of the episode is about how AI will restructure the front door, the second half is about a different problem entirely. The “caregiving gap.”

Schoenberg describes a sobering demographic reality. The senior population is growing rapidly, while the availability of caregivers is shrinking. Senior care is emotionally and physically demanding and often underpaid. Many people don’t want those jobs. The gap between need and available support is widening.

His claim is blunt. “Houston, we have a problem…”

There’s already a massive “age tech” market, apps, chatbots, talking devices, pill boxes, and reminder tools. Many are well-intended, but he argues most fail for one consistent reason. They don’t create adoption or “staying power.” Seniors have a complicated relationship with technology, and tools that feel like nagging reminders create fatigue. They “die on the vine.”

His latest venture, Aileen.ai, is built around a different premise.

If technology is going to meaningfully influence a senior’s life, the first job isn’t telling them what to do. The first job is becoming a wanted presence in their day, something they choose to engage with.

Schoenberg defines staying power as something that comes from familiarity and relationship. In real life, staying power comes from people who know you, who remember your kids and grandkids, your joys, frustrations, and stories. Aileen is designed to create that kind of familiarity through AI.

And he emphasizes the real technical challenge: none of that “personal narrative” exists in a database. Nobody wrote a book about your dad. So if AI is going to know a senior deeply, it has to learn that reality over time.

He also points out a behavioral constraint. Most AI today is prompt-driven. We type something in, and AI responds. That interaction model won’t work for seniors. If you wait for seniors to prompt, you’ll wait forever. So Aileen is designed to initiate engagement.

That’s why the interface choice matters. Aileen uses the phone. It calls seniors. It doesn’t require them to download an app, log in, pair devices, or even have Wi-Fi. The “backend” may be rocket-science AI, but the front end is intentionally simple and familiar.

Schoenberg calls this combination “schizophrenic” in the best way. Delivering “science-fiction technology” behind a human, everyday interface.

He also describes another distinctive element. Aileen builds intimacy by learning from the people who already know the senior. It can call family members casually, without forms or scheduled meetings, to gather context and build an understanding of the senior’s life. Only after it crosses a threshold of “knowing enough” does it begin daily engagement with the senior. Then it loops back insights to family members. He describes it as like having a lightweight companion and monitoring layer that helps shoulder the burden families carry.

Critically, Aileen isn’t designed to talk about “healthcare” all day. It’s designed to talk about what seniors want to talk about, because relationships are what create engagement. Once that staying power exists, Aileen becomes a mouthpiece for other healthcare technologies: reminders, symptom monitoring, mood and cognitive signals, and supportive guidance.

Schoenberg’s bet is that relationship is the missing prerequisite to successful senior-facing health technology. Without it, the reminders don’t stick. With it, they do.


AI is inevitable, but it will mature through trial, error, and redesign

Schoenberg closes with a realistic forecast. AI is young. We will see a long maturation curve. There will be mistakes. There will be things to worry about. But he believes AI’s role as a foundational “surround system” in healthcare is inevitable.

His message is basically: if we know we’re going there, we have to start walking.

That’s what he believes Aileen represents: an early attempt to solve a hard problem the system can’t ignore: a widening caregiving gap and a need for technology that doesn’t just function, but persists in daily life.

He’s confident in the ambition: in his words, this could change the world “no less than what telehealth did.” Whether one agrees with the magnitude or not, the through-line is consistent: the next era of healthcare won’t be defined by a single app or a single visit channel. It will be defined by AI as the first touchpoint, the navigation layer, and perhaps for the most vulnerable among us, an ongoing relationship that helps people stay supported at home.


The Takeaway

Dr. Roy Schoenberg’s message is both pragmatic and bold. Telehealth’s real promise was never just “video visits.” It was the ability to redistribute expertise and reshape care journeys at scale, and AI will finally push healthcare toward that switchboard model by changing the economics of access. In his view, AI won’t become dominant by proving it is “better than doctors,” but by becoming the default entry point through payer-driven incentives that reward AI-first navigation while keeping a break-glass path to clinicians. 

Sitting at the intersection of telehealth platform-building and the next wave of AI-driven care navigation and companionship, Dr. Schoenberg’s unique insights are especially valuable:

  • Telehealth was mostly used as a substitute channel; its deeper potential lies in acting as a switchboard that redistributes expertise and democratizes access. 
  • AI will become healthcare’s front door primarily because of economics—accessibility and cost—not because it “proves” it’s better than doctors. 
  • The real adoption trigger will be payer products that require AI-first interaction, with shared-savings incentives and a “break-glass” path to clinicians. 
  • The senior care crisis is a demographic reality: need is rising while caregiver supply is shrinking, creating a gap that technology must help fill. 
  • Most age-tech fails because it lacks staying power; seniors disengage when tools feel like nagging reminders without a relationship. 
  • Aileen’s differentiator is relationship-driven AI delivered through simple phone calls—building familiarity first, then enabling reminders and support to stick.

AI Adoption in Healthcare Must Be Led by Clinicians

Season 7

Episode 204 - Podcast with Dr. Ruchi Garg, Chief Medical Officer, Fairview Park Hospital
AI Adoption in Healthcare Must Be Led by Clinicians

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
AI Adoption in Healthcare Must Be Led by Clinicians
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Ruchi Garg, Chief Medical Officer at Fairview Park Hospital, shares how frontline clinicians are shaping the responsible adoption of AI in real-world care settings. Dr. Garg highlights how COVID accelerated digital adoption, from telehealth to remote patient monitoring, demonstrating that care can be both accessible and efficient when technology is thoughtfully applied.

Dr. Garg underscores that AI’s true value lies in reducing administrative burden, particularly in areas like documentation and prior authorization, where inefficiencies delay care and strain clinician-patient relationships. She notes that ambient AI is already improving accuracy and saving hours for physicians, with the next wave extending into orders, workflows, and care coordination.

However, she emphasizes that successful adoption depends on clinician involvement, intuitive design, and minimizing workflow friction. While AI may take on more clinical decision-making, questions around trust, liability, and human oversight remain central, making it critical for healthcare leaders to actively shape, not resist, this transformation. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at ViVE.

About Our Guest

Dr. Ruchi Garg is the Chief Medical Officer of Fairview Park Hospital, a part of HCA system. Dr. Garg brings over 25 years of clinical experience. In the past, Dr. Garg was the Chair of Gynecologic Oncology for all of Cancer Treatment Centers of America Hospitals that was acquired by City of Hope.

Board certified in Gynecologic Oncology and Obstetrics/Gynecology, Dr. Garg has taken care of over 10000 gynecology and gynecologic cancer patients and has a strong interest in cancer prevention. She has performed over 3,500 robotic surgeries.

Dr. Garg developed an interest in digital health – telehealth and remote patient monitoring at the start of the COVID-19 pandemic. She has established several digital health programs and continues to be intricately involved with health tech startups.

As part of the six-year honors program in medicine, Dr. Garg completed her BS and MD at University of Miami, Florida. She completed her residency in Gynecology and Obstetrics at Johns Hopkins in Baltimore, Maryland and Gynecologic Oncology fellowship at the University of Washington in Seattle, Washington. Dr. Garg completed her Executive MBA from Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University, Evanston, IL. Dr. Garg has received several research awards and has had many publications and book chapters. She has held several academic Associate Professor appointments including at City of Hope, Uniformed Services, UVA, George Washington, and the VCU School of Medicine. Dr. Garg has served on multiple national committees for American Society of Clinical Oncology and Society of Gynecologic Oncology.

She has won numerous top doctor awards, including being spotlighted on the cover of Washingtonian Top Doctors. She serves as a board member for the Joy Clinic, Dublin, GA.

Dr. Garg enjoys spending time with her family and friends. She enjoys sports and athletic activities. Dr. Garg enjoys traveling and learning about other cultures, history, and seeing the beautiful sites on this Earth. She can’t wait to show the world to her 6-year-old son.


Ritu: Hi everyone. Welcome to our Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu and I’m the co-host of the podcast. Really happy and excited to have Dr. Ruchi Garg here with us today. This is Season Seven of our Big Unlock Podcast — a very warm welcome to all our listeners. We are really inching towards 200 episodes, so we are very excited. It’s been going on for a while and we are always happy to bring you fresh perspectives. Dr. Ruchi Garg is our guest today. She’s the Chief Medical Officer at Fairview Park Hospital, where she’s deeply engaged in delivering high-quality, patient-centered care in a community hospital setting. She’s a gynecological oncologist with a demonstrated history of working in the higher education industry, and her work reflects a strong commitment to advancing care delivery through thoughtful adoption of technology and process innovation. She’s particularly passionate about addressing physician burnout and enhancing care access for diverse and underserved populations. Today she’s joining us on the Big Unlock Podcast to share her insights on the evolving role of clinicians in shaping the future of healthcare. Really happy to have you here with us, Dr. Garg. Welcome.

Ruchi: Thank you for having me, and thanks for that generous introduction. I look forward to a wonderful conversation today.

Ritu: Our listeners always love to hear an origin story. Now that we’re coming up on 200 episodes, we still hear such interesting things when we ask people how they got into healthcare and into this intersection of healthcare and technology. We’d love to hear what your inspiration was, what led you into healthcare, and what keeps you going. What motivates you?

Ruchi: It’s interesting — I always tell a funny story about what got me into healthcare. Being of Indian origin, growing up we used to laugh that Indians always become either engineers or doctors. In 10th grade, I still remember doing a summer electrical physics course, learning all about circuitry, and it dawned on me in the middle of that summer that I was not going to be as good an engineer as my dad — so I decided to become a doctor.

Ritu: By the process of elimination!

Ruchi: Well, I was mathematically inclined, a STEM child — and thinking about how I could make a bigger impact on the world. My family has always believed that you don’t have to follow your parents’ pathway; you have to build upon it and contribute more. That’s really what led both my brother and me into medicine. Going through medical training, I actually never thought I was going to be a surgeon and a GYN oncologist. I thought I was the child who was going to faint at the sight of blood, and there are some funny stories from medical school. But I loved my surgical rotation — I loved the immediacy of impact you can have on a patient’s life. The more complex the surgeries were, the more I loved them. I remember going through the hepatobiliary rotation and doing Whipple procedures — massive pancreatic or liver resections — and I loved every minute of those six-to-eight-hour surgeries. Then I went through the GYN oncology rotation and I was hooked. GYN oncologists are definitely a unique breed. We love to work hard and play hard, and it’s a unique subspecialty because you get to stay with your patient throughout their entire journey. I’ve had patients as young as eight years old, unfortunately, and as old as 96. I’ve done prophylactic surgeries and prevented cancers in high-risk patients. I’ve diagnosed cancers, done surgeries, treated patients through chemotherapy, and also held their hand when they’ve passed. That’s what attracted me to GYN oncology — we’re trained to do all of it: prophylactic surgery, complex surgeries, chemotherapy, end-of-life care, and building that relationship with our patients.

Ritu: Thank you — it’s very inspiring to hear. The amount of effort and work you put in is incredible. I’m always in awe when I talk to physicians. It really feels like a calling that goes way beyond a profession. So let’s talk about the favorite topic at the moment — at HIMSS you couldn’t walk more than a few steps without hearing about AI. In your current role, what do you see happening? We hear a lot about physician burnout and clinicians walking away from the field. Can you share a personal story where AI really moved the needle and helped you reclaim some time, or a particularly successful implementation that makes you feel this is a pivotal moment?

Ruchi: Let me step back a little to explain why I got hooked on health tech. The real taste came during COVID. I was in private practice in Northern Virginia at the time — a very busy practice that also did academic training with fellows and some research. We couldn’t skip a beat when COVID came because cancer didn’t stop. Within a week I was able to set up a telehealth program in my practice. Fortunately there were companies that had already been advertising, and we connected with them so our patients continued to get care. We also had our own chemotherapy suite, and those patients needed vitals monitored — but as you can imagine, they were a very vulnerable, high-risk population during COVID and we didn’t want to bring them into the office unnecessarily. I connected with a startup doing remote patient monitoring at the time, and we deployed monitoring tools to these patients so their vitals could be transmitted from home. We then did telehealth visits with those patients. The only reason they had to come into the clinic was for labs and infusions — really minimizing visits. The patients liked it because it was convenient and they didn’t have to come in for every single thing in their care paradigm. I was involved with a similar monitoring program at the cancer center after that and built upon it. But when AI technology really took over, there was so much more we could do. That’s where my interest in streamlining healthcare, building efficient protocols, having a more standardized approach, and intertwining that with day-to-day care using AI — that’s when the wheels really started turning. I was fortunate enough to partner with a company called Resa. Initially they were a space-agnostic, AI-based prior authorization company. Within two months of being brought on as an advisor, we had many long conversations and realized that oncology was where we could make the biggest impact. The company shifted their focus to that space, because with an oncology patient you’re getting prior authorizations for every step along the way — prophylactic surgery, major surgery, CT scans, chemotherapy, and then if the cancer comes back, repeat chemotherapy, immunotherapy, radiation therapy. One patient, huge impact. And the prior authorization process has become really cumbersome. Fifteen or seventeen years ago when I started practicing, I would do a peer-to-peer review with an insurance company maybe once a month, if that. By the last few years of my practice — before I took on a full-time administrative role a couple of years ago — I was doing at least one or two peer-to-peers every week.

Ritu: Oh wow.

Ruchi: That’s quite burdensome, and it delays care. It adds anxiety for the patient and tension between the clinical team and the patient, because patients think you’re not doing your job — when in reality you’re working within the constraints to get things approved so they’re not stuck with a huge bill at the end, while also managing all your other patients. The buck doesn’t stop with one patient. That’s where these kinds of technologies are making a big difference and will continue to do so. But the key is that the company listened to me as a clinician. We can’t just throw technology around without having the voice of the clinician and the frontline folks involved in shaping it.

Ritu: Absolutely. I think a recurring theme is that COVID really normalized telehealth and kickstarted this whole wave, making it so much easier for people to accept virtual visits and remote monitoring like you’ve described. Great example — thank you for sharing. I was also asking about particularly successful AI implementations in your community hospital. Other than the oncology company, what has your experience been with ambient or voice agents?

Ruchi: I’m part of Fairview Park Hospital, which is a smaller facility within the larger HCA system. HCA has taken a very centralized approach to deploying AI technologies so they can do it in a controlled, standardized manner with guardrails around data protection and cybersecurity — a very thoughtful approach. What has been done so far is AI-based ambient listening for physicians. My physician services group doctors who are using this technology — mainly my surgeons — each say it has saved them about an hour and a half to two hours every day.

Ritu: That’s huge.

Ruchi: That’s huge. You can see how much burden that takes away — not just the physical strain, but also the accuracy. If you’re waiting until the end of the day to do your notes, you’re going to miss things. We don’t have time built in between patients to do documentation, so a lot of it happens at the end of the day. With ambient listening, documentation happens in the moment, which allows for more accurate notes and a faster turnaround. I was very intentional that my notes had to be done before I left for the day, but not every physician is able to do that — and even for me, there was probably at least 1% of the time I missed it. Then there’s a delay in care because the next day is already full — you’re just playing catch-up. There’s a lot of opportunity to build beyond that layer. Ambient listening can go deeper: AI can then fill in the orders that need to follow — the follow-up orders, the prior authorization forms, the request for surgery, the request for a CT scan. All of that becomes a faster and more accurate turnaround, even though it’s not fully deployed yet. I’m a hundred percent sure that’s the future.

Ritu: A lot of companies are working on exactly that — integrating it into the workflow rather than keeping it as a point solution. With agents, each one can just fire off and handle the next step. My next question is about your leadership role. When you’re leading clinical teams through change — whether it’s new technology, new protocols, or new care models — we hear a lot about responsible and trustworthy AI. What’s your approach to building trust that gets you true adoption rather than passive compliance? You can’t just dictate from tomorrow you’re going to use this. How do you actually convince physicians, who are already resistant to change and incredibly busy, to learn something new and integrate it into their workflow?

Ruchi: It really goes back to partnering with clinicians — or whoever the end user is. If it’s a provider solution, partner with the providers. If it’s a nursing solution, partner with the nurses. Understand the workflow and the user space, and focus on decreasing the burden. When you come from the perspective of making them better and more efficient, and showing how it’s also going to help the patient more — that’s the approach that works. Compare it to the EHR rollout, which is the prime example of what you’re describing. It was something everyone just had to swallow. It wasn’t built with clinicians in mind, and everybody talks about death by a thousand clicks. When I came into my role, one of the concerns my clinical informatics team brought to me was that clinicians weren’t discontinuing telemetry orders — the cardiac monitoring — when patients no longer needed it. They were good at ordering it but not at discontinuing it, so we were running out of telemetry boxes. I asked them to walk me through the workflow. It was one click to order telemetry. It was four clicks across four screens to discontinue it. That’s why it wasn’t getting discontinued until a physician needed the box for their own patient. It seems like a silly example, but when you add up those extra three clicks throughout the day for various things, that’s where you get the barriers to adoption. That’s how we have to think about AI platforms too. If we get doctors used to the fact that their notes are done, and they just need to review and take ownership of them — great. But then asking them to also sit down and enter all the follow-up orders when the technology could easily handle that — the human mind is going to want more, and that’s exactly the direction we need to go. We have to show how it benefits both the clinicians and the patients and keeps removing the burden.

Ritu: We’ve been hearing a lot about successful AI implementations for digital front doors, ambient documentation, and things somewhat removed from the actual practice of medicine. But now we’re slowly seeing a move toward AI doing more diagnostically — passing medical exams, with millions of people around the world turning to ChatGPT with their full health histories and getting back diagnoses. What are your thoughts on this trend? Where do you draw the line between what the physician does versus what AI can do? Should the human in the loop stay, and what’s the time horizon for that to change?

Ruchi: The writing is on the wall. We can keep denying it, but there is low-hanging fruit and standardized protocols that AI is already trained on. Do patients really need to see a doctor to be diagnosed with a URI and get an antibiotic prescribed? But if someone has had three or four infections in two months, you want the next level of critical thinking — and yes, AI will get there. With ambient listening, the AI is getting trained on clinical reasoning. As physicians make corrections and talk through their thinking, the AI is getting that deeper-level training. The writing is on the wall. The question is: who’s going to take the liability? That’s where medicine is hung up right now. It would be very easy to deploy AI decision-making in primary care settings, for example. But if the AI is hallucinating or producing an incorrect diagnosis — because there is a lot of gray zone, which is what we call differential diagnosis — who takes ownership of a bad outcome? Is it the AI company that gets sued? We live in a litigious society. Or is it the doctor who holds the malpractice insurance? I always say that doctors are not allowed to be human. We’re not allowed to make human errors, because if an error leads to a bad outcome, you face the consequences. AI removes some of the human factor but introduces other kinds of glitches.

Ritu: I totally agree. It’s a very evolving field. At HIMSS and VIVE, we heard a lot about health deserts — communities with no access to care. If AI can provide some care in a rural community, is that better than no care at all? It’s an interesting question and we’ll have to closely watch what happens.

Ruchi: Exactly — you hit the nail on the head. That’s where we’re going to have to show the benefit and deploy it. I’m a robotic surgeon by training too, and the robot was initially created by the Department of Defense to operate in remote settings and war zones. Very soon the question became: if the doctor isn’t at the bedside, who takes the liability? Even though that capability existed from the beginning, it never got deployed that way — the surgical team had to be in the room. Even now, robotics can perform basic, standardized surgeries like gallbladder removal or appendectomy. But again, who takes the liability?

Ritu: Dr. Garg, as usual this goes by really fast and we are almost at time. Thank you for being on our show today. Any last thoughts for our listeners or anything you’d like to leave them with?

Ruchi: The biggest thing is that the future is here. We cannot be afraid of it — we have to embrace it. That’s what I tell my physician colleagues: let’s look at the positives we can take away. There are definitely negatives and things to worry about. AI can talk very sweetly, but it does take away the human factor. There will be a generational difference in adapting to and accepting that — millennials versus baby boomers. But as physicians and as people in healthcare, we have to lead that and not sit back and let it define us the way we did with the EMR, or the way we let the payer-insurance system and the political environment around healthcare shape us. Let’s not let that happen with AI technology.

Ritu: That’s great advice. You have to embrace the change and be part of it so you can contribute to it and shape it for the greater good. Thank you, Dr. Garg — it was a pleasure having you on our show today.

Ruchi: Thank you for having me.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com   

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

AI Should Make Healthcare Feel More Human

Season 7

Episode 203 - Podcast with Ed Lee, MD, MPH, Chief Medical Officer, Nabla
AI Should Make Healthcare Feel More Human

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
AI Should Make Healthcare Feel More Human
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Ed Lee, Chief Medical Officer at Nabla, shares how AI is moving beyond hype to reshape real-world care delivery. Drawing on his experience at Kaiser Permanente, he emphasizes that the true goal of technology is not efficiency alone, but restoring the human connection in healthcare.

Dr. Lee explores why change management, not the technology itself, is the hardest part of AI adoption, and why clinician involvement from day one is non-negotiable. He challenges the early narrative around time savings, arguing that the deeper ROI of ambient AI lies in reducing cognitive burden, restoring joy in medicine, and rebuilding the patient-physician relationship. He also looks ahead to the next frontier: clinical decision support, diagnosis capture, and chart summarization woven seamlessly into workflows. Dr. Lee’s closing thought is simple but powerful – done right, AI shouldn’t feel technical. It should feel human. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at HIMSS.

About Our Guest

Ed Lee, MD, MPH, is a practicing internal medicine physician, physician executive, and nationally recognized leader in clinical informatics and ambient AI. He currently serves as Chief Medical Officer at Nabla, where he drives strategy and clinical innovation for an AI-powered ambient documentation platform that enhances clinician well-being and care delivery.

Previously, Dr. Lee was Chief Information Officer and Associate Executive Director at Kaiser Permanente, where he led groundbreaking digital transformation efforts across one of the nation’s largest integrated healthcare systems. His leadership advanced AI governance, expanded access to care through telehealth, and improved clinician experience through smarter EHR tools and digital infrastructure.

In parallel with his executive roles, Dr. Lee is Chair of Clinical Education and Director of Clinical Informatics at California Northstate University College of Medicine, where he oversees a technology-enabled curriculum and clinical education strategy.


Ritu: Hi everyone, a very warm welcome to our listeners for Season Seven of the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu and I’m the co-host of the podcast. We are very excited to have with us today Dr. Ed Lee. Dr. Ed Lee is a physician and healthcare executive leading clinical innovation at Nala, where he focuses on bringing AI into real-world care delivery. He was with Kaiser Permanente for a long time, and we have some very good questions about that for you today, Dr. Lee. At Nala, he’s working at the forefront of ambient AI and clinical co-pilots, helping translate cutting-edge models into tools that actually work in everyday workflows. With that introduction, welcome once again to the podcast, Dr. Lee.

Dr. Lee: Hey Ritu, thank you so much for having me. I appreciate it and I’m looking forward to the conversation.

Ritu: Thank you for being our guest today — really excited to ask you some interesting questions. Let’s get started. We all know that Kaiser Permanente operates as a fully integrated system: payer, provider, and care delivery. How did that structure shape your perspective on what good looks like in clinical workflows, and how did it influence your thinking when you were building tools at Nala?

Dr. Lee: I thoroughly enjoyed my time at Kaiser Permanente. That’s where I actually learned how to be a real practicing clinician — seeing patients, having a large panel of patients to take care of over decades. It taught me how important it is to use technologies that allow clinicians to focus on their patients. At the end of the day, what we want to do is deliver high-quality, personalized care, and quite often technology can get in the way of that unintentionally. What we want to do now, with that understanding, is build technologies that bring the human side of care back to healthcare — removing the friction that technology may have introduced between patients and clinicians, decreasing the administrative burdens that clinicians face, and really making patients the forefront of what we do every day.

Ritu: Great answer. That leads directly into my next question. From all your time at Permanente, what did you learn about the human side of adoption? Because that’s what we’ve been hearing from most of our guests recently — driving clinicians to change behavior versus resisting change, even when the technology is objectively better. AI is passing all these tests, beating doctors on benchmarks, and yet behavioral change is really hard. How did you grapple with that?

Dr. Lee: One of the things I always mention is change management. The change management piece is often the hardest part of implementing new technologies — it’s not the technology itself. The technology can often speak for itself. But making sure clinicians understand the why is critical. Clinicians are very scientific and results-driven; they’re looking for evidence about why things should be done. If you don’t come in with that mindset, and if you don’t involve clinicians from the very beginning of a new technology project, you’re often destined to fail. AI has been around for a short time relative to the grand scheme of how technology has been implemented in medicine, but the impacts are starting to be quite evident. You mentioned how AI can sometimes answer test questions better than human physicians and clinicians. But I still feel the AI out there is really there to augment the clinician and the experience clinicians have with their patients — not to replace them. It’s still up to the clinician to incorporate the information AI brings into the conversation. That human-in-the-loop component always needs to be there to make sure we’re doing the right thing for our patients.

Ritu: That was the conversation we were having six months to a year ago. But now, as we’re seeing more and more co-pilots doing more — going beyond drafting notes and actually suggesting clinical context — how do you maintain clinician trust and ensure that judgment isn’t subtly being outsourced to the system because it’s just so easy? Even in our world of writing code, we’re seeing how easy it becomes to just sit back and let the AI keep generating. The more you engage with it, the easier it gets to let it handle everything. What are your thoughts on that?

Dr. Lee: The easy thing isn’t necessarily always the right thing. What we see with AI-generated outputs is that sometimes they can be very convincing. I’ve done it myself — I’ve plugged things into ChatGPT and it sounds so well-written that it feels like it has to be the truth. But we know that current LLMs are essentially word prediction models generating text, and while they are quite often correct and often bring new insights into the way I’m thinking about clinical scenarios, what you get is based on what you put in. It often requires a clinician’s expertise to put in the right prompt and bring in all the right factors to get the right output back. That’s where I have some concerns about these tools being available to all patients directly — they may not understand all the factors that need to go into the system to get the right output. And without clinician expertise to filter, interpret, and apply it to a real-world scenario, you may run into situations where the output sounds very convincing but isn’t exactly what you need because of what went into it.

Ritu: Are you seeing that a lot? We’d love to hear about it in the context of Nala. A lot of the narrative around Nala’s tools focuses on saving physician time. But what are some of the less obvious yet most strategic forms of ROI that health systems should be paying attention to? As you’re saying — if easy isn’t always right, you can’t just focus on whether ambient is saving the physician eight minutes or sixteen minutes. What are some of the other metrics we should be looking at?

Dr. Lee: It’s a great question. Early on, physicians were reporting saving an hour or even a couple of hours a day, and that’s what the data was showing at the time. Since then, multiple studies have come out showing that the time savings per encounter is actually smaller than that, and some clinicians aren’t necessarily having less after-hours time. I think it varies from clinician to clinician — some are saving an hour a day, cutting into the pajama time they would otherwise be doing. But what I’ve found myself in using Nala and other ambient and AI tools is that it gives me agency. What I mean is that I’m now able to budget my time the way I want to in the care of my patients. I could rush through my day, compact it more using the AI tools available and finish early — or I could invest the time I want to invest in my patients and develop those relationships and be more thoughtful about the care I deliver. So the time I could be saving in the global context of patient care time could be more, but I choose to invest that time into developing relationships with my patients. One of the ROI points that was talked about in the past was time savings, but now a lot of the conversation has shifted toward cognitive load, cognitive burden, and the joy and meaning that clinicians can get from using these tools that they otherwise would not have. Burnout has been shown to decrease because of these tools, and it’s not necessarily related to time saved. It’s because clinicians are now doing what they went into medicine to do in the first place — not working on a computer or acting as a transcriptionist, but being a caregiver, a clinician, a scientist, bringing in evidence and applying that knowledge to improve the lives of the patients they work with. That’s where I see some of the biggest gains from using this type of technology.

Ritu: That’s a great answer and it allows us to unpack a lot more. I remember reading somewhere that because of ambient, doctors are actually articulating more — because they know that whatever they say is going to be registered. Because of that, patient satisfaction increases because patients feel the physician is being more communicative. So it’s not just about the time spent, but actually increasing communication with the patient and resulting in a more meaningful interaction.

Dr. Lee: It’s a really insightful observation, because it may not have been one of the things we expected when we first deployed this type of technology. But as time has gone on and experience has been gained, it really is a win-win situation. Patients do feel more engaged in the conversation and get more explanation from the clinician — and it’s sort of a byproduct of the clinician wanting the ambient technology to hear what they’re saying so it gets captured in the note. They don’t have to write it later, but the patients gain almost as much as the clinicians do through the process of making the technology work for both sides.

Ritu: Exactly. So that leads into the next question: if ambient is just the first layer, what does the next phase of AI co-pilots in healthcare look like, and how far are we from that reality?

Dr. Lee: Next steps are happening right now, even as we speak. You mentioned ROI earlier, and I think there are different ways of looking at it. There are the human factors and softer components — decreased burnout, increased retention, recruiting strong clinicians who are looking for organizations that have this technology ready and deployable. But also looking at diagnosis capture and coding, making sure those financial components — which are critically important within the healthcare system — can be captured accurately and justifiably. Accurate documentation is very supportive of those goals, and surfacing the right diagnoses, CPT codes, and ICD-10 codes are things that are happening now and continuing to be built up. Beyond that, chart summarization is being incorporated into documentation to make it more complete. There’s so much in a patient’s chart — sometimes decades of information — and being able to distill it down and surface the key points pertinent to the conditions being addressed, so the clinician can see that at the point of care, is happening now. Then transitioning that into clinical decision support — and I think that’s something clinicians would really be enthusiastic about adopting, as long as the trust factor is there. What I mean by clinical decision support is having AI surface potential diagnoses, treatment options, diagnostic tests, and orders at the point of care — or even before or after — and having all that happen seamlessly throughout the entire process: seeing the patient, documenting, entering orders, and surfacing clinical information that allows the best care to occur.

Ritu: That captures what I was going to ask next. In one of your earlier answers you mentioned friction, and I wanted to ask: in real clinical settings, where do you think AI still falls short, and what needs to happen for it to become truly invisible infrastructure? I think you’ve kind of answered that — to be truly invisible, it has to do more than just the ambient piece and get into all these other areas you’ve described.

Dr. Lee: I think it does, and the word friction is almost visceral to me — it’s just things that get in the way of what you really want to get done. The clinician’s goal is to provide the best care for the patient, but things have been introduced into the system between the patient and the physician over time through technology that technology can actually help remove. Some of the tools being developed now are amazing, but if something isn’t built into the workflow — if it adds five extra clicks per patient — clinicians just aren’t going to use it. So it’s not only what a tool can do, it’s how it does it and how it’s incorporated. It really needs to be thoughtful in terms of usability so that clinicians can actually adopt it. You can put a tool out there, but as the saying goes, hope is not a strategy. The strategy should really be around understanding the needs of the clinician and their workflows, and building tools into those workflows so that the technology is truly seamless and can be adopted and scaled easily. I talked about the change management piece earlier — it all comes back to that.

Ritu: Thank you, Dr. Lee. Throughout these questions we’ve gotten your perspective as a clinician, but we also like to ask about your origin story on the podcast — how you got into healthcare, how you got into this intersection of technology and healthcare, and how you came to understand both sides. Our listeners would love to hear more about that.

Dr. Lee: Thanks for asking. Early on in my childhood I thought I wanted to be a doctor. I had older siblings who went into medicine and I saw the gratification and satisfaction they had in their work, so it was an easy path for me when I was thinking about the intersection of science, healthcare, and being able to help patients. That’s how I first got into medicine. I actually thought I was going to be purely a clinician my entire career — that’s what I went into medical school and residency thinking I would do. But along the way, I was fortunate to have mentors who allowed me to think beyond that and exercise my interests outside of direct clinical care. I was always interested in doing things more efficiently using technology and incorporating that into the practice of medicine. Early on in my career at Kaiser Permanente, I was fortunate to be involved with different technology products and projects that led me down a path where I saw the magnitude of how technology could affect healthcare in the present and into the future. When the AI boom happened, I saw that magnified significantly, and that’s why I decided to embark on my work with Nala — an innovative, agile company really improving the lives of clinicians using these tools. I wanted to bring this type of technology to all clinicians because the burden of clerical and administrative tasks hinders our ability to provide the best care possible. If we can have technologies like Nala and other AI-powered tools, I think the healthcare system can not only improve how we deliver care and the quality of care, but also the cost of care — because we’ll be providing care that is more proactive and less reactive, which is better for patients and economically better in the end as well.

Ritu: Thank you for sharing that, Dr. Lee. That’s always very inspiring for our listeners. What you talked about — proactive versus reactive — we’ve been hearing a lot, especially in the context of wearables and the constant stream of information coming in that’s going to change the nature of doctor’s visits. People are already uploading their entire blood reports to ChatGPT and other AI platforms and wanting answers. Medicine is going to change very quickly. We’re almost at the end — it’s always great to hear your insights. Any closing remarks or advice you would have for our listeners, and what are your predictions for the next one to three years?

Dr. Lee: I thoroughly enjoyed the conversation — thank you. As I think about it, at the end of the day AI is just technology. I don’t mean “just” to diminish it, but it is technology, and I’ve always believed that technology in healthcare is really there to improve how we care for our patients. If we do this right, it shouldn’t feel technical — it should feel more human. It should give clinicians time, attention, and presence back. And I think that’s what patients remember, and what clinicians remember as well. At its best, healthcare is human, and I think AI should help us get back there.

Ritu: Great answer. Thank you so much, Dr. Lee. We really enjoyed our conversation. Thank you for being our guest.

Dr. Lee: Thanks so much, Ritu. Appreciate it.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com   

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

AI Will Shape Healthcare Through Access and Affordability

Season 7

Episode 202 - Podcast with Roy Schoenberg, M.D., CEO, Aileen and Founder and Executive Director, Amwell -
AI Will Shape Healthcare Through Access and Affordability

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
AI Will Shape Healthcare Through Access and Affordability
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Roy Schoenberg, CEO of Aileen and Founder and Executive Director of Amwell, reflects on the evolution of telehealth and shares a bold vision for AI’s role in reshaping care delivery. He argues that telehealth has largely been used as a substitute channel for traditional visits, whereas its true potential lies in redistributing expertise and democratizing access to care at scale.

Dr. Schoenberg sees AI becoming the primary entry point to healthcare, guiding patient journeys through intelligent, cost-driven pathways while working in concert with, rather than replacing, clinical systems. Through his new venture, Aileen AI, Dr. Schoenberg introduces a fundamentally different approach to virtual care: building “staying power” in patients’ lives through deeply personalized, relationship-driven AI interactions, for seniors. By focusing on familiarity, trust, and daily engagement—delivered through simple interfaces like phone calls—Aileen aims to address the growing caregiving gap. Ultimately, he emphasizes that while AI adoption will evolve gradually, its role as a foundational layer in healthcare is inevitable. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at HIMSS.

About Our Guest

Roy is a serial Health-tech entrepreneur. After founding and running both private and public companies, (now into his fourth venture), Roy’s Impact can be easily traced to everything from Tele-ICU to Patient Portals, the introduction of Telehealth and now Ai’s arrival into healthcare. He worked closely with leaders of our largest health systems, national and regional payers, blue chip tech companies, state and federal agencies, policy makers both in Washington and overseas.

After founding and leading Amwell as its CEO to its IPO and a $9B market cap, Roy transitioned to an executive board position so he can focus on his next disruption - a novel model for the use of Ai for caregiving and elder companionship. His groundbreaking ideas in this area have already captured the industry’s imagination as evident in the recent New England Journal of Medicine Catalyst publication. Outside of his entrepreneurial endeavors, Roy chairs the MIT Sloan HSI healthcare advisory board. He is a member of the American Heart Association telehealth board and his hometown Mass General Brigham Patient Safety Research and Practice board.

Previously, Roy served on the board of the American Telemedicine Association, where he was honored with the industry leadership award. He was inducted into the USCF hall of fame, and was repeatedly recognized by Modern Healthcare magazine as one of the 100 Most Influential People in Healthcare. Roy holds an M.D. from The Hebrew University and an M.P.H. from Harvard. He is happiest next to a whiteboard or a microphone, believes in creative provocation, owns over 50 issued US patents and divides his time between Boston and the island of Nantucket with his wife and two children.


Ritu: Hi everyone. My name is Ritu, and I’m the managing partner at Damo Consulting and co-host of the Big Unlock Podcast. A very warm welcome to all our listeners for this next episode of Season Seven. Today we are really excited to welcome back Dr. Schoenberg to our podcast. He’s been on season three, episode 94. He’s the co-founder of Amwell and a pioneer who helped bring telehealth into the mainstream of US healthcare. Under his leadership, Amwell became a foundational platform for health systems and payers navigating the shift to virtual and hybrid care. Dr. Schoenberg is a physician by training and has operated at the intersection of clinical care, technology, and large-scale healthcare transformation. He is now focused on his next venture, Eileen.ai, exploring how AI can further reshape care delivery and decision-making. With that introduction, I’ll hand it over to you, Roy. Thank you so much for joining us today.

Roy: Thank you for having me, and thank you for the very kind introduction. I learned things about myself — this is great.

Ritu: Good to know. It was really good to see you at HIMSS and hear more about Eileen, and I’m sure today we’re going to hear much more since it’s been launched now. But we’ll start with the first question about Amwell. Amwell invested early in building a platform model for virtual care, but many health systems are still struggling to operationalize telehealth beyond siloed use cases. Looking back, what do you think were the biggest mismatches between how you envisioned platform adoption and how health systems actually implemented it? And if you were doing this all over again, what would you do differently to close that gap?

Roy: That’s a good couple of loaded questions. At the very highest level, the notion of delivering care over technology can be looked at in two ways. One, you can look at it as just another channel for the same encounter to take place — over a technological channel. Or you can look at it as more of a switchboard that allows you to completely reshuffle how services are acquired and delivered. Model number one is: I am your doctor, we have a follow-up appointment, and it’s going to be carried out through telehealth rather than in the office. That creates convenience and some level of efficiency, and I think that’s the majority of how health systems are utilizing this technology today. The vision behind it, though, is to give it wings — instead of just executing the same thing through technology, maybe we can democratize the availability of services at a much larger scale. To give you an example, if you happen to live in Boston where I live, cancer care is very available — Dana-Farber, Mass General. But the knowledge of those clinicians could be made available to oncology patients or even primary care physicians in West Texas or North Dakota or other places that don’t have those large cancer centers. If we created the supportive logistical framework to allow skills to flow over technology to the end of the earth, you are rewriting the healthcare experience altogether. Obviously, there’s a lot of muscle memory in healthcare that makes this challenging — health insurance, medical licensure, credentialing, and a variety of other elements that stand in the way of market forces fueling this. I still think it is inevitable. If there’s anything I would say, I think we — like many others — underappreciated how protective the healthcare system is of itself from those kinds of changes. But I think the train is out of the station. Post-COVID, the understanding that healthcare will be redistributed through technology is bigger than ever. So we’re very proud of where we got.

Ritu: You’re absolutely right. COVID normalized virtual health and telehealth, and now with AI we’re really hoping to see this taken to the next level and become truly transformational. Along the same lines, Amwell was built as a platform, but now with AI-native companies emerging, do you think the future still belongs to platforms? Or will it belong to more vertically integrated AI-driven solutions coming into healthcare?

Roy: We used to have conversations about cloud versus server farms fifteen years ago, and that conversation completely disappeared. At this point, nobody in their right mind is going to operate a server farm. I think the conversation about platform versus vertically integrated is also going to become hindsight very quickly, because people are going to care more about how the transition of any one patient takes place between different elements of care. AI will probably become the surrounding technology — the most accessible healthcare interaction you’re going to have, even for follow-up care, will come through AI just because of the economics of it. The magic will be in how AI works in concert with other vertical systems for follow-up care, diagnostics, hospitalization, and so on. There’s a lot of focus right now on whether AI can be a doctor — is it smart enough, does it know enough. The narrative is that if it can be as knowledgeable as a doctor, of course we’ll go to AI because it’s very accessible. But I think that’s a bit of an underestimation of the complexity ahead of us. There’s a lot of sentiment around seeing a doctor in person, and you can trivialize AI by calling it just a chatbot, which doesn’t give any level of reassurance. The groundbreaking event still ahead of us — the one that will dramatically change how healthcare operates with AI — is when payers introduce an insurance product that requires you to interact with AI first if you sign up for it. A little bit like what they tried with HMOs in the eighties, where the PCP was the gatekeeper. That didn’t go well for a lot of different reasons — it was not popular and felt too restrictive. But what they tried to do was control the entry point of a patient into the healthcare system, and if done effectively, potentially control consumption and referrals. The same logic applies to AI. If we can ensure patients first interact with a very knowledgeable technology that is guided by what we know is economical and high quality, we have an opportunity to influence their healthcare journey. But it’s not going to be by convincing patients that AI is better than a doctor. It’s going to be because if they choose the product that requires them to use AI, they will save a lot of money. It may sound cynical, but cost is a very powerful influence on how people consume healthcare. My sense is that it won’t be black and white — it’ll be a product that says the more you use AI, the more you save. A shared savings model. And it will have to be designed smartly, saying there is AI, and if the sky falls you can break the glass and see a clinician, then return to AI. But my bet is that that is how AI will begin to dominate our experience as patients.

Ritu: That’s a great perspective, and we do see it heading in that direction. With ChatGPT and OpenAI, health is now one of the most queried topics — I think 30 to 40% of all queries on ChatGPT right now are about health. And they’re not necessarily doctor-related questions; they’re questions from people who want to be prepared for the doctor’s appointment, asking the chatbot what they should ask their doctor. It’s really interesting that patients are going there first, and only in extreme cases seeking access to a clinician. If AI can handle everything else, then why not?

Roy: That’s exactly right.

Ritu: Okay, great. Now we can start talking about Eileen, which we were so curious about — such an interesting product. What insight or frustration from your experience at Amwell led directly to founding Eileen? And what is the problem you’re solving that is so fundamentally different from telehealth? Because this is also remote and also involves talking to patients virtually, but what’s the biggest mindset shift, and can you tell us more about Eileen?

Roy: The motivation to build Eileen had nothing to do with Amwell or telehealth directly, but there is a corollary. There’s a similarity in the challenge: you need to socialize and get people comfortable experiencing a certain dimension of their healthcare through technology. With telehealth, the place of service changed and the mode of interaction changed. With Eileen, it’s the visceral connection that you need in healthcare — that connection is now going to be furnished by AI instead of by people. It all started with a very interesting academic conversation about the role of AI in healthcare. There was a big group at the table talking about how it’s going to change the way information is analyzed, packaged, and communicated — reminders, scribing, all the things we know AI can do. To keep the dinner interesting, I took the contrarian approach and said I think AI has a role in changing the interface between technology and people in healthcare. Specifically, the most challenged population in terms of healthcare and technology are seniors. There’s clearly a need there because the reality of caregiving is very daunting. We have more and more seniors as a part of the population — doubling and tripling in size over the next decade — and at the same time the number of caregivers available to them is going in the wrong direction. People don’t want to do senior care. It doesn’t pay much and it’s emotionally and physically draining. So we have a real problem in caregiving, and the thinking is maybe AI can step into that growing void and become supportive to seniors. Now that part alone isn’t terrifically creative, because there’s a whole world called age tech designed to do exactly that — thousands of applications, all with their hearts in the right place, trying to support senior self-sufficiency. They come in wonderful shapes and sizes: chatbots, talking orbs, talking pill boxes. All wonderful designs. But the general sentiment is that because of the love-hate relationship between seniors and technology, most of these technologies die on the vine. They either don’t create adoption or they don’t create staying power — they create fatigue and eventually just never get utilized. So the nut hasn’t been cracked. Eileen steps in and says something really simple: if technology is to have a regular, influential role in the life of a senior, then maybe our first order of business is not to tell them what to do, but to establish a regular presence in their daily lives — something that is going to be sought after, something that is going to be part of their regular daily routine that they would want to interact with. If we are successful in creating technology that has that staying power in their daily lives, then through that technology we can communicate medication reminders, dietary reminders, and all the rest. But the trick is that staying power in the life of someone doesn’t come from reciting a medication list. Staying power — putting technology aside — comes from people that know you. Familiarity, intimacy, the ability to talk about your kids and grandkids, to talk about where you come from and your joys and frustrations and relationships and likes and dislikes. So, the goal is: how do you get AI to become that intimate? That’s actually a much bigger technological challenge than people give it credit for. People talk to ChatGPT and think, oh, it feels like a casual conversation, like I’m talking to someone. But for that technology to actually understand where you come from, to know the names of your grandkids, to know whether your dog got into trouble with the neighbor — that requires a completely different level of orchestration. First of all, because it’s not written anywhere. AI is really wonderful when you can feed it a lot of information, but nobody wrote the book about my dad. If AI is supposed to know everything about my dad, there’s really nothing for it to acquire that information from. And secondly, with seniors specifically, AI is designed to respond to prompts. Even the term prompt engineering tells you about the choreography — we write something in, AI comes back. We know that’s not going to work with seniors, because if we wait for seniors to prompt, we’re going to be waiting a very long time. So the whole way AI typically operates doesn’t work here. Eileen was designed to address those challenges — to become a very intimate, very engaging, knowledgeable partner in the life of the senior. One that initiates the relationship itself, doesn’t wait for the senior to download an app or log in or pair with the internet. It uses the phone to call them, the way their kids and family are supposed to. And the magic that happens during the call is that it doesn’t talk about healthcare — it talks and remembers and carries a conversation about what the senior wants to talk about, about the things that excite them or that they spend time on. It has intimate knowledge and a deep commitment to learning what they are interested in and curious about, what makes them laugh, and what they can’t tell anybody else and want to talk about. These are the things Eileen focuses on, because its purpose is to have staying power — regular, daily staying power in their lives. And then it is humble enough to understand that if it achieves that, it’s just a cog in the wheel — a mouthpiece to other technologies that can handle medication reminders, symptom monitoring, anxiety and depression tracking, and all the other things healthcare technology knows how to do. But this one creates the staying power. That’s what Eileen is all about.

Ritu: I remember when you told us about it earlier, I was struck by that very different approach — it’s not a wearable, not an app, not some high-tech device. It’s just a regular phone call, like you would receive from anyone. I thought of my mom and how she interacts with technology, and yes — she loves to get phone calls. That’s something she would actually do. It really makes a lot of sense for the senior age group you’re targeting.

Roy: We think about the simplicity of getting a phone call, but there’s also an eye on how you make this technology available to people. If we’d come up with something that requires installation, internet setup, or a technological learning curve, both the economics and the availability of the product would have completely changed. What we want is to reach a position where if you’re a family increasingly struggling with the heavy lift of being there for your parents who may live far away, and you want something to share that burden with you, we can offer the ability to activate Eileen today and she would start calling tomorrow morning. Anything that doesn’t use the phone — that doesn’t use a staple the senior is already familiar with — would require a completely different kind of orchestration, a completely different cost structure, and would make it significantly less useful to the people who need it most. There’s a lot of thinking behind why we ended up with this seeming contradiction where the backend of Eileen is rocket-science AI — really science fiction kind of AI — whereas the front end of Eileen doesn’t even need Wi-Fi.

Ritu: That’s a really interesting way to think about it. And I remember you also mentioned family groups — that Eileen will actually call family members to learn more about the senior. Is that right?

Roy: If the goalposts here are so much about intimacy and knowing the senior’s reality, and we’ve acknowledged that’s not documented anywhere, then one of the wonderful things about AI is we can say: the people who know the senior are the son and daughter, sometimes the grandkids, maybe a neighbor, maybe a spouse. The way Eileen starts serving a senior is by autonomously reaching out to those people who are close to that senior and carrying out regular conversations with them over the phone to learn about that senior’s reality. It has a very nonchalant, disarming way of doing it — you don’t have to schedule meetings or fill out forms. It just calls and says, when you have a minute, let’s chat. Then it begins building an understanding of the senior’s reality, and once it crosses a certain threshold where it has enough context, only then does it begin calling the senior directly on a regular basis. And at the end of the day, it reaches back out to the son and daughter and says, hey, I spoke to your dad a couple of times today — he was really upset about something, or he’s grumpy but that’s his usual way and everything is fine. We’re at the very early stages of this, but the framework and the approach — this very different mixture of technologies coming together on the different sides of Eileen — seems to be attractive, interesting, and plausible. And as I mentioned at the very beginning, we have to go there, because we are facing a caregiving meltdown. We’ve got to find a way for technology to help us.

Ritu: We usually start with an origin story, but we didn’t do that today. With a few minutes left, I’d love to ask what brought you into healthcare, and with Eileen I can see you really resonate with this topic. How did you get into this intersection of healthcare and technology?

Roy: I used to be a clinician. I did the whole training and thought for a long time that being a practicing clinician was the way I’d go. But I was actually dabbling with technology since I was twelve years old. I stayed home from school — I had pneumonia or something — and my dad got me a Commodore 64, which people don’t even remember existed. I think it had 5K of memory. So since then I’ve been programming and building things. After training and becoming a physician and practicing, what really interested me about technology is that if you build it right, you have the ability to change the lives of people much more widely than even a very successful practice. And the other piece is that healthcare today requires clinicians to be highly specialized, doing the same thing over and over and getting really good at it. But the mission of healthcare — advancing the wellbeing of people — becomes very siloed and myopic when you only do one procedure extremely well every single day. Technology became a different pathway to realizing the same mission: to continually rethink how we can advance the wellbeing of people and make the healthcare experience less painful. Technology today just has a bigger wingspan than some standards of practice. I’m not saying it’s better or worse — I think we need both. But I found my passion in health tech, and it’s the gift that keeps on giving.

Ritu: We’re almost at the end, Dr. Schoenberg. It’s been wonderful chatting with you. Do you have any closing thoughts or predictions for where you see AI going within the next year?

Roy: I’ll just say this: I think we’re very young in this. We get very excited about what AI can do, and I’m pretty sure that, not unlike other technologies, there’s going to be a long period of maturation — mistakes will happen and there will be things we’ll have to worry about. But the entrance of AI as a surrounding system for our healthcare experience is an inevitability. If we know we’re going to get there, you’ve got to put one foot in front of the other and start walking. That’s exactly what we’re doing. It’ll take a village — we need the brainpower and creativity of many people. But we couldn’t be more excited. I think we’re going to change the world no less than what telehealth did.

Ritu: Awesome. Thank you so much, Dr. Schoenberg. It’s been a pleasure having you on the podcast.

Roy: Terrific. Thank you so much for having me.

 

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com   

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

 

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

From Guidelines to Outcomes: What Autonomous AI Can Deliver in Healthcare Today

Insights by Dr. Eric Stecker, Co-founder and Chief Medical Officer, Insight Health

“Healthcare doesn’t need new technology. We need to implement what we already know works.”

That’s the underlying message Dr. Eric Stecker returns to throughout this episode of The Big Unlock. And it’s a striking perspective to hear from someone who sits at the intersection of clinical practice, population health, and AI product development.

Dr. Stecker is a practicing cardiologist and professor of medicine at Oregon Health & Science University, and he co-founded Insight Health to apply AI in ways that measurably improve real-world outcomes. He’s also spent years inside the guideline and quality ecosystem of cardiology, most notably as Chair of the American College of Cardiology’s Science and Quality Committee, which shapes national cardiology practice guidelines and policy documents. In other words, he’s not arguing from theory. He’s arguing from a place of deep familiarity with what evidence already supports and frustration that the U.S. healthcare system still struggles to carry that evidence into daily practice at scale.

The episode begins with a timely setup. Coming off conferences where “AI was everywhere,” the hosts ask about wearables and continuous data streams, and whether we’re heading toward continuous cardiac care. Dr. Stecker agrees that the future is exciting. But he draws a line between what is still evolving evidence and what is already proven, and he argues that autonomous AI can deliver enormous clinical value today without waiting for fully autonomous diagnostic AI.

Listen to the full conversation

Autonomous action versus autonomous decision-making: a critical distinction

One of the most useful contributions Dr. Stecker makes is a simple conceptual distinction that clarifies much of the market noise.

He divides autonomous AI into two categories:

  • Autonomous action (AI taking action on established protocols and workflows)
  • Autonomous decision-making (AI making clinical decisions, diagnoses, or orders without a human in the loop)

These two ideas are often conflated. Dr. Stecker insists they shouldn’t be.

Autonomous decision-making is the “hard future,” and he’s clear about why; it requires significant technical maturity, safety assurance layers, deep clinical validation, regulatory readiness, and, just as important, trust from both healthcare workers and patients. It’s coming. It’s needed. But it’s difficult.

The bigger mistake, he argues, is waiting for that future while ignoring what autonomous action can do right now.

This is where he makes a point that feels both obvious and urgent. We already have decades of high-quality evidence showing how to prevent cardiovascular events, yet we still fail at the mundane steps of implementation.

He uses cholesterol therapy as a straightforward example. Statins are not new. The evidence base is vast. Yet health systems still struggle to reliably identify eligible patients, start therapy, and support adherence over time. The result is preventable harm: heart attacks, strokes, and deaths that occur not because we lack knowledge, but because implementation breaks down.

In his framing, autonomous action is the opportunity to close that implementation gap at scale today.

And he offers a memorable “why now” scenario: what if every patient starting a new medication received consistent follow-up? What if someone checked whether they filled the prescription, whether they were having side effects, and whether they had questions, then checked in again at the interval the patient chose?

That doesn’t require futuristic diagnostic autonomy. It requires operational execution at scale.

And that, he argues, is exactly what autonomous agents can provide.


Clinician involvement is the difference between signal and noise.

If autonomous action is the promise, the risk is obvious, says Dr. Stecker, “more AI can also mean more burden.”

The hosts raised the signal-to-noise problem directly, asking about alerts, risk scores, predictions, summaries, and data streams that can overwhelm clinicians and patients. Dr. Stecker doesn’t dismiss those concerns. He agrees this is real and points out that medicine has seen it before.

He recalls the early EHR era, when alerts proliferated, and clinicians learned to click through them just to get through the day. Alert fatigue is well-documented. The danger now is that healthcare repeats that lesson in the AI era: flooding workflows with AI-generated documentation or repeated check-ins that create cognitive load rather than relief.

This is where Dr. Stecker makes a strong operational point: meaningful clinician involvement is not optional.

Not clinician involvement as advisory branding. Not “a chief medical officer who joins two meetings a month.” He’s talking about integrating experienced, practicing clinicians into product development and implementation so that the system is designed from the beginning to escalate only what matters and to avoid generating unnecessary documentation.

He gives a practical example. If an oncology practice checks in weekly with patients and generates a long summary every time, pushing it into the HER, that means someone must read it, interpret it, and decide what to do. Done poorly, the AI “help” becomes a new inbox burden.

The fix, in his view, is workflow design:

  • escalate only meaningful medical flags
  • keep routine information from becoming unnecessary documentation
  • offer dashboards or condensed summaries rather than long notes
  • design protocols that define what “needs attention” vs what is “normal.”

This is the heart of his execution argument: AI must be built to reduce the burden, not shift it.

And it reinforces his broader theme: if you leave development to people who haven’t practiced medicine or to teams that don’t understand real clinical workflows, signal-to-noise failures are inevitable.


From cardiology to population health: meeting patients where they are

The episode also reveals why Dr. Stecker is unusually focused on population health outcomes.

He describes how he came to cardiology through physiology and then electrophysiology. But he also brings an engineering-oriented mindset to medicine, influenced by his father, an engineer, and by his early exposure to databases and analytics. That “systems” orientation shows up repeatedly: he’s interested not just in what’s true clinically, but in what can be operationalized across large populations.

When asked how cardiology changes in an AI world, he shares a hopeful view: “Clinicians and patients should not have to ‘evolve too much.” The technology should fit around the current experience and dramatically improve it, unlike many past tools that felt imposed on clinicians.

As he does throughout the podcast, he gives a concrete example, autonomous agents that reach out before visits to gather medical history and symptom details, even at 2:00 a.m. if a patient is a shift worker, so that patients don’t spend precious visit time answering basic intake questions. This is a key pattern he returns to: meeting the patients where they are, on their time, in their context, while improving readiness and efficiency for the clinical encounter.

He then expands into what his team calls different interaction modalities:

  • voice-only agents (phone calls)
  • text-based interactions
  • “visual voice” experiences that blend voice with on-screen guidance and embedded media

The point is accessibility and engagement. If an AI agent can show a short instructional video to help a patient place a cardiac monitor correctly without requiring them to search online or call a help line, you reduce friction and improve adherence.

This matters because the value of autonomous action isn’t only clinical. It’s behavioral. Patients are more likely to engage when the experience is simple and supportive.


The Takeaway

Dr. Eric Stecker’s message is refreshingly direct; healthcare doesn’t need to wait for fully autonomous diagnostic AI to start saving lives at scale. We already have decades of evidence for preventing cardiovascular disease and other high-burden conditions, but we repeatedly fail to implement these interventions, including identifying eligible patients, initiating proven therapies, and supporting adherence over time. His key distinction is that autonomous action is both safe and powerful today when it’s grounded in established protocols and designed with real clinician involvement to avoid alert fatigue, documentation overload, and signal-to-noise failures. In his view, the organizations that lead won’t be the ones chasing the most futuristic promises first. They’ll be the ones who use autonomous agents to turn evidence into consistent action, building trust with healthcare workers and patients now, while responsibly advancing toward autonomous decision-making tomorrow.

Sitting at the intersection of guideline-level evidence, practicing cardiology, and real-world AI execution, Dr. Stecker’s unique insights are especially valuable:

  • Autonomous action and autonomous decision-making are different, and the fastest path to impact is autonomous action on established protocols.
  • The biggest “AI opportunity” in cardiovascular care is implementation: statins, hypertension control, and adherence support can prevent massive harm today.
  • Trust is a prerequisite for autonomy. Patients and healthcare workers must see AI as reliable, safe, and helpful before decision-making autonomy can scale.
  • Clinicians must be integrated into development and implementation to prevent alert fatigue, cognitive overload, and documentation bloat.
  • AI agents can meet patients where they are, collecting pre-visit history, guiding setup with visual support, and improving engagement without adding friction.
  • Population health impact comes from operationalizing prevention: identifying care gaps, educating patients, capturing preferences, and scheduling follow-through at scale.

AI Leadership Starts with a Simplified, Integrated Tech Stack

Season 7

Episode 201 - Podcast with Michael Hasselberg, PhD, RN, Chief Transformation and Digital Officer,
Nebraska Medicine - AI Leadership Starts with a Simplified, Integrated Tech Stack

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
AI Leadership Starts with a Simplified, Integrated Tech Stack
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Michael Hasselberg, Chief Transformation and Digital Officer at Nebraska Medicine, makes a compelling case for sustainable digital transformation in healthcare. Sustainable digital transformation requires more than technology, it demands the right organizational structure. By unifying IT, innovation, and strategy under a single transformation office, health systems can move from isolated pilots to enterprise-wide impact.

Drawing from his journey across telehealth, mobile apps, VR, and AI, Dr. Hasselberg emphasizes that true transformation is about redesigning systems to deliver the right care at the right time. Nebraska Medicine deploys nearly one new generative AI tool per month, automating capacity management, discharge workflows, and revenue cycle operations. He also highlights the value of real-world innovation units where new technologies are tested with live patients before system-wide deployment.

Dr. Hasselberg’s most provocative insight: the next frontier of AI readiness isn’t a new technology, it’s application rationalization. He argues that to lead in AI and innovation, health systems must simplify their tech stack. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Michael Hasselberg, PhD, RN, PMHNP-BC, is the chief transformation and digital officer for Nebraska Medicine, where he leads information technology, the strategy enablement office, and the innovation team. In this role, he drives enterprise efforts to modernize care delivery and accelerate digital transformation, aligning technology, clinical operations and strategic growth initiatives. His work focuses on scaling solutions that improve patient outcomes, enhance clinician experience and strengthen health system performance. Dr. Hasselberg is also a professor of family medicine in the University of Nebraska Medical Center’s College of Medicine and volunteer professor in the College of Nursing.

Before joining Nebraska Medicine, Dr. Hasselberg spent more than two decades at the University of Rochester (UR) in New York where he held faculty appointments in psychiatry, nursing, and data science. His last role was serving as UR Medicine’s first chief digital health officer and co-director of the UR Health Lab. Dr. Hasselberg earned his Bachelor of Science in nursing at Binghamton University, Master's degree as a psychiatric mental health nurse practitioner from UR and then went on to earn a PhD degree in health practice research from UR.

His expertise expands health and technology as a Robert Wood Johnson Foundation Clinical Scholar Fellow and committee member for the National Academies Standing Committee on Primary Care. He has also been an advisor on digital transformation to government agencies, industry, venture, and health systems across the country.


Ritu: Hello listeners, a very warm welcome to the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu, and I’m the managing partner at Damo Consulting and co-host of the Big Unlock Podcast along with Rohit. We are extending a very warm welcome today to Dr. Michael Hasselberg. He’s been on the Big Unlock Podcast before — in 2022, season four, episode 138.

Welcome back. Dr. Hasselberg is the Chief Transformation and Digital Officer at Nebraska Medicine, where he is leading enterprise-wide efforts to modernize care delivery through digital innovation and operational transformation. He has a background in emergency medicine, public health, and informatics, and brings a uniquely systems-oriented perspective to scaling technology in complex health environments. Today he’s joining us on the Big Unlock Podcast and we are really excited to have this conversation. With that I’ll give it to Rohit for his introduction, and then it’s all yours, Dr. Hasselberg. Welcome once again.

Rohit: Thank you. Welcome, Michael, to the podcast — really nice to have you again. I am CEO of Damo and co-host of the Big Unlock Podcast. Short intro from our side; over to you.

Michael: It’s great to be back, and a lot has happened since we last talked in 2022, so I’m excited to dive in with both of you.

Ritu: Almost seems like a different era. Seriously. So, Dr. Hasselberg, we always love to start with an origin story because our listeners like to hear unique stories about how people got into healthcare and how they got to where they are today. If you’d like to start with that, we’d love to hear your story.

Michael: Sure. First and foremost, I’m a nurse, and very proud of being a nurse. I went on to become a psychiatric nurse practitioner very early in the psychiatric nurse practitioner movement. When I graduated, there weren’t actually any jobs for psych NPs in the city of Rochester. So, my first job as a nurse practitioner was about an hour and a half to two hours away from Rochester, where I drove every day to a very rural community in New York State where I was the only psychiatric prescriber for about six counties.

I managed the outpatient psychopharmacology clinic and the jails and the nursing homes. It was a pretty transformative experience that made me very passionate about serving vulnerable communities. The patients I served were so grateful that I was willing to drive that far every day to provide care. That experience became my underlying “why” for the rest of my career — how can we find more efficient ways to get healthcare out to communities that weren’t getting the care they deserved.

From there I finished a traditional research PhD, and after that I was tasked with developing a telehealth infrastructure for psychiatry at the University of Rochester. This was well before telehealth was widely reimbursed in the States. We built a very large telehealth infrastructure across New York State, and eventually reached a point where I couldn’t grow it further because I couldn’t graduate clinicians fast enough to take on more patients on the other end.

That’s when I really leaned into innovation. I started thinking about whether we could use technology without needing a clinician on the other end to deliver care. I got into the world of mobile apps and started working with the engineering school and computer science department to develop mobile apps for behavioral health. Then I moved from mobile apps into virtual reality when the first Oculus Quest headset came out — affordable, powerful, and untethered — and started developing mindfulness and meditation applications for VR headsets.

By that point I had different layers of digital interventions: apps, telehealth, VR headsets, and in-person care. I got really interested in data science and started thinking about whether I could use big data to risk-stratify patients to the right level of care at the right time in the right place. That drew me into machine learning and data science about seven or eight years ago.

Then COVID hit and every health system had to go digital overnight. I was put into a new position as Chief Digital Health Officer at Rochester to lead that digital transformation strategy. About two to three years ago, when the world was introduced to generative AI, our innovation team at Rochester got early access to some of those foundation models in a secured, private way. I was pretty blown away by their power. Around that time — 2022, when we last spoke — I was making comments in national forums that with the advent of generative AI, it had never been easier for health systems to develop their own AI tools in-house to solve their own problems, rather than relying entirely on vendors.

That’s when I got to meet Dr. Michael Ash, who was serving as the Chief Transformation Officer at Nebraska Medicine. Dr. Ash is a very innovative, entrepreneurial, visionary thought leader from a technology standpoint. We started exchanging ideas, and he was eventually named incoming President and CEO of Nebraska Medicine. He invited me to Omaha as a visiting professor to see the health system, and I fell in love with Nebraska, Omaha, and the organization. It was a very hard decision because I love Rochester through and through, but I took the leap to join Nebraska Medicine in Dr. Ash’s former role as Chief Transformation and Digital Officer.

Ritu: Wow, that’s a great recounting of the entire story — thank you. Really interesting for our listeners to hear as well. One thing I picked up on is that your title emphasizes transformation, not just Chief Digital Officer. What’s the difference, and where do most health systems fall short when trying to bridge that gap?

Michael: One of the things that excited me about Nebraska Medicine is that they are, I would argue, more mature and out ahead in terms of their leadership structure. They are very nimble in regards to the number of chiefs who report directly to the CEO and president. There are six chiefs — the Chief Transformation and Digital Officer being one — along with the Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Medical Officer, Chief Nursing Officer, and then a combined Chief Legal and People Officer.

What excited me about Nebraska to do transformation at scale is that it goes well beyond just technology. In my role I’m accountable for three main verticals. First, IT — the Chief Information Officer reports up to me. Second, our innovation and venture arm, which we can dig into deeper if listeners are interested, because we’re doing some really cool things there. And third, the strategy office — we have a VP of Strategy Enablement and an entire strategy office that looks at markets, guides acquisitions, and evaluates joint ventures.

The strategy office is also where our AI efforts and engineers sit. Having strategy, innovation, and IT all underneath essentially a transformation office means we’ve got the right ingredients to do transformational work at scale. That’s what’s really exciting for me and why I took the leap to Nebraska. I think we’re very well positioned structurally to not only improve the lives of all Nebraskans, but to become the gold standard for the rest of the country on what the future of healthcare looks like.

Ritu: That’s a really good answer. Having those three things — IT, innovation, and strategy — reporting into you is directly related to the next question. A recurring issue we hear from Chief AI Officers and Chief Digital Officers is a lack of operational ownership for digital initiatives, which leads to most pilots failing or fading into obscurity. Having those three arms under you and being fully responsible must be doing a lot to ensure the success of these initiatives. We’d love to hear more about the venture arm — what’s your approach to developing new technologies and incubating ideas?

Michael: One of the really exciting things is that we already have a commitment from the health system, the university, the state, and our philanthropists to build a $2.2 billion Hospital of the Future. It’s already underway — we’ve got a hole in the ground, construction has started, and the doors will open on our main campus in about five years. We know that with healthcare and technology changing so quickly, it’s really hard to answer the question: what will the hospital room of the future look like five years from now?

To prepare ourselves to answer that question, we’ve already made significant investments in our innovation ecosystem — hundreds of millions of dollars into our Edge District. The Edge District is focused on two things: what I’d call inside-out innovation, where our researchers are developing new intellectual property that we look to potentially commercialize and spin out as startups; and outside-in, where local startups that want to get into healthcare and understand healthcare problems can get involved.

On the university side, we’ve also made significant investments in simulation and education for our future leaders. We have a program called iEXCEL, which I believe is one of the largest, if not the largest, simulation centers in the entire country. They’re using very frontier technology — we’re leaning heavily into holograms. We actually have a hologram theater where we can create holograms nearly the size of a room of hearts and organs that students can interact with as they’re learning anatomy and surgery. Of course, we also have simulation rooms and surgical simulation suites in that building.

But the really unique and exciting element is our Innovation Design Unit and Bridge Program, which sits inside Nebraska Medicine itself. We’ve built a 17-bed med-surg unit that can scale up to an ICU if needed, and it has all the bells and whistles of technology. The unit itself is modular and all glass — touch the glass and it frosts over. When we hire staff to work in the Innovation Design Unit, we look at their behavioral profiles during interviews: are they agile, knowing that how they deliver care and the technology they use is going to be constantly changing and iterating?

There’s literally a bridge off that unit to our Bridge Program — a small mockup of the unit where our engineers, data scientists, and clinicians bring in vendors or build new technology, test it in that environment, and then nurses and physicians can come over, play with it, and test it before we bring it live with patients in the Innovation Design Unit. The learnings from those technologies are informing exactly what we’re going to put into Project Health, our new Hospital of the Future. I’ve been to innovation programs around the country at some of the leading health systems, and I have never seen anything like this.

Ritu: Amazing. So, these holograms are like digital twins?

Michael: Yes, exactly. It sits on the university side, and essentially as we’re training students, we can input radiology images and the system creates a hologram of that organ from the image. Students can interact with the hologram as they’re learning anatomy and how to perform surgery.

The other exciting thing is that Nebraska is a rural state and the University of Nebraska has four campuses, one of which is in a rural part of the state where a new medical school cohort is starting up. The university has worked hard on how to transmit these holograms remotely out to that campus, so faculty specialists in Omaha can continue to support and teach those students at a distance using this forward-thinking technology. Really special and unique — and it’s what I love about being part of an academic health system, really partnering with the university side to educate our future clinicians so they’re ready to function in a hospital of the future that is digitally enabled and AI-augmented.

Rohit: With so much innovation going on, how do you prioritize and allocate resources? And if you’d like to share any success stories — and maybe some failures from a learning perspective as well?

Michael: The maturity of our structure really drives this. We have purposely placed AI — specifically our AI engineers, data analytics, and data scientists — in our strategy office, which keeps the projects we take on aligned with the most important priorities of the health system. Starting from our board metrics down to what we call our Delta projects, and then into our OKR projects.

When a new use case gets submitted, we have a very rigorous evaluation process, and where a proposal scores most points is strategic alignment to our top priorities. Within the strategy office we have a team of process engineers who, when a use case is submitted, deeply examine what problem is trying to be solved and what workflows are involved. The process engineers work closely with our enterprise architects and solution architects in IT to ask: do we already have a technology on our stack that could address this problem? If not, we work through the build-versus-buy question.

I’d argue we are more of a build shop, and that hasn’t always been the case in healthcare. We build about one new generative AI tool per month in-house. We now have 28 tools we’ve built ourselves, deployed at scale — and those AI use cases, which are aligned with our biggest health system priorities, each get what we call a Delta team. The Delta team includes operators, clinicians, informaticists, and technologists. We make sure that from build through deployment, the initiative is properly resourced to be successful and to scale. Once it’s scaled and running, the Delta team moves to the next project, and the tool is maintained as an operational program within the health system.

We’ve had a ton of success focusing on back-office work: throughput, clinical capacity. We’ve built AI tools that identify which patients in our hospital are ready for discharge and automate notifications to nurses — “this patient is ready, here are the orders needed to move them to the discharge lounge and out of the hospital.” Very similar tools around transfers: identifying which patients at rural hospitals across the state are appropriate to transfer to us, and when a patient is with us, identifying when they’re ready to transfer back. Just through automating capacity management, we’ve created over 30 net-new beds in our hospital — not by building new beds, but by automating the processes.

We’ve also automated a lot of scheduling and surgical optimization, getting the right patients in to see our surgeons at the right time. In the revenue cycle we’ve had a lot of success automating denials management, prior authorizations, and registry reporting — freeing up nurses from manually extracting data to submit to registries so the AI can do that extraction instead.

An example of something that started with significant resistance: a faculty member — a brilliant heart surgeon — went to a conference, met with an AI vendor, and came back convinced he needed their specific tool to help identify structural heart defects to get the right patients to him more efficiently. He was adamant: “The vendor says it’s plug-and-play, fully integrated into the EHR, and I needed it yesterday.” I had to spend a lot of time with him to take a step back and ask: what is the problem you’re actually trying to solve?

Once we fully understood that, I told him we have tools in-house and a data science team that I believed could not only build the same solution, but build it better because it would be personalized to his workflow. He was very hesitant and said, “I’ve heard this before — I don’t have six months to a year for you to build something.” We got past that. We were able to build a solution in less than a month, and he and his service line are very happy because it not only solves his problem, it’s tailored exactly to his workflow.

Ritu: Those are really good examples. We were bracing for the usual ambient documentation and scribe story, so it’s nice to hear about different applications.

Michael: Something people don’t know about Nebraska: when I think of the two most transformative technologies in healthcare to date, on the patient side no one would question that telemedicine has been the most transformative. And Nebraska Medicine was the birthplace of telemedicine — it started here in the Department of Psychiatry, in partnership with the Bell Telephone Company, in the 1950s. Most people don’t know that.

On the provider side, no question — ambient documentation is the most transformative technology. We were the first digital scribe pilot site in the country, in partnership with Nuance and Rush in Chicago, co-developing that technology. The two most transformative technologies in healthcare, and Nebraska was at the forefront of both. I could absolutely talk about our successes with ambient documentation, but I did want to highlight that we were one of the first, working with Nuance years ago as they were developing that technology.

Ritu: Great information — the listeners will love hearing that. We’re almost at the end; time has flown by. We’d love to hear what you see coming down the pipeline in the next one to two years that could be as transformative as ambient documentation.

Michael: I can tell you, and this may not be the sexy answer listeners are hoping for: the biggest transformative project I’ve kicked off as the new Chief Transformation Officer at Nebraska is actually a cleanup project. I’ve just launched application rationalization, and it is not an IT-driven project — it’s a health system strategic initiative.

Over the years, partly as a result of our innovative culture, we’ve had significant application sprawl. Our technology stack is very, very complex. My argument is that if we really want to continue to be leaders in AI and innovation, we have to simplify our tech stack. It will create more standardized workflows across the system, and it will free up my technologists, informaticists, and innovators — who right now are spread really thin managing so many applications.

We’re very excited, and I believe we’re going to be able to cut two-thirds of the applications on our stack over the next couple of years. That will create more efficiencies, unlock more innovation, and set us up even better from a data enablement standpoint to continue leaning into AI. Not the sexy answer, but it’s like spring cleaning — and we’ve got a lot of it to do.

Rohit: I’d add that it’s also an opportunity to infuse the remaining applications with more AI.

Michael: A hundred percent. We’re going to lean into our core applications and their functionality, and every vendor right now is introducing AI capabilities. I want to lean into my core platforms, and to do that I’ve got to remove the noise. This is a health system-level strategy, not an IT-driven initiative. We’ve already been able to identify and retire several applications, so we’re well underway.

Ritu: We’re almost at the end of the podcast. I’m sure listeners have a lot to unpack, and we’ve learned a lot of new and interesting things about Nebraska as well. Thank you so much for sharing, Dr. Hasselberg, and thank you once again for being on our podcast.

Michael: I loved it — this was a lot of fun. Hopefully you’ll invite me back in about four years, right around the time we’re opening our Hospital of the Future. Technology will have changed quite a bit by then.

Ritu: That sounds great — we’ll definitely be there for that. Thank you so much for being on our podcast.

Michael: Thank you. Alright, have a great one.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com   

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Escaping Pilot Purgatory: How Healthcare Leaders Can Scale What Matters

Insights by Rachel Feinman, SVP of Innovation and Managing Director of TGH Ventures, Tampa General Hospital on The Big Unlock podcast

“At TGH, we don’t do pilots.” That line, which was delivered with equal parts conviction and practicality, sets the tone for this episode of The Big Unlock. Rachel Feinman’s point isn’t that Tampa General Hospital flips a switch and rolls everything out systemwide overnight. It’s that they refuse to live in what she calls “endless pilots,” where momentum dies slowly and “testing” becomes a polite way to avoid committing.

Rachel brings a distinctive lens to this conversation because her path into healthcare innovation didn’t start in the usual place. She began as an M&A and business lawyer and found herself frustrated by how quickly strategic conversations ended right when the most interesting operational problem-solving began. She wanted to be in the room where strategy, execution, and value creation were actually happening, not just documenting it after the fact. That mindset, combined with deep involvement in the startup ecosystem, eventually led her to help create what is now TGH Ventures, Tampa General’s innovation, investment, and commercialization arm, translating a CEO’s vision into a structured operating model.

In other words, Rachel isn’t describing innovation as a slogan. She’s describing it as an execution system, one built to move quickly, measure clearly, and scale outcomes, not just ideas.

Escaping “pilot purgatory” starts with a mandate, not a mood

The phrase “pilot purgatory” shows up early in the conversation, and Rachel doesn’t dance around it. She describes a very specific reason Tampa General took a hard stance: pilots often become “a slow no,” or a symptom of misalignment and inability to prove results.

The mandate at Tampa General came from CEO John Couris after frustration with the way pilots can drag on without delivering meaningful operational change. Rachel is careful to clarify that this isn’t about recklessness. It’s about discipline. The organization still starts in a focused place, with a defined problem and an approach designed to prove impact quickly. But the intent is different.

They start with a thesis.

They identify the right partner and solution.

They begin in a setting where results can be measured quickly.

And if the solution performs by driving the outcomes they expect, they scale fast.

For Rachel, this is the key; the “pilot” is not the goal. It is the smallest version of a scaling strategy. If it works, they don’t leave it in limbo. If it doesn’t, they stop and move on.

This stance is important because it reframes the most common failure mode in healthcare innovation: treating experimentation as a destination instead of a step in an outcomes-driven path.

Rachel’s insistence on a thesis-first approach also solves another chronic problem: innovation that chases “the next shiny object” instead of measurable needs. A thesis forces specificity. What outcome are we driving? Where will we start? How will we measure? What would success look like, and how quickly should we see signals?

This is how organizations avoid building impressive “proofs of concept” that never integrate into real operations.


Moving fast without compromising safety: “go slow to go fast”

One of the most valuable parts of the episode is how Rachel resolves a tension every health system leader recognizes.

On one side: “fail fast,” experiment, iterate.

On the other hand, healthcare’s tolerance for risk, especially in clinical settings, is low, and for good reason.

Rachel doesn’t pretend those forces magically align. She explains that the reason healthcare hasn’t moved as quickly historically is that when you’re talking about patient care and safety, failures can have serious consequences. “Fails around safety are not okay,” she says, and that becomes the grounding principle.

So how does a system move faster without compromising safety?

Her answer is to separate domains and apply the right speed to the right work.

She describes an enormous opportunity to innovate in the administrative, operational, and logistics layers of healthcare, well before you get into direct clinical decision-making. She even frames health systems as “one giant logistics company,” coordinating people, schedules, resources, and information across complicated care protocols. In those areas, moving fast is not only possible, but it’s also necessary. Scheduling efficiency, care coordination, and non-clinical process redesign can produce a meaningful impact quickly and safely.

When the innovation touches clinical care, the approach changes.

That’s where her “go slow to go fast” philosophy comes in.

The idea is to go slow at the beginning to set the right guardrails. Put the right governance in place. Get the right people around the table early, such as clinical leaders, safety stakeholders, compliance, and operations, so you don’t spend months later stuck in “what if” loops. It is imperative to do the careful work upfront, deliberately, while accelerating as quickly as possible, in a meaningful way, to the end goal.

Once governance, safety, and guardrails are clear, you can move faster with confidence. You’re not skipping safety, you’re engineering for it, out of the starting gate. This mindset is a direct antidote to a common problem: innovation teams doing great work, only to hit a late-stage wall of approvals and concerns. Rachel is essentially describing a system that front-loads alignment, so execution doesn’t stall later.


The innovation engine: partnerships, ventures, and proof of value

Rachel’s role spans innovation, ventures, and digital solutions, and she explains how TGH Ventures operates with a dual focus that many systems struggle to balance.

Yes, there is an investment strategy. Financial diligence matters. The organization wants confidence in the likelihood of a solid financial return on venture investments.

But her emphasis is clear: strategy comes first.

TGH Ventures evaluates whether a company advances Tampa General’s system strategy, not in generic terms like “improving patient experience,” but in ways tied to the organizational action plan and specific tactical priorities. That matters because it forces venture activity to support real operating goals rather than becoming a separate “innovation island.”

She offers a concrete example: Reimagine Care.

What makes this part of the conversation resonate is that it’s not delivered as a pitch. It’s delivered through lived experience. Rachel shares that her father was diagnosed with esophageal cancer and was treated at TGH. Navigating oncology symptoms and treatment side effects is complex. It can create a high burden on patients, families, and care teams. The number of messages to providers grows. Nurse lines have hours. Families worry about when they’ll get answers and what to do if they don’t.

In that context, Reimagine Care’s model, AI coupled with 24/7 clinical support, is framed as a practical solution: help patients manage symptoms, reduce avoidable emergency room visits, improve satisfaction, and reduce provider burnout. Rachel cites outcomes seen at other institutions: up to a 70% reduction in avoidable ED visits for oncology patients.

Whether or not every organization achieves that exact number, the point is larger: Tampa General isn’t investing for novelty. It’s investing in solutions that can produce measurable operational outcomes and relieve real clinical pressure.

This is also where her “beyond the walls” theme becomes clearer. She repeatedly highlights the fragmented nature of care, with patients often moving between settings, specialists, and touchpoints that don’t always connect. Innovation that matters, in her framing, is innovation that stitches that fabric together, so nothing falls through the cracks.

That “connective tissue” focus is not theoretical. It is the difference between a healthcare experience that feels like a series of disconnected transactions and one that feels coordinated and safe.


Scaling impact requires a thesis, governance, and the courage to commit

Rachel Feinman’s message is straightforward: healthcare doesn’t need more experimentation for experimentation’s sake. It needs a repeatable operating model that moves promising work into real impact.

At Tampa General, that begins with a refusal to linger in “pilot purgatory.” It’s not a rejection of starting small, it’s a rejection of staying small without decision. The approach is to start with a thesis, pick partners intentionally, measure results quickly, and scale fast when outcomes are proven.

She also offers a mature answer to a question that often paralyzes organizations. How do you move fast in a zero-risk environment? Her answer is to apply the right speed to the right domain. In other words, move fast in operational and administrative workflows where there is a massive opportunity, and “go slow to go fast” in clinical innovation by putting governance and guardrails in place early.

Finally, she points toward the real frontier: connecting fragmented care journeys and extending care beyond hospital walls, so patients experience a seamless system rather than disconnected silos.

The through-line is execution. Not ideas. Not pilots. Execution.


The Takeaway

Rachel Feinman’s view of healthcare innovation is refreshingly practical. In her world, the industry doesn’t need more pilots that drift without commitment; it needs an outcomes-driven model that starts with a clear thesis, measures value quickly, and scales what works with urgency. Her message is also nuanced: healthcare can and should move fast in logistics, access, and operational workflows, while using a “go slow to go fast” governance approach for clinical innovation where safety must be engineered upfront. In her framework, AI is a powerful accelerant, but only when paired with intentional partnerships, disciplined measurement, and a system-level focus on stitching together fragmented care journeys so patients experience continuity, not silos. The organizations that lead won’t be the ones running the most experiments. They’ll be the ones that can standardize, support, and spread proven solutions because their innovation strategy is built for scale impact, not just scale ideas.

Sitting at the intersection of strategy, deal-making, and real operational accountability inside a large academic health system, Rachel Feinman’s unique insights are especially valuable:

  • “Pilot purgatory” is avoidable when leadership mandates impact: start with a thesis, prove results, and scale quickly instead of drifting in endless tests.
  • Healthcare can “fail fast” in operational and administrative workflows, where logistics and coordination offer massive upside without compromising clinical safety.
  • For clinical innovation, the right approach is “go slow to go fast”: set governance and guardrails early so execution can accelerate later.
  • A health system venture arm creates the most value when investments are tied directly to the system’s strategic action plan and not generic innovation goals.
  • AI becomes meaningful when it compresses cycle time, turning insights into near real-time outputs that move stakeholders from discussion to action.
  • The next frontier is connecting fragmented care journeys and extending care beyond hospital walls, so patients experience seamless coordination rather than specialist silos.

Healthcare Needs Real Disruption, Not Incremental Change

Season 7

Episode 200 - Podcast with Stephen K. Klasko, MD, MBA, Executive in Residence, General Catalyst
Board Chair - DocGo, Teleflex

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Moving Beyond Pilots to Scale Impact in Healthcare
Loading
/
Video video

Season 7 | Episode 200

Dr. Stephen K. Klasko, Executive in Residence, General Catalyst & Board Chair, DocGo, Teleflex -
Healthcare Needs Real Disruption, Not Incremental Change

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Healthcare Needs Real Disruption, Not Incremental Change
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Stephen K. Klasko, former CEO of Jefferson Health, Executive in Residence at General Catalyst, Board Chair at DocGo, Teleflex, and one of healthcare’s most provocative voices, challenges the industry to rethink its fundamental assumptions and move toward a more sustainable, patient-centered future. He argues that despite years of discussion around value-based care and digital transformation, true disruption has been limited because stakeholders remain unwilling to fundamentally change existing business models.

Dr. Klasko argues that the healthcare system is broken, fragmented, expensive, and inequitable and that true disruption, like what Uber did to taxis or Amazon to retail, will demand that some players fail. He makes the case that the annual physical visit is a farce, and that continuous health narratives powered by wearables and AI companions are the future of proactive, personalized care.

On the tech-provider collaboration front, Dr. Klasko identifies – founder ego, misaligned incentives, and EHR-era skepticism as the biggest barriers. He advocates for co-developing solutions, sharing equity, and building genuine partnerships. Dr. Klasko’s message to healthcare leaders is unambiguous: stop turning things around 360 degrees and start making real, uncomfortable changes. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at Health Tech Summit by Cornell Tech.

About Our Guest

Dr. Stephen Klasko's professional history has been about not just disrupting healthcare but demolishing its sacred cows and rebuilding from scratch. As president and CEO of Thomas Jefferson University and Jefferson Health, he orchestrated a 567% revenue growth from $1.5 billion to $10 billion in nine years, while pulling off a merger of a 200-year-old health science university with a design school to reimagine "the human design experience in healthcare" starting at home. In a single year, he was named the #2 most influential person in healthcare and Fast Company's "Top 25 most creative people in business." He co-authored "Unhealthcare: A Manifesto for Health Assurance" with Hemant Taneja of General Catalyst—a battle cry against an industry he believes is fundamentally broken.

Now leading that change through his work at General Catalyst and DocGo, Klasko has spent his career proving that the biggest threat to healthcare innovation isn't technology, it's the traditionalists defending a dying system. Where others see academic medicine and Silicon Valley as opposing forces, he has built his legacy proving that they're the only combination powerful enough to save healthcare from itself.

As a DJ and doctor, he looks forward to 2026, when we, as the dreamers and designers of healthcare, can do an "ERAS tour"—Empathy, Radical collaboration, Access, and Swift care—and, as Sia sang, find the "courage to change."


Ritu: Hello everyone. Welcome to the Big Unlock Podcast. My name is Ritu and I’m your co-host today along with Rohit. I’m the managing partner at Damo Consulting and host of the Big Unlock Podcast. Really happy to have our listeners here today and to welcome Dr. Klasko to the podcast.

He’s one of the most provocative voices re-imagining the future of healthcare. In 2024, Becker’s Hospital Review named him as one of the great leaders in healthcare. He’s been recognized by Fast Company as one of the most creative people in business, by Modern Healthcare as the number two most influential person in healthcare, and by Ernst & Young as Entrepreneur of the Year.

Former CEO of Jefferson Health, he led its transformation into a national model for innovation, scaling it into a 14-plus hospital system. He’s also co-author of Unhealthy: A Manifesto for Health Assurance, where he challenges the industry to move beyond sick care toward true health assurance. Today, as an advisor and investor working with organizations like General Catalyst, he’s helping build the next generation of digitally enabled, patient-centered care models. Known for questioning long-held assumptions, Dr. Klasko continues to push healthcare leaders to rethink not just how care is delivered, but why the system even exists in its current form.

Really happy to have you with us, Dr. Klasko. With that I’ll pass it to Rohit for a brief intro.

Rohit: Thank you, Ritu. Hi everyone, I’m Rohit — CEO of Damo and co-host of the Big Unlock Podcast. It is a pleasure to have you, Steve, on the podcast. We had such a wonderful presentation from you at Cornell Tech recently. Looking forward to an engaging session. Thank you.

Stephen: Well, thanks. You guys did a better introduction than I could have done. When you’re 72, you have about five different careers — we could take the whole half hour. What I told someone at a Forbes conference: a young woman came up to me and said it seemed like everybody knows me. I said, look, I’m 72, I’ve been a healthcare leader for 40 years, I’m still vertical, and my first five Google pages are still positive. There are only about ten people who can say all four of those things.

The simple answer is I started my career as a DJ. I’m a high-risk obstetrician who delivered about 1,500 babies in private practice in Pennsylvania and Florida. Through a series of events, I got my MBA at Wharton and became one of the leaders in studying what makes doctors different and how we handle change. I became the dean of a couple of medical schools, including one where we selected a class based on self-awareness, empathy, communication skills, and cultural competence — not just memorizing the Krebs cycle.

Then I became CEO of two different academic medical centers: University of South Florida — which, interestingly, is not in south Florida but in northwest Florida, which tells you everything about the logic of Florida — and then Jefferson, which we grew from roughly a $1.5 billion single-hospital entity to an 18-hospital healthcare-at-any-address system with an insurance company.

One of the things I’m most proud of: we merged our 200-year-old health science university with the number-three design university and created the first MD/Master’s in Design — the design of the human experience in healthcare. Our mission became being a 200-year-old academic medical center thinking like a startup, really embodying the model of what you’d get if a Silicon Valley entrepreneur and a health system CEO had a baby. We tried to create that at Jefferson, and in some respects that’s what we’re doing at General Catalyst now. We’ve acquired a health system, Summa, and created health assurance partners like WellSpan and others. It’s taking both sides — the tech galaxy and the traditional healthcare ecosystem galaxy — recognizing that neither has all the answers, and trying to bring them together.

Ritu: Thank you for that wonderful introduction — three questions straight away from what you’ve said. Let’s start with the first one. You’ve talked about healthcare at any address: telehealth, distributed care, digital front doors. COVID really normalized that, but we still haven’t seen that system come fully to scale. What is the problem, and why do you think digitization and the digital front door haven’t happened so far?

Stephen: I’ll start with two quotes. One is from Peter Diamandis, who said the problem with disruption is that it disrupts your current line of business. And we haven’t been willing — insurers haven’t been willing, hospitals haven’t been willing — to disrupt their current lines of business. We all talk about it. We talk about value-based care like it’s some Greek mythology myth, because we haven’t figured out how to make it work by and large.

One of my mentors was Bill Kissick, who wrote a book 45 years ago called Medicine’s Dilemmas: Infinite Needs, Finite Resources. He was the first to talk about the Iron Triangle of access, quality, and cost. If you remember ninth-grade geometry, increase one angle and you have to decrease another. So if you increase access, you’re either going to increase cost or decrease quality — unless you’re willing to disrupt the system. And disruption is painful.

He said, in a nonpolitical way: if anyone ever tells you they’re going to increase access, increase quality, and decrease cost — and it’s not going to be painful — they’re not telling the truth. The day after the ACA passed, President Obama said it would increase access, increase quality, and decrease cost with no pain to anybody. Whether that was intentional or inadvertent, it clearly wasn’t true. Trump said his plan would be fantastic, terrific, unbelievable, and really huge — and it was none of the four.

In every other disruption of every other sector — Uber and taxis, Amazon and retail — the players that weren’t willing to be fundamentally disrupted went away. Think Sears and JCPenney. Circuit City thought they could go all-e-commerce and failed. Others said, “Holy moly, this is real,” figured out how to make their old model work alongside a new model — think Target and Walmart.

That’s largely what’s happening right now in healthcare. This is the first time in our history where just about everybody’s hurting. For the last ten or fifteen years, hospitals ruled the roost and told insurers what to do. Then payers said, “If you don’t do this, I’ll send all my patients elsewhere.” Just look at UnitedHealthcare — since the ACA it became the second-best-performing stock after Apple, and it’s a middleman. But now they’re hurting and the hospitals are hurting too.

The simple answer is: until we recognize that the system is broken, fragmented, expensive, and inequitable — and probably unsustainable, though we’ve been saying that for a long time — something has to give. It’s really like Hurricane Katrina, where everybody said the levees wouldn’t hold until they didn’t. We are literally at that point in healthcare.

Ritu: I totally agree with you. Even at Cornell Tech, something I wrote down from your talk: true change can’t be incremental and slow — it has to be jolting, and it has to hurt people.

Stephen: And people have to fail. Sears and JCPenney failed. Circuit City said “we’re going all-e” and failed. I did a lot of work with Target and Walmart when I took over Jefferson, and their whole philosophy was: we’re really good at what we do, we’re not going to abandon that, but we have to be just as good as Amazon at what they do. In one case they bought a new platform, in another they built one. That was an aha moment for me.

At Jefferson, we have one of the best pancreatic cancer surgeons in the world — Dr. Charles Yeo. If you have pancreatic cancer, you don’t care about our digital health strategy, our TV screens, or our food. You want to see Dr. Yeo, and people come from around the world for that. But for the other 97% of people in Philadelphia who don’t wake up thinking of themselves as patients, all we could say was: come to my office, my ER, my urgent care, my hospital. None of them wanted to do any of that. They wanted to be a person with diabetes or congestive heart failure or COPD who could thrive without having to think about it.

One of our first big successes at General Catalyst was Livongo — sold for $18.4 billion. All Livongo did, when you really think about it, was say: we’ll be your invisible friend if you have diabetes. They partnered with Jefferson and said, “Klasko’s great — but he’s great if you need his office, urgent care, ER, or hospital. That’s not what you need 97% of the time. We’ll be there for the other 97%.” That’s what tech, payers, and health systems have to learn to do together. The ones that can disrupt on access, quality, user experience, and cost will succeed.

Ritu: That leads into the new era — you’ve also talked about how the whole idea of the annual wellness visit is going to be outdated because of the constant stream of data coming in from wearables. People need AI companions, and they’re so used to getting everything on demand. The whole model of going into the doctor’s office, seeing the doctor, and then waiting for information is going to be very outdated very soon.

Stephen: The annual visit is a farce. Think about it — imagine if your entire financial life was managed by checking in once a year and ignoring everything in between. Oh, by the way, there was a war, or inflation ticked up four years ago. We’ll just check you annually. I had my Mayo Executive Wellness exam and they gave me all this guidance on exercise and weight loss. I’m a marathon runner. Two days later I tore my hamstrings. Everything they told me was immediately irrelevant.

If they had gotten the data from my Oura ring, they would have said, “Hey Steve, you were running 25 miles a week and you stopped on Tuesday — we’d like to talk to you.” Well, I didn’t just stop. I did a face plant because I tore my hamstrings and had them surgically reattached.

My new book is going to be called — as I mentioned at the Cornell talk — Swifties, Startups, and the Singularity, where I come back from 2035 as the Chief Digital Health Officer for President Taylor Swift, because the Swifties have become a political party. We could do worse. Our healthcare motto was “make healthcare Taylor-made, make it Swift” — neither of which was true in 2026. And one of the breakup songs was: we were never, ever, ever going back together with annual physicals. Even the term “physical” is asinine — it means I’m going to check everything from the neck down once a year.

One of the companies I’m involved with, NeurFlow, did a study showing that about 30% of people who have attempted or completed suicide had seen their primary care doctor within the last four or five months. They had a “physical” and the doctor didn’t connect what may have been a warning sign. NeurFlow actually connects those warning signs. So the whole concept of continuous health narratives and much more sophisticated wearables is critical.

I had a cardiac bypass two years ago. I left the hospital on day two — actually DJing for the nurses on day two. Typical cardiac rehab would have me sitting in a waiting room about five weeks later, getting wired up and walking on a treadmill. I’m a marathon runner — I wasn’t doing that. So I talked to my cardiologist and we connected my Oura ring and Apple Watch data. He had me start walking around week two, monitoring heart rate variability, and gradually increasing. I did it all from home at a much lower cost and was back to running within about eight weeks — whereas with the traditional approach I would just have been starting treadmill walking.

This healthcare-at-any-address model not only makes care more accessible but allows you to customize it. A lot of bypass patients are sedentary people who haven’t exercised — and that’s the one-size-fits-all model in American medicine. I had an autoimmune issue, a cholesterol of 107, and weighed 140 pounds. I didn’t need to prove I could walk on a treadmill.

Ritu: Absolutely. So Dr. Klasko, you’ve been championing radical collaboration between health systems and Silicon Valley for a while now. You mentioned Summa, but in practice, what is the biggest failure you’ve seen where collaboration looked good on paper but didn’t work in the real world due to culture, incentives, or ego?

Stephen: I think you answered your own question — culture and ego. Let me expand on that. First, here’s what we hear from health system CEOs: “We are tired of putting all the Lego pieces together for all the point solutions your 28-year-old founders create.”

I’m a board advisor to five very good women’s health AI and tech companies handling different parts of women’s health — fertility, menopause, the vaginal microbiome, pregnancy. Why don’t they get together and say, “Throughout a woman’s life, we can now do more of this at home”? It’s founder ego. I sometimes have to explain to these companies: you’re not going to create an IPO based on dense breasts, or vaginal microbiome, or one part of a woman’s life like fertility alone.

The second thing is that we haven’t been that successful in the past. As one CEO told me: “You spent 40 years telling us technology would make our life easier.” Start with what he called the epidemic of EHRs — they were supposed to make our lives easier and all they did was create more administrators. There’s real skepticism that AI isn’t just our new cool EHR.

And then the third thing is incentives. One of the things I’m proud of at Jefferson: I wrote an article called “I’m Never Getting Fleeced Again.” I was at University of South Florida and a CEO came to me in 2009 — a virtual health company, even back then. He said, “Steve, I want to take you out to dinner. We couldn’t have done it without you. USF was our first client.” I asked why the dinner. He said, “We just got valued at $800 million.” I said, “That better be one hell of a dinner, because we didn’t get anything out of that.” He said, “No, no — I’m also going to send you four fleeces.” So my article was “I’m Never Getting Fleeced Again.”

If I’m really involved in helping create billion-dollar companies, that has to change. At Jefferson, we literally put a General Catalyst person on our cabinet. We co-developed. With companies like Carrum Health, we gave them total access to all our doctors and systems, but we also had an opportunity to gain equity — not pay-to-play, just true partnership. When Carrum became a significant company, I didn’t feel like I’d helped create something and gotten nothing in return.

From Jefferson’s perspective, it was also a portfolio diversifier — which is what every health system needs. If you’re struggling to make a 2% margin on your hospital business and you can’t depend on investment markets continuing to grow 10 or 15% a year, while you’re getting less and less from insurers — meanwhile $30 billion is being spent on digital health and somebody’s making a lot of money, and they can’t make it without you — you don’t need to be a genius to ask: how do I participate in that in a legal and ethical way? That’s what I talk to hospital system CEOs and boards about.

Rohit: Steve, I’m thinking about the fact that hospitals are largely set up as not-for-profit — that’s in their DNA. You’ve been CEO of a not-for-profit system. Now you have General Catalyst, clearly driven by profit, with investors expecting a return, coming in through the Summa partnership. How do you bring those two worlds together?

Stephen: I’ve been on the board or in the CEO seat of three kinds of health systems: not-for-profit, for-profit, and religious faith-based institutions. Here’s what I’d say: by and large, the faith-based institutions were the most mission-driven and the least profitable. We started every board meeting with our mission. Beyond that, the distinction between not-for-profit and for-profit is much more variable than people think.

I’ve seen not-for-profit hospitals that talk about nothing other than donor dollars, US News & World Report rankings, and beating competitors in research. And I’ve talked to people like Jonathan Perlin, who was Chief Medical Officer for HCA and now runs JCAHO, who would push back on that. He’d say, “We probably did more to normalize obstetric care through our for-profit system.” Chip Kahn, head of the Federation of American Hospitals, would say: “The difference is we pay taxes.”

That said, there are absolutely for-profit systems I wouldn’t want to be part of — and there are not-for-profit systems I wouldn’t want to be part of either. When you get to General Catalyst, it’s a genuinely different situation. I know it’s easy for me to say, but when we wrote that book — Unhealthy: A Manifesto for Health Assurance — we called it a manifesto deliberately. And my partner, who I now have the honor of working for, made a decision that to truly actualize what we wrote, we have to prove it.

We did not go and acquire a sexy, profitable LA health system. We acquired Summa Health in Akron, Ohio — literally in the middle of the country, in the middle of how health systems are doing. They weren’t going bankrupt, they were in the upper-middle tier on quality, but not what everyone was talking about. A couple-billion-dollar, few-hospital system with a small insurance company. We have this principle called responsible innovation. We didn’t invest a few hundred million dollars there to come back with a quick profit. It’s a ten-year type of commitment.

And honestly, partly why I’m not the most directly involved — I’m 72, unless they’re building assisted living facilities. But it’s exciting and I think it’s being done for the right reasons.

What frustrates me is that I’ve been doing this for 40 years, and when you go to Health Evolution, Forbes Healthcare, or similar events, you’d think we have the most equitable, fair healthcare system in the world, because everybody’s talking about what they’re doing. We’ve been talking about the same transformations for decades. The quote I used at Cornell: Jason Kidd, when he came to the Dallas Mavericks who were 24 and 52, said “I’m going to turn this team around 360 degrees.” We do a lot of turning things around 360 degrees in healthcare.

I’m hoping that people who listen to the Big Unlock Podcast and who went to the Cornell Health Tech Summit are willing to say: I’m mad as hell and I’m not going to take it anymore. We’re not turning things around 360 degrees anymore. That’s my hope.

Ritu: Thank you. Thank you so much, Dr. Klasko. It’s been a pleasure.

Stephen: Thank you. Take care, everyone.

 

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com  

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

 

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Autonomous AI Turning Evidence into Action

Season 7

Episode 199 - Podcast with Dr. Eric Stecker, Co-founder and Chief Medical Officer, Insight Health -
Autonomous AI Turning Evidence into Action

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Autonomous AI Turning Evidence into Action
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Eric Stecker, Co-founder and Chief Medical Officer at Insight Health, explores how autonomous AI agents are reshaping cardiovascular care and population health in the United States.

Dr. Stecker draws a critical distinction between autonomous action and autonomous decision-making, arguing that AI can deliver enormous clinical value today by acting autonomously on well-established care protocols, without waiting for fully autonomous diagnostic AI. He highlights that preventable conditions like hypertension and high cholesterol already have decades of evidence behind them; the real gap is in implementation, where AI-powered agents can identify at-risk patients, prompt appropriate prescriptions, and check in on medication adherence by reducing millions of avoidable cardiac events.

Dr. Stecker emphasizes that clinician involvement, not just advisory oversight, is essential to avoid alert fatigue, documentation overload, and signal-to-noise failures. He states that meaningful AI adoption requires building trust with both healthcare workers and patients, starting with autonomous action today while responsibly advancing toward autonomous clinical decision-making tomorrow. Take a listen.

This guest appearance was facilitated through conversations initiated at ViVE.

About Our Guest

Dr. Eric Stecker is the co-founder and Chief Medical Officer at Insight Health, a cardiologist and professor of medicine at Oregon Health and Science University. He chaired the American College of Cardiology’s Science and Quality Committee, which is responsible for national cardiology practice guidelines and other clinical policy documents. He maintains a practice that focuses on advanced ablation and device implantation. He received a B.S. and M.D. in the Medical Scholars Program from the University of Wisconsin Madison. He received an M.P.H. with a focus on health management and policy from the University of Michigan.


Ritu: Hi everyone. Welcome to our next episode of the Big Unlock Podcast, season seven. We are really excited to have Dr. Stecker with us here today. Dr. Stecker is the Chief Medical Officer and co-founder of Insight Health, where he’s focused on applying artificial intelligence to improve real-world clinical outcomes.

He’s also a practicing cardiologist and professor of medicine at Oregon Health and Science University. His work sits at the intersection of cardiology, data science, and population health, with a particular emphasis on translating predictive insights into actionable interventions. Dr. Stecker has been a leading voice in how AI can move beyond detection to truly impact prevention and care delivery.

Today he’s joining us on the Big Unlock Podcast to explore how intelligent systems are reshaping the future of cardiovascular care. With that, a very warm welcome to all our listeners. Dr. Stecker, thank you so much for joining us today.

Eric: Hi. Thank you. It’s great to be on your podcast. It’s really an honor, and you’ve had some great guests and explored some great topics in the past.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Dr. Stecker. We are really excited to have this conversation because we just came back from HIMSS and AI was everywhere. One of the more interesting things — we went to the Cornell Health Tech Summit and they really talked about wearables and this constant stream of data that’s coming in, and how that’s going to make the annual physical obsolete.

We would love to hear your thoughts on the future of continuous cardiac care with wearables and remote monitoring with AI. Do you envision a future where cardiology becomes a continuously managed condition? And if so, how?

Eric: I think there are some very exciting possibilities, and I’m glad you brought up the idea of continuous health management and continuous monitoring.

That’s an area that’s created great excitement for many people, and I do think it is in our future. It’s important, though, to distinguish that which is an evolving evidence basis. In clinical medicine, putting my academic cardiologist hat on for a moment — there are a variety of interventions and monitoring approaches we can employ, and what we emphasize depends on what is most beneficial for patients. Continuous wearables and continuous physiologic data monitoring has some evidence for benefit, and I think that will evolve significantly over time.

It’s an area where AI can intersect very well and very effectively, once autonomous AI agents are tested and FDA approved. It’s important to recognize, though, that there is a whole set of health interventions we know are very high-impact and beneficial — we just need to work on implementing them. We know what to do; we just need to do it, and AI can really improve care for those things right now.

We don’t need new technology or large clinical trials to show benefit. We have decades of very high-quality clinical evidence. Take statin medications — cholesterol medications for patients at high risk of cardiovascular events or with known heart disease. We have hundreds of thousands of patients studied in clinical trials showing significant benefit, yet identifying those patients, starting them on medication, and supporting them to ensure they take it as prescribed — these are the challenges we face right now. That gap results in hundreds of thousands or even millions of additional heart attacks and cardiovascular deaths. This is something AI can dramatically improve today, without the need for any further study.

Ritu: That’s a great answer — lots to unpack there. You talked about autonomous AI agents, and within Insight Health you’ve had particular success building a suite of these agents. We’d love to hear more about that. I also read a news update that you were recognized by OpenAI for crossing one billion tokens. What’s happening there?

Eric: Yes, thank you. I wish Sara, our CTO and co-founder, were on — he posted something about when we got the plaque for a billion tokens. We use multiple models, by the way, but for OpenAI specifically, by the time the plaque arrived in the mail, we’d already crossed ten times that threshold.

To back up a moment — the idea for our company: we have four excellent co-founders, which is a little unique. Two of us are mid-career physicians who have been practicing clinical medicine for some time and continue to do so. We’ve had to scale back significantly to build this company, but we love clinical medicine and our goal was to remove the roadblocks and allow us to have much more impact for patients in a much less painful way. There are so many speed bumps and potholes in the clinical care delivery system.

The idea came about when my co-founder Dr. Gore — our other Chief Medical Officer — and I went for weekly runs every Saturday morning, rain or shine in the Pacific Northwest. I remember it was early December 2022, dark, rainy, cold, probably 45 degrees. ChatGPT had just burst into public consciousness. Gore said, “This will transform medicine.” We were not in the tech world, not CS folks, so it took us by surprise too. We thought, this will transform medicine — we have to be involved and help guide where it goes for doctors in general and for us specifically. That was the genesis.

We were then connected — his brother is a Silicon Valley entrepreneur with a lot of contacts — and he connected us with Jay Malson and ultimately with Saron Siva. We created the company, and within six or eight months, we had, to our knowledge, the first autonomous interaction with a patient in real clinical practice. This is a specialist practice, which has been our initial focus.

There’s a lot of great technology being developed. Google, for instance, was doing some really great work at that time. But because it was being driven from the tech end rather than the clinical medicine end, they were using patient actors to do scenarios and working on the clinical intelligence layer from that angle. We understood that interacting with patients and intelligently offloading what AI can handle — allowing patients more time to discuss their condition, talk about their symptoms, and ask certain questions within guardrails — we knew that technology could do that, and we knew that was a big part of the benefit for clinicians and patients.

We were confident enough, with our clinical experience and the technological experience of our other two co-founders, that we could make this work. In the first example, we actually had a nurse sitting with the patient in the clinic. About the first week, a nurse was right next to the patient. Then we recognized, “Hey, this is working — let’s release it and let patients do it in their own homes.” That was the genesis.

Since then, we’ve built out a suite of autonomous AI agents that can interact with patients, review referrals, review prior authorizations, summarize the clinical encounter — you’re very familiar with AI scribes — and reach out to patients after the visit. All of these are orchestrated via sophisticated technology, allowing for a much more AI-intensive experience that still feels very comfortable for the patient and for clinicians.

Ritu: That’s really interesting, because we keep hearing that AI actually just augments humans. What has your experience been in reality? Are we over-romanticizing “human in the loop,” and at what point does AI need to take more autonomous decision-making? You mentioned that you eventually removed the nurse because AI was fully capable of handling it on its own. Would love to hear more about your thoughts on that.

Eric: I think you raise a couple of excellent points. I would divide autonomous action from autonomous decision-making — I think those are two separate things. They’re often conflated, and understandably so. The reason I separate them is that once you move into the world of AI making clinical decisions and issuing orders without a human in the loop, it requires a lot of technological work — both on the fundamental technology operations and on the AI safety assurance overlay layer.

It also requires a ton of clinical validation, testing, and oversight. That’s very important. We do not have enough clinicians — not enough specialists or primary care providers — so it’s very important to move in that direction. But it’s very difficult. The other challenge is trust: patient trust and healthcare worker trust among those working alongside autonomous decision-making AI within the healthcare ecosystem.

Most important, of course, are patients — they’re the center, and the reason we deliver healthcare. So autonomous decision-making is important and will come and needs to be developed, but I think we should avoid an excessive focus on it, because there is so much low-hanging fruit to pick right now to improve care through autonomous action.

There’s also appropriate debate about whether AI is really saving clinicians — or are they just having to look through more data generated by the AI scribe? Are they having to double-check for hallucinations? The answer is: absolutely, well-designed and well-implemented AI can act autonomously in a way that really improves both the clinician and patient experience. It has to be done well, but that’s something we can and are doing right now.

There’s so much benefit — and by benefit I don’t just mean healthcare efficiency and its positive financial ramifications for health systems and payers. I also mean patient outcomes: reducing death and disability from disease. We know what we need to do. We need to diagnose high blood pressure, prescribe appropriate medications, and support patients. Wouldn’t it be wonderful if every time a patient was started on a new medication, a nurse — whether an AI nurse or a real nurse — contacted them and asked: “Did you fill that prescription? How’s it going? Are you having any side effects? Do you have any questions? And when would you like me to check in again?”

If a patient says, “Check in with me in a month” — you check back in a month. Are they still taking the medication? Is it okay? Just that action can dramatically reduce mortality among middle-aged and elderly people in the United States, simply by diagnosing high blood pressure, suggesting the correct medication for the clinician to start, and then checking in with the patient. This is not a “sending rocket ships to Mars” kind of thing. We can do this right now — and in fact, we do.

Ritu: That’s a very important distinction you’ve made between autonomous action and autonomous decision-making — something really worth thinking about. Thank you for clarifying that. But that leads directly into the next question: you made a correct point about ambient AI and other tools generating more data and cognitive load for clinicians. AI can generate a flood of alerts, risk scores, and predictions — more and more information. What are your thoughts on the signal-to-noise problem? How do you ensure AI is surfacing the right interventions without overwhelming clinicians or patients? At what point do you decide how much is enough?

Eric: That’s absolutely right. Using that example — if you’re checking in with patients weekly on an oncology issue and you generate a three-quarters-of-a-page summary every time and push it into the EHR, somebody then has to look at it and decide what to do.

This is exactly why having clinicians involved in technology development and implementation is critical. Dr. Gore and I are mid-career — we’ve been attending physicians for 15 to 17 years. We have a lot of experience in clinical medicine, and we still love it. We’re not looking for an exit; we’re making our ecosystem better.

Involving clinicians in a meaningful way — not just as Chief Medical Officers with a couple of consulting meetings here and there, but actually integrating them into product development and implementation — that will be essential. Because exactly what you raised will be highlighted immediately. “Wait, you’re checking in with this patient twice a week — how do we manage that information? Only escalate medical flags. We need a protocol to distinguish routine symptom responses from things that require documentation. Maybe it’s a floating dashboard.” Involving experienced clinicians is the key. If you leave this only to people who have an MD but never practiced, or only to technology developers, the issues you highlight will be a major problem.

I don’t want to whitewash this — the technology advances so fast that sometimes we need to catch up. Having AI scribe documentation that’s two pages long may suit some clinicians, but it creates a huge cognitive load for many others. You really need abbreviated summaries that highlight key things.

You also raised alert fatigue, which is extremely well-documented and a serious problem. I’m old enough to remember paper charts in medical school. When EHRs first came out, everyone was splashing alerts everywhere, and people just clicked “Okay” to get through them. That issue is better understood now, but we may be entering a new era with AI where we need to relearn that lesson. I hope not — and the more experienced clinicians are involved, the quicker we’ll learn it.

Ritu: It’s really interesting to hear that you’re mid-career and still love medicine. That reminded me — we usually start the podcast with an origin story about how you got into healthcare, and we didn’t do that this time. We’d love to hear how you got into this, how you chose cardiology, and how you got interested in the intersection of technology and healthcare. Doctors really bring a unique perspective because you’re there every day and you know what needs to work.

Eric: My father is an engineer and my mother is a social worker, and I am an amalgamation of those two ways of thinking — which is a great fit for medicine: thoroughly analytic, but also with the interactive and social insight that social work requires.

The reason I got into cardiology is that, honestly, memorization is not a strength of mine. To get into medical school you generally need to be an excellent memorizer, and I’m about average for a smart person — which, compared to the average medical student, makes me a bad memorizer. I was somewhat dismayed in the first couple years of medical school, memorizing lists and being graded on how many items out of ten or twelve you could retain. I did fine, but it was painful.

What I loved was physiology — how systems work together. I would understand it quickly, remember it well, and integrate it into practice. In my third and fourth years, I recognized that cardiology is rich with physiology, and that you can have a major impact on patients’ health and longevity. The interesting procedures, depending on the specialty, were also a draw. For all those reasons I gravitated to cardiology and ultimately to electrophysiology.

As for technology — my father worked at an engineering company, and when Oracle first became available to consumers, we got it: floppy disks and a shelf of manuals two feet long. I learned Oracle, worked at my dad’s company, and created SQL databases. That gave me a taste for technology, a sense of it. I never pursued it further — no programming, no CS degree — but it kept me interested and involved. And ultimately, that’s how Dr. Gore and I thought of the idea and then contacted our other two co-founders to start the company.

Ritu: Very interesting. Thank you for sharing that, Dr. Stecker. Do you think the role of the cardiologist is going to get redefined in an AI world as AI takes on more diagnostic and predictive tasks? How do you think the field needs to evolve to keep up with this wave of technology that seems to be threatening to overwhelm many specialties and healthcare in general?

Eric: I sure hope it will absolutely happen. My hope is that clinicians and patients do not need to evolve too much — that the main issue is establishing comfort and warranted trust with the implementation of technology, but that the technology can fit around the current experience and improve it dramatically, unlike EHRs of 15 years ago — or frankly right now.

An example of that is our autonomous AI agents that reach out to patients before visits to gather their basic medical history, understand a patient’s pain syndrome in detail, or for a cardiology patient, understand what procedures they’ve had done and where. All of this can happen at 2:00 AM if the patient is a shift worker — in their own home, on their own time. It doesn’t have to happen in the waiting room. All the questions the doctor or nurse might ask at the beginning of the visit can be handled in the comfort of the patient’s own home. That’s an example of how technology can work more effectively and can work around the needs of the patient.

Ritu: Meeting the patient where they are rather than having the patient come to you. When you talk about these autonomous agents, are you specifically talking about voice agents or how are they operating?

Eric: There are voice agents — you call up and talk with a very natural-sounding AI agent by voice only. There are also text-based interactions. Our company has technology we call “visual voice,” where it’s like texting on your phone as you’re speaking — and as the AI communicates with you, it can also pull in videos to that stream. For instance, instructional videos. An example: as an electrophysiologist dealing with arrhythmia, I frequently send out rhythm monitors. A company can send one straight to a patient’s home and they can put it on themselves. It has instructions, but if they don’t know how, our visual voice can show them a video right there — “Put it here, do this, click that.” You don’t have to look it up on the internet or call an 800 number for help.

There are many different interactive modalities. Again, this fits with the theme of making this as accessible as possible to patients, because that’s going to promote their engagement with their health and doing what we know will promote longevity.

Ritu: With all the implementations you’ve seen so far at Insight Health, have you seen particular success in any specific category, or do you think agents are generally successful across the board?

Eric: We have seen a lot of success. It very much depends on the context — whether it’s a mid-size clinic, an insurer, a smaller or large health system. The needs will be very different for each. That’s the strength of the deep tech stack we’ve developed; we can fit any kind of need.

One example, in keeping with public health — I have a master’s in public health as well — there is a well-established set of preventive activities: colorectal cancer screening through colonoscopies or stool-based or blood-based testing, breast cancer screening, cholesterol checks, blood sugar checks. These are very well established as beneficial, but it’s very challenging for payers and insurers to transmit that down into health systems, clinics, and to patients — even when they’re highly motivated and have bonuses aligned to good care through Medicare plans.

Payers have limited ways of intervening on those gaps. Say 50% of patients aren’t getting colorectal cancer screening, and death from colon cancer is much higher in their panel than it should be. Our technology can screen, reach out to the patient, assess their interest in colorectal cancer screening, educate them about it, assess their preference — colonoscopy, stool-based home test, or blood-based test — and then actually arrange it. It can schedule the colonoscopy, arrange prep, and screen whether they need to see a gastroenterologist first or can go straight to colonoscopy.

For me, the most impactful work is what touches public health and population health. But I recognize that every clinic and every clinician has different pain points, and we can insert ourselves into any of them.

Ritu: Time’s flown by and we’re almost at the end of the podcast — it’s been a great discussion. Thank you so much, Dr. Stecker. Any last thoughts or closing advice you’d like to share with our listeners before we wrap?

Eric: I know you’ve got a sophisticated audience, and I think it’s important for them to realize that as we progress along the spectrum from autonomous action to autonomous decision-making, it will be critically important to engage the workers within healthcare organizations to ensure it’s implemented well and that trust is established. And, of course, ultimately the patients.

The further upstream we are from patient interaction, the less critical that trust-building is. If it’s point solutions working on the back end of the healthcare ecosystem, that’s relatively straightforward. If it’s patient-facing, it’s really important to work with experienced people who can do it well. And as we progress toward the world of autonomous decision-making, wearables, and constant care delivery, we’ll really need to work through what that means as a society and build acceptance before it can gain traction.

Ritu: It might be happening sooner than we realize — the COVID era of AI. Thank you so much, Dr. Stecker. It’s been a pleasure having you on our podcast.

Eric: Thank you. It’s been a great time.

————Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.comDisclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Turning Healthcare AI Hype into Real-World Execution

Turning Healthcare AI Hype into Real-World Execution

Insights by Aditya Bansod, CTO and Co-Founder of Luma Health

“Healthcare doesn’t have an ‘AI imagination’ problem. It has an execution problem…” said Aditya Bansod, CTO and co-founder of Luma Health, on a recent episode of The Big Unlock podcast. It was a point that he made repeatedly as he discussed why healthcare AI often underdelivers, and what leaders must do to turn promise into performance with our host, Ritu M. Uberoy.

With a lifelong passion for building software, Aditya leads Luma Health’s technical vision and strategic direction for building a platform that empowers healthcare providers to better serve their patients and improve healthcare outcomes. His central claim is simple: many AI tools underperform in healthcare not because the models are weak, but because the workflows are messy, the handoffs are human, and the infrastructure is stitched together with a mix of modern platforms, legacy systems, and unstructured communication.

Or as the episode hints early on: healthcare still runs on “cutting-edge tech and clipboards.”

Aditya’s perspective is grounded in a very specific mission. Luma doesn’t “do medicine” or “do science,” as he puts it. Its job is to make it easier for patients to see their doctor. It sounds simple. It’s not. And that “unsexy last mile” is exactly where AI hype either becomes real—or collapses under the weight of reality.

As he told Ritu, “We don’t do medicine, we don’t do science. Our simple job is to make it easy for the patient to see their doctor… and that is just like such a hard part of the healthcare experience.”

Healthcare AI Often Fails at the “Handoff Problem”

One of Aditya’s most practical insights is that healthcare isn’t a single workflow. It’s a chain of workflows, where patient care passes from Medical Assistant to RN, RN to physician, physician to billing, etc.

He describes it as the “connective tissue” of healthcare operations. And he argues that humans, for all their imperfections, are still better than software at passing context along.

“The amount of connectivity and the amount of tissue inside the health system that exists to do that. It’s honestly, kind of unbelievable. And it works because humans are exceptionally good at passing context along – in fact, despite what most people may think, they’re better than computers at it.”

That becomes a direct critique of many AI “point solutions,” especially those that operate with limited connectivity to the broader system. You can build an AI voice agent that schedules an appointment. But what happens to the nuance a human would capture in the call? Does it land in the chart? Does it trigger transportation assistance? Does it cue interpreter services? Does it flag a mobility issue that affects how the patient should arrive? Aditya’s argument is that these details are often the difference between “automation” and “execution.” “All the little nuances that a human would pick up… do those make it into the chart?”

He gives a simple example: a patient might mention pain, difficulty walking, or barriers to getting into the car. In a human handoff, someone says, “Get them a wheelchair.” In a disconnected automation, that context can evaporate.

In other words, AI isn’t failing because it can’t talk. It’s failing because it can’t reliably connect that talk to the operational reality of healthcare.


Why “More AI Tools” Can Make Execution Worse

A second theme in the episode is what Aditya calls a “Cambrian explosion” of AI solutions, which he defines as “massive funding and rapid product creation aimed at a limited set of problems.”

The result is predictable. CIOs and CTOs are now flooded with tools that overlap. In real health systems, that means multiple vendors trying to solve adjacent workflow steps, each with its own UI, logic, and integration story.

Aditya describes the situation bluntly: health systems often end up buying overlapping “Venn diagrams.”

“You’ve effectively purchased eight overlapping Venn diagrams.”

This isn’t just annoying. It’s operationally dangerous. It can create fragmented workflows where each tool works “in isolation,” but the overall journey breaks.

He uses colonoscopy scheduling and prep as a vivid example. Even when a patient shows up, if prep wasn’t done correctly, it’s functionally a no-show. That’s a workflow with multiple inputs: patient outreach, prep instructions, prior authorizations in some cases, outside medical records, follow-up confirmations, and staff readiness.

The lesson is that patient access is not a single “AI function.” It’s an orchestration problem.

Aditya argues that most health systems do not want to become software companies. They don’t want to build massive development competencies. They want to deliver care. But they will need something in between which he explained is “an integration and workflow-orchestration competency.”

“Most CIOs… don’t want to build a software competency… but they ultimately have to build an integration competency.”

He makes a useful comparison to the post-2020 rush. “Many systems rapidly bought telehealth, texting, and remote monitoring platforms during COVID, then spent the following years rationalizing app sprawl.” He predicts healthcare AI will follow the same path, except this time the emphasis won’t be only rationalization. It will be workflow-level orchestration.

The implication for leaders is uncomfortable but clear: the “AI era” will create more integration work before it creates less.


Autonomy is Coming Faster Than Expected, and it’s Already “Exception-Driven.”

In the episode, Aditya also tackles one of the biggest tensions in healthcare AI right now: “human in the loop” versus agentic autonomy. The CTO offers a nuanced and very practical way to reconcile it. He jokingly compares health systems to Maslow’s hierarchy of needs. Each system has its own “AI hierarchy.” Some are just trying to help physicians with basic burden reduction. Others are experimenting with agents handling more autonomous interactions.

“Every health system has their AI hierarchy… everyone’s kind of converging.”

What surprised him was how quickly organizations are moving up that hierarchy.

He shares a recent conversation where a health system was already letting AI agents perform medication reconciliation with patients. His reaction is basically: “Already?” That moment captures the acceleration happening in 2026: many organizations are moving toward autonomy faster than the cautious voices predicted.

One reason is consumer normalization. Patients are already using AI tools in their own lives, sometimes even connecting personal health records to ask questions. The gap between consumer behavior and health system adoption is shrinking.

“Consumers are demanding it… patients are consumers.”

The second reason is more operational: exception-based work is already how healthcare runs in many places, especially in the revenue cycle. That pattern is now being applied to AI.

Aditya describes Luma’s AI fax and order-processing workflows. He expected customers would want humans verifying everything. Instead, some asked for exception-only review: let the system handle what it’s confident about, and route low-confidence cases to people.

“Just give us the exceptions… the stuff where we have like 95% confidence, let it ride.”

That’s an execution mindset, not a hype mindset. It treats AI as a workflow engine with adjustable controls not some kind of a “magic brain.”

Aditya explains how Luma approaches guardrails in two layers:

First, compliance and standards. He points to emerging frameworks and programs that are beginning to create “best practice” scaffolding for AI governance and auditability.

Second, product design. Different health systems want different thresholds. Some want higher automation earlier. Others want more human review. The software needs to let clients “turn the knob” and increase autonomy over time as confidence grows.

He even offers a clear Luma opinion: full automation above 90% confidence, based on a “judge” pattern where one model produces output and another evaluates it.

“If the AI thinks it’s 90% right… fully automate anything above 90%.”

It’s a practical approach to what he says is a practical reality; healthcare doesn’t require perfection to move forward, but it does require controllable risk.


The Messy Middle of Healthcare AI: Platform Promises vs Real Connectivity

If there’s one phrase that captures Aditya’s overall stance, it’s “messy middle.”

He argues that the true “platform moment” in healthcare AI doesn’t exist yet. Not fully. Not in a way that makes workflows seamlessly orchestrated across systems.

He points to signs of progress such as vendors talking about workflow frameworks, others exposing the capabilities that agents can do, but he emphasizes that connectivity is still the bottleneck. A standalone capability doesn’t solve orchestration.

“I don’t think that platform exists today.”

His timeline is realistic: likely two to three years before the market rationalizes from “a vendor for every job” to “a few vendors covering most jobs,” creating a workable ecosystem.

He describes it as moving from 70 vendors solving 70 tasks to a small number of vendors solving most of the jobs-to-be-done between “I need care” and “care delivered.”

That’s a clear execution thesis: healthcare AI won’t win by stacking more tools. It will win by consolidating, integrating, and orchestrating.


The Takeaway

Aditya Bansod’s message is one we do not hear often enough: healthcare doesn’t need more AI hype or more “shiny” point solutions. It needs workflow-level execution that actually gets patients from intent to appointment to completed care. In his view, AI underperforms when it can’t carry context across human handoffs, when it adds another disconnected tool into an already fragmented ecosystem, and when health systems are forced to stitch together overlapping solutions without a true orchestration layer. The path forward is practical: build integration competency, design AI to work as an exception-driven engine rather than a brittle automation and give health systems adjustable guardrails so autonomy expands as confidence grows. The winners won’t be the organizations with the most pilots. They’ll be the ones that can connect the dots because their technology choices are aligned to real workflows, real handoffs, and real execution.

Sitting at the intersection of Silicon Valley product discipline and the unglamorous “last mile” of healthcare access, Aditya Bansod’s unique insights are especially valuable:

  • Healthcare AI fails most often at the handoff—because context is passed through humans, not systems, and disconnected tools lose nuance.
  • AI voice and scheduling agents won’t scale as point solutions unless they can push meaningful context into downstream workflows (charting, services, escalation).
  • The market is experiencing a “Cambrian explosion” of overlapping tools, forcing CIOs into integration and rationalization—whether they want it or not.
  • The near-term goal isn’t one perfect platform; it’s workflow orchestration across multiple tools until consolidation catches up.
  • Autonomy is arriving faster than expected, and exception-based work queues are the practical bridge between “human in the loop” and agentic workflows.
  • Responsible scaling requires adjustable confidence thresholds and clear guardrails—so automation increases gradually as systems build trust in performance.

Augmenting Care and Strengthening Trust with Healthcare AI

Augmenting Care and Strengthening Trust with Healthcare AI

Insights by Dr. Andrea Willis, SVP & Chief Medical Officer, BlueCross BlueShield of Tennessee

Healthcare AI is often discussed through a provider lens, hospitals, clinician workflows, documentation, and bedside impact. A recent episode of the Big Unlock Podcast showcased a different perspective, when Dr. Andrea Willis, Senior Vice President and Chief Medical Officer at BlueCross BlueShield of Tennessee, brought a “payer-and-population-health” view of what “responsible AI adoption” actually looks like in the real world. As she explained to host Ritu M. Uberoy, “AI doesn’t live in a demo. It lives inside care management, utilization management, pharmacy, quality, equity, member experience, privacy, and governance.”

Since those areas sit at the center of trust in healthcare, Dr. Willis’s definition of “responsible AI” is grounded in practicality. For her AI must make the system feel more supportive, more understandable, and more transparent, without creating new fear, confusion, or skepticism.

The conversation also opens with an origin story that subtly signals how she approaches healthcare itself. Growing up in Athens, Alabama, a young Andrea heard a mother cat in distress in her grandparents’ shed. She grabbed dishwashing gloves and scissors and went to help. With a little massage, the kitten was delivered successfully.

“That was my first delivery,” she says, and she knew from that moment she would become a doctor.

It’s a memorable story, but it also works as a metaphor for the episode: responsible AI should help reduce pain, reduce fear, and make the system more responsive, without stripping away the human support people need most.

Where Payers Apply AI First: Care Management and Utilization Management

When asked where AI sits today and how organizations move beyond pilots, Dr. Willis points to two areas where payers can drive real, scalable change: care management and utilization management.

In care management, her focus is not “automation for automation’s sake.” It’s the quality of human interaction. She describes an AI-enabled care management experience that compiles what the organization knows about a member so the care manager can stay “fully present” during the conversation. AI can summarize history, capture interaction context, and prompt next steps, reducing the invisible work that usually surrounds member outreach.

In other words, the AI isn’t there to replace the care manager. It’s there to remove the background burden so the care manager can listen, respond, and connect.

That matters because Dr. Willis repeatedly emphasizes a human reality that is members often are scared. They want to feel heard. They want to feel like the system understands what’s happening and what happens next. When a care manager has to spend the call searching, toggling screens, and trying to piece together context, the member can feel the distance.

Responsible AI adoption, in her framing, is partly about creating space for humanity. It helps care teams spend more energy on the person and less energy on the process.

In utilization management, she is unusually direct about the purpose of AI. She acknowledges that across the industry, AI is being explored in utilization management workflows. But she draws a clear line: AI is not meant to deny care. The goal is to bring relevant information forward, so approvals happen faster and decisions are clearer.

“We already have some pilots in place for utilization management and are looking at where we need to make tweaks before we scale it out broader, but that is something we’re looking at on the utilization management side of the house. Where we can bring all the information that we have in the system to bear so that we can get to approvals faster.”

Dr. Willis’s position is that responsible AI in utilization management must balance speed and transparency, enabling faster, more accurate decisions by surfacing the right context, while keeping accountability and evidence-based criteria at the center.

She also notes that beyond these outward-facing use cases, her organization is collecting employee ideas broadly to identify other innovation opportunities. That’s an important point for scale: responsible adoption is not only a single “AI project.” It’s an evolving capability built across teams, with shared learning and shared accountability.


Designing for Relevance: Why “All Data” is Not the Same as “Useful Data”

One of the most practical segments of the episode comes when Dr. Willis talks about learning from limitations early before an AI-enabled workflow becomes widely used.

She describes the importance of testing in controlled environments prior to broader rollout, and then she names a scaling challenge that shows up quickly in healthcare operations: relevance.

AI can compile a member’s information, but compiling “everything we have” isn’t the same as delivering what’s helpful in the moment. A diagnosis from years ago or medications that were once relevant may not reflect what the person is dealing with now. Without smart parameters, AI output can become cluttered, distracting, and potentially misleading.

Her point is simple, responsible AI needs guardrails that focus on what still matters clinically and operationally.

“This is a scalability insight hiding in plain sight. Many AI pilots fail not because the model can’t do the task, but because the output is too broad, too noisy, or too unfiltered to be usable at speed. In payer environments where teams manage large populations with long histories, relevance becomes everything,” she explained to Ritu.

Dr. Willis extends this mindset into digital care management more broadly. She notes that digital self-service can be very appealing. She says members do want convenience, but healthcare is complicated, and self-service cannot be the only answer. That’s why she emphasizes guided self-service, a model where members can complete routine tasks digitally, but the system can detect when someone needs more support than self-service can provide.

Guided self-service is a responsible adoption strategy because it avoids a common pitfall, pushing people into digital tools that feel like dead ends. It respects the fact that some needs are simple and some are not and the experience should be designed to escalate appropriately when the situation requires more help.


Measuring Success the Payer Way: Outcomes, Closed gaps, and Real Engagement

Dr. Willis grounds the conversation in successful metrics that actually translate into operational value. In care management, success isn’t “AI adoption” as a vanity metric. It’s whether member goals are met.

That could mean resolving an acute need, supporting a chronic care plan, closing a gap in care, or helping someone navigate a safe transition home after hospitalization. It’s practical and member centered. AI should answer: did the person get what they needed, and did the system help them move forward?

She also talks about engagement in ways that feel directly applicable. When members are informed that care management support is available, engagement rises and the downstream outcome is more gaps closed and more needs met.

She adds something many operational leaders recognize as a “quiet success metric”: when teams see what’s possible, they start generating better ideas. Innovation becomes a flywheel. Staff bring forward new use cases, new workflow improvements, and new ways to reduce friction because they can see the system improving.

In payer environments, that matters. Scaling isn’t just a technical process. It’s an organizational learning process. The more people understand the tools, the more they can apply them responsibly. This leads naturally into the broader adoption strategy she describes, which is making AI literacy a shared responsibility rather than a niche expertise.


Transparency and Governance are the Real “Scale Engines” for Responsible AI

Dr. Andrea Willis makes a point that she feels often gets lost in the excitement around new models, responsible AI at scale is less about flashy capability and more about the operational conditions that make people trust the system.

From a payer perspective, trust is built when decisions can be explained clearly, in plain language, and when the process feels consistent and evidence based. It’s also built when information can flow to and from all involved parties so fewer decisions are made in an “information vacuum,” and fewer stakeholders feel like someone else is acting without the full story.

What stands out in this conversation is her insistence that AI should reduce friction, not create new confusion. In care management, that means AI should help care teams stay present with members by handling background work like summarization and next-step prompting. In utilization management, it means AI should accelerate clarity and approvals by surfacing the right context faster, never functioning as a tool designed to deny, but as a tool designed to move the right decisions forward efficiently and transparently.

And finally, she offers a useful metaphor, mobile banking. People didn’t trust it immediately. They adopted it gradually as it became more helpful, more friendly, and more aligned with their needs. Healthcare isn’t banking, but the adoption lesson is real; people use what they trust, and they trust what they can understand.


The Takeaway

Dr. Andrea Willis’s message is refreshingly practical – responsible AI adoption in healthcare is not about chasing the newest model or launching endless pilots, it’s about building trust through real-world usefulness, relevance, and transparency. From a payer perspective, AI earns the right to scale when it helps care managers stay fully present with members, filters information so teams focus on what matters now, and accelerates approvals by bringing evidence-based context forward rather than creating new friction. In her framing, responsible adoption also depends on the infrastructure most people overlook, clearer explanations in plain language, stronger interoperability so decisions aren’t made with missing information, and cross-functional governance that protects privacy while enabling progress. The organizations that lead won’t be the ones experimenting the most. They’ll be the ones that can standardize, explain, and scale what works because their workflows, transparency practices, and oversight are built for trust at scale.

Sitting at the intersection of clinical accountability and large-scale operational impact, Dr. Willis’s key insights are especially valuable:

  • Responsible AI must reduce cognitive burden, not increase it.
  • Responsible AI is often the most human use of AI: it helps care managers stay present while the system handles summarization, organization, and next-step prompting.
  • Scaling fails when relevance fails. AI must filter out old or non-actionable history so teams focus on what matters now.
  • Guided self-service is the practical middle path: empower members digitally, but escalate to human support when needs are complex.
  • In utilization management, AI should be used to speed clarity and approvals, not as a mechanism to deny care.
  • Transparency in plain language is a trust engine—especially for prior authorization outcomes and denials.
  • Responsible scaling requires interoperability, governance, and AI literacy so adoption moves from pilots to repeatable, trusted impact.

Moving Beyond Pilots to Scale Impact in Healthcare

Season 7

Episode 198 - Podcast with Rachel Feinman, SVP of Innovation and Managing Director of TGH Ventures,
Tampa General Hospital - Moving Beyond Pilots to Scale Impact in Healthcare

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Moving Beyond Pilots to Scale Impact in Healthcare
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Rachel Feinman, SVP of Innovation and Managing Director, TGH Ventures at Tampa General Hospital, shares how the organization is breaking out of “pilot purgatory” to turn digital innovation into measurable impact. With a clear mandate to move beyond endless experimentation, the focus is on starting with a strong thesis, partnering intentionally, and scaling quickly when results are proven.

Rachel reflects on her journey from law to healthcare, bringing a unique lens on strategy, execution, and deal-making. She highlights the balance healthcare must strike that is moving fast in operational and administrative workflows while taking a deliberate, governance-led approach to clinical innovation. This “go slow to go fast” mindset enables both safety and speed.

She also underscores the growing role of AI in improving logistics, supporting care teams, and unlocking real-time insights, while emphasizing responsible deployment. Beyond technology, the real opportunity lies in connecting fragmented care journeys and extending care beyond hospital walls to create a more seamless, patient-centered experience. Through strategic investments and a focus on outcomes, Tampa General is building an innovation model designed to scale impact, not just ideas. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Rachel Feinman is the Senior Vice President of Innovation, Ventures and Digital Solutions at Tampa General Hospital and the Managing Director of TGH Ventures, the innovation, investment and commercialization arm of the Tampa General Hospital system. In her role, Rachel leads innovation at TGH, including strategic partnerships focused on driving value creation for the system. Rachel also oversees the organization’s venture investment strategy, managing a portfolio of early-to-growth stage startups and sourcing additional opportunities.

Rachel has a passion for influencing strategy and driving the action that enables impactful innovation to truly transform the delivery of healthcare. She also enjoys working with and mentoring early-stage startups and emerging entrepreneurs, most recently having served as the Executive Director of the Florida-Israel Business Accelerator, an organization focused on helping high impact Israeli startups penetrate the U.S. healthcare market. Rachel is a fully recovered business attorney with a long career advising clients raising from private investment funds to startups to large corporate organizations. As an attorney, Rachel specialized in business transactions of all kinds, with a specialization in private equity and venture capital transactions, as well as intellectual property protection and technology licensing deals. Rachel also has varied philanthropic interests, serving on non-profit boards like the Gasparilla International Film Festival and the Florida Venture Forum. Rachel lives in Tampa with her husband Josh and her two sons, Asher and Ezra, as well as her stepson, Brooks. She enjoys traveling with her family, having quiet time at the beach and watching her sons play baseball.


Ritu: Hi everyone. Welcome to The Big Unlock podcast, and today we are really happy to have with us Rachel Feinman, a leader at Tampa General Hospital who’s helping shape the future of digital health innovation. She works at the intersection of clinical operations, digital transformation, and emerging technologies such as AI. And she brings a thoughtful perspective on how health systems can move from technology experimentation to real operational impact. And like we were talking about at HIMSS, get out of pilot purgatory. So really looking forward to having Rachel with us here today. And welcome to all our listeners. My name is Ritu Roy. I am the co-host of The Big Unlock podcast along with Rohit. I’ll ask Rohit to quickly introduce himself, and then it’s all yours, Rachel. Thank you for joining us today.

Rohit: Thank you, Rachel, and thank you, Ritu. I’m Rohit Mahajan. I’m the co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast along with Ritu and also the CEO at BigRio. So, super excited to have this conversation. And over to you, Rachel.

Rachel: Thank you so much for having me. I’m excited to be here to talk to you guys today. It’s funny, Ritu, you started talking about pilot purgatory, and at TGH we don’t do pilots. It was a mandate from our CEO, John Couris, after a lot of frustration with the fact that a lot of pilots are akin to a slow no, or an inability to show alignment or drive results. And so some of it’s a little bit tongue in cheek, I think, in terms of naming it a pilot versus something else, because of course we don’t just initiate everything at scale right away. Yeah. But the concept is we’re not going to be in the business of endless pilots. What we’re going to do is we’re going to start with a thesis. We’re going to identify a partner, a solution, start in a place where we think we can drive results, measure those results, and then if it works and it’s driving the results that we are anticipating and wanting to see, then we’re going to scale it quickly. We’re not going to stay in that purgatory that you were talking about. So I think it’s really important from a system perspective for us to think like that. Think about trying things, scaling quickly, driving impact, and really why we’re doing what we do. And it’s about impact.

Ritu: No, that’s great. Thank you, Rachel. I think the listeners would be really interested to hear your origin story because you have a very unusual background with law, and then you pivoted to healthcare. So we would love to hear how you got where you are and what it is that you really love doing about your job, and specifically about innovation.

Rachel: Sure. Yeah. This is something I love talking about because I think there are plenty of people who find themselves professionally feeling stuck or maybe feeling like they went down a path and they weren’t necessarily using all of the skills that they have, or experiencing kind of professional joy in what they’re doing, and that was really the case for me when I was practicing law. There’s so much about it that I like. I loved the people I worked with. I loved serving clients and helping them solve problems, something that I still do today, but there were a lot of aspects of it that I didn’t enjoy. Really, as an M&A and business lawyer, I always felt like the conversation with the lawyer ended right at the good parts. It was kind of like, just as they started talking about or thinking about strategy and solving operational challenges, I was like, okay, we’re charging by the minute — or, we’re getting charged by the minute — so we’re going to hang up with you now and go draft that document we talked about. For me, it was just that feeling like I was always being excused from the party right as the good parts were starting, and then realizing and connecting the fact that as a partner within a law firm, I was actually driving the strategy and some operational decisions within our law firm. But I wanted to do that as my full-time job. And at that time I was really engaged with startups in the startup ecosystem and here in Tampa. We’re really kind of part of that rise-of-the-rest mentality that I think took shape in the last decade or two, where innovation and startups can exist and be supported in places outside of Boston, New York, and Silicon Valley. So I guess it was probably 10 or so years ago, I started advising a number of startups, doing a lot of volunteering, and that led me to my first role outside of law, which was to stand up an accelerator program focused on Israeli companies that were looking to soft-land in Florida. And one of the verticals that we ultimately focused on was healthcare. And I was just fascinated by the challenges of building a health tech startup or a med device startup and selling into health systems like the one I currently work for. And so helping those startups was great, but I really felt limited in the ability to help them from the outside. And so I had the opportunity at the time — I’m a builder, I like building new things — and this was at the same time that our CEO had the vision to create an innovation and a venture function within Tampa General. So because I had gotten to know him, I somehow convinced him — I’m so happy I did that — that I could help stand up what’s now TGH Ventures and translate his vision into practice and build a team around all of it. And it’s just been so much fun. This industry that we’re in is plagued, fortunately or unfortunately, with endless challenges. It’s also an industry that touches every one of us as a patient or a family member. And so the opportunity to really dive in and solve challenges in an industry that I know touches everyone is really impactful. So I have fun every day.

Ritu: That’s an amazing origin story, and we are so happy you kind of combined all your skills. I think the lawyer path came in very handy when you were convincing, right? You have those skills to work.

Rachel: Yeah. I like to say I’m not officially a lawyer in my job, but I get to play one on a very frequent basis because we’re negotiating deals regularly with partners that we work with, and of course when we make our investments. So it definitely still comes in handy.

Ritu: Great. So Rachel, I would like to circle a little bit back to the pilots again because we were talking to somebody else and they made a very good point that with all these new innovations, especially with AI coming out, sometimes the mentality is, okay, fail fast and innovate. But in healthcare you’re like zero risk and you really have to look at the safety aspects of it, which leads to a very bipolar situation because these two things are so much at odds. And you talked about how at Tampa you’re not doing pilots and you really look for that scaling. So how do you kind of resolve or make those two meet in the middle? We would love to know.

Rachel: Yeah, that’s a great question, and I think you hit on the reason why, as an industry, we have in the past not moved as quickly. I mean, there are good reasons for it, right? When you’re talking about patient care and safety, and oftentimes the potential for medical errors and things that can have a really significant impact, of course you need to be incredibly safe and focus in on that. Fails around safety are not okay. Right? So when we talk about failing fast, which we do often, it’s really around the fact that there’s so much opportunity to improve the system and the logistics and the administrative and operational aspects of what we do even before you get to the idea of patient care or clinical care. So that’s not to say that there are not opportunities to innovate around that, and we do, and we touch aspects of clinical care, but I think that there absolutely are opportunities to recognize challenges and move fast as it relates to — I always think about it like we’re one giant logistics company, right? When we’re coordinating care of patients, whether it’s within the walls of a hospital or it is in that connective tissue between transactional visits for patients, there’s tons of opportunity for us to look at new care delivery models and new ways of leveraging technology to make scheduling more efficient. So I think moving fast in those areas, looking at what works, seeing successes, and then scaling those is absolutely doable. And then when it comes to aspects of safety and patient care, I always like to say the old expression: go slow to go fast. So in those instances, you start at the outset with the right governance, the right people around the table, but with the end goal of going fast in mind. And then I think you can get yourself out of those cycles of admiring things and getting hung up on what-ifs and what if this happened or that happened. Get all the right people around the table, go slow in the beginning to set the right guardrails to ensure safety. And then move fast to see if something is actually going to work and make a difference.

Rohit: I was thinking about the wonderful experience I had, Rachel, at the NEXT Summit, which was a very good learning experience and very energizing. Thank you for inviting us over there. Would you like to tell us more about what’s next for next year? And also, the report was crowdsourced, so I’m sure the audience would love to hear how that was done as well.

Rachel: Yeah, sure. I’d love to share a little bit about that. So this was our very first year putting on our NEXT Summit, and really we settled on calling it NEXT because we’re focused on driving what’s next in our industry, really around innovating the business aspects of healthcare. And so we brought together around 300 attendees, made up of leaders from within our organization, investors, other health system executives, politicians, payers, folks who are involved in retail healthcare, and academia. So we had a very robust and varied audience coming together across two days to talk about and hear: what can we do? Our goal was to really be solution-oriented. A lot of times you go to some of these conferences or you hear panelists, and it’s a lot of griping about what’s wrong with our industry, what are the problems. And I think we have to recognize and name those. But our goal was, and I think we achieved it with all of our discussions, to quickly move on from, here are all of our problems, to actually focusing on solutions. That was what we did. We are going to be having the NEXT Summit again in Tampa next year, again in February. We’re really excited about that. Of the 300 people who attended, almost half of them actually came from outside of the Tampa Bay area. So that was really great, to have done this the first time without really a proven product and with a lot of people not knowing what we were going to be doing. We had so many people travel in to participate, and it was really, really great. One of the key outputs, I think, Rohit, that you were alluding to was that we worked with a frequent partner of ours, Vu Studios, that’s focused and based here in Tampa. They’re incredible at the forefront of all things AI, and their expertise really is AI and digital and film, but they do a lot. They’ve got robust partnerships with Accenture and some other groups, including us. And so what we thought was, we’ve got all these incredible minds in healthcare for two days together in one space. How can we harness this great group of people to try to drive that change that we were talking about? So we brought Vu and their intelligence hub to bear. We had one of those little phone booths — I don’t know, Rohit, if you got in it.

Rohit: I did.

Rachel: Okay. It was great. But the goal was, let’s have the first AI-generated white paper from a conference. I don’t know if we were actually the first, but I think it was the first I’d heard of it, and no one else had told me that anyone else had done it. So we centered on a topic really near and dear to many of us, which is affordability. That’s a huge challenge in healthcare. We see healthcare costs continuing to rise. And what are we, as the leaders in this industry, going to do about it? So we put everyone together and we captured thousands of insights and were able to synthesize those, leveraging AI, and generate this white paper that we sent around and published on LinkedIn and other places while people were, frankly, probably still on their flights home. So the power of AI — really excited about it.

Rohit: It was almost in real time. Yeah, it was in real time.

Ritu: Yeah. I haven’t looked at it. I would love to read it. I’ll look it up now and find it.

Rohit: Yeah. So if I may ask one more question, Rachel. You mentioned how you set up the ventures at Tampa General Hospital. So could you tell us a little bit more about the lens or the screening process, or what your vision is with this venture? And so far, have you had any successes that you would like to talk about?

Rachel: Sure. Yeah. So we do a number of things, but one of the core things is we invest in emerging startups in healthcare as a health system venture arm. Our primary focus is on driving the strategy of the health system forward. So we do significant financial diligence. We want to make sure that the companies we are investing in, we feel confident about the likelihood of a strong financial return on those investments, but we are also very focused on whether or not that company is going to help us advance our strategy as a system in one way or another. And really more specific than just improving care or driving patient experience, we’re looking very specifically and tied into our organizational action plan, which drives our organization’s strategy and those specific tactics. So a good example of that is a company that we recently invested in called Reimagine Care. Unfortunately, I’ve lived this experience this past year with my own father, who was diagnosed with esophageal cancer, and he was a patient at TGH. Unfortunately, we hadn’t yet gone live with Reimagine Care, but it really crystallized for me going through the process of managing the complex health needs and symptoms of oncology patients who are going through chemo and immunotherapy. Just trying to understand and manage what is causing these symptoms at once — I mean, it’s like a puzzle. Trying to figure out and manage the care of these patients, and the burden on our care teams is significant in terms of the number of in-basket messages going to our doctors, the nurses answering the nurse care line. It’s not 24 hours a day. They stop answering the phones at a certain amount of time, and my mom knew that. She knew, okay, if I don’t hear back the answer to these questions by this certain amount of time, I’ve got to call again because I know the nurse line is closing. And what Reimagine Care does is leverage AI coupled with 24/7 clinical support to help these patients manage their care. And one of the key drivers for us is the number of admissions of our medical oncology patients in the ED. And you have very sick patients — the last place you need them to be is in the emergency room. So what Reimagine Care has been able to do at a number of institutions where they’re already live, and where we hope they’ll be able to drive the same outcomes for us, is drive up to a 70% reduction in avoidable emergency room visits for these oncology patients, improve the satisfaction of our patients, and also help eliminate the burnout of our providers. So that’s an example of a company that we’re invested in, and I think in the next few weeks we will be live with at TGH, helping patients like my dad who are battling cancer.

Rohit: That’s wonderful to hear.

Ritu: Yeah. Great story. Thank you for sharing that, Rachel. I mean, that really hits home when you have a personal anecdote to share. So Rachel, really interesting to hear about the report as well. Would you like to share, from all the research and the published report, are there any specific areas within healthcare that you feel are very underutilized, or where the real opportunities are, say in the next one to three years? Any advice for startups or people who are building? What do you think you would really love to see, or something you haven’t seen so far, and you feel that the market is ripe for that?

Rachel: Yeah, I mean, I hate to go where everyone goes around AI, but I mean, I have to. At TGH, we are deploying AI solutions at a rapid rate. I’m very excited about that. I’m very bullish on our opportunities to leverage AI across domains to be able to support our teams and our patients. So I think that’s one of the things. I think the other thing that’s really important, and folks who are building, I would encourage them to focus on, is that we still have opportunities to improve the way that we deliver care. More and more care is going into the home. More and more care is going to settings outside of the health system. And like I mentioned, that kind of fabric between transactions — we’re very focused on that as a system, not really being transactional with you and seeing you at these particular places, but how can we make sure that we thread all of those together for a seamless experience for you and, frankly, one that’s going to enhance your care, make sure nothing falls through the cracks, make sure all different care providers are communicating with one another, and you don’t feel like you’re in different specialist silos. I think there’s still a ton of opportunity to make an impact around that.

Ritu: Great. Thank you so much. I think we are almost at the end of time, so Rohit, would you like to ask any final questions?

Rohit: Yeah, sure. So Rachel, from a Tampa General Hospital perspective, would you like to share any big plans on expansion or new things that are happening over in your system?

Rachel: TGH is constantly growing. We just had a big announcement of our partnership on the east coast of Florida with Mass General. We’re really excited to be able to serve the east coast of Florida with that partnership and a growing network of specialists. We continue to grow and expand as a system in terms of our market as well as our research and our clinicians. There’s so much growth going on. I think we’re very excited about all of that.

Rohit: That was great to hear.

Ritu: Yeah.

Rachel: Well, thank you guys so much for having me.

Ritu: Thank you so much.

 

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com  

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

 

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

HIMSS 2026 Dispatch: Day 3 Reflections from the Floor

HIMSS 2026 Dispatch: Day 3 Reflections from the Floor

HIMSS 2026 Dispatch: Day 3 Reflections from the Floor

By Ritu M. Uberoy

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

By the third day, a familiar rhythm begins to set in. The early-morning sessions, the steady flow of meetings, spontaneous hallway discussions, and those quick but meaningful connections that often lead to bigger ideas later.
And yet, the energy across HIMSS still feels as strong as Day 1.

The Power of Community at HIMSS

One of the most rewarding aspects of the day was continuing to meet people who recognize and follow The Big Unlock Podcast.

Over the years, the podcast has become a platform for conversations with healthcare leaders about digital transformation, AI adoption, and the realities of implementing innovation inside complex health systems. The goal has always been simple: learn directly from those building the future of healthcare and share those insights with the broader community.

At HIMSS, it’s incredibly gratifying to hear attendees say that the podcast helps them stay connected to what leaders across health systems, payers, and digital health companies are actually doing—not just what they are planning.

Several people also reached out expressing interest in joining us for Season 7, which is always exciting. HIMSS truly is one of the best places to discover new voices and fresh perspectives for the podcast.

AI Conversations Continue to Dominate

If there is one theme that has consistently dominated conversations throughout HIMSS 2026, it is artificial intelligence.

But the tone of the conversation has evolved.

Healthcare leaders are no longer just discussing the potential of AI—they are focusing on how to operationalize it at scale across clinical and operational workflows. Across the conference, discussions have centered on enterprise AI deployments, automation across hospital operations, and governance frameworks to ensure responsible adoption. 

In many ways, the industry appears to be moving beyond the hype cycle. Leaders are asking practical questions:

  • How do we integrate AI into clinical workflows without adding friction?
  • How do we govern AI responsibly while maintaining innovation speed?
  • How do we ensure AI actually reduces administrative burden for clinicians?

Those questions reflect a broader shift happening across healthcare. The focus is no longer simply about what AI can do, but about how it can create measurable impact inside real care environments. 

From AI Insights to AI Execution

Another theme emerging strongly this year is the rise of agentic AI systems—AI tools that can execute tasks across healthcare workflows rather than simply generating insights.

For example, new technologies showcased at HIMSS are exploring how AI agents can coordinate tasks across the revenue cycle, helping automate complex administrative processes. 

This represents a significant shift in how healthcare organizations think about automation. Instead of using AI solely for analytics or decision support, many organizations are exploring how intelligent systems can actively participate in operational processes—from patient engagement to clinical documentation to financial workflows.

It’s a trend that aligns closely with many of the conversations we’ve had on The Big Unlock Podcast with healthcare CIOs, CMIOs, and digital leaders.

Transformation Requires More Than Technology

Another important point that surfaced repeatedly during discussions at HIMSS is that technology alone will not transform healthcare.

Leaders emphasized that successful AI adoption requires workflow redesign, workforce engagement, and organizational change—not just new tools. 

In other words, healthcare transformation is as much about process and people as it is about technology.

That insight resonates deeply with what we hear from digital leaders across the industry. The organizations that succeed with AI are the ones that approach it not as a technology project, but as a strategic transformation initiative.

The Value of Conversations Between Sessions

One thing I’ve learned over the years attending HIMSS is that some of the most valuable insights come outside the official sessions.

Day 3 was full of those moments—quick introductions that turned into longer conversations, reconnecting with past podcast guests, and meeting innovators working on fascinating new ideas in digital health.

These interactions are what make HIMSS special. With tens of thousands of healthcare leaders gathered in one place, the conference becomes a powerful forum for sharing ideas and accelerating collaboration across the industry. 

Looking Ahead

As we move toward the final day of HIMSS 2026, I’m reflecting on how much the conversation around healthcare technology has matured.

AI is no longer just an exciting possibility. It is rapidly becoming a core capability that health systems are actively integrating into care delivery, operations, and patient engagement.

At the same time, the industry is becoming more thoughtful about governance, trust, and responsible implementation—ensuring that innovation ultimately benefits both clinicians and patients.

Until next time at HIMSS27, signing off here as Ritu M. Uberoy. And if you have a story about digital transformation, AI implementation, or healthcare innovation, do get in touch with us. At The Big Unlock Podcast we would love to hear it—and maybe feature you on a future episode.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

HIMSS 2026 Dispatch: Day 2 Reflections from the Floor

HIMSS 2026 Dispatch: Day 2 Reflections from the Floor

HIMSS 2026 Dispatch: Day 2 Reflections from the Floor

By Ritu M. Uberoy

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

Our second day at HIMSS 2026 continued the incredible momentum we felt on Day 1. As part of our ongoing HIMSS blog series, it has been energizing to see how many conversations across the conference are centered on the same themes we explore regularly on The Big Unlock Podcast—AI adoption, operational transformation, and the evolving role of technology in healthcare.

Day 2 delivered exactly what makes HIMSS such an important gathering for the industry: meaningful encounters, thoughtful discussions, and a shared sense that healthcare transformation is accelerating.

A Memorable Moment: Meeting Judith Faulkner

One of the most memorable moments of the day was meeting Judith Faulkner during a book signing at the Taylor & Francis Group bookstore.

For anyone working in healthcare IT, Judith Faulkner has had a profound impact on how digital health infrastructure has evolved over the past several decades. Through Epic Systems, she helped shape the electronic health record landscape that today supports clinical operations at many of the world’s leading health systems.

Meeting her was a special moment—one of those instances where you’re reminded that the digital transformation of healthcare has been built through years of vision, persistence, and innovation from leaders who pushed the industry forward.

Conversations That Reflect an Industry Shift

Beyond that highlight, Day 2 was packed with conversations across the exhibit halls and meeting spaces. What stood out most was how consistently the dialogue is evolving.

Just a few years ago, the focus at HIMSS was heavily centered on data infrastructure and interoperability. Today, the conversations are increasingly about how that data is being activated through AI to drive measurable operational and clinical outcomes.

Several themes surfaced repeatedly:

AI is moving beyond experimentation.
Health systems are increasingly looking to operationalize AI solutions across care delivery and administrative workflows.

Workflow integration is critical for scale.
AI tools that live outside core clinical systems rarely gain traction. The industry is now focused on embedding intelligence directly into workflows.

Automation is becoming operational.
From patient engagement and care coordination to revenue cycle and clinical documentation, organizations are exploring how AI can actively execute tasks—not just generate insights.

These themes echo many of the conversations we’ve had with healthcare leaders on The Big Unlock Podcast. Across nearly 200 episodes, one lesson has remained consistent: technology creates value when it improves workflows and enables care teams to focus on patients.

The Big Unlock Conversations at HIMSS

It was also wonderful to meet several podcast listeners and past guests throughout the day.

For those unfamiliar, The Big Unlock Podcast explores how healthcare leaders are driving digital transformation across health systems, payers, digital health companies, and life sciences organizations. Each conversation focuses on real-world experiences—what worked, what didn’t, and what others can learn.

At HIMSS, many attendees shared that they rely on the podcast to stay connected to emerging trends in healthcare AI, digital health, and innovation. Hearing that kind of feedback is incredibly rewarding for our team.

If you’re attending HIMSS this week and have a story about how your organization is implementing AI, advancing digital transformation, or tackling complex operational challenges, we would love to connect and potentially feature you on an upcoming episode.

AI, GenAI, and the Next Phase of Healthcare Transformation

Another clear takeaway from Day 2 is how rapidly the AI conversation is evolving.

Healthcare organizations are no longer just asking whether to adopt AI. The question now is how to scale it responsibly and effectively across clinical and operational environments.

We’re seeing increasing interest in areas such as:

  • AI-powered patient engagement and outreach
  • Intelligent clinical documentation and workflow automation
  • Predictive analytics for operational optimization
  • Agentic AI systems that can coordinate tasks across healthcare workflows

This shift—from analytics to AI-powered execution—represents a meaningful turning point in the industry.

Why HIMSS Still Matters

One of the things I appreciate most about HIMSS each year is that the most valuable insights often come from informal conversations rather than formal presentations.

The hallway discussions, quick introductions, and spontaneous meetings often spark the most interesting ideas. Day 2 was filled with exactly those moments—reconnecting with colleagues, meeting new innovators, and hearing firsthand how organizations are tackling some of healthcare’s most complex challenges.

Despite the scale of the conference, there is a real sense of community here. Everyone is working toward the same goal: improving healthcare through better technology, smarter processes, and stronger collaboration.

On to Day 3

As our HIMSS blog series continues, I’m looking forward to another day of learning, connecting, and capturing insights from leaders shaping the future of healthcare.

If you’re here at HIMSS 2026, please stop us if you see Rohit Mahajan or me—we’d love to meet you. And if you have a story worth sharing about AI, digital transformation, or healthcare innovation, let’s talk.

More reflections from the HIMSS floor coming soon as we move into Day 3.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

HIMSS26 Day 1: The Energy of AI-Driven Healthcare Transformation

HIMSS26 Day 1: The Energy of AI-Driven Healthcare Transformation

HIMSS26 Day 1: The Energy of AI-Driven Healthcare Transformation

By Ritu M. Uberoy

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

There’s something special about the first day at HIMSS Global Health Conference & Exhibition 2026. The moment you step onto the floor, you can feel the collective energy of thousands of healthcare leaders, innovators, clinicians, and technologists all focused on one question: How do we transform healthcare through technology?

This year’s conference, taking place March 9–12 in Las Vegas, has brought together the global health IT ecosystem—from providers and payers to startups, investors, and technology companies—creating an unparalleled environment for learning, collaboration, and discovery.

AI Is Moving from Insight to Action

One of the dominant themes today has been the evolution of AI in healthcare—from tools that simply generate insights to technologies that actually execute workflows and drive outcomes.

Across sessions and conversations, leaders are asking practical questions:

  • How do we operationalize AI within clinical and administrative workflows?
  • How do we move from pilots to enterprise adoption?
  • How can AI augment—not replace—healthcare professionals?

This is where we’re seeing a new generation of technologies emerge—AI agents and automation platforms that actively participate in care coordination, patient engagement, and operational processes.

The conversation is shifting from “What can AI analyze?” to “What can AI actually do?”

The Rise of Intelligent Healthcare Operations

Another clear takeaway from Day 1 is that health systems are under enormous pressure to do more with less—address workforce shortages, improve access, and reduce administrative complexity.

Technology leaders are increasingly exploring solutions that:

  • Automate patient outreach and engagement
  • Improve operational efficiency across clinical workflows
  • Enable data-driven decision making
  • Support scalable digital transformation initiatives

In many ways, HIMSS has always been about the intersection of healthcare, technology, and operational transformation—but this year the urgency feels stronger than ever.

Healthcare organizations are not just exploring digital transformation anymore.

They are actively building AI-powered operating models.

Why HIMSS Still Matters

One of the reasons HIMSS remains such a powerful gathering is the sheer scale of collaboration it enables.

The conference brings together tens of thousands of health IT professionals, executives, innovators, and solution providers, along with hundreds of educational sessions and technology showcases. 

But beyond the sessions and the expo floor, what makes this event truly valuable are the conversations happening in hallways, networking events, and spontaneous meetings.

These conversations often spark the ideas that shape the next wave of healthcare innovation.

The Big Unlock Conversations at HIMSS

At The Big Unlock podcast, we’ve spent years speaking with healthcare leaders about the technologies shaping the future of the industry—from AI and data platforms to digital health innovation.

Day 1 at HIMSS has already reinforced a few important themes we’ve been seeing across the market:

  • Generative AI is becoming enterprise infrastructure
  • Agentic AI will power the next generation of healthcare workflows
  • Data platforms and interoperability remain foundational
  • Innovation increasingly requires collaboration between startups and health systems

Many of the most exciting conversations today have centered on how organizations can bridge the gap between cutting-edge AI innovation and real clinical or operational impact.

That’s where companies like BigRio focus—helping healthcare organizations design, build, and scale AI-driven digital solutions that solve real problems.

Looking Ahead to the Rest of the Week

If Day 1 is any indication, HIMSS26 will be a week filled with meaningful conversations about the future of healthcare technology.

I’m particularly excited about:

  • Emerging discussions around AI agents in healthcare
  • Innovations in digital health platforms and data interoperability
  • Conversations with leaders who are actually implementing AI at scale

And of course, connecting with colleagues, partners, and innovators who are all working toward the same goal: building a smarter, more accessible healthcare system.

If you’re attending HIMSS this week, I’d love to connect. These events are where ideas turn into collaborations—and collaborations turn into innovation.

More reflections from HIMSS26 coming soon.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Heading to HIMSS 2026 with The Big Unlock Podcast

Heading to HIMSS 2026 with The Big Unlock Podcast

Heading to HIMSS 2026 with
The Big Unlock Podcast

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Over the years, hosting The Big Unlock Podcast has given us the opportunity to speak with some of the most forward-thinking leaders across health systems, digital health companies, payers, and life sciences organizations. These conversations have explored how emerging technologies—from AI and generative AI to automation and digital platforms—are transforming healthcare delivery and patient outcomes.

HIMSS is one of those rare moments where many of these ideas, conversations, and relationships come together in one place.

Continuing the Conversation at HIMSS

At HIMSS Global Health Conference & Exhibition 2026, Rohit and I are looking forward to meeting healthcare leaders, innovators, entrepreneurs, and technology partners who are shaping the next phase of digital transformation in healthcare.

The themes we often explore on The Big Unlock Podcast—AI adoption, operational transformation, data-driven healthcare, and the rise of intelligent automation—are front and center at HIMSS this year. It’s always energizing to see how quickly the industry continues to evolve and to hear directly from the people building these solutions.

Many of our podcast guests over the years are also part of the HIMSS community, and I’m excited to reconnect with them in person while also meeting new leaders who are pushing the boundaries of what’s possible in healthcare technology.

Let’s Connect at HIMSS

If you’re attending HIMSS Global Health Conference & Exhibition 2026, I would love to connect with you. Whether you’re a longtime listener of The Big Unlock Podcast, a healthcare executive exploring AI and digital transformation, or a founder building the next breakthrough in digital health, please feel free to reach out or stop me if you see me at the conference.

Events like HIMSS remind me why these conversations matter. Innovation in healthcare happens when people come together to share ideas, challenge assumptions, and collaborate on solutions that can truly improve care delivery.

I’m looking forward to an inspiring week of conversations, learning, and new connections.

And if you happen to see Ritu M. Uberoy or Rohit Mahajan at the conference, please do come say hello—we would love to meet you.

See you at HIMSS Global Health Conference & Exhibition 2026!

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

HIMSS26 Day 1: The Energy of AI-Driven Healthcare Transformation

HIMSS26 Day 1: The Energy of AI-Driven Healthcare Transformation

By Ritu M. Uberoy

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

There’s something special about the first day at HIMSS Global Health Conference & Exhibition 2026. The moment you step onto the floor, you can feel the collective energy of thousands of healthcare leaders, innovators, clinicians, and technologists all focused on one question: How do we transform healthcare through technology?

This year’s conference, taking place March 9–12 in Las Vegas, has brought together the global health IT ecosystem—from providers and payers to startups, investors, and technology companies—creating an unparalleled environment for learning, collaboration, and discovery.

AI Is Moving from Insight to Action

One of the dominant themes today has been the evolution of AI in healthcare—from tools that simply generate insights to technologies that actually execute workflows and drive outcomes.

Across sessions and conversations, leaders are asking practical questions:

  • How do we operationalize AI within clinical and administrative workflows?
  • How do we move from pilots to enterprise adoption?
  • How can AI augment—not replace—healthcare professionals?

This is where we’re seeing a new generation of technologies emerge—AI agents and automation platforms that actively participate in care coordination, patient engagement, and operational processes.

The conversation is shifting from “What can AI analyze?” to “What can AI actually do?”

The Rise of Intelligent Healthcare Operations

Another clear takeaway from Day 1 is that health systems are under enormous pressure to do more with less—address workforce shortages, improve access, and reduce administrative complexity.

Technology leaders are increasingly exploring solutions that:

  • Automate patient outreach and engagement
  • Improve operational efficiency across clinical workflows
  • Enable data-driven decision making
  • Support scalable digital transformation initiatives

In many ways, HIMSS has always been about the intersection of healthcare, technology, and operational transformation—but this year the urgency feels stronger than ever.

Healthcare organizations are not just exploring digital transformation anymore.

They are actively building AI-powered operating models.

Why HIMSS Still Matters

One of the reasons HIMSS remains such a powerful gathering is the sheer scale of collaboration it enables.

The conference brings together tens of thousands of health IT professionals, executives, innovators, and solution providers, along with hundreds of educational sessions and technology showcases. 

But beyond the sessions and the expo floor, what makes this event truly valuable are the conversations happening in hallways, networking events, and spontaneous meetings.

These conversations often spark the ideas that shape the next wave of healthcare innovation.

The Big Unlock Conversations at HIMSS

At The Big Unlock podcast, we’ve spent years speaking with healthcare leaders about the technologies shaping the future of the industry—from AI and data platforms to digital health innovation.

Day 1 at HIMSS has already reinforced a few important themes we’ve been seeing across the market:

  • Generative AI is becoming enterprise infrastructure
  • Agentic AI will power the next generation of healthcare workflows
  • Data platforms and interoperability remain foundational
  • Innovation increasingly requires collaboration between startups and health systems

Many of the most exciting conversations today have centered on how organizations can bridge the gap between cutting-edge AI innovation and real clinical or operational impact.

That’s where companies like BigRio focus—helping healthcare organizations design, build, and scale AI-driven digital solutions that solve real problems.

Looking Ahead to the Rest of the Week

If Day 1 is any indication, HIMSS26 will be a week filled with meaningful conversations about the future of healthcare technology.

I’m particularly excited about:

  • Emerging discussions around AI agents in healthcare
  • Innovations in digital health platforms and data interoperability
  • Conversations with leaders who are actually implementing AI at scale

And of course, connecting with colleagues, partners, and innovators who are all working toward the same goal: building a smarter, more accessible healthcare system.

If you’re attending HIMSS this week, I’d love to connect. These events are where ideas turn into collaborations—and collaborations turn into innovation.

More reflections from HIMSS26 coming soon.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

HIMSS 2026 Dispatch: Day 2 Reflections from the Floor

HIMSS 2026 Dispatch: Day 2 Reflections from the Floor

By Ritu M. Uberoy

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

Our second day at HIMSS 2026 continued the incredible momentum we felt on Day 1. As part of our ongoing HIMSS blog series, it has been energizing to see how many conversations across the conference are centered on the same themes we explore regularly on The Big Unlock Podcast—AI adoption, operational transformation, and the evolving role of technology in healthcare.

Day 2 delivered exactly what makes HIMSS such an important gathering for the industry: meaningful encounters, thoughtful discussions, and a shared sense that healthcare transformation is accelerating.

A Memorable Moment: Meeting Judith Faulkner

One of the most memorable moments of the day was meeting Judith Faulkner during a book signing at the Taylor & Francis Group bookstore.

For anyone working in healthcare IT, Judith Faulkner has had a profound impact on how digital health infrastructure has evolved over the past several decades. Through Epic Systems, she helped shape the electronic health record landscape that today supports clinical operations at many of the world’s leading health systems.

Meeting her was a special moment—one of those instances where you’re reminded that the digital transformation of healthcare has been built through years of vision, persistence, and innovation from leaders who pushed the industry forward.

Conversations That Reflect an Industry Shift

Beyond that highlight, Day 2 was packed with conversations across the exhibit halls and meeting spaces. What stood out most was how consistently the dialogue is evolving.

Just a few years ago, the focus at HIMSS was heavily centered on data infrastructure and interoperability. Today, the conversations are increasingly about how that data is being activated through AI to drive measurable operational and clinical outcomes.

Several themes surfaced repeatedly:

AI is moving beyond experimentation.
Health systems are increasingly looking to operationalize AI solutions across care delivery and administrative workflows.

Workflow integration is critical for scale.
AI tools that live outside core clinical systems rarely gain traction. The industry is now focused on embedding intelligence directly into workflows.

Automation is becoming operational.
From patient engagement and care coordination to revenue cycle and clinical documentation, organizations are exploring how AI can actively execute tasks—not just generate insights.

These themes echo many of the conversations we’ve had with healthcare leaders on The Big Unlock Podcast. Across nearly 200 episodes, one lesson has remained consistent: technology creates value when it improves workflows and enables care teams to focus on patients.

The Big Unlock Conversations at HIMSS

It was also wonderful to meet several podcast listeners and past guests throughout the day.

For those unfamiliar, The Big Unlock Podcast explores how healthcare leaders are driving digital transformation across health systems, payers, digital health companies, and life sciences organizations. Each conversation focuses on real-world experiences—what worked, what didn’t, and what others can learn.

At HIMSS, many attendees shared that they rely on the podcast to stay connected to emerging trends in healthcare AI, digital health, and innovation. Hearing that kind of feedback is incredibly rewarding for our team.

If you’re attending HIMSS this week and have a story about how your organization is implementing AI, advancing digital transformation, or tackling complex operational challenges, we would love to connect and potentially feature you on an upcoming episode.

AI, GenAI, and the Next Phase of Healthcare Transformation

Another clear takeaway from Day 2 is how rapidly the AI conversation is evolving.

Healthcare organizations are no longer just asking whether to adopt AI. The question now is how to scale it responsibly and effectively across clinical and operational environments.

We’re seeing increasing interest in areas such as:

  • AI-powered patient engagement and outreach
  • Intelligent clinical documentation and workflow automation
  • Predictive analytics for operational optimization
  • Agentic AI systems that can coordinate tasks across healthcare workflows

This shift—from analytics to AI-powered execution—represents a meaningful turning point in the industry.

Why HIMSS Still Matters

One of the things I appreciate most about HIMSS each year is that the most valuable insights often come from informal conversations rather than formal presentations.

The hallway discussions, quick introductions, and spontaneous meetings often spark the most interesting ideas. Day 2 was filled with exactly those moments—reconnecting with colleagues, meeting new innovators, and hearing firsthand how organizations are tackling some of healthcare’s most complex challenges.

Despite the scale of the conference, there is a real sense of community here. Everyone is working toward the same goal: improving healthcare through better technology, smarter processes, and stronger collaboration.

On to Day 3

As our HIMSS blog series continues, I’m looking forward to another day of learning, connecting, and capturing insights from leaders shaping the future of healthcare.

If you’re here at HIMSS 2026, please stop us if you see Rohit Mahajan or me—we’d love to meet you. And if you have a story worth sharing about AI, digital transformation, or healthcare innovation, let’s talk.

More reflections from the HIMSS floor coming soon as we move into Day 3.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

HIMSS 2026 Dispatch: Day 3 Reflections from the Floor

HIMSS 2026 Dispatch: Day 3 Reflections from the Floor

By Ritu M. Uberoy

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

By the third day, a familiar rhythm begins to set in. The early-morning sessions, the steady flow of meetings, spontaneous hallway discussions, and those quick but meaningful connections that often lead to bigger ideas later.
And yet, the energy across HIMSS still feels as strong as Day 1.

The Power of Community at HIMSS

One of the most rewarding aspects of the day was continuing to meet people who recognize and follow The Big Unlock Podcast.

Over the years, the podcast has become a platform for conversations with healthcare leaders about digital transformation, AI adoption, and the realities of implementing innovation inside complex health systems. The goal has always been simple: learn directly from those building the future of healthcare and share those insights with the broader community.

At HIMSS, it’s incredibly gratifying to hear attendees say that the podcast helps them stay connected to what leaders across health systems, payers, and digital health companies are actually doing—not just what they are planning.

Several people also reached out expressing interest in joining us for Season 7, which is always exciting. HIMSS truly is one of the best places to discover new voices and fresh perspectives for the podcast.

AI Conversations Continue to Dominate

If there is one theme that has consistently dominated conversations throughout HIMSS 2026, it is artificial intelligence.

But the tone of the conversation has evolved.

Healthcare leaders are no longer just discussing the potential of AI—they are focusing on how to operationalize it at scale across clinical and operational workflows. Across the conference, discussions have centered on enterprise AI deployments, automation across hospital operations, and governance frameworks to ensure responsible adoption. 

In many ways, the industry appears to be moving beyond the hype cycle. Leaders are asking practical questions:

  • How do we integrate AI into clinical workflows without adding friction?
  • How do we govern AI responsibly while maintaining innovation speed?
  • How do we ensure AI actually reduces administrative burden for clinicians?

Those questions reflect a broader shift happening across healthcare. The focus is no longer simply about what AI can do, but about how it can create measurable impact inside real care environments. 

From AI Insights to AI Execution

Another theme emerging strongly this year is the rise of agentic AI systems—AI tools that can execute tasks across healthcare workflows rather than simply generating insights.

For example, new technologies showcased at HIMSS are exploring how AI agents can coordinate tasks across the revenue cycle, helping automate complex administrative processes. 

This represents a significant shift in how healthcare organizations think about automation. Instead of using AI solely for analytics or decision support, many organizations are exploring how intelligent systems can actively participate in operational processes—from patient engagement to clinical documentation to financial workflows.

It’s a trend that aligns closely with many of the conversations we’ve had on The Big Unlock Podcast with healthcare CIOs, CMIOs, and digital leaders.

Transformation Requires More Than Technology

Another important point that surfaced repeatedly during discussions at HIMSS is that technology alone will not transform healthcare.

Leaders emphasized that successful AI adoption requires workflow redesign, workforce engagement, and organizational change—not just new tools. 

In other words, healthcare transformation is as much about process and people as it is about technology.

That insight resonates deeply with what we hear from digital leaders across the industry. The organizations that succeed with AI are the ones that approach it not as a technology project, but as a strategic transformation initiative.

The Value of Conversations Between Sessions

One thing I’ve learned over the years attending HIMSS is that some of the most valuable insights come outside the official sessions.

Day 3 was full of those moments—quick introductions that turned into longer conversations, reconnecting with past podcast guests, and meeting innovators working on fascinating new ideas in digital health.

These interactions are what make HIMSS special. With tens of thousands of healthcare leaders gathered in one place, the conference becomes a powerful forum for sharing ideas and accelerating collaboration across the industry. 

Looking Ahead

As we move toward the final day of HIMSS 2026, I’m reflecting on how much the conversation around healthcare technology has matured.

AI is no longer just an exciting possibility. It is rapidly becoming a core capability that health systems are actively integrating into care delivery, operations, and patient engagement.

At the same time, the industry is becoming more thoughtful about governance, trust, and responsible implementation—ensuring that innovation ultimately benefits both clinicians and patients.

Until next time at HIMSS27, signing off here as Ritu M. Uberoy. And if you have a story about digital transformation, AI implementation, or healthcare innovation, do get in touch with us. At The Big Unlock Podcast we would love to hear it—and maybe feature you on a future episode.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Turning AI Hype into Healthcare Execution

Season 7

Episode 197 - Podcast with Aditya Bansod, CTO & Co-Founder, Luma Health - Turning AI Hype into Healthcare Execution

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Turning AI Hype into Healthcare Execution
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Aditya Bansod, CTO and Co-Founder of Luma Health, discusses why healthcare AI often underdelivers, and what leaders must do to turn promise into performance.

Aditya argues that AI’s challenge in healthcare isn’t ambition, but execution. While new tools are emerging rapidly, most remain point solutions that fail to integrate into the complex workflows that move patients from scheduling to care delivery. True impact, he says, depends on orchestrating the “last mile” of healthcare, referrals, intake, documentation, and the countless operational handoffs that determine whether care actually happens.

He shares how Luma approaches AI adoption with flexible guardrails, allowing health systems to calibrate automation based on confidence thresholds and maturity. The conversation also explores the rise of agentic AI, the tension between human-in-the-loop oversight and autonomy, and why CIOs are navigating a messy but necessary consolidation phase.

Looking ahead, Aditya is optimistic that AI will transform patient access and engagement, only if it’s deeply embedded into workflows, not layered on top of them. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Aditya Bansod is CTO and co-founder of Luma Health. With a lifelong passion for building software, Bansod leads Luma Health’s technical vision and strategic direction for building a platform that empowers healthcare providers to better serve their patients and improve healthcare outcomes. With over 15 years of experience as a product management leader developing mobile solutions at Adobe and Microsoft, and at venture-backed start-ups, Bansod made the transition from B2B software solutions to healthcare in 2015 in order to have a meaningful and measurable impact on how providers use mobile technologies to engage with and communicate with their patients.


Charles: I am Chuck Christian. I’m the Vice President of Technology and CTO for Franciscan Health. Franciscan is a 12 or 13 hospital system, depending on how you count them. We cover a swath of the Midwest from just south of Indianapolis all the way to Chicago, basically following the I-65 corridor.

We have between 350 and 400 locations, including physician practices, imaging centers, lab draws, urgent cares, and oncology centers. It’s a pretty large organization. We have about 29,000 team members, both employees and contractors, at Franciscan Health.

We are truly mission focused. We are a Catholic healthcare system with a big C. We are owned by the Sisters of St. Francis of Perpetual Adoration. That means there are two sisters in the chapel praying for whatever they deem important and anything we ask them to pray for, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. That’s where the “perpetual adoration” comes in.

We are a mission-driven organization. I believe in that. A lot of our hospitals are smaller and in underserved places, and we take care of that patient population. I think we’re really good at it.

I’ve known this organization almost 40 years. The CIO previous to Charles, who is our current COO, was a good friend of mine. I was CIO of a hospital in Southern Indiana for 24 years, and Bill and I ran a similar software stack. I watched Bill and learned a lot from him as far as how he ran this large organization.

I’ve been here for six years. I joined in April of 2019, so in dog years that’s like 35 years or more. We are very busy. I’m very blessed to have an outstanding team that manages all this, and I get to stand in awe and watch everything we accomplish every day.

Rohit: That’s fabulous. Thank you, Chuck for that intro.

Ritu: My name is Ritu Roy, and I’m the Managing Partner here at Damo and BigRio, and also the co-host of The Big Unlock podcast with Rohit. Thank you for being our guest today, Chuck. We are looking forward to an engaging and insightful conversation. With that, we can dive right in and get started.

Charles: Thank you.

Rohit: Hi Chuck. I’m Rohit Mahajan. I’m the Managing Partner and CEO at BigRio and Damo Consulting. It’s great to have you on the podcast. Like Ritu said, we’re looking forward to an engaging discussion. I’d like to start with the first thought on my mind. You’re in a mission-driven organization, and you’ve been a healthcare leader for many years. What started you on this journey? Tell us how you got started in healthcare, what attracted you, and what you’re passionate about.

Charles: Well, it depends on how far back you want to go. I’m an X-ray tech, radiologic technologist if you want to use the term. The first 14 years of my career were in radiology.

I stepped out of high school on June sixth in 1971, and on June seventh I stepped into the hospital, and I haven’t left since. Interesting enough, I did a lot of things in the radiology department and became part of the management team of that department. I guess if the chief tech had not been just a few years older than me, I’d still be there, because that was the role I wanted. But Roy just retired a few years ago, and I wasn’t going to wait that long.

I’m a geek, I’m a nerd. I was a nerd in high school. It wasn’t cool to be a nerd in high school back then, but it’s cool to be a nerd now. I did a lot of programming classes on the old System Threes with punch cards. Then I learned how to code for Z80 processors.

When we started automating hospitals back in the mid-eighties, I got chosen to run the ambulatory implementation of order management after we had put in patient management. I realized I liked it, and I knew that was where healthcare was going. Radiology has been a high-tech department in hospitals for a long time. I was trying to automate the patient record in radiology, but it was so expensive I couldn’t get any funding for it.

So I jumped ship and moved over to the vendors for about five years. Eventually I was asked to move to either an implementation manager role or the director of an outsourced IT department in southern Indiana. I did that. I had four daughters at the time, and it was the right thing to do because it was a great place to raise my girls.

I spent 24 years there. It was during the time the role of a healthcare CIO was defined. When I left that job, I was Vice President and CIO. I moved to Georgia to a health system there as Vice President and Chief Information Officer. Then I came back to Indiana and worked at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, which is now the only exchange in Indiana. I had been involved with it since 2005. I worked there for a little over four years, and then I took this role here. That’s my stint in healthcare, which has spanned over 50 years.

Rohit: That’s awesome, Chuck. You’ve been there, done it, and seen it as well. I was curious because a few days ago, when we were chatting, you were talking about being either back from UGM or about to go there.

We all know it’s a week-long affair, people go deep, and there are so many things to cover. We were wondering if you could share some of your experiences or a heads-up on topics you see coming our way.

Charles: Sure. I came home with a great deal of anxiety because of trying to figure out how we’re going to do everything and where healthcare is going. The nice thing about Epic is they now cover the entire gambit. I remember when Epic started; they were only in the ambulatory space and then only in large academic medical centers. They cover quite a scope of product these days.

Now that they have grown the applications, they have de-identified shared data, which I think is going to be a plus. The two-letter acronym was everywhere, AI, and how it’s going to be leveraged and used. They did a nice job showing scenarios of how it could be used and how organizations are using it.

We’re a risk-averse organization. We’re taking a more moderated approach. We’re getting our governance in place first. We already have a few things going through the AI mill, and we will have more. We split it into two pieces, one on the clinical side and one on the operational side. Epic has both, and I think they’re well positioned to do that work. They partner with Microsoft, and they continue to do so.

They announced they are working on their own ambient listening. They have business partners already, but they are creating their own product. I assume it will be predicated on the Microsoft stack, but they didn’t say, so I don’t know.

They also mentioned they are working on their own ERP and starting with workforce management. That makes sense because the workforce is in Epic all the time. Nursing staffing, scheduling, shifts, and how all that ties together. It’s an interesting leap.

Years ago, when Lawson, before being purchased by Infor, said they would create a patient accounting platform, I was in a CHIME focus group. When they mentioned that, a bunch of CIOs in the room asked why they would do that. You need to get your ERP right first. But I think the way Epic is approaching it makes sense.

It was great. I was there for about four days and spent most of the time listening to presentations. Judy did a great job with a big screen about what’s next and what’s coming. The rest of her team did a great job showing what you can do now and what’s coming. They do a good job setting expectations around timelines. They release quarterly. We do two a year, so we’re current from their perspective but behind. We don’t have the wherewithal to immediately adopt everything when they release it, so we have to plan accordingly.

Ritu: Yeah. So Chuck, when I was reading about the UGM, it was interesting because they said their unique proposition with AI is the de-identified patient records they have in Epic Cosmos, which is more than 15 billion patient records. They said that for the first time, it can actually move toward healthcare rather than sick care because doctors can predict trends. And I think they released two new things called Emmy and Penny, which will help doctors see the trajectory of what is going to happen with patients.

So I was curious about your thoughts because you’ve been in this industry for such a long time. Do you think that this USP—this huge bank of patient records—is really going to set them on a differentiating path compared to all the other AI startups trying to do the same thing?

Charles: I think that having the data is huge, honestly. It reminded me a lot of—if you remember years ago—they had a thing called PatientsLikeMe, where people with unique and rare diseases could find others and compare notes and treatment approaches. Working at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, I know they have about 30 years of data. Not all of it is discrete, but the majority is.

One question I asked the CEO, who is a friend of mine—and a lot of researchers use that de-identified data—is that when you create an AI model and just let it learn, there are all kinds of interesting determinations you can make once you have the data. So I think it’s going to be a game changer. Epic is also trying to outdo themselves. Given the market of EHR vendors, there aren’t many left standing. There are three or four. Others are creating similar repositories, but I’m not sure they have the long-term vision or the wherewithal to get it done. Knowing the talent Judy has pulled together, I think it will be very interesting to see what comes down the pike.

Ritu: Thank you.

Rohit: Chuck, you mentioned you’re taking a conservative approach to AI adoption and setting governance before taking major steps. How do you think about innovation or typical problem-solving—for example, reducing cognitive load across the organization? How do you balance this conservative approach with the fast-paced changes happening in the marketplace?

Charles: I think we have to be very clear about what problem we’re trying to solve. There are so many solutions being thrown at us—“Hey, we can do this, we can do that”—but often it’s not a problem we actually have. So we’re trying to pick and choose which targets to shoot at.

I’m married to a critical care nurse, so I’m very careful about getting in the way of the nursing staff. She’s retired, but for me, technology needs to be invisible. If it gets in the way of people being able to do their job, then it’s a problem.

If you think about it for a minute—and I’ll give you Chuck’s opinion—we don’t really have electronic medical record systems for documenting the care of the patient. What we have are electronic systems that capture information required for billing. That’s part of the problem. We have all these required elements clinicians have to document—physicians have to dot all the i’s and cross all the t’s—to get the appropriate words in so it can be translated into billing codes, ICD-10 codes, HPS codes, and so on. It truly gets in the way of taking care of patients.

But once we get that discrete data, we can use AI and other tools to help determine a better course of treatment. You’re never going to hear me say that we should depend solely upon AI. It has to be moderated and reviewed by someone with clinical training. Physicians have shown me I’ve been wrong more times than you can imagine. Working together and having good data aggregation is important.

One thing I learned early on when implementing the first physician order entry and clinical documentation systems was that physicians said: “Don’t tell me what I already know. Tell me what I don’t know. Better yet, tell me what I need to know about the patient in front of me right now.” There are things they don’t know. That’s where data aggregation from health information exchanges helps, because patients don’t get care in one location or from one physician.

I’m living proof of that. I get care in two—actually three—health systems because that’s where my specialists are. My primary care doctor wants to know what my orthopedist did or what my cardiologist’s course of treatment is, because he’s managing my diabetes and a few other things. Having access to information—recent labs, imaging studies—is extremely important.

We talked about interoperability, and that’s where it comes into play. Most hospitals in Indianapolis are on Epic, so you can get data easily. From non-Epic systems, there are mechanisms too. When I see my cardiologist—who uses a different system—and he already knows what my medications are because they were recently changed by another physician, that’s positive. I don’t have to list everything. When they know my latest labs, that’s positive too, because we’re not hunting for information.

It’s about providing information that is important to the treatment at that moment.

I had the privilege of sitting in a presentation—maybe eight or nine years ago—at Scripps Institute. They showed a demo of what a patient encounter could be. It was very Star Trek–like. The computer or AI interacted with the physician and patient appropriately. It listened in the background and captured information about the encounter. When the physician said, “We need to order a CT scan of your lower abdomen,” it was already getting that scheduled. When the patient was ready to leave, everything was set. It was also checking for recent labs and reminding the physician if the patient—say a diabetic—was due for an eye exam or foot check.

I think it’s about having access to the information so we can inform—not determine but inform—the physicians. Because at the end of the day, physicians are accountable for the outcomes. They have to be in control, not the AI.

Ritu: Yeah,

Charles: we’re not ready for Skynet yet.

Ritu: I think you described a multi-agent system where the agents are off doing things and then bringing it all back for the physician to review. With that being said, we all know that AgTech is one of the top trends everyone’s talking about these days. What are your thoughts on voice agents? Where is Franciscan with that? Have you had exposure to or tried voice agents in the hospital?

Charles: Yeah, we’ve got a trial. We’ve got over 200 physicians working on those. Is it going to be the end-all, be-all? I don’t know. The physicians seem to like it. It assists them; it helps with their pajama time.

I’ve listened to conversations from other health systems that were early adopters, and I have to go back in time to when we were looking at automating physician practices in Southern Indiana. We visited a group of 14 family practice doctors. The husband and wife who started the practice mostly did OB and family medicine. Their use of computers was minimal—they were still mostly on paper. But they had other physicians who, I think, slept with their laptops.

The interesting thing was that depending on how well a physician adopted the computer system and molded it to how they practiced, they got to take advantage of it. I think it’s going to be the same with AI and voice agents. If they allow it to help and figure out how to incorporate it into how they think and practice, they’ll see the benefit. The systems are pliable enough now that it’s easier to do.

When I was in Georgia, we needed to automate a lot of OB practices on the same platform. One OB had been practicing almost 30 years and already had a solution he had customized. He told me I would tear it out of his cold, dead fingers. So we worked with him. The new system was more flexible and pliable than his old one, and he became a champion because he was willing to take the time to understand how he could use the technology to help him practice.

I think that’s the key. If you’re resistant to it, that’s fine—that’s perfectly okay. But people who write software often think all physicians think the same way. They’re absolutely wrong. It depends on where they trained. I learned that when implementing emergency room electronic medical records. The physicians who helped design the software were trained with a very different approach to critical thinking than our physicians. We had to relearn and figure out ways to adjust, because once clinicians are trained a certain way, it’s hard to change those habits and the way they gather and maintain information.

Ritu: Thank you. Great answer.

Rohit: Chuck, I’d like to ask your thoughts about the innovation process. How do you approach it, and what are some of the things you do to foster innovation?

Charles: One of the things we did was stand up a Tech Innovation Lab. Honestly, it was a selfish move because people were just bringing technology into the organization. All the enterprise architects report to me, and we work together to understand what will work in our environment and what won’t. We try to standardize as much as we can.

So I created the Innovation Lab to bring these innovations into a controlled environment and try them there. It’s a walled garden. It’s not connected to the rest of the network. It has its own connections to the internet. So if we blow something up, it only blows up in the lab. That’s why we did it.

What we’re able to do is bring ideas in and fail fast—figure out what works and what doesn’t. We’ve done that several times. Virtual nursing is something we’ve worked on a lot. There were all kinds of interesting opportunities brought to us. One facility went ahead and put a solution into a live patient population, and we found out quickly that’s not how you do it. You don’t test that kind of thing in a live environment. It frustrates the staff and patients, and it leaves leadership thinking, “We already tried that—it doesn’t work.”

Well, you tried what doesn’t work. Let me show you what will work.

We needed the opportunity to rapidly figure out what would work. One issue with that failed experiment was that the people who built the carts didn’t understand our environment. They put a wireless access point in the cart that was incompatible with our network. Once we got the cart, we figured it out quickly. We re-engineered it, and it works fine now—but we’re not using that cart because it was over-engineered and very expensive.

We’re trying to use standard components that can be supported and replaced quickly. The idea is to generate a lot of ideas and figure out how to use them appropriately without getting in the way.

You also have to think about the aesthetics of the equipment you’re bringing in. The first cart had a big five-wheel base—kind of a star shape. In some patient rooms, it was in the way. Nursing quickly said, “That’s not going to work.”

So we found an iPad holder that hangs on the patient’s bedroom wall when not in use. It’s out of the way, easy to access, and uses magnetic connectors so if someone snags it, it just comes apart. No trip hazard.

You must consider not only the technology but how it fits in patient rooms.

Originally, the idea was that the Innovation Lab would review the technology, understand how it fits together, and then install it in our SIM labs. We have two—one north, one south. Then the simulation teams would put it in a physician office or patient room and see how it fits before we use it in live care. That’s our next step with virtual nursing.

We also have a lot of conversations with organizations that have fully rolled out these solutions. We learn from their experiences. A mistake is only a mistake if you don’t learn from it. If you do, then it’s experience. We leverage their experience so we don’t repeat the same things, and so we can move quicker.

Rohit: That’s awesome. As we are approaching the end of the podcast, I would like to ask if you would touch on the mentorship program.

Ritu: Yes, I would really like to hear more about that, Chuck, because it’s something unique and I think it would be interesting for our listeners as well.

Charles: Just making sure we’re talking about the virtual mentoring program. After COVID, we were bringing on a lot of new nurse graduates. When you bring someone into that role, they need a more experienced nurse for a procedure they may have never done before. That usually means waiting for that nurse to come to them.

We had a couple of nursing staff in the mentorship program who came up with a way to use technology for an on-screen virtual visit with the new nurse. The experienced nurse could walk them through the procedure and be there with them, or if the new nurse had a question, they could step out into the hall, ask it, and go back in. It improved speed to delivery of care more than anything else.

It also gave seasoned nurses a chance to step away from what they were doing instead of traveling to another location. If they need to go in person, they still do, but this gave us another option. We got great feedback from both the new nurses and our more mature nursing staff, and we rolled it out through the enterprise. I haven’t checked in on it recently, but I assume it’s still running. I only hear when things break, and if it’s not broken, I’m not going to fix it. I assume the technology is still working and paying dividends.

Ritu: Thank you so much.

Rohit: So, Chuck, as we come to the end of the podcast, any closing remarks or thoughts you’d like to share before we finish?

Charles: I’ve been in healthcare a long time. Healthcare is a target rich environment for creativity and innovation. But we’re still taking care of patients the same way we did, and it’s about the human touch and caring for people.

When I first started in radiology years ago, I was taken aback that people weren’t always treated as people. They were exams. Do this gallbladder in this room, do this hip nailing in that room. I was reminded they’re people. They could be my family. They could be my children. That’s why I’m passionate about making sure the technology works and doesn’t get in the way.

Have we reached the pinnacle? No. Is it better? I think it is. But we’re still trying to figure it out every day. As long as we have great people passionate about providing outstanding care and we understand where that ability comes from, we’ll keep moving forward.

We’re a Catholic healthcare system, and our rule is we start most meetings with prayer. We are called to love one another as God loves us, and we need to remember that every day. That’s why I keep doing what I’m doing.

Rohit: Awesome.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Chuck.

Rohit: Really appreciate it.

Charles: Okay. Thanks for the opportunity to share.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com   

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Day 3 at ViVE 2026: Conversations That Carry Forward

Day 3 at ViVE 2026: Conversations That Carry Forward

Day 3 at ViVE 2026: Conversations That Carry Forward

By Ritu M. Uberoy

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

Day 3 at ViVE 2026 in Los Angeles was a powerful close to four days of learning, sharing, and connection. What stood out most wasn’t just the innovations on display or the sessions we attended, but the quality of conversations and the real-world perspectives shared by peers, leaders, and innovators across healthcare. 

One of the highlights of today for me was the opportunity to showcase insights from The Big Unlock Podcast — a space where we’ve been exploring how healthcare leaders are actually operationalizing digital transformation, AI, and workflow change to deliver measurable impact. It was energizing to see how many people at ViVE are thinking deeply about what works, not just what’s new. 

Wrapping Up with Purpose

Day 3 wasn’t just the final day — it was a moment to reflect on how ideas shared earlier in the week are being translated into action:

The Big Unlock stories on stage and off
Today’s interactions reminded me why we started the podcast: to amplify honest conversations about how leaders are tackling complexity with clarity — whether that’s embedding AI into clinical workflows, improving patient experience, or enabling teams with practical tools and strategies. Hearing people at ViVE talk about these insights or referencing real-world examples was deeply rewarding. 

Meaningful hallway and roundtable discussions
ViVE’s unique mix of structured sessions and open dialogue continues to be its greatest strength. Day 3 was a testament to the power of connection — from impromptu discussions about workflow integration to deeper exchanges on governance, trust, and the human dimensions of technology adoption. 

What’s emerging — beyond the buzz
Across the final conversations of the event, a few themes stood out:

  • AI with purpose — not just innovation for its own sake, but AI that helps clinicians, supports judgment, and reduces friction. 
  • Workforce-centered design — solutions that meet teams where they work and help amplify their impact rather than replace it. 
  • Collaboration over competition — genuine partnerships between health systems, startups, payers, and technology partners that seek shared, measurable outcomes. 

Closing Thoughts

As ViVE 2026 comes to a close, what stays with me most isn’t a single demo or a single session — it’s the collective sense of urgency and purpose in the community. Leaders here aren’t just talking about transformation — they’re making it happen, even when the path is complex and the stakes are high. 

If you were here too, thank you for the conversations, the curiosity, and the commitment to what’s next in healthcare. And for those who couldn’t make it — let’s keep the dialogue going. There’s momentum to carry forward, and real work to be done.

Here’s to turning insight into impact — now, and throughout the year ahead. For continued conversations, connect with me on LinkedIn.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Day 2 at ViVE 2026: From Insight to Action

Day 2 at ViVE 2026: From Insight to Action

Day 2 at ViVE 2026: From Insight to Action

By Ritu M. Uberoy

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

Day 2 at ViVE 2026 in Los Angeles was packed with energy, ideas, and accelerated conversations about the real work of healthcare transformation. After an inspiring opening day, today was all about digging deeper — exploring concrete approaches to emerging challenges, connecting with fresh perspectives, and prioritizing how we move from concept to measurable action.

The exhibit halls, session rooms, and networking spaces were buzzing with dialogue — not just about “what’s next,” but about how leaders are getting done what matters most in care delivery, workforce enablement, and intelligent technology adoption. 

Conversations That Matter: Workforce, Nurses, and Tech

One of the themes that stood out for me today was the focus on the healthcare workforce as an essential partner in innovation, particularly how technology can support clinicians rather than sideline them. From sessions exploring nursing’s evolving role in a tech-enabled future to practitioner stories about adoption barriers, the message was clear: technology must be designed with people at the center. 

This shift, from technology for technology’s sake to technology that solves real problems, is not just rhetoric. It was reflected in the questions attendees asked, the solutions showcased on the floor, and the collaborations forming in the hallways.

Practical Insights from Sessions and Demos

Day 2 brought a slew of engaging discussions and demos that underscored the practical side of healthcare innovation:

🔹 Operationalizing AI with Purpose
AI was everywhere; not just as a buzzword, but as a tool leaders are actively deploying to improve workflows, enhance patient experience, and support clinical decision-making. Conversations went beyond theory into use cases that reduce administrative burden and elevate care delivery.

🔹 Security, Trust, and Responsible Innovation
In a landscape where data powers everything from predictive insights to real-time clinical support, several thought leaders reiterated how security and trust aren’t optional — they’re foundational to sustainable transformation. 

🔹 Human-Centered Design in Action
The best sessions weren’t simply about “what tech can do,” they were about how organizations bring nurses, physicians, and patients into design conversations. That alignment is critical to creating solutions that people will actually use and benefit from. 

Meaningful Meetings That Extend the Day

Beyond the formal agenda, Day 2 was rich with curated and serendipitous conversations with health system leaders, innovators, and fellow practitioners. Whether we explored AI adoption strategies or debated how to reimagine patient-facing digital experiences, these exchanges reinforced a simple truth: transformation thrives at the intersection of diverse perspectives, deep expertise, and practical curiosity.

Looking Ahead with Momentum

As we wrap Day 2 and look toward the final day of ViVE 2026, the urgency to translate insight into impact is stronger than ever. We’re seeing more healthcare organizations that aren’t waiting for the perfect moment, they’re building it. They’re operationalizing solutions, elevating clinicians through technology, and centering real user needs in every conversation. 

If you’re at ViVE as well, I’d love to connect. We’re exploring AI in action, talking workforce empowerment, or simply capturing the momentum this community is creating. There’s so much opportunity for meaningful progress ahead. If you want to connect after the event because your calendar is full, feel free to drop me a note on LinkedIn.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Day 1 at ViVE 2026: Energized, Inspired, and Focused on What’s Next

Day 1 at ViVE 2026: Energized, Inspired, and Focused on What’s Next

Day 1 at ViVE 2026: Energized, Inspired, and Focused on What’s Next

By Ritu M. Uberoy

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

Day 1 of ViVE 2026 in Los Angeles did not disappoint. I couldn’t be more excited about what’s unfolding at this incredible intersection of healthcare leadership, innovation, and digital transformation.

We kicked off the day with a bright, sunny California morning that matched the energy and optimism in the halls of ViVE. From the moment I stepped onto the event floor, with sessions underway, conversations buzzing, and new ideas in motion, it was clear that this year’s ViVE is a convergence of purpose and possibility.

Seeing Healthcare Innovation in Action

ViVE brings together health system and payer leaders, technology innovators, investors, and solution partners, all focused on transforming healthcare, not in theory, but in practice. This is where strategy meets execution, where real-world challenges get real-world solutions.

One of the highlights for me today was seeing how AI and digital technologies are being mobilized across the care continuum. From patient experience to clinical workflows, the narrative has shifted from “what might be possible” to “what’s already happening.” In the AI and digital health conversations I’ve engaged in, the focus is deeply anchored in augmenting people, improving outcomes, and removing friction from care delivery.

Connecting Through The Big Unlock Podcast

I’m also delighted to share that The Big Unlock Podcast continues to be featured in the ViVE Healthcare Podcast lists at the Media Village — a welcome acknowledgment of the meaningful dialogues we’ve been fostering with health system and industry leaders. Roaming the exhibit floor and seeing peers engage with the podcast’s themes — from workflow-first AI adoption to clinician-centric innovation — reminds me why we started this journey in the first place.

These aren’t abstract discussions. These are conversations about how AI and digital technologies can tangibly improve access, efficiency, and outcomes in care, grounded in the realities health leaders face every day.

What’s Been Top of Mind on Day 1

Here’s what’s stood out today:

🔹 AI Isn’t Just a Trend, It’s Becoming the Backbone of Healthcare Innovation
Across sessions and hallway conversations, AI is being talked about in terms of productivity, clinician support, and patient impact, and not just hype. There’s a palpable excitement around solutions that deliver measurable value and integrate seamlessly into how care teams operate. 

🔹 Digital Transformation Conversations Are More Practical and Immediate
Leaders are focusing on where technology intersects with workflow and culture, not only what it can do in the future. This practical lens, rooted in real operational and clinical needs, signals that the next phase of digital innovation is here.

🔹 Connection, Collaboration, and Community Matter
ViVE is a reminder that transformation doesn’t happen in isolation. It happens through shared insight, honest conversation, and bridging perspectives across the healthcare ecosystem.

Looking Ahead

As I reflect on Day 1, I’m energized by the momentum and the commitment I’ve seen from leaders across organizations. Whether we’re talking about AI that augments clinician judgment, digital tools that streamline patient access, or frameworks that support responsible technology adoption, the theme is clear: healthcare’s future is being built now, here at ViVE.

I look forward to more conversations, more insights, and more breakthroughs as the event continues. If you’re here too, let’s connect. There’s so much more to explore together.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

What Does Responsible AI Adoption in Healthcare Really Look Like?

What Does Responsible AI Adoption in Healthcare Really Look Like

Insights by Dr. Amit Phull, Chief Clinical Experience Officer, Doximity

In a recent episode of The Big Unlock podcast, Dr. Amit Phull, Chief Clinical Experience Officer at Doximity sat down with hosts Rohit Mahajan, and Ritu M Uberoy, both Managing Partners at BigRio and Damo, to answer a question that’s becoming harder and more urgent every day, “What does responsible AI adoption in healthcare really look like when you move beyond the hype and headlines?”

Dr. Phull’s perspective is grounded in the realities of clinical work. He’s an emergency medicine physician, with academic roles at Northwestern and George Washington University. He has also spent the last decade-plus building technology with one of the most clinician-centered platforms in healthcare.

What makes the conversation valuable is that it doesn’t treat “responsible AI” as an abstract principle. It treats it as an implementation discipline.

Throughout the podcast, Dr. Phull repeatedly returns to a simple pragmatic truth, clinicians adopt what helps them, trust what they can verify, and reject anything that feels like “one more thing.”

As he explained to Ritu “From the clinician perspective, ease of use is paramount… Being able to trust the technology is paramount as well… If they can’t trust the output… or god forbid it adds time to their day… it’s going to be very, very difficult to compel those clinicians to actually pick up that piece of software and leverage it.”

That one statement is basically a responsible adoption blueprint.

Let’s break down what Dr. Phull says responsible AI adoption looks like through the lens of workflow, trust, education, and the coming shift toward Agentic AI.

A Clinician-First Origin Story: “Build with Us” Is the Operating Model

Dr. Phull shared a helpful origin story, not just about himself, but about how Doximity’s approach evolved. He explained that Doximity was founded in 2010 with an initial mission to “rewire healthcare,” specifically by building tools that help physicians be more productive so they can provide better care. He noted that Doximity’s CEO and co-founder Jeff Tanney previously built Epocrates, which helped anchor the company in practical clinician utility from day one.

Dr. Phull’s own path mirrors that bridge between domains. He describes a “prior life” as a computer engineer, and how he’s spent his career living at the intersection of medicine and technology. That intersection is the key implementation detail to how Doximity builds successful AI tools – with physician involvement.

He explained how he first joined the company through a Physician Advisory Panel, where clinicians volunteer time to beta test tools and provide direct feedback on what should be built next. That same model continues to this day, including their upcoming 2026 medical advisory board, where clinician input shapes product direction.

This matters because according to Dr. Phull, responsible AI adoption isn’t just about “what the model can do,” it’s about whether clinicians see themselves in the design, and whether the tool feels like it understands the realities of care delivery.

 

In Healthcare, Adoption Starts With Ease of Use and Dies with Added Time

A core theme of the conversation is that clinicians are not resistant to innovation, they are resistant to burden. Dr. Phull explains that if a tool is difficult to use, or worse, if it adds time to the day, that added burden makes adoption nearly impossible.

This is where he makes a sharp comparison to EHRs.

“I would view EHRs as an interesting counter example. If EHRs were deployed not as they were, as part of a government rollout with mandates, I think there would’ve been an extreme increase in the amount of difficulty that it took all of us to adopt that sort of technology.”

Even today, after years of implementation, many clinicians still experience EHRs as a workflow tax. So, when Dr. Phull talks about AI adoption metrics, he points to signals that reflect real-world use:

  • recurrent use
  • increased use
  • time savings
  • burnout (as a proxy for clinician welfare)

And he pairs those “hard metrics” with the lived outcomes that actually motivate adoption.

“Just by being able to go home for that additional hour… doctors… can have dinner with their families or be a little bit more human outside of the practice of medicine.”

That is an operational definition of value.

Responsible AI adoption, in this framing, is not about novelty, It’s about time returned to clinicians, and friction removed from the day.

 

Medical Education Can Use AI—But It Must Protect Clinical Reasoning

Dr. Phull also speaks as a faculty member, and his comments here are especially relevant to “responsible AI adoption” because adoption isn’t only about today’s clinicians.

It’s about the next generation. He describes AI as a “double-edged sword” in training environments. AI can empower young clinicians, but it can also allow them to “skip a step,” bypassing the hard work of developing critical thinking.

The most memorable line in this section is his emphasis on maintaining a “spidey sense,” or the value of human intuition.

“It’s very important that clinicians still develop and maintain a ‘spidey sense.’ We do not want to reduce clinicians to being messenger pigeons in terms of looking up information and then kind of handing that off to their patients in regards to advancing their care.”

So, what’s the responsible approach in training?

He describes allowing use of tools (including Doximity GPT) but requiring trainees to justify their thinking in real time.

“Medicine cannot be reduced to… a book report… You actually have to demonstrate an understanding of the validity and the context…”

This is a key insight for leaders building responsible AI programs inside health systems:

For Dr. Phull, AI literacy isn’t just “how to use the tool,” It’s how to interrogate outputs, apply judgment, and sustain clinical reasoning.

 

AI Could Actually Return Humanity to the Practice of Medicine

He concludes in an interesting way, “In a very paradoxical way, the [AI robots] actually reintroduce humanity to the practice of medicine.”

He describes the emotional frustration clinicians express through a common phrase:

“I didn’t go to medical school to be a data entry clerk…”

Then he paints a picture of what responsible adoption could enable; “When I enter a patient’s room, I can shake their hand, look them straight in the eye, put my hands on my patient… while the documentation, the coding… is taken care of.”

 

The Takeaway

Dr. Amit Phull’s view of responsible AI adoption is practical and clinician centered. His message is clear; healthcare doesn’t need more AI excitement or “one-off” pilots that never stick. It needs tools clinicians can actually trust and use; tools that reduce friction, return time, and protect clinical judgment rather than replace it. In his framing, responsible adoption happens when AI is built with clinician input, grounded in security and verifiability, and supported by human review where it matters most. The organizations that lead won’t be the ones chasing the newest model. They’ll be the ones that make AI dependable in the real world because their workflows, safeguards, and adoption strategy are designed for trust at scale.

Dr. Phull brings a clinician-operator lens to responsible AI adoption. His insights are especially useful because they translate “responsible AI” from principle into practice:

  • Ease of use is the gateway to adoption—clinicians won’t tolerate tools that add steps, context switching, or time.
  • Trust is built through verifiability: HIPAA compliance, rigorous security, and AI outputs anchored in citations.
  • Human clinical review can be a product feature, not just a governance afterthought—Peer Check is a concrete model.
  • Medical education must protect clinical reasoning—trainees can use AI, but they must justify thinking and build a real “spidey sense.”
  • The most realistic future is a middle path: AI that augments clinicians, reduces burnout, and expands access to care.
  • The best version of Agentic AI may be paradoxical: by removing admin burden, it can “reintroduce humanity” to medicine.

Heading to ViVE 2026 in Los Angeles

Heading to ViVE 2026 in Los Angeles

Heading to ViVE 2026 in Los Angeles

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

I’m heading to ViVE 2026 in Los Angeles (Feb. 22–25) — one of the largest gatherings of health systems and payer organizations — and I’m truly looking forward to it.

Every year, ViVE brings together leaders who are shaping the future of healthcare — from health system executives and payer innovators to digital health founders and investors. It’s a unique opportunity to step away from day-to-day demands and focus on what’s ahead: AI, digital transformation, interoperability, value-based care, and the evolving patient experience.

What excites me most is the chance to learn. I’m looking forward to attending sessions that go beyond theory and focus on practical implementation — what it really takes to move from pilot programs to enterprise scale. Healthcare is at an inflection point. AI and automation are no longer experimental; they are becoming embedded in access, operations, and care delivery. The question is not whether we adopt these technologies — but how we do so responsibly and effectively.

As Co-Host of The Big Unlock Podcast, I’m also excited to connect with leaders who are willing to share candid insights. My focus is always on practical insight: how healthcare leaders are navigating innovation, scaling technologies like AI and GenAI responsibly, and driving measurable outcomes within their organizations. These are the kinds of conversations that move our industry forward, beyond hype, and into real, sustainable impact. The most valuable conversations are often the honest ones: the lessons learned, the challenges faced, and the strategies that drive measurable impact.

And of course, I’m looking forward to reconnecting with long-time colleagues and forming new relationships. Healthcare transformation is a team effort, and gatherings like this remind us that progress happens through collaboration.

If you’re attending #ViVEvent, let’s connect. Whether it’s between sessions or over coffee, I’d love to meet, exchange perspectives, and continue building toward a smarter, more connected healthcare ecosystem.

Looking forward to learning, listening, and building together.

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Day 1 at ViVE 2026: Energized, Inspired, and Focused on What’s Next

Day 1 at ViVE 2026: Energized, Inspired, and Focused on What’s Next

By Ritu M. Uberoy

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

Day 1 of ViVE 2026 in Los Angeles did not disappoint. I couldn’t be more excited about what’s unfolding at this incredible intersection of healthcare leadership, innovation, and digital transformation.

We kicked off the day with a bright, sunny California morning that matched the energy and optimism in the halls of ViVE. From the moment I stepped onto the event floor, with sessions underway, conversations buzzing, and new ideas in motion, it was clear that this year’s ViVE is a convergence of purpose and possibility.

Seeing Healthcare Innovation in Action

ViVE brings together health system and payer leaders, technology innovators, investors, and solution partners, all focused on transforming healthcare, not in theory, but in practice. This is where strategy meets execution, where real-world challenges get real-world solutions.

One of the highlights for me today was seeing how AI and digital technologies are being mobilized across the care continuum. From patient experience to clinical workflows, the narrative has shifted from “what might be possible” to “what’s already happening.” In the AI and digital health conversations I’ve engaged in, the focus is deeply anchored in augmenting people, improving outcomes, and removing friction from care delivery.

Connecting Through The Big Unlock Podcast

I’m also delighted to share that The Big Unlock Podcast continues to be featured in the ViVE Healthcare Podcast lists at the Media Village — a welcome acknowledgment of the meaningful dialogues we’ve been fostering with health system and industry leaders. Roaming the exhibit floor and seeing peers engage with the podcast’s themes — from workflow-first AI adoption to clinician-centric innovation — reminds me why we started this journey in the first place.

These aren’t abstract discussions. These are conversations about how AI and digital technologies can tangibly improve access, efficiency, and outcomes in care, grounded in the realities health leaders face every day.

What’s Been Top of Mind on Day 1

Here’s what’s stood out today:

🔹 AI Isn’t Just a Trend, It’s Becoming the Backbone of Healthcare Innovation
Across sessions and hallway conversations, AI is being talked about in terms of productivity, clinician support, and patient impact, and not just hype. There’s a palpable excitement around solutions that deliver measurable value and integrate seamlessly into how care teams operate. 

🔹 Digital Transformation Conversations Are More Practical and Immediate
Leaders are focusing on where technology intersects with workflow and culture, not only what it can do in the future. This practical lens, rooted in real operational and clinical needs, signals that the next phase of digital innovation is here.

🔹 Connection, Collaboration, and Community Matter
ViVE is a reminder that transformation doesn’t happen in isolation. It happens through shared insight, honest conversation, and bridging perspectives across the healthcare ecosystem.

Looking Ahead

As I reflect on Day 1, I’m energized by the momentum and the commitment I’ve seen from leaders across organizations. Whether we’re talking about AI that augments clinician judgment, digital tools that streamline patient access, or frameworks that support responsible technology adoption, the theme is clear: healthcare’s future is being built now, here at ViVE.

I look forward to more conversations, more insights, and more breakthroughs as the event continues. If you’re here too, let’s connect. There’s so much more to explore together.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Day 2 at ViVE 2026: From Insight to Action

Day 2 at ViVE 2026: From Insight to Action

By Ritu M. Uberoy

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

Day 2 at ViVE 2026 in Los Angeles was packed with energy, ideas, and accelerated conversations about the real work of healthcare transformation. After an inspiring opening day, today was all about digging deeper — exploring concrete approaches to emerging challenges, connecting with fresh perspectives, and prioritizing how we move from concept to measurable action.

The exhibit halls, session rooms, and networking spaces were buzzing with dialogue — not just about “what’s next,” but about how leaders are getting done what matters most in care delivery, workforce enablement, and intelligent technology adoption. 

Conversations That Matter: Workforce, Nurses, and Tech

One of the themes that stood out for me today was the focus on the healthcare workforce as an essential partner in innovation, particularly how technology can support clinicians rather than sideline them. From sessions exploring nursing’s evolving role in a tech-enabled future to practitioner stories about adoption barriers, the message was clear: technology must be designed with people at the center. 

This shift, from technology for technology’s sake to technology that solves real problems, is not just rhetoric. It was reflected in the questions attendees asked, the solutions showcased on the floor, and the collaborations forming in the hallways.

Practical Insights from Sessions and Demos

Day 2 brought a slew of engaging discussions and demos that underscored the practical side of healthcare innovation:

🔹 Operationalizing AI with Purpose
AI was everywhere; not just as a buzzword, but as a tool leaders are actively deploying to improve workflows, enhance patient experience, and support clinical decision-making. Conversations went beyond theory into use cases that reduce administrative burden and elevate care delivery.

🔹 Security, Trust, and Responsible Innovation
In a landscape where data powers everything from predictive insights to real-time clinical support, several thought leaders reiterated how security and trust aren’t optional — they’re foundational to sustainable transformation. 

🔹 Human-Centered Design in Action
The best sessions weren’t simply about “what tech can do,” they were about how organizations bring nurses, physicians, and patients into design conversations. That alignment is critical to creating solutions that people will actually use and benefit from. 

Meaningful Meetings That Extend the Day

Beyond the formal agenda, Day 2 was rich with curated and serendipitous conversations with health system leaders, innovators, and fellow practitioners. Whether we explored AI adoption strategies or debated how to reimagine patient-facing digital experiences, these exchanges reinforced a simple truth: transformation thrives at the intersection of diverse perspectives, deep expertise, and practical curiosity.

Looking Ahead with Momentum

As we wrap Day 2 and look toward the final day of ViVE 2026, the urgency to translate insight into impact is stronger than ever. We’re seeing more healthcare organizations that aren’t waiting for the perfect moment, they’re building it. They’re operationalizing solutions, elevating clinicians through technology, and centering real user needs in every conversation. 

If you’re at ViVE as well, I’d love to connect. We’re exploring AI in action, talking workforce empowerment, or simply capturing the momentum this community is creating. There’s so much opportunity for meaningful progress ahead. If you want to connect after the event because your calendar is full, feel free to drop me a note on LinkedIn.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Day 3 at ViVE 2026: Conversations That Carry Forward

Day 3 at ViVE 2026: Conversations That Carry Forward

By Ritu M. Uberoy

Co-Host, The Big Unlock Podcast

Day 3 at ViVE 2026 in Los Angeles was a powerful close to four days of learning, sharing, and connection. What stood out most wasn’t just the innovations on display or the sessions we attended, but the quality of conversations and the real-world perspectives shared by peers, leaders, and innovators across healthcare. 

One of the highlights of today for me was the opportunity to showcase insights from The Big Unlock Podcast — a space where we’ve been exploring how healthcare leaders are actually operationalizing digital transformation, AI, and workflow change to deliver measurable impact. It was energizing to see how many people at ViVE are thinking deeply about what works, not just what’s new. 

Wrapping Up with Purpose

Day 3 wasn’t just the final day — it was a moment to reflect on how ideas shared earlier in the week are being translated into action:

The Big Unlock stories on stage and off
Today’s interactions reminded me why we started the podcast: to amplify honest conversations about how leaders are tackling complexity with clarity — whether that’s embedding AI into clinical workflows, improving patient experience, or enabling teams with practical tools and strategies. Hearing people at ViVE talk about these insights or referencing real-world examples was deeply rewarding. 

Meaningful hallway and roundtable discussions
ViVE’s unique mix of structured sessions and open dialogue continues to be its greatest strength. Day 3 was a testament to the power of connection — from impromptu discussions about workflow integration to deeper exchanges on governance, trust, and the human dimensions of technology adoption. 

What’s emerging — beyond the buzz
Across the final conversations of the event, a few themes stood out:

  • AI with purpose — not just innovation for its own sake, but AI that helps clinicians, supports judgment, and reduces friction. 
  • Workforce-centered design — solutions that meet teams where they work and help amplify their impact rather than replace it. 
  • Collaboration over competition — genuine partnerships between health systems, startups, payers, and technology partners that seek shared, measurable outcomes. 

Closing Thoughts

As ViVE 2026 comes to a close, what stays with me most isn’t a single demo or a single session — it’s the collective sense of urgency and purpose in the community. Leaders here aren’t just talking about transformation — they’re making it happen, even when the path is complex and the stakes are high. 

If you were here too, thank you for the conversations, the curiosity, and the commitment to what’s next in healthcare. And for those who couldn’t make it — let’s keep the dialogue going. There’s momentum to carry forward, and real work to be done.

Here’s to turning insight into impact — now, and throughout the year ahead. For continued conversations, connect with me on LinkedIn.

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Event Gallery

Augmenting Care and Strengthening Trust with AI

Season 7

Episode 196 - Podcast with Dr. Andrea Willis, SVP & Chief Medical Officer, BlueCross BlueShield of Tennessee - Augmenting Care and Strengthening Trust with AI

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Augmenting Care and Strengthening Trust with AI
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Andrea Willis, SVP and Chief Medical Officer at BlueCross BlueShield of Tennessee, shares how payers can harness AI to advance affordable, accessible, and more human-centered care.

From her clinical roots to leading population health, quality, and health equity initiatives, Dr. Willis brings a deeply personal commitment to service. She describes how AI is being deployed across care management and utilization management, not to replace clinicians or deny care, but to augment teams, accelerate evidence-based decisions, and close gaps in care. In care management, AI-powered summarization and prompting help staff stay fully present with members while improving engagement and measurable outcomes. In utilization management, transparency, evidence-based criteria, and clear documentation remain foundational to rebuilding provider trust. She also highlights that relevance matters more than data volume, and that guided self-service must balance automation with timely human escalation.

Dr. Willis emphasizes transparency in prior authorization, cross-functional governance, AI literacy goals across the enterprise, and strong PHI protections. For her, scaling AI responsibly – through interoperability, collaboration, and measurable impact – is key to rebuilding trust and transforming the healthcare experience. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Dr. Andrea Willis is senior vice president and chief medical officer for BlueCross BlueShield of Tennessee, which has more than 6,500 employees and serves more than 3.3 million members throughout the state and across the country. She oversees total health management and pharmacy management and is responsible for achieving and maintaining clinical quality excellence, optimizing member care and medical management functions, oversight of clinical risk management and collaboration with the provider community.

Willis previously served as medical director of the BlueCross CHOICES Long-Term Services and Supports (LTSS) program. She also served as medical director for BlueCare Tennessee and Cover Tennessee.

Before joining BlueCross, Willis was director of the CoverKids program and was responsible for developing Tennessee’s federally approved State Children’s Health Insurance Program (SCHIP). She also previously served as deputy commissioner for the Tennessee Department of Health.

Willis is a fellow with the American Academy of Pediatrics. She earned a Master of Public Health from Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health and a Doctor of Medicine from Georgetown University School of Medicine. She received her Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Alabama at Birmingham.

She was recognized by Modern Healthcare as one of its Women Leaders of 2024. Additional past honors from the magazine include her being named as one of its Top 25 Minority Executives in Healthcare and one of the 50 Most Influential Clinical Executives. Johns Hopkins Alumni Association honored her with a Distinguished Alumna Award. Becker’s Hospital Review named her as an African-American Leader in Healthcare to Know. She received the inaugural Champion of Healthcare Award in Diversity, Equity and Inclusion awarded by the Chattanooga Times-Free Press in 2021.

Willis has testified in front of the U.S. Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor, and Pensions. She served as a member of the Health Advisory Board for the Johns Hopkins Bloomberg School of Public Health and the Nashville Health Care Council. She is currently President of the Board for the Middle Tennessee Chapter of the American Heart Association.


Charles: I am Chuck Christian. I’m the Vice President of Technology and CTO for Franciscan Health. Franciscan is a 12 or 13 hospital system, depending on how you count them. We cover a swath of the Midwest from just south of Indianapolis all the way to Chicago, basically following the I-65 corridor.

We have between 350 and 400 locations, including physician practices, imaging centers, lab draws, urgent cares, and oncology centers. It’s a pretty large organization. We have about 29,000 team members, both employees and contractors, at Franciscan Health.

We are truly mission focused. We are a Catholic healthcare system with a big C. We are owned by the Sisters of St. Francis of Perpetual Adoration. That means there are two sisters in the chapel praying for whatever they deem important and anything we ask them to pray for, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. That’s where the “perpetual adoration” comes in.

We are a mission-driven organization. I believe in that. A lot of our hospitals are smaller and in underserved places, and we take care of that patient population. I think we’re really good at it.

I’ve known this organization almost 40 years. The CIO previous to Charles, who is our current COO, was a good friend of mine. I was CIO of a hospital in Southern Indiana for 24 years, and Bill and I ran a similar software stack. I watched Bill and learned a lot from him as far as how he ran this large organization.

I’ve been here for six years. I joined in April of 2019, so in dog years that’s like 35 years or more. We are very busy. I’m very blessed to have an outstanding team that manages all this, and I get to stand in awe and watch everything we accomplish every day.

Rohit: That’s fabulous. Thank you, Chuck for that intro.

Ritu: My name is Ritu Roy, and I’m the Managing Partner here at Damo and BigRio, and also the co-host of The Big Unlock podcast with Rohit. Thank you for being our guest today, Chuck. We are looking forward to an engaging and insightful conversation. With that, we can dive right in and get started.

Charles: Thank you.

Rohit: Hi Chuck. I’m Rohit Mahajan. I’m the Managing Partner and CEO at BigRio and Damo Consulting. It’s great to have you on the podcast. Like Ritu said, we’re looking forward to an engaging discussion. I’d like to start with the first thought on my mind. You’re in a mission-driven organization, and you’ve been a healthcare leader for many years. What started you on this journey? Tell us how you got started in healthcare, what attracted you, and what you’re passionate about.

Charles: Well, it depends on how far back you want to go. I’m an X-ray tech, radiologic technologist if you want to use the term. The first 14 years of my career were in radiology.

I stepped out of high school on June sixth in 1971, and on June seventh I stepped into the hospital, and I haven’t left since. Interesting enough, I did a lot of things in the radiology department and became part of the management team of that department. I guess if the chief tech had not been just a few years older than me, I’d still be there, because that was the role I wanted. But Roy just retired a few years ago, and I wasn’t going to wait that long.

I’m a geek, I’m a nerd. I was a nerd in high school. It wasn’t cool to be a nerd in high school back then, but it’s cool to be a nerd now. I did a lot of programming classes on the old System Threes with punch cards. Then I learned how to code for Z80 processors.

When we started automating hospitals back in the mid-eighties, I got chosen to run the ambulatory implementation of order management after we had put in patient management. I realized I liked it, and I knew that was where healthcare was going. Radiology has been a high-tech department in hospitals for a long time. I was trying to automate the patient record in radiology, but it was so expensive I couldn’t get any funding for it.

So I jumped ship and moved over to the vendors for about five years. Eventually I was asked to move to either an implementation manager role or the director of an outsourced IT department in southern Indiana. I did that. I had four daughters at the time, and it was the right thing to do because it was a great place to raise my girls.

I spent 24 years there. It was during the time the role of a healthcare CIO was defined. When I left that job, I was Vice President and CIO. I moved to Georgia to a health system there as Vice President and Chief Information Officer. Then I came back to Indiana and worked at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, which is now the only exchange in Indiana. I had been involved with it since 2005. I worked there for a little over four years, and then I took this role here. That’s my stint in healthcare, which has spanned over 50 years.

Rohit: That’s awesome, Chuck. You’ve been there, done it, and seen it as well. I was curious because a few days ago, when we were chatting, you were talking about being either back from UGM or about to go there.

We all know it’s a week-long affair, people go deep, and there are so many things to cover. We were wondering if you could share some of your experiences or a heads-up on topics you see coming our way.

Charles: Sure. I came home with a great deal of anxiety because of trying to figure out how we’re going to do everything and where healthcare is going. The nice thing about Epic is they now cover the entire gambit. I remember when Epic started; they were only in the ambulatory space and then only in large academic medical centers. They cover quite a scope of product these days.

Now that they have grown the applications, they have de-identified shared data, which I think is going to be a plus. The two-letter acronym was everywhere, AI, and how it’s going to be leveraged and used. They did a nice job showing scenarios of how it could be used and how organizations are using it.

We’re a risk-averse organization. We’re taking a more moderated approach. We’re getting our governance in place first. We already have a few things going through the AI mill, and we will have more. We split it into two pieces, one on the clinical side and one on the operational side. Epic has both, and I think they’re well positioned to do that work. They partner with Microsoft, and they continue to do so.

They announced they are working on their own ambient listening. They have business partners already, but they are creating their own product. I assume it will be predicated on the Microsoft stack, but they didn’t say, so I don’t know.

They also mentioned they are working on their own ERP and starting with workforce management. That makes sense because the workforce is in Epic all the time. Nursing staffing, scheduling, shifts, and how all that ties together. It’s an interesting leap.

Years ago, when Lawson, before being purchased by Infor, said they would create a patient accounting platform, I was in a CHIME focus group. When they mentioned that, a bunch of CIOs in the room asked why they would do that. You need to get your ERP right first. But I think the way Epic is approaching it makes sense.

It was great. I was there for about four days and spent most of the time listening to presentations. Judy did a great job with a big screen about what’s next and what’s coming. The rest of her team did a great job showing what you can do now and what’s coming. They do a good job setting expectations around timelines. They release quarterly. We do two a year, so we’re current from their perspective but behind. We don’t have the wherewithal to immediately adopt everything when they release it, so we have to plan accordingly.

Ritu: Yeah. So Chuck, when I was reading about the UGM, it was interesting because they said their unique proposition with AI is the de-identified patient records they have in Epic Cosmos, which is more than 15 billion patient records. They said that for the first time, it can actually move toward healthcare rather than sick care because doctors can predict trends. And I think they released two new things called Emmy and Penny, which will help doctors see the trajectory of what is going to happen with patients.

So I was curious about your thoughts because you’ve been in this industry for such a long time. Do you think that this USP—this huge bank of patient records—is really going to set them on a differentiating path compared to all the other AI startups trying to do the same thing?

Charles: I think that having the data is huge, honestly. It reminded me a lot of—if you remember years ago—they had a thing called PatientsLikeMe, where people with unique and rare diseases could find others and compare notes and treatment approaches. Working at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, I know they have about 30 years of data. Not all of it is discrete, but the majority is.

One question I asked the CEO, who is a friend of mine—and a lot of researchers use that de-identified data—is that when you create an AI model and just let it learn, there are all kinds of interesting determinations you can make once you have the data. So I think it’s going to be a game changer. Epic is also trying to outdo themselves. Given the market of EHR vendors, there aren’t many left standing. There are three or four. Others are creating similar repositories, but I’m not sure they have the long-term vision or the wherewithal to get it done. Knowing the talent Judy has pulled together, I think it will be very interesting to see what comes down the pike.

Ritu: Thank you.

Rohit: Chuck, you mentioned you’re taking a conservative approach to AI adoption and setting governance before taking major steps. How do you think about innovation or typical problem-solving—for example, reducing cognitive load across the organization? How do you balance this conservative approach with the fast-paced changes happening in the marketplace?

Charles: I think we have to be very clear about what problem we’re trying to solve. There are so many solutions being thrown at us—“Hey, we can do this, we can do that”—but often it’s not a problem we actually have. So we’re trying to pick and choose which targets to shoot at.

I’m married to a critical care nurse, so I’m very careful about getting in the way of the nursing staff. She’s retired, but for me, technology needs to be invisible. If it gets in the way of people being able to do their job, then it’s a problem.

If you think about it for a minute—and I’ll give you Chuck’s opinion—we don’t really have electronic medical record systems for documenting the care of the patient. What we have are electronic systems that capture information required for billing. That’s part of the problem. We have all these required elements clinicians have to document—physicians have to dot all the i’s and cross all the t’s—to get the appropriate words in so it can be translated into billing codes, ICD-10 codes, HPS codes, and so on. It truly gets in the way of taking care of patients.

But once we get that discrete data, we can use AI and other tools to help determine a better course of treatment. You’re never going to hear me say that we should depend solely upon AI. It has to be moderated and reviewed by someone with clinical training. Physicians have shown me I’ve been wrong more times than you can imagine. Working together and having good data aggregation is important.

One thing I learned early on when implementing the first physician order entry and clinical documentation systems was that physicians said: “Don’t tell me what I already know. Tell me what I don’t know. Better yet, tell me what I need to know about the patient in front of me right now.” There are things they don’t know. That’s where data aggregation from health information exchanges helps, because patients don’t get care in one location or from one physician.

I’m living proof of that. I get care in two—actually three—health systems because that’s where my specialists are. My primary care doctor wants to know what my orthopedist did or what my cardiologist’s course of treatment is, because he’s managing my diabetes and a few other things. Having access to information—recent labs, imaging studies—is extremely important.

We talked about interoperability, and that’s where it comes into play. Most hospitals in Indianapolis are on Epic, so you can get data easily. From non-Epic systems, there are mechanisms too. When I see my cardiologist—who uses a different system—and he already knows what my medications are because they were recently changed by another physician, that’s positive. I don’t have to list everything. When they know my latest labs, that’s positive too, because we’re not hunting for information.

It’s about providing information that is important to the treatment at that moment.

I had the privilege of sitting in a presentation—maybe eight or nine years ago—at Scripps Institute. They showed a demo of what a patient encounter could be. It was very Star Trek–like. The computer or AI interacted with the physician and patient appropriately. It listened in the background and captured information about the encounter. When the physician said, “We need to order a CT scan of your lower abdomen,” it was already getting that scheduled. When the patient was ready to leave, everything was set. It was also checking for recent labs and reminding the physician if the patient—say a diabetic—was due for an eye exam or foot check.

I think it’s about having access to the information so we can inform—not determine but inform—the physicians. Because at the end of the day, physicians are accountable for the outcomes. They have to be in control, not the AI.

Ritu: Yeah,

Charles: we’re not ready for Skynet yet.

Ritu: I think you described a multi-agent system where the agents are off doing things and then bringing it all back for the physician to review. With that being said, we all know that AgTech is one of the top trends everyone’s talking about these days. What are your thoughts on voice agents? Where is Franciscan with that? Have you had exposure to or tried voice agents in the hospital?

Charles: Yeah, we’ve got a trial. We’ve got over 200 physicians working on those. Is it going to be the end-all, be-all? I don’t know. The physicians seem to like it. It assists them; it helps with their pajama time.

I’ve listened to conversations from other health systems that were early adopters, and I have to go back in time to when we were looking at automating physician practices in Southern Indiana. We visited a group of 14 family practice doctors. The husband and wife who started the practice mostly did OB and family medicine. Their use of computers was minimal—they were still mostly on paper. But they had other physicians who, I think, slept with their laptops.

The interesting thing was that depending on how well a physician adopted the computer system and molded it to how they practiced, they got to take advantage of it. I think it’s going to be the same with AI and voice agents. If they allow it to help and figure out how to incorporate it into how they think and practice, they’ll see the benefit. The systems are pliable enough now that it’s easier to do.

When I was in Georgia, we needed to automate a lot of OB practices on the same platform. One OB had been practicing almost 30 years and already had a solution he had customized. He told me I would tear it out of his cold, dead fingers. So we worked with him. The new system was more flexible and pliable than his old one, and he became a champion because he was willing to take the time to understand how he could use the technology to help him practice.

I think that’s the key. If you’re resistant to it, that’s fine—that’s perfectly okay. But people who write software often think all physicians think the same way. They’re absolutely wrong. It depends on where they trained. I learned that when implementing emergency room electronic medical records. The physicians who helped design the software were trained with a very different approach to critical thinking than our physicians. We had to relearn and figure out ways to adjust, because once clinicians are trained a certain way, it’s hard to change those habits and the way they gather and maintain information.

Ritu: Thank you. Great answer.

Rohit: Chuck, I’d like to ask your thoughts about the innovation process. How do you approach it, and what are some of the things you do to foster innovation?

Charles: One of the things we did was stand up a Tech Innovation Lab. Honestly, it was a selfish move because people were just bringing technology into the organization. All the enterprise architects report to me, and we work together to understand what will work in our environment and what won’t. We try to standardize as much as we can.

So I created the Innovation Lab to bring these innovations into a controlled environment and try them there. It’s a walled garden. It’s not connected to the rest of the network. It has its own connections to the internet. So if we blow something up, it only blows up in the lab. That’s why we did it.

What we’re able to do is bring ideas in and fail fast—figure out what works and what doesn’t. We’ve done that several times. Virtual nursing is something we’ve worked on a lot. There were all kinds of interesting opportunities brought to us. One facility went ahead and put a solution into a live patient population, and we found out quickly that’s not how you do it. You don’t test that kind of thing in a live environment. It frustrates the staff and patients, and it leaves leadership thinking, “We already tried that—it doesn’t work.”

Well, you tried what doesn’t work. Let me show you what will work.

We needed the opportunity to rapidly figure out what would work. One issue with that failed experiment was that the people who built the carts didn’t understand our environment. They put a wireless access point in the cart that was incompatible with our network. Once we got the cart, we figured it out quickly. We re-engineered it, and it works fine now—but we’re not using that cart because it was over-engineered and very expensive.

We’re trying to use standard components that can be supported and replaced quickly. The idea is to generate a lot of ideas and figure out how to use them appropriately without getting in the way.

You also have to think about the aesthetics of the equipment you’re bringing in. The first cart had a big five-wheel base—kind of a star shape. In some patient rooms, it was in the way. Nursing quickly said, “That’s not going to work.”

So we found an iPad holder that hangs on the patient’s bedroom wall when not in use. It’s out of the way, easy to access, and uses magnetic connectors so if someone snags it, it just comes apart. No trip hazard.

You must consider not only the technology but how it fits in patient rooms.

Originally, the idea was that the Innovation Lab would review the technology, understand how it fits together, and then install it in our SIM labs. We have two—one north, one south. Then the simulation teams would put it in a physician office or patient room and see how it fits before we use it in live care. That’s our next step with virtual nursing.

We also have a lot of conversations with organizations that have fully rolled out these solutions. We learn from their experiences. A mistake is only a mistake if you don’t learn from it. If you do, then it’s experience. We leverage their experience so we don’t repeat the same things, and so we can move quicker.

Rohit: That’s awesome. As we are approaching the end of the podcast, I would like to ask if you would touch on the mentorship program.

Ritu: Yes, I would really like to hear more about that, Chuck, because it’s something unique and I think it would be interesting for our listeners as well.

Charles: Just making sure we’re talking about the virtual mentoring program. After COVID, we were bringing on a lot of new nurse graduates. When you bring someone into that role, they need a more experienced nurse for a procedure they may have never done before. That usually means waiting for that nurse to come to them.

We had a couple of nursing staff in the mentorship program who came up with a way to use technology for an on-screen virtual visit with the new nurse. The experienced nurse could walk them through the procedure and be there with them, or if the new nurse had a question, they could step out into the hall, ask it, and go back in. It improved speed to delivery of care more than anything else.

It also gave seasoned nurses a chance to step away from what they were doing instead of traveling to another location. If they need to go in person, they still do, but this gave us another option. We got great feedback from both the new nurses and our more mature nursing staff, and we rolled it out through the enterprise. I haven’t checked in on it recently, but I assume it’s still running. I only hear when things break, and if it’s not broken, I’m not going to fix it. I assume the technology is still working and paying dividends.

Ritu: Thank you so much.

Rohit: So, Chuck, as we come to the end of the podcast, any closing remarks or thoughts you’d like to share before we finish?

Charles: I’ve been in healthcare a long time. Healthcare is a target rich environment for creativity and innovation. But we’re still taking care of patients the same way we did, and it’s about the human touch and caring for people.

When I first started in radiology years ago, I was taken aback that people weren’t always treated as people. They were exams. Do this gallbladder in this room, do this hip nailing in that room. I was reminded they’re people. They could be my family. They could be my children. That’s why I’m passionate about making sure the technology works and doesn’t get in the way.

Have we reached the pinnacle? No. Is it better? I think it is. But we’re still trying to figure it out every day. As long as we have great people passionate about providing outstanding care and we understand where that ability comes from, we’ll keep moving forward.

We’re a Catholic healthcare system, and our rule is we start most meetings with prayer. We are called to love one another as God loves us, and we need to remember that every day. That’s why I keep doing what I’m doing.

Rohit: Awesome.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Chuck.

Rohit: Really appreciate it.

Charles: Okay. Thanks for the opportunity to share.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com   

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

How Is AI Transforming Clinical Trials and Drug Discovery

AI is having a transformative impact on the pharmaceutical industry. The use of AI tools is dramatically accelerating clinical trials the drug discovery process by drastically cutting time and costs through predictive modeling, virtual screening, automated labs, identifying novel targets, predicting compound properties and even repurposing existing drugs, making the process faster, more efficient, and personalized by analyzing vast biological datasets to find better candidates and pathways.

On a recent episode of The Big Unlock podcast Gregory Goldmacher, M.D., Associate Vice President in Clinical Research, and Head of Clinical Imaging & Pathology at Merck Research Laboratories sat down with host Rohit Mahajan, Managing Partner at BigRio and Damo to discuss how AI is improving drug discovery and the challenges that still remain.

Dr. Goldmacher first discussed how we all know that clinical trials are very expensive and time-consuming and how there are many ways that AI can reduce both of those burdens. “AI essentially improves efficiency, which means it can accelerate every aspect of a clinical trial. In the preclinical phase, AI is being used for things like genome searches and for target identification. When it comes to drug design it can help assess molecular protein interactions and things of that nature, and in the clinical space there’s a lot of use of AI to support clinical operations. That includes things like creating documents, protocols, clinical study reports, informed consent forms, reports of various kinds.”

He went on to discuss that in every clinical trial there is a massive amount of data that gets collected and manual review of all that data is extremely labor intensive. He explained to Rohit that both “traditional AI” and newly introduced “AI agents” can absolutely help sort through this enormous amount of data for targeted analysis.

AI, Drug Discovery and Endpoints

Dr. Goldmacher described endpoints as the core of every clinical trial, since they determine whether a therapy is safe or effective.  As he told Rohit, “Endpoints are measurements. Drug trials require accurate measurements to make decisions. AI allows us to make better measurements for better decisions. He went on to illustrate with an example from his own background in medical imaging.

“Let’s take cancer as an example. The traditional way of assessing whether a cancer drug is working in a clinical trial is that you do a scan, let’s say a CT scan before treatment starts. You identify the tumors, and you pick out a few of them that you’re going to measure. Imaging continues over the course of the trial, and if the measurements shrink, that’s called a response. That’s good if they increase, that’s called progression, which is bad. What you do at each assessment point is apply a mathematical algorithm to each tumor you are tracking to determine if you are getting a complete response, a partial response or no response or progression. Then you look at all those responses, and you extract an endpoint such as objective response rate or progression-free survival based on established criteria.”

He then discussed where AI comes in, particularly when it comes to medical imaging. He explained to Rohit that in those initial scans, there is a lot of information that isn’t immediately visible to the naked eye. AI models can see patterns, pixel patterns that indicate a lot more than just how big a tumor is, but its microbiology, such as invasive vascularity or necrosis, any number of things that are not appreciable with the eye, but can be measured by a model and tracked via AI that can look for those patterns and assess a drugs specific effectiveness on a specific immuno-oncology response and not merely if a tumor has grown or not.

“In that initial scan traditionally, you are only measuring size and using that as your endpoint. There is so much more info there that could make for a more efficient trial, however human analysis of those scans to determine the tumor microenvironment is extremely expensive and time consuming -for radiologists — but not for AI.”

 

What the Future Holds for AI and Drug Discovery

Despite the obvious increases in efficiency that AI tools can bring to clinical trials, Dr. Goldmacher cautioned that challenges remain, mostly surrounding Big Data and privacy issues.

He stressed that drug development still depends on huge volumes of data spread across legacy systems. Without strong data standardization, even the most sophisticated AI tools cannot deliver reliable results. As he concluded his interview with Rohit, Greg pointed to the FDA’s evolving guidance on AI and emphasized the need for rigorous validation before using AI-derived measurements for all regulatory decisions, but underscored that with thoughtful adoption, AI can support better decisions in clinical development and improve outcomes for patients. Take a listen to the entire podcast here.

True AI Scalability in Healthcare Requires Integration and Cooperation

Insights by Dr. Chethan Sathya, Vice President of Strategic Initiatives at Northwell Health

If you are a regular listener to “The Big Unlock” podcast, you will notice a bit of a pattern in our conversations about “AI in healthcare.” Many episodes are heavy on ambition, light on execution. They celebrate breakthroughs, but they skip the messy middle: the place where promising tools either become part of daily care or quietly fade out after a pilot.

That is what makes this recent episode where hosts Rohit Mahajan and Ritu M Uberoy, both Managing Partners at BigRio and Damo, sat down with Dr. Chethan Sathya, Vice President of Strategic Initiatives at Northwell Health, worth a listen!

The episode is not built around hype, demos, or speculative futurism. It is built around the operating truth that healthcare is not short on ideas. It is short on integration, adoption, and scalable implementation. Dr. Sathya’s ubique “center of gravity” is implementation. He explicitly frames himself as an implementation scientist who focuses on making ideas usable in real-world clinical environments, and he’s clear that this is where healthcare innovation succeeds or fails. 

The conversation stays anchored to what real clinicians will tolerate, what real systems can absorb, and what leaders must do to move beyond experimentation into repeatable operational value.

The Real Scalability Problem Isn’t the Model

The primary message that Dr. Sathya had was this, scalability is not primarily a model-performance question. It’s an implementation question. He explained, “Many organizations can find smart tools. Many can run pilots. Many can produce dashboards that look promising. But healthcare is a high-friction environment. The clinical day is full. The operational machine is complex.” He then added “one more thing is, it’s not neutral—it’s costly.

That’s why Dr. Sathya emphasizes a core scaling truth, “If it’s not built for clinicians… it’s not going to work. If AI isn’t designed for clinicians and doesn’t fit their workflow, it will fail to integrate and won’t scale.”

He went on to describe how “integration” and “scalability” are less about preference and more about physics. A tool that requires extra steps, extra context switching, or extra training becomes another load on already overloaded teams.

 

Integration Beats “Innovation Theater”

One of the most refreshing parts of the conversation is how plainly Dr. Sathya talks about integration. He describes a common failure pattern that many healthcare leaders will recognize immediately: a new tool arrives that requires clinicians to take on another app, another login, another workflow, another tab, another mental shift.

Even if it’s “good AI,” it’s still friction. As he said to Ritu, “If I have to download another app… it’s not integrated into my workflow.”

Dr. Sathya then explained that from his perspective and experience, the barrier is not just inconvenience. The barrier is that healthcare workflows are already dense, and clinicians are already managing multiple systems, constraints, and interruptions. An extra step doesn’t feel like “an extra step.” It feels like something that competes with patient care.

 

Ambient Documentation is a Proof Point for Scalable AI

As the conversation continued, Dr. Sathya offered ambient documentation as a good concrete example. Why? Because ambient documentation represents a category of AI that is scaling for a very clear reason, it solves a daily pain point and fits the natural flow of care.

He notes that ambient documentation can replace scribes for many clinicians. That matters operationally because scribes are often viewed as a practical relief valve for documentation load. If a tool can reduce that burden, the value is immediately understandable.

“Ambient listening is a great example of what I have been talking about. It works, it’s easy to use, it’s succeeding right now because it’s integrated into a lot of our workflows and that’s why it’s replacing scribes for a lot of clinicians.” 

Springboarding from this example, he went on to describe what scalable AI looks like in healthcare:

  • It removes a task clinicians already want removed.
  • It works in the background.
  • It fits the normal visit experience.
  • It produces value without requiring clinicians to become tool operators.

There’s also a lesson here for strategy. Dr. Sathya explained how many AI efforts target “advanced” clinical tasks first. But the fastest scaling opportunities are often the basic burdens—documentation, routing, scheduling, triage, and administrative work that eats time every day.

 

Scalability Requires Cooperation, Not Just “Buy-in”

Dr. Sathya also said that “cooperation” has to be a cornerstone of effective implementation and scalability. He explained to Rohit that even when a tool is effective, scaling it across a large health system requires alignment across multiple groups:

  • clinicians and clinical leadership
  • operations and workflow owners
  • IT, security, and infrastructure teams
  • compliance and governance
  • training and change management
  • sometimes revenue cycle and finance

A lack of cooperation produces predictable outcomes:

  • “local wins” that never spread
  • inconsistent practices
  • tool sprawl
  • duplication of effort
  • fragile adoption that fades when champions move on

In contrast, cooperation enables standardization: the ability to take what works in one place and make it repeatable across many sites.

This is why “AI scalability” is not only a technology initiative. It is an operating model initiative.

“If you want AI to scale, you need cooperation that is structural, not personal,” Dr. Sathya said. “Without cross-functional cooperation, the default outcome is fragmentation: pockets of use, inconsistent practices, and tool sprawl. With cooperation, AI becomes an operational asset rather than an IT experiment.”

 

The Next Wave: Agentic AI Will Raise the Stakes

As the interview drew to a close, Dr. Sathya predicts that more autonomous, “AI agents” AI will begin to take off, and he links that to workforce and operational implications.

“Agentic AI is going to take off, and I think that will significantly enhance our jobs. But it will also lead to some workforce disruptions that we will have to expect and be prepared for. How we train people and adapt to this next phase is going to be what this year is all about.”  

This is a key point for scale-minded leaders. The more autonomous the system becomes, the more important it becomes to define – what the system is allowed to do, where it must ask for approval, how it escalates exceptions, who monitors quality over time, and how accountability is assigned. 

Agentic AI will not scale safely through enthusiasm alone. It will scale where governance is mature, workflows are clear, and cooperation is strong.

 

The Takeaway – Scaling What Actually Works

Dr. Sathya’s message is refreshingly practical: healthcare doesn’t need more AI demos. It needs more integrated tools and more cooperative operating models. The organizations that win won’t be the ones with the most pilots. They’ll be the ones that can standardize, support, and spread what works—because their workflows, teams, and governance are built for scale. Dr. Sathya’s strong focus on practical innovation leaves you with a practical checklist based on his unique implementation lens.

 

  • AI doesn’t scale as an add-on. If it requires extra apps, extra steps, or extra friction, adoption fades fast.
  • “Built for clinicians” is the scaling requirement. Usability and workflow fit are not optional if you want sustained adoption.
  • Time saved drives adoption. In the real world, clinicians adopt what reduces burden and is easy to use.
  • Ambient documentation is a model example of scalable AI. It removes daily work and fits the natural visit flow.
  • AI can help solve evidence overload. It can reduce the burden of staying current by surfacing and digesting clinical information at scale.
  • Agentic AI will raise the bar for governance and workforce readiness. More autonomy means more need for clear boundaries, accountability, and cross-team alignment.

AI Must Strengthen a Clinician’s “Spidey Sense,” Not Replace It

Season 7

Episode 195 - Podcast with Dr. Amit Phull, Chief Clinical Experience Officer, Doximity - AI Must Strengthen a Clinician’s “Spidey Sense,” Not Replace It

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
AI Must Strengthen a Clinician’s “Spidey Sense,” Not Replace It
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Amit Phull discusses what responsible AI adoption in healthcare really looks like, starting with trust, usability, and preserving clinician judgment. He emphasizes that ease of use and confidence in outputs are non-negotiable for clinician adoption, especially in already time-constrained workflows.

The discussion also explores why AI must be built with clinicians, not simply deployed for them, and how poorly integrated tools risk adding friction instead of value. Dr. Phull also talks about preserving a clinician’s “spidey sense”—the intuition developed through experience—while using AI to augment, not override, clinical judgment. The conversation also touches on how success should be measured beyond dashboards, including recurrent use, time savings, and reductions in burnout.

Dr. Phull states that AI, when designed thoughtfully, can help clinicians reclaim time, sharpen expertise, and focus more fully on patient care, without losing the human edge that defines great medicine. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Dr. Amit Phull is Chief Clinical Experience Officer at Doximity, where he has helped shape the company’s physician-first strategy since 2014. A board-certified emergency medicine physician with a background in computer science, Dr. Phull brings a rare dual perspective: he is both a practicing clinician and a digital health executive leading AI product development at one of the most widely used platforms in U.S. medicine.

With decades of experience at the intersection of care delivery and technology, Dr. Phull plays a critical role in bridging the gap between clinical practice and product innovation. He has a front-row view of today’s healthcare AI arms race, and a hands-on role in building tools that deliver real clinical value. At Doximity, he works closely with engineers, data scientists, and fellow physicians to test, validate, and scale AI solutions that help care teams reclaim time, reduce burnout, and stay focused on what matters most: their patients.

Dr. Phull was instrumental in the development of Doximity’s telehealth platform during the COVID-19 pandemic, and today leads clinical strategy for the company’s growing suite of AI-powered tools, including its ambient scribe tool and evidence-based clinical reference DoxGPT. A longtime champion of Doximity’s “docs and dorks” mindset, he ensures that every innovation enhances – not disrupts – clinical workflows.

Dr. Phull holds an M.D. and a B.S. in Computer Science from the University of Virginia. He completed his emergency medicine residency at Northwestern University in Chicago, where he currently serves as adjunct faculty. He also holds a faculty appointment at the George Washington University School of Medicine and Health Sciences. Prior to his role at Doximity, Dr. Phull also worked at Bain & Company.


Charles: I am Chuck Christian. I’m the Vice President of Technology and CTO for Franciscan Health. Franciscan is a 12 or 13 hospital system, depending on how you count them. We cover a swath of the Midwest from just south of Indianapolis all the way to Chicago, basically following the I-65 corridor.

We have between 350 and 400 locations, including physician practices, imaging centers, lab draws, urgent cares, and oncology centers. It’s a pretty large organization. We have about 29,000 team members, both employees and contractors, at Franciscan Health.

We are truly mission focused. We are a Catholic healthcare system with a big C. We are owned by the Sisters of St. Francis of Perpetual Adoration. That means there are two sisters in the chapel praying for whatever they deem important and anything we ask them to pray for, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. That’s where the “perpetual adoration” comes in.

We are a mission-driven organization. I believe in that. A lot of our hospitals are smaller and in underserved places, and we take care of that patient population. I think we’re really good at it.

I’ve known this organization almost 40 years. The CIO previous to Charles, who is our current COO, was a good friend of mine. I was CIO of a hospital in Southern Indiana for 24 years, and Bill and I ran a similar software stack. I watched Bill and learned a lot from him as far as how he ran this large organization.

I’ve been here for six years. I joined in April of 2019, so in dog years that’s like 35 years or more. We are very busy. I’m very blessed to have an outstanding team that manages all this, and I get to stand in awe and watch everything we accomplish every day.

Rohit: That’s fabulous. Thank you, Chuck for that intro.

Ritu: My name is Ritu Roy, and I’m the Managing Partner here at Damo and BigRio, and also the co-host of The Big Unlock podcast with Rohit. Thank you for being our guest today, Chuck. We are looking forward to an engaging and insightful conversation. With that, we can dive right in and get started.

Charles: Thank you.

Rohit: Hi Chuck. I’m Rohit Mahajan. I’m the Managing Partner and CEO at BigRio and Damo Consulting. It’s great to have you on the podcast. Like Ritu said, we’re looking forward to an engaging discussion. I’d like to start with the first thought on my mind. You’re in a mission-driven organization, and you’ve been a healthcare leader for many years. What started you on this journey? Tell us how you got started in healthcare, what attracted you, and what you’re passionate about.

Charles: Well, it depends on how far back you want to go. I’m an X-ray tech, radiologic technologist if you want to use the term. The first 14 years of my career were in radiology.

I stepped out of high school on June sixth in 1971, and on June seventh I stepped into the hospital, and I haven’t left since. Interesting enough, I did a lot of things in the radiology department and became part of the management team of that department. I guess if the chief tech had not been just a few years older than me, I’d still be there, because that was the role I wanted. But Roy just retired a few years ago, and I wasn’t going to wait that long.

I’m a geek, I’m a nerd. I was a nerd in high school. It wasn’t cool to be a nerd in high school back then, but it’s cool to be a nerd now. I did a lot of programming classes on the old System Threes with punch cards. Then I learned how to code for Z80 processors.

When we started automating hospitals back in the mid-eighties, I got chosen to run the ambulatory implementation of order management after we had put in patient management. I realized I liked it, and I knew that was where healthcare was going. Radiology has been a high-tech department in hospitals for a long time. I was trying to automate the patient record in radiology, but it was so expensive I couldn’t get any funding for it.

So I jumped ship and moved over to the vendors for about five years. Eventually I was asked to move to either an implementation manager role or the director of an outsourced IT department in southern Indiana. I did that. I had four daughters at the time, and it was the right thing to do because it was a great place to raise my girls.

I spent 24 years there. It was during the time the role of a healthcare CIO was defined. When I left that job, I was Vice President and CIO. I moved to Georgia to a health system there as Vice President and Chief Information Officer. Then I came back to Indiana and worked at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, which is now the only exchange in Indiana. I had been involved with it since 2005. I worked there for a little over four years, and then I took this role here. That’s my stint in healthcare, which has spanned over 50 years.

Rohit: That’s awesome, Chuck. You’ve been there, done it, and seen it as well. I was curious because a few days ago, when we were chatting, you were talking about being either back from UGM or about to go there.

We all know it’s a week-long affair, people go deep, and there are so many things to cover. We were wondering if you could share some of your experiences or a heads-up on topics you see coming our way.

Charles: Sure. I came home with a great deal of anxiety because of trying to figure out how we’re going to do everything and where healthcare is going. The nice thing about Epic is they now cover the entire gambit. I remember when Epic started; they were only in the ambulatory space and then only in large academic medical centers. They cover quite a scope of product these days.

Now that they have grown the applications, they have de-identified shared data, which I think is going to be a plus. The two-letter acronym was everywhere, AI, and how it’s going to be leveraged and used. They did a nice job showing scenarios of how it could be used and how organizations are using it.

We’re a risk-averse organization. We’re taking a more moderated approach. We’re getting our governance in place first. We already have a few things going through the AI mill, and we will have more. We split it into two pieces, one on the clinical side and one on the operational side. Epic has both, and I think they’re well positioned to do that work. They partner with Microsoft, and they continue to do so.

They announced they are working on their own ambient listening. They have business partners already, but they are creating their own product. I assume it will be predicated on the Microsoft stack, but they didn’t say, so I don’t know.

They also mentioned they are working on their own ERP and starting with workforce management. That makes sense because the workforce is in Epic all the time. Nursing staffing, scheduling, shifts, and how all that ties together. It’s an interesting leap.

Years ago, when Lawson, before being purchased by Infor, said they would create a patient accounting platform, I was in a CHIME focus group. When they mentioned that, a bunch of CIOs in the room asked why they would do that. You need to get your ERP right first. But I think the way Epic is approaching it makes sense.

It was great. I was there for about four days and spent most of the time listening to presentations. Judy did a great job with a big screen about what’s next and what’s coming. The rest of her team did a great job showing what you can do now and what’s coming. They do a good job setting expectations around timelines. They release quarterly. We do two a year, so we’re current from their perspective but behind. We don’t have the wherewithal to immediately adopt everything when they release it, so we have to plan accordingly.

Ritu: Yeah. So Chuck, when I was reading about the UGM, it was interesting because they said their unique proposition with AI is the de-identified patient records they have in Epic Cosmos, which is more than 15 billion patient records. They said that for the first time, it can actually move toward healthcare rather than sick care because doctors can predict trends. And I think they released two new things called Emmy and Penny, which will help doctors see the trajectory of what is going to happen with patients.

So I was curious about your thoughts because you’ve been in this industry for such a long time. Do you think that this USP—this huge bank of patient records—is really going to set them on a differentiating path compared to all the other AI startups trying to do the same thing?

Charles: I think that having the data is huge, honestly. It reminded me a lot of—if you remember years ago—they had a thing called PatientsLikeMe, where people with unique and rare diseases could find others and compare notes and treatment approaches. Working at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, I know they have about 30 years of data. Not all of it is discrete, but the majority is.

One question I asked the CEO, who is a friend of mine—and a lot of researchers use that de-identified data—is that when you create an AI model and just let it learn, there are all kinds of interesting determinations you can make once you have the data. So I think it’s going to be a game changer. Epic is also trying to outdo themselves. Given the market of EHR vendors, there aren’t many left standing. There are three or four. Others are creating similar repositories, but I’m not sure they have the long-term vision or the wherewithal to get it done. Knowing the talent Judy has pulled together, I think it will be very interesting to see what comes down the pike.

Ritu: Thank you.

Rohit: Chuck, you mentioned you’re taking a conservative approach to AI adoption and setting governance before taking major steps. How do you think about innovation or typical problem-solving—for example, reducing cognitive load across the organization? How do you balance this conservative approach with the fast-paced changes happening in the marketplace?

Charles: I think we have to be very clear about what problem we’re trying to solve. There are so many solutions being thrown at us—“Hey, we can do this, we can do that”—but often it’s not a problem we actually have. So we’re trying to pick and choose which targets to shoot at.

I’m married to a critical care nurse, so I’m very careful about getting in the way of the nursing staff. She’s retired, but for me, technology needs to be invisible. If it gets in the way of people being able to do their job, then it’s a problem.

If you think about it for a minute—and I’ll give you Chuck’s opinion—we don’t really have electronic medical record systems for documenting the care of the patient. What we have are electronic systems that capture information required for billing. That’s part of the problem. We have all these required elements clinicians have to document—physicians have to dot all the i’s and cross all the t’s—to get the appropriate words in so it can be translated into billing codes, ICD-10 codes, HPS codes, and so on. It truly gets in the way of taking care of patients.

But once we get that discrete data, we can use AI and other tools to help determine a better course of treatment. You’re never going to hear me say that we should depend solely upon AI. It has to be moderated and reviewed by someone with clinical training. Physicians have shown me I’ve been wrong more times than you can imagine. Working together and having good data aggregation is important.

One thing I learned early on when implementing the first physician order entry and clinical documentation systems was that physicians said: “Don’t tell me what I already know. Tell me what I don’t know. Better yet, tell me what I need to know about the patient in front of me right now.” There are things they don’t know. That’s where data aggregation from health information exchanges helps, because patients don’t get care in one location or from one physician.

I’m living proof of that. I get care in two—actually three—health systems because that’s where my specialists are. My primary care doctor wants to know what my orthopedist did or what my cardiologist’s course of treatment is, because he’s managing my diabetes and a few other things. Having access to information—recent labs, imaging studies—is extremely important.

We talked about interoperability, and that’s where it comes into play. Most hospitals in Indianapolis are on Epic, so you can get data easily. From non-Epic systems, there are mechanisms too. When I see my cardiologist—who uses a different system—and he already knows what my medications are because they were recently changed by another physician, that’s positive. I don’t have to list everything. When they know my latest labs, that’s positive too, because we’re not hunting for information.

It’s about providing information that is important to the treatment at that moment.

I had the privilege of sitting in a presentation—maybe eight or nine years ago—at Scripps Institute. They showed a demo of what a patient encounter could be. It was very Star Trek–like. The computer or AI interacted with the physician and patient appropriately. It listened in the background and captured information about the encounter. When the physician said, “We need to order a CT scan of your lower abdomen,” it was already getting that scheduled. When the patient was ready to leave, everything was set. It was also checking for recent labs and reminding the physician if the patient—say a diabetic—was due for an eye exam or foot check.

I think it’s about having access to the information so we can inform—not determine but inform—the physicians. Because at the end of the day, physicians are accountable for the outcomes. They have to be in control, not the AI.

Ritu: Yeah,

Charles: we’re not ready for Skynet yet.

Ritu: I think you described a multi-agent system where the agents are off doing things and then bringing it all back for the physician to review. With that being said, we all know that AgTech is one of the top trends everyone’s talking about these days. What are your thoughts on voice agents? Where is Franciscan with that? Have you had exposure to or tried voice agents in the hospital?

Charles: Yeah, we’ve got a trial. We’ve got over 200 physicians working on those. Is it going to be the end-all, be-all? I don’t know. The physicians seem to like it. It assists them; it helps with their pajama time.

I’ve listened to conversations from other health systems that were early adopters, and I have to go back in time to when we were looking at automating physician practices in Southern Indiana. We visited a group of 14 family practice doctors. The husband and wife who started the practice mostly did OB and family medicine. Their use of computers was minimal—they were still mostly on paper. But they had other physicians who, I think, slept with their laptops.

The interesting thing was that depending on how well a physician adopted the computer system and molded it to how they practiced, they got to take advantage of it. I think it’s going to be the same with AI and voice agents. If they allow it to help and figure out how to incorporate it into how they think and practice, they’ll see the benefit. The systems are pliable enough now that it’s easier to do.

When I was in Georgia, we needed to automate a lot of OB practices on the same platform. One OB had been practicing almost 30 years and already had a solution he had customized. He told me I would tear it out of his cold, dead fingers. So we worked with him. The new system was more flexible and pliable than his old one, and he became a champion because he was willing to take the time to understand how he could use the technology to help him practice.

I think that’s the key. If you’re resistant to it, that’s fine—that’s perfectly okay. But people who write software often think all physicians think the same way. They’re absolutely wrong. It depends on where they trained. I learned that when implementing emergency room electronic medical records. The physicians who helped design the software were trained with a very different approach to critical thinking than our physicians. We had to relearn and figure out ways to adjust, because once clinicians are trained a certain way, it’s hard to change those habits and the way they gather and maintain information.

Ritu: Thank you. Great answer.

Rohit: Chuck, I’d like to ask your thoughts about the innovation process. How do you approach it, and what are some of the things you do to foster innovation?

Charles: One of the things we did was stand up a Tech Innovation Lab. Honestly, it was a selfish move because people were just bringing technology into the organization. All the enterprise architects report to me, and we work together to understand what will work in our environment and what won’t. We try to standardize as much as we can.

So I created the Innovation Lab to bring these innovations into a controlled environment and try them there. It’s a walled garden. It’s not connected to the rest of the network. It has its own connections to the internet. So if we blow something up, it only blows up in the lab. That’s why we did it.

What we’re able to do is bring ideas in and fail fast—figure out what works and what doesn’t. We’ve done that several times. Virtual nursing is something we’ve worked on a lot. There were all kinds of interesting opportunities brought to us. One facility went ahead and put a solution into a live patient population, and we found out quickly that’s not how you do it. You don’t test that kind of thing in a live environment. It frustrates the staff and patients, and it leaves leadership thinking, “We already tried that—it doesn’t work.”

Well, you tried what doesn’t work. Let me show you what will work.

We needed the opportunity to rapidly figure out what would work. One issue with that failed experiment was that the people who built the carts didn’t understand our environment. They put a wireless access point in the cart that was incompatible with our network. Once we got the cart, we figured it out quickly. We re-engineered it, and it works fine now—but we’re not using that cart because it was over-engineered and very expensive.

We’re trying to use standard components that can be supported and replaced quickly. The idea is to generate a lot of ideas and figure out how to use them appropriately without getting in the way.

You also have to think about the aesthetics of the equipment you’re bringing in. The first cart had a big five-wheel base—kind of a star shape. In some patient rooms, it was in the way. Nursing quickly said, “That’s not going to work.”

So we found an iPad holder that hangs on the patient’s bedroom wall when not in use. It’s out of the way, easy to access, and uses magnetic connectors so if someone snags it, it just comes apart. No trip hazard.

You must consider not only the technology but how it fits in patient rooms.

Originally, the idea was that the Innovation Lab would review the technology, understand how it fits together, and then install it in our SIM labs. We have two—one north, one south. Then the simulation teams would put it in a physician office or patient room and see how it fits before we use it in live care. That’s our next step with virtual nursing.

We also have a lot of conversations with organizations that have fully rolled out these solutions. We learn from their experiences. A mistake is only a mistake if you don’t learn from it. If you do, then it’s experience. We leverage their experience so we don’t repeat the same things, and so we can move quicker.

Rohit: That’s awesome. As we are approaching the end of the podcast, I would like to ask if you would touch on the mentorship program.

Ritu: Yes, I would really like to hear more about that, Chuck, because it’s something unique and I think it would be interesting for our listeners as well.

Charles: Just making sure we’re talking about the virtual mentoring program. After COVID, we were bringing on a lot of new nurse graduates. When you bring someone into that role, they need a more experienced nurse for a procedure they may have never done before. That usually means waiting for that nurse to come to them.

We had a couple of nursing staff in the mentorship program who came up with a way to use technology for an on-screen virtual visit with the new nurse. The experienced nurse could walk them through the procedure and be there with them, or if the new nurse had a question, they could step out into the hall, ask it, and go back in. It improved speed to delivery of care more than anything else.

It also gave seasoned nurses a chance to step away from what they were doing instead of traveling to another location. If they need to go in person, they still do, but this gave us another option. We got great feedback from both the new nurses and our more mature nursing staff, and we rolled it out through the enterprise. I haven’t checked in on it recently, but I assume it’s still running. I only hear when things break, and if it’s not broken, I’m not going to fix it. I assume the technology is still working and paying dividends.

Ritu: Thank you so much.

Rohit: So, Chuck, as we come to the end of the podcast, any closing remarks or thoughts you’d like to share before we finish?

Charles: I’ve been in healthcare a long time. Healthcare is a target rich environment for creativity and innovation. But we’re still taking care of patients the same way we did, and it’s about the human touch and caring for people.

When I first started in radiology years ago, I was taken aback that people weren’t always treated as people. They were exams. Do this gallbladder in this room, do this hip nailing in that room. I was reminded they’re people. They could be my family. They could be my children. That’s why I’m passionate about making sure the technology works and doesn’t get in the way.

Have we reached the pinnacle? No. Is it better? I think it is. But we’re still trying to figure it out every day. As long as we have great people passionate about providing outstanding care and we understand where that ability comes from, we’ll keep moving forward.

We’re a Catholic healthcare system, and our rule is we start most meetings with prayer. We are called to love one another as God loves us, and we need to remember that every day. That’s why I keep doing what I’m doing.

Rohit: Awesome.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Chuck.

Rohit: Really appreciate it.

Charles: Okay. Thanks for the opportunity to share.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com   

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

What is the “Healthcare Trilemma” and How Can it Be Solved With AI?

The healthcare trilemma, sometimes also referred to as the “Iron Triangle,” describes the inherent trade-off between three core goals: Cost, Quality, and Access, first coined by William Kissick, the late University of Pennsylvania Wharton School Professor of Economics. The decades long dilemma has been that while it can be relatively easy to improve one or two aspects, it often comes at the expense of the third. For example, increasing access or quality often raises costs, while cutting costs can reduce quality or access, making it difficult to achieve all three simultaneously in a perfect system. Modern variations also include a fourth goal like health outcomes making it a “Quadruple Aim.”

But no matter what you call it, on a recent episode of The Big Unlock podcast Matthew Blosl, CEO of DexCare, sat down with hosts Rohit Mahajan, Managing Partner and CEO at BigRio and Damo, and Ritu M. Uberoy, Managing Partner at BigRio and Damo to share his insights on how focus, co-innovation and AI can be used to finally address this age-old issue.

A Culture of Co-Innovation

Solving all three legs of the Iron Triangle requires a certain amount of “co-innovation” particular when it comes to developing IT solutions for healthcare, however, as Matt explained, that is something that over the course of his career he saw as somewhat lacking. As he told Ritu, “Customization was often seen as a negative, particularly when you were dealing with SaaS solutions for healthcare. You created something, and it was just supposed to a ‘set and forget it’ kind of solution. But I found that kind of one size fits all approach just really could not work for the large healthcare systems I was working with.”  He went on to explain that you simply cannot adoption at scale nor reap the benefits that AI can bring, without customization and co-innovation.

“[Our job is to] innovate for a given health system. They all have different priorities. They all have different workflows. They all have different system and data capabilities, and so we look at innovation on an individual basis. We’re coming in and we’re helping innovate using obviously our core platform but making it specifically applicable to the environment in which we’re implementing it.

 

The Role of AI and the Challenge of Staying Focused

As our regular readers and listeners to our podcast know, healthcare is certainly at a nexus when it comes to AI, and Matt would certainly agree.

 “We are at a technological inflection point regarding AI implementation in healthcare.  It’s arguably the largest one we’ve seen. It’s the one that’s evolving at an unprecedented pace. Yet, what I find most interesting is that especially within healthcare, at first, there’s still a lot of apprehension around AI. Even though AI enables us to do things that we’ve never done before. It’s going to take a little bit of time to get health systems and healthcare in general comfortable with the risk associated with it.”

He then restated how “co-innovation,” again is the answer to overcoming such hesitations

“AI can deliver a lot of great things, but we really need to partner with our clients to help them understand how to do this. Getting healthcare to adopt new technologies has always been difficult and complex. There needs to be some level of empathy going beyond simply what the technology can provide.”

Yet, he admits that because AI has the power to do so many things well, it can cause companies like his to actually lose focus and try to use it to do too much.   

“There is so much that we can do to innovate within the AI space that it’s very easy for us to go outside of our lane very quickly. What we’re really trying to do at DexCare is stay focused, to simply do what we do, but use AI to do it that much better and thereby take our core strength – care orchestration – to a level that we and our clients in the industry never thought was possible.”

 

Solving the Healthcare Trilemma

Though similar in its challenges, Matt’s description of the healthcare trilemma as DexCare perceives it departs somewhat from Professor Kissick’s classic definition. For him, the legs of the triangle are: more patients, fewer practitioners, and smaller margins.

Interestingly enough, Matt believes that it may take a combination of three things to solve the trilemma: co-innovation, AI and focus.

He explained how solving the trilemma, basically how to do more for more patients with less staff and lower revenue, is the starting point of every conversation they have with a client.

“It starts with that empathy I mentioned earlier. We understand you have  a staffing issue, whether that be actual physicians, or nurses, and at the same time,  we see you are strained economically, and from there it’s very easy to apply co-innovation to look at the Dex Care platform and focus on how we can help.”

AI Succeeds Through Seamless Workflow Integration and Clinician Empowerment

Season 7

Episode 194 - Podcast with Chethan Sathya, MD., Vice President of Strategic Initiatives, Northwell Health - AI Succeeds Through Seamless Workflow Integration and Clinician Empowerment

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
AI Succeeds Through Seamless Workflow Integration and Clinician Empowerment
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Dr. Chethan Sathya, Vice President of Strategic Initiatives at Northwell Health, unpacks why healthcare innovation only scales when clinicians, public health, and AI are designed to work together.

Dr. Sathya shares his journey from surgery to journalism to public health advocacy, including leading gun violence prevention efforts. He explains why most AI pilots fail, because of poor workflow integration and clinician burden, and why ambient intelligence, tele-specialty care, and agentic AI are poised to scale. His message is clear: build technology alongside clinicians, not around them. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Chethan Sathya, MD, MSc is a pediatric surgeon, public health leader, journalist, and Vice President of Strategic Initiatives Northwell Health. He has received numerous awards and recognitions, including top 40 under 40 by Modern Healthcare, the Community Health Leadership award from the United Hospital Fund, and Top Rising Healthcare Leaders Under 40 by Becker’s Hospital Review. As Director of Northwell’s Center for Gun Violence Prevention, he spearheads an innovative, health system-wide approach to firearm injury prevention, integrating research, clinical screening, advocacy, and public health interventions. Dr. Sathya has received grants totaling more than $5 million and has published numerous peer reviewed papers that have helped significantly advance the fields of injury prevention, pediatrics, implementation science, and public health.

A National Institutes of Health (NIH)-funded researcher and reviewer, Dr. Sathya led the development of a pioneering universal screening protocol for firearm injury risk, through which over 100,000 families have been screened. He also founded the National Gun Violence Prevention Learning Collaborative, engaging over 600 healthcare institutions in evidence-based firearm injury prevention strategies. His leadership extends to national partnerships, including the Milken Institute (Senior Advisor), the Clinton Foundation, Sandy Hook Promise (Board of Directors), and White House-led health system convenings on gun violence prevention.

Beyond firearm injury prevention, Dr. Sathya has been at the forefront of public health and healthcare innovation. He has led system wide initiatives in health disparities, childhood disease prevention, social innovation, and value-based care, and has also worked closely with state and federal agencies and lawmakers to improve public health infrastructure, re-think private-public partnerships, and leverage unique aspects of social innovation to improve health outcomes. He also advises startups and major health tech firms on AI in medicine, digital health, and data-driven solutions. With expertise in implementation science, he focuses on scaling and sustaining innovative healthcare strategies.

A sought-after thought leader and surgeon-journalist, Dr. Sathya has contributed to CNN, Scientific American, The Washington Post,and TIME and has delivered keynotes at major forums including the World Economic Forum, Clinton Global Initiative, Milken Global, the White House, American Hospital Association and the National Academies of Sciences, Engineering, and Medicine. He also serves as Trauma Director at Cohen Children’s Medical Center, Associate Professor of Surgery and Pediatrics at the Zucker School of Medicine, and Affiliate Scientist at the University of Toronto. Dr. Sathya completed his undergraduate degree at McGill University, medical school and general surgery training at the University of Toronto, followed by a Pediatric Surgery Fellowship at Northwestern Medicine in Chicago. He holds a Master’s in Clinical Epidemiology from the University of Toronto and completed a Fellowship in Global Journalism at the Munk School of Global Affairs. Additionally, he pursued a Public Health program at the Dalla Lana School of Public Health and completed the Health Policy and Executive Leadership program at the Heller School for Social Policy and Management at Brandeis University.


Charles: I am Chuck Christian. I’m the Vice President of Technology and CTO for Franciscan Health. Franciscan is a 12 or 13 hospital system, depending on how you count them. We cover a swath of the Midwest from just south of Indianapolis all the way to Chicago, basically following the I-65 corridor.

We have between 350 and 400 locations, including physician practices, imaging centers, lab draws, urgent cares, and oncology centers. It’s a pretty large organization. We have about 29,000 team members, both employees and contractors, at Franciscan Health.

We are truly mission focused. We are a Catholic healthcare system with a big C. We are owned by the Sisters of St. Francis of Perpetual Adoration. That means there are two sisters in the chapel praying for whatever they deem important and anything we ask them to pray for, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. That’s where the “perpetual adoration” comes in.

We are a mission-driven organization. I believe in that. A lot of our hospitals are smaller and in underserved places, and we take care of that patient population. I think we’re really good at it.

I’ve known this organization almost 40 years. The CIO previous to Charles, who is our current COO, was a good friend of mine. I was CIO of a hospital in Southern Indiana for 24 years, and Bill and I ran a similar software stack. I watched Bill and learned a lot from him as far as how he ran this large organization.

I’ve been here for six years. I joined in April of 2019, so in dog years that’s like 35 years or more. We are very busy. I’m very blessed to have an outstanding team that manages all this, and I get to stand in awe and watch everything we accomplish every day.

Rohit: That’s fabulous. Thank you, Chuck for that intro.

Ritu: My name is Ritu Roy, and I’m the Managing Partner here at Damo and BigRio, and also the co-host of The Big Unlock podcast with Rohit. Thank you for being our guest today, Chuck. We are looking forward to an engaging and insightful conversation. With that, we can dive right in and get started.

Charles: Thank you.

Rohit: Hi Chuck. I’m Rohit Mahajan. I’m the Managing Partner and CEO at BigRio and Damo Consulting. It’s great to have you on the podcast. Like Ritu said, we’re looking forward to an engaging discussion. I’d like to start with the first thought on my mind. You’re in a mission-driven organization, and you’ve been a healthcare leader for many years. What started you on this journey? Tell us how you got started in healthcare, what attracted you, and what you’re passionate about.

Charles: Well, it depends on how far back you want to go. I’m an X-ray tech, radiologic technologist if you want to use the term. The first 14 years of my career were in radiology.

I stepped out of high school on June sixth in 1971, and on June seventh I stepped into the hospital, and I haven’t left since. Interesting enough, I did a lot of things in the radiology department and became part of the management team of that department. I guess if the chief tech had not been just a few years older than me, I’d still be there, because that was the role I wanted. But Roy just retired a few years ago, and I wasn’t going to wait that long.

I’m a geek, I’m a nerd. I was a nerd in high school. It wasn’t cool to be a nerd in high school back then, but it’s cool to be a nerd now. I did a lot of programming classes on the old System Threes with punch cards. Then I learned how to code for Z80 processors.

When we started automating hospitals back in the mid-eighties, I got chosen to run the ambulatory implementation of order management after we had put in patient management. I realized I liked it, and I knew that was where healthcare was going. Radiology has been a high-tech department in hospitals for a long time. I was trying to automate the patient record in radiology, but it was so expensive I couldn’t get any funding for it.

So I jumped ship and moved over to the vendors for about five years. Eventually I was asked to move to either an implementation manager role or the director of an outsourced IT department in southern Indiana. I did that. I had four daughters at the time, and it was the right thing to do because it was a great place to raise my girls.

I spent 24 years there. It was during the time the role of a healthcare CIO was defined. When I left that job, I was Vice President and CIO. I moved to Georgia to a health system there as Vice President and Chief Information Officer. Then I came back to Indiana and worked at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, which is now the only exchange in Indiana. I had been involved with it since 2005. I worked there for a little over four years, and then I took this role here. That’s my stint in healthcare, which has spanned over 50 years.

Rohit: That’s awesome, Chuck. You’ve been there, done it, and seen it as well. I was curious because a few days ago, when we were chatting, you were talking about being either back from UGM or about to go there.

We all know it’s a week-long affair, people go deep, and there are so many things to cover. We were wondering if you could share some of your experiences or a heads-up on topics you see coming our way.

Charles: Sure. I came home with a great deal of anxiety because of trying to figure out how we’re going to do everything and where healthcare is going. The nice thing about Epic is they now cover the entire gambit. I remember when Epic started; they were only in the ambulatory space and then only in large academic medical centers. They cover quite a scope of product these days.

Now that they have grown the applications, they have de-identified shared data, which I think is going to be a plus. The two-letter acronym was everywhere, AI, and how it’s going to be leveraged and used. They did a nice job showing scenarios of how it could be used and how organizations are using it.

We’re a risk-averse organization. We’re taking a more moderated approach. We’re getting our governance in place first. We already have a few things going through the AI mill, and we will have more. We split it into two pieces, one on the clinical side and one on the operational side. Epic has both, and I think they’re well positioned to do that work. They partner with Microsoft, and they continue to do so.

They announced they are working on their own ambient listening. They have business partners already, but they are creating their own product. I assume it will be predicated on the Microsoft stack, but they didn’t say, so I don’t know.

They also mentioned they are working on their own ERP and starting with workforce management. That makes sense because the workforce is in Epic all the time. Nursing staffing, scheduling, shifts, and how all that ties together. It’s an interesting leap.

Years ago, when Lawson, before being purchased by Infor, said they would create a patient accounting platform, I was in a CHIME focus group. When they mentioned that, a bunch of CIOs in the room asked why they would do that. You need to get your ERP right first. But I think the way Epic is approaching it makes sense.

It was great. I was there for about four days and spent most of the time listening to presentations. Judy did a great job with a big screen about what’s next and what’s coming. The rest of her team did a great job showing what you can do now and what’s coming. They do a good job setting expectations around timelines. They release quarterly. We do two a year, so we’re current from their perspective but behind. We don’t have the wherewithal to immediately adopt everything when they release it, so we have to plan accordingly.

Ritu: Yeah. So Chuck, when I was reading about the UGM, it was interesting because they said their unique proposition with AI is the de-identified patient records they have in Epic Cosmos, which is more than 15 billion patient records. They said that for the first time, it can actually move toward healthcare rather than sick care because doctors can predict trends. And I think they released two new things called Emmy and Penny, which will help doctors see the trajectory of what is going to happen with patients.

So I was curious about your thoughts because you’ve been in this industry for such a long time. Do you think that this USP—this huge bank of patient records—is really going to set them on a differentiating path compared to all the other AI startups trying to do the same thing?

Charles: I think that having the data is huge, honestly. It reminded me a lot of—if you remember years ago—they had a thing called PatientsLikeMe, where people with unique and rare diseases could find others and compare notes and treatment approaches. Working at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, I know they have about 30 years of data. Not all of it is discrete, but the majority is.

One question I asked the CEO, who is a friend of mine—and a lot of researchers use that de-identified data—is that when you create an AI model and just let it learn, there are all kinds of interesting determinations you can make once you have the data. So I think it’s going to be a game changer. Epic is also trying to outdo themselves. Given the market of EHR vendors, there aren’t many left standing. There are three or four. Others are creating similar repositories, but I’m not sure they have the long-term vision or the wherewithal to get it done. Knowing the talent Judy has pulled together, I think it will be very interesting to see what comes down the pike.

Ritu: Thank you.

Rohit: Chuck, you mentioned you’re taking a conservative approach to AI adoption and setting governance before taking major steps. How do you think about innovation or typical problem-solving—for example, reducing cognitive load across the organization? How do you balance this conservative approach with the fast-paced changes happening in the marketplace?

Charles: I think we have to be very clear about what problem we’re trying to solve. There are so many solutions being thrown at us—“Hey, we can do this, we can do that”—but often it’s not a problem we actually have. So we’re trying to pick and choose which targets to shoot at.

I’m married to a critical care nurse, so I’m very careful about getting in the way of the nursing staff. She’s retired, but for me, technology needs to be invisible. If it gets in the way of people being able to do their job, then it’s a problem.

If you think about it for a minute—and I’ll give you Chuck’s opinion—we don’t really have electronic medical record systems for documenting the care of the patient. What we have are electronic systems that capture information required for billing. That’s part of the problem. We have all these required elements clinicians have to document—physicians have to dot all the i’s and cross all the t’s—to get the appropriate words in so it can be translated into billing codes, ICD-10 codes, HPS codes, and so on. It truly gets in the way of taking care of patients.

But once we get that discrete data, we can use AI and other tools to help determine a better course of treatment. You’re never going to hear me say that we should depend solely upon AI. It has to be moderated and reviewed by someone with clinical training. Physicians have shown me I’ve been wrong more times than you can imagine. Working together and having good data aggregation is important.

One thing I learned early on when implementing the first physician order entry and clinical documentation systems was that physicians said: “Don’t tell me what I already know. Tell me what I don’t know. Better yet, tell me what I need to know about the patient in front of me right now.” There are things they don’t know. That’s where data aggregation from health information exchanges helps, because patients don’t get care in one location or from one physician.

I’m living proof of that. I get care in two—actually three—health systems because that’s where my specialists are. My primary care doctor wants to know what my orthopedist did or what my cardiologist’s course of treatment is, because he’s managing my diabetes and a few other things. Having access to information—recent labs, imaging studies—is extremely important.

We talked about interoperability, and that’s where it comes into play. Most hospitals in Indianapolis are on Epic, so you can get data easily. From non-Epic systems, there are mechanisms too. When I see my cardiologist—who uses a different system—and he already knows what my medications are because they were recently changed by another physician, that’s positive. I don’t have to list everything. When they know my latest labs, that’s positive too, because we’re not hunting for information.

It’s about providing information that is important to the treatment at that moment.

I had the privilege of sitting in a presentation—maybe eight or nine years ago—at Scripps Institute. They showed a demo of what a patient encounter could be. It was very Star Trek–like. The computer or AI interacted with the physician and patient appropriately. It listened in the background and captured information about the encounter. When the physician said, “We need to order a CT scan of your lower abdomen,” it was already getting that scheduled. When the patient was ready to leave, everything was set. It was also checking for recent labs and reminding the physician if the patient—say a diabetic—was due for an eye exam or foot check.

I think it’s about having access to the information so we can inform—not determine but inform—the physicians. Because at the end of the day, physicians are accountable for the outcomes. They have to be in control, not the AI.

Ritu: Yeah,

Charles: we’re not ready for Skynet yet.

Ritu: I think you described a multi-agent system where the agents are off doing things and then bringing it all back for the physician to review. With that being said, we all know that AgTech is one of the top trends everyone’s talking about these days. What are your thoughts on voice agents? Where is Franciscan with that? Have you had exposure to or tried voice agents in the hospital?

Charles: Yeah, we’ve got a trial. We’ve got over 200 physicians working on those. Is it going to be the end-all, be-all? I don’t know. The physicians seem to like it. It assists them; it helps with their pajama time.

I’ve listened to conversations from other health systems that were early adopters, and I have to go back in time to when we were looking at automating physician practices in Southern Indiana. We visited a group of 14 family practice doctors. The husband and wife who started the practice mostly did OB and family medicine. Their use of computers was minimal—they were still mostly on paper. But they had other physicians who, I think, slept with their laptops.

The interesting thing was that depending on how well a physician adopted the computer system and molded it to how they practiced, they got to take advantage of it. I think it’s going to be the same with AI and voice agents. If they allow it to help and figure out how to incorporate it into how they think and practice, they’ll see the benefit. The systems are pliable enough now that it’s easier to do.

When I was in Georgia, we needed to automate a lot of OB practices on the same platform. One OB had been practicing almost 30 years and already had a solution he had customized. He told me I would tear it out of his cold, dead fingers. So we worked with him. The new system was more flexible and pliable than his old one, and he became a champion because he was willing to take the time to understand how he could use the technology to help him practice.

I think that’s the key. If you’re resistant to it, that’s fine—that’s perfectly okay. But people who write software often think all physicians think the same way. They’re absolutely wrong. It depends on where they trained. I learned that when implementing emergency room electronic medical records. The physicians who helped design the software were trained with a very different approach to critical thinking than our physicians. We had to relearn and figure out ways to adjust, because once clinicians are trained a certain way, it’s hard to change those habits and the way they gather and maintain information.

Ritu: Thank you. Great answer.

Rohit: Chuck, I’d like to ask your thoughts about the innovation process. How do you approach it, and what are some of the things you do to foster innovation?

Charles: One of the things we did was stand up a Tech Innovation Lab. Honestly, it was a selfish move because people were just bringing technology into the organization. All the enterprise architects report to me, and we work together to understand what will work in our environment and what won’t. We try to standardize as much as we can.

So I created the Innovation Lab to bring these innovations into a controlled environment and try them there. It’s a walled garden. It’s not connected to the rest of the network. It has its own connections to the internet. So if we blow something up, it only blows up in the lab. That’s why we did it.

What we’re able to do is bring ideas in and fail fast—figure out what works and what doesn’t. We’ve done that several times. Virtual nursing is something we’ve worked on a lot. There were all kinds of interesting opportunities brought to us. One facility went ahead and put a solution into a live patient population, and we found out quickly that’s not how you do it. You don’t test that kind of thing in a live environment. It frustrates the staff and patients, and it leaves leadership thinking, “We already tried that—it doesn’t work.”

Well, you tried what doesn’t work. Let me show you what will work.

We needed the opportunity to rapidly figure out what would work. One issue with that failed experiment was that the people who built the carts didn’t understand our environment. They put a wireless access point in the cart that was incompatible with our network. Once we got the cart, we figured it out quickly. We re-engineered it, and it works fine now—but we’re not using that cart because it was over-engineered and very expensive.

We’re trying to use standard components that can be supported and replaced quickly. The idea is to generate a lot of ideas and figure out how to use them appropriately without getting in the way.

You also have to think about the aesthetics of the equipment you’re bringing in. The first cart had a big five-wheel base—kind of a star shape. In some patient rooms, it was in the way. Nursing quickly said, “That’s not going to work.”

So we found an iPad holder that hangs on the patient’s bedroom wall when not in use. It’s out of the way, easy to access, and uses magnetic connectors so if someone snags it, it just comes apart. No trip hazard.

You must consider not only the technology but how it fits in patient rooms.

Originally, the idea was that the Innovation Lab would review the technology, understand how it fits together, and then install it in our SIM labs. We have two—one north, one south. Then the simulation teams would put it in a physician office or patient room and see how it fits before we use it in live care. That’s our next step with virtual nursing.

We also have a lot of conversations with organizations that have fully rolled out these solutions. We learn from their experiences. A mistake is only a mistake if you don’t learn from it. If you do, then it’s experience. We leverage their experience so we don’t repeat the same things, and so we can move quicker.

Rohit: That’s awesome. As we are approaching the end of the podcast, I would like to ask if you would touch on the mentorship program.

Ritu: Yes, I would really like to hear more about that, Chuck, because it’s something unique and I think it would be interesting for our listeners as well.

Charles: Just making sure we’re talking about the virtual mentoring program. After COVID, we were bringing on a lot of new nurse graduates. When you bring someone into that role, they need a more experienced nurse for a procedure they may have never done before. That usually means waiting for that nurse to come to them.

We had a couple of nursing staff in the mentorship program who came up with a way to use technology for an on-screen virtual visit with the new nurse. The experienced nurse could walk them through the procedure and be there with them, or if the new nurse had a question, they could step out into the hall, ask it, and go back in. It improved speed to delivery of care more than anything else.

It also gave seasoned nurses a chance to step away from what they were doing instead of traveling to another location. If they need to go in person, they still do, but this gave us another option. We got great feedback from both the new nurses and our more mature nursing staff, and we rolled it out through the enterprise. I haven’t checked in on it recently, but I assume it’s still running. I only hear when things break, and if it’s not broken, I’m not going to fix it. I assume the technology is still working and paying dividends.

Ritu: Thank you so much.

Rohit: So, Chuck, as we come to the end of the podcast, any closing remarks or thoughts you’d like to share before we finish?

Charles: I’ve been in healthcare a long time. Healthcare is a target rich environment for creativity and innovation. But we’re still taking care of patients the same way we did, and it’s about the human touch and caring for people.

When I first started in radiology years ago, I was taken aback that people weren’t always treated as people. They were exams. Do this gallbladder in this room, do this hip nailing in that room. I was reminded they’re people. They could be my family. They could be my children. That’s why I’m passionate about making sure the technology works and doesn’t get in the way.

Have we reached the pinnacle? No. Is it better? I think it is. But we’re still trying to figure it out every day. As long as we have great people passionate about providing outstanding care and we understand where that ability comes from, we’ll keep moving forward.

We’re a Catholic healthcare system, and our rule is we start most meetings with prayer. We are called to love one another as God loves us, and we need to remember that every day. That’s why I keep doing what I’m doing.

Rohit: Awesome.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Chuck.

Rohit: Really appreciate it.

Charles: Okay. Thanks for the opportunity to share.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com   

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Fixing Healthcare’s “Blind Men and the Elephant” Data Problem

Season 7

Episode 193 - Podcast with Jonathan Bush, Founder & CEO, Zus Health - Fixing Healthcare’s “Blind Men and the Elephant” Data Problem

The Big Unlock
The Big Unlock
Fixing Healthcare’s “Blind Men and the Elephant” Data Problem
Loading
/
Video video

In this episode, Jonathan Bush, Founder & CEO of Zus Health, shares a bold vision for the next phase of healthcare transformation. Drawing on decades of experience, Jonathan argues that while EHR adoption is largely complete, today’s systems remain fee-for-service–oriented, creating fragmented views of patients – what he describes as the “blind men and the elephant” problem. The result: clinicians still lack a complete, longitudinal picture of the patient and rely on repeated tests and “bags full of records.”

Jonathan explains how Zus Health is re-architecting healthcare data by creating a longitudinal, always-on common patient record. Zus is an API-first platform built on an AI-enabled backbone that aggregates, structures, and continuously updates data across multiple EMRs. He emphasizes the power of network effects, where shared intelligence can eliminate redundant tests and unnecessary care.

The conversation also explores why interoperability must move beyond regulatory compliance to become core infrastructure for value-based care, and how AI-driven summarization and agentic workflows can reduce clinician burden while enabling proactive, patient-centered care. Take a listen.

About Our Guest

Jonathan Bush is founder and CEO of Zus Health, a company building the first shared health data platform designed to accelerate healthcare data interoperability by providing easy-to-use patient data at the point of care. He sits on the board of Innovaccer, and is the co-founder and former CEO of athenahealth and former Executive Chairman of Firefly Health.


Charles: I am Chuck Christian. I’m the Vice President of Technology and CTO for Franciscan Health. Franciscan is a 12 or 13 hospital system, depending on how you count them. We cover a swath of the Midwest from just south of Indianapolis all the way to Chicago, basically following the I-65 corridor.

We have between 350 and 400 locations, including physician practices, imaging centers, lab draws, urgent cares, and oncology centers. It’s a pretty large organization. We have about 29,000 team members, both employees and contractors, at Franciscan Health.

We are truly mission focused. We are a Catholic healthcare system with a big C. We are owned by the Sisters of St. Francis of Perpetual Adoration. That means there are two sisters in the chapel praying for whatever they deem important and anything we ask them to pray for, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. That’s where the “perpetual adoration” comes in.

We are a mission-driven organization. I believe in that. A lot of our hospitals are smaller and in underserved places, and we take care of that patient population. I think we’re really good at it.

I’ve known this organization almost 40 years. The CIO previous to Charles, who is our current COO, was a good friend of mine. I was CIO of a hospital in Southern Indiana for 24 years, and Bill and I ran a similar software stack. I watched Bill and learned a lot from him as far as how he ran this large organization.

I’ve been here for six years. I joined in April of 2019, so in dog years that’s like 35 years or more. We are very busy. I’m very blessed to have an outstanding team that manages all this, and I get to stand in awe and watch everything we accomplish every day.

Rohit: That’s fabulous. Thank you, Chuck for that intro.

Ritu: My name is Ritu Roy, and I’m the Managing Partner here at Damo and BigRio, and also the co-host of The Big Unlock podcast with Rohit. Thank you for being our guest today, Chuck. We are looking forward to an engaging and insightful conversation. With that, we can dive right in and get started.

Charles: Thank you.

Rohit: Hi Chuck. I’m Rohit Mahajan. I’m the Managing Partner and CEO at BigRio and Damo Consulting. It’s great to have you on the podcast. Like Ritu said, we’re looking forward to an engaging discussion. I’d like to start with the first thought on my mind. You’re in a mission-driven organization, and you’ve been a healthcare leader for many years. What started you on this journey? Tell us how you got started in healthcare, what attracted you, and what you’re passionate about.

Charles: Well, it depends on how far back you want to go. I’m an X-ray tech, radiologic technologist if you want to use the term. The first 14 years of my career were in radiology.

I stepped out of high school on June sixth in 1971, and on June seventh I stepped into the hospital, and I haven’t left since. Interesting enough, I did a lot of things in the radiology department and became part of the management team of that department. I guess if the chief tech had not been just a few years older than me, I’d still be there, because that was the role I wanted. But Roy just retired a few years ago, and I wasn’t going to wait that long.

I’m a geek, I’m a nerd. I was a nerd in high school. It wasn’t cool to be a nerd in high school back then, but it’s cool to be a nerd now. I did a lot of programming classes on the old System Threes with punch cards. Then I learned how to code for Z80 processors.

When we started automating hospitals back in the mid-eighties, I got chosen to run the ambulatory implementation of order management after we had put in patient management. I realized I liked it, and I knew that was where healthcare was going. Radiology has been a high-tech department in hospitals for a long time. I was trying to automate the patient record in radiology, but it was so expensive I couldn’t get any funding for it.

So I jumped ship and moved over to the vendors for about five years. Eventually I was asked to move to either an implementation manager role or the director of an outsourced IT department in southern Indiana. I did that. I had four daughters at the time, and it was the right thing to do because it was a great place to raise my girls.

I spent 24 years there. It was during the time the role of a healthcare CIO was defined. When I left that job, I was Vice President and CIO. I moved to Georgia to a health system there as Vice President and Chief Information Officer. Then I came back to Indiana and worked at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, which is now the only exchange in Indiana. I had been involved with it since 2005. I worked there for a little over four years, and then I took this role here. That’s my stint in healthcare, which has spanned over 50 years.

Rohit: That’s awesome, Chuck. You’ve been there, done it, and seen it as well. I was curious because a few days ago, when we were chatting, you were talking about being either back from UGM or about to go there.

We all know it’s a week-long affair, people go deep, and there are so many things to cover. We were wondering if you could share some of your experiences or a heads-up on topics you see coming our way.

Charles: Sure. I came home with a great deal of anxiety because of trying to figure out how we’re going to do everything and where healthcare is going. The nice thing about Epic is they now cover the entire gambit. I remember when Epic started; they were only in the ambulatory space and then only in large academic medical centers. They cover quite a scope of product these days.

Now that they have grown the applications, they have de-identified shared data, which I think is going to be a plus. The two-letter acronym was everywhere, AI, and how it’s going to be leveraged and used. They did a nice job showing scenarios of how it could be used and how organizations are using it.

We’re a risk-averse organization. We’re taking a more moderated approach. We’re getting our governance in place first. We already have a few things going through the AI mill, and we will have more. We split it into two pieces, one on the clinical side and one on the operational side. Epic has both, and I think they’re well positioned to do that work. They partner with Microsoft, and they continue to do so.

They announced they are working on their own ambient listening. They have business partners already, but they are creating their own product. I assume it will be predicated on the Microsoft stack, but they didn’t say, so I don’t know.

They also mentioned they are working on their own ERP and starting with workforce management. That makes sense because the workforce is in Epic all the time. Nursing staffing, scheduling, shifts, and how all that ties together. It’s an interesting leap.

Years ago, when Lawson, before being purchased by Infor, said they would create a patient accounting platform, I was in a CHIME focus group. When they mentioned that, a bunch of CIOs in the room asked why they would do that. You need to get your ERP right first. But I think the way Epic is approaching it makes sense.

It was great. I was there for about four days and spent most of the time listening to presentations. Judy did a great job with a big screen about what’s next and what’s coming. The rest of her team did a great job showing what you can do now and what’s coming. They do a good job setting expectations around timelines. They release quarterly. We do two a year, so we’re current from their perspective but behind. We don’t have the wherewithal to immediately adopt everything when they release it, so we have to plan accordingly.

Ritu: Yeah. So Chuck, when I was reading about the UGM, it was interesting because they said their unique proposition with AI is the de-identified patient records they have in Epic Cosmos, which is more than 15 billion patient records. They said that for the first time, it can actually move toward healthcare rather than sick care because doctors can predict trends. And I think they released two new things called Emmy and Penny, which will help doctors see the trajectory of what is going to happen with patients.

So I was curious about your thoughts because you’ve been in this industry for such a long time. Do you think that this USP—this huge bank of patient records—is really going to set them on a differentiating path compared to all the other AI startups trying to do the same thing?

Charles: I think that having the data is huge, honestly. It reminded me a lot of—if you remember years ago—they had a thing called PatientsLikeMe, where people with unique and rare diseases could find others and compare notes and treatment approaches. Working at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, I know they have about 30 years of data. Not all of it is discrete, but the majority is.

One question I asked the CEO, who is a friend of mine—and a lot of researchers use that de-identified data—is that when you create an AI model and just let it learn, there are all kinds of interesting determinations you can make once you have the data. So I think it’s going to be a game changer. Epic is also trying to outdo themselves. Given the market of EHR vendors, there aren’t many left standing. There are three or four. Others are creating similar repositories, but I’m not sure they have the long-term vision or the wherewithal to get it done. Knowing the talent Judy has pulled together, I think it will be very interesting to see what comes down the pike.

Ritu: Thank you.

Rohit: Chuck, you mentioned you’re taking a conservative approach to AI adoption and setting governance before taking major steps. How do you think about innovation or typical problem-solving—for example, reducing cognitive load across the organization? How do you balance this conservative approach with the fast-paced changes happening in the marketplace?

Charles: I think we have to be very clear about what problem we’re trying to solve. There are so many solutions being thrown at us—“Hey, we can do this, we can do that”—but often it’s not a problem we actually have. So we’re trying to pick and choose which targets to shoot at.

I’m married to a critical care nurse, so I’m very careful about getting in the way of the nursing staff. She’s retired, but for me, technology needs to be invisible. If it gets in the way of people being able to do their job, then it’s a problem.

If you think about it for a minute—and I’ll give you Chuck’s opinion—we don’t really have electronic medical record systems for documenting the care of the patient. What we have are electronic systems that capture information required for billing. That’s part of the problem. We have all these required elements clinicians have to document—physicians have to dot all the i’s and cross all the t’s—to get the appropriate words in so it can be translated into billing codes, ICD-10 codes, HPS codes, and so on. It truly gets in the way of taking care of patients.

But once we get that discrete data, we can use AI and other tools to help determine a better course of treatment. You’re never going to hear me say that we should depend solely upon AI. It has to be moderated and reviewed by someone with clinical training. Physicians have shown me I’ve been wrong more times than you can imagine. Working together and having good data aggregation is important.

One thing I learned early on when implementing the first physician order entry and clinical documentation systems was that physicians said: “Don’t tell me what I already know. Tell me what I don’t know. Better yet, tell me what I need to know about the patient in front of me right now.” There are things they don’t know. That’s where data aggregation from health information exchanges helps, because patients don’t get care in one location or from one physician.

I’m living proof of that. I get care in two—actually three—health systems because that’s where my specialists are. My primary care doctor wants to know what my orthopedist did or what my cardiologist’s course of treatment is, because he’s managing my diabetes and a few other things. Having access to information—recent labs, imaging studies—is extremely important.

We talked about interoperability, and that’s where it comes into play. Most hospitals in Indianapolis are on Epic, so you can get data easily. From non-Epic systems, there are mechanisms too. When I see my cardiologist—who uses a different system—and he already knows what my medications are because they were recently changed by another physician, that’s positive. I don’t have to list everything. When they know my latest labs, that’s positive too, because we’re not hunting for information.

It’s about providing information that is important to the treatment at that moment.

I had the privilege of sitting in a presentation—maybe eight or nine years ago—at Scripps Institute. They showed a demo of what a patient encounter could be. It was very Star Trek–like. The computer or AI interacted with the physician and patient appropriately. It listened in the background and captured information about the encounter. When the physician said, “We need to order a CT scan of your lower abdomen,” it was already getting that scheduled. When the patient was ready to leave, everything was set. It was also checking for recent labs and reminding the physician if the patient—say a diabetic—was due for an eye exam or foot check.

I think it’s about having access to the information so we can inform—not determine but inform—the physicians. Because at the end of the day, physicians are accountable for the outcomes. They have to be in control, not the AI.

Ritu: Yeah,

Charles: we’re not ready for Skynet yet.

Ritu: I think you described a multi-agent system where the agents are off doing things and then bringing it all back for the physician to review. With that being said, we all know that AgTech is one of the top trends everyone’s talking about these days. What are your thoughts on voice agents? Where is Franciscan with that? Have you had exposure to or tried voice agents in the hospital?

Charles: Yeah, we’ve got a trial. We’ve got over 200 physicians working on those. Is it going to be the end-all, be-all? I don’t know. The physicians seem to like it. It assists them; it helps with their pajama time.

I’ve listened to conversations from other health systems that were early adopters, and I have to go back in time to when we were looking at automating physician practices in Southern Indiana. We visited a group of 14 family practice doctors. The husband and wife who started the practice mostly did OB and family medicine. Their use of computers was minimal—they were still mostly on paper. But they had other physicians who, I think, slept with their laptops.

The interesting thing was that depending on how well a physician adopted the computer system and molded it to how they practiced, they got to take advantage of it. I think it’s going to be the same with AI and voice agents. If they allow it to help and figure out how to incorporate it into how they think and practice, they’ll see the benefit. The systems are pliable enough now that it’s easier to do.

When I was in Georgia, we needed to automate a lot of OB practices on the same platform. One OB had been practicing almost 30 years and already had a solution he had customized. He told me I would tear it out of his cold, dead fingers. So we worked with him. The new system was more flexible and pliable than his old one, and he became a champion because he was willing to take the time to understand how he could use the technology to help him practice.

I think that’s the key. If you’re resistant to it, that’s fine—that’s perfectly okay. But people who write software often think all physicians think the same way. They’re absolutely wrong. It depends on where they trained. I learned that when implementing emergency room electronic medical records. The physicians who helped design the software were trained with a very different approach to critical thinking than our physicians. We had to relearn and figure out ways to adjust, because once clinicians are trained a certain way, it’s hard to change those habits and the way they gather and maintain information.

Ritu: Thank you. Great answer.

Rohit: Chuck, I’d like to ask your thoughts about the innovation process. How do you approach it, and what are some of the things you do to foster innovation?

Charles: One of the things we did was stand up a Tech Innovation Lab. Honestly, it was a selfish move because people were just bringing technology into the organization. All the enterprise architects report to me, and we work together to understand what will work in our environment and what won’t. We try to standardize as much as we can.

So I created the Innovation Lab to bring these innovations into a controlled environment and try them there. It’s a walled garden. It’s not connected to the rest of the network. It has its own connections to the internet. So if we blow something up, it only blows up in the lab. That’s why we did it.

What we’re able to do is bring ideas in and fail fast—figure out what works and what doesn’t. We’ve done that several times. Virtual nursing is something we’ve worked on a lot. There were all kinds of interesting opportunities brought to us. One facility went ahead and put a solution into a live patient population, and we found out quickly that’s not how you do it. You don’t test that kind of thing in a live environment. It frustrates the staff and patients, and it leaves leadership thinking, “We already tried that—it doesn’t work.”

Well, you tried what doesn’t work. Let me show you what will work.

We needed the opportunity to rapidly figure out what would work. One issue with that failed experiment was that the people who built the carts didn’t understand our environment. They put a wireless access point in the cart that was incompatible with our network. Once we got the cart, we figured it out quickly. We re-engineered it, and it works fine now—but we’re not using that cart because it was over-engineered and very expensive.

We’re trying to use standard components that can be supported and replaced quickly. The idea is to generate a lot of ideas and figure out how to use them appropriately without getting in the way.

You also have to think about the aesthetics of the equipment you’re bringing in. The first cart had a big five-wheel base—kind of a star shape. In some patient rooms, it was in the way. Nursing quickly said, “That’s not going to work.”

So we found an iPad holder that hangs on the patient’s bedroom wall when not in use. It’s out of the way, easy to access, and uses magnetic connectors so if someone snags it, it just comes apart. No trip hazard.

You must consider not only the technology but how it fits in patient rooms.

Originally, the idea was that the Innovation Lab would review the technology, understand how it fits together, and then install it in our SIM labs. We have two—one north, one south. Then the simulation teams would put it in a physician office or patient room and see how it fits before we use it in live care. That’s our next step with virtual nursing.

We also have a lot of conversations with organizations that have fully rolled out these solutions. We learn from their experiences. A mistake is only a mistake if you don’t learn from it. If you do, then it’s experience. We leverage their experience so we don’t repeat the same things, and so we can move quicker.

Rohit: That’s awesome. As we are approaching the end of the podcast, I would like to ask if you would touch on the mentorship program.

Ritu: Yes, I would really like to hear more about that, Chuck, because it’s something unique and I think it would be interesting for our listeners as well.

Charles: Just making sure we’re talking about the virtual mentoring program. After COVID, we were bringing on a lot of new nurse graduates. When you bring someone into that role, they need a more experienced nurse for a procedure they may have never done before. That usually means waiting for that nurse to come to them.

We had a couple of nursing staff in the mentorship program who came up with a way to use technology for an on-screen virtual visit with the new nurse. The experienced nurse could walk them through the procedure and be there with them, or if the new nurse had a question, they could step out into the hall, ask it, and go back in. It improved speed to delivery of care more than anything else.

It also gave seasoned nurses a chance to step away from what they were doing instead of traveling to another location. If they need to go in person, they still do, but this gave us another option. We got great feedback from both the new nurses and our more mature nursing staff, and we rolled it out through the enterprise. I haven’t checked in on it recently, but I assume it’s still running. I only hear when things break, and if it’s not broken, I’m not going to fix it. I assume the technology is still working and paying dividends.

Ritu: Thank you so much.

Rohit: So, Chuck, as we come to the end of the podcast, any closing remarks or thoughts you’d like to share before we finish?

Charles: I’ve been in healthcare a long time. Healthcare is a target rich environment for creativity and innovation. But we’re still taking care of patients the same way we did, and it’s about the human touch and caring for people.

When I first started in radiology years ago, I was taken aback that people weren’t always treated as people. They were exams. Do this gallbladder in this room, do this hip nailing in that room. I was reminded they’re people. They could be my family. They could be my children. That’s why I’m passionate about making sure the technology works and doesn’t get in the way.

Have we reached the pinnacle? No. Is it better? I think it is. But we’re still trying to figure it out every day. As long as we have great people passionate about providing outstanding care and we understand where that ability comes from, we’ll keep moving forward.

We’re a Catholic healthcare system, and our rule is we start most meetings with prayer. We are called to love one another as God loves us, and we need to remember that every day. That’s why I keep doing what I’m doing.

Rohit: Awesome.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Chuck.

Rohit: Really appreciate it.

Charles: Okay. Thanks for the opportunity to share.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com   

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has completed executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.

Ritu M. Uberoy is a healthcare AI strategist, technology executive, educator, and author dedicated to advancing the responsible adoption of Artificial Intelligence across healthcare delivery, digital health, and life sciences. With more than twenty-five years of leadership experience spanning the United States and India, she is recognized for helping healthcare organizations move beyond experimentation to achieve scalable clinical, operational, and business transformation through AI.

She leads AI innovation initiatives, including the AI Center of Excellence at BigRio, where she works with health systems, healthcare technology companies, and life sciences organizations to operationalize Generative and Agentic AI solutions responsibly. Her work focuses on aligning AI innovation with clinical workflows, governance frameworks, workforce readiness, and patient trust—ensuring technology augments human judgment in high-consequence healthcare environments.

Ritu is the co-author of Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, a practical guide for healthcare executives navigating enterprise AI adoption. She also hosts The Big Unlock podcast, engaging global healthcare leaders on AI transformation and digital innovation. An active educator and speaker, she conducts executive workshops and participates in global forums like HIMSS, ViVE, Women in Tech, AI-Powered Women, RAISE, and more, shaping the future of AI-driven healthcare. Ritu holds advanced degrees in Computer Science and completed specialized AI programs at Harvard and MIT.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

AI May Improve Healthcare Access, But Will Rural and Underserved Communities Trust It?

AI May Improve Healthcare Access, But Will Rural and Underserved Communities Trust It

AI is having a transformative impact on healthcare. The innovation AI has brought to diagnostics and advanced therapeutics cannot be understated. Another area that bears mentioning is the many ways that AI could improve access to quality healthcare, particularly in rural and underserved communities; however, many challenges remain.

Certainly, AI holds immense potential to bridge rural healthcare gaps via telehealth, faster diagnostics, and better resource management, tackling shortages and isolation. Nevertheless, significant hurdles remain, including poor broadband, low digital literacy, data privacy concerns, biased algorithms, and the high cost of implementation, demanding careful, inclusive strategies to avoid worsening disparities.

On a recent episode of The Big Unlock podcast Lisa Hunter, Senior Director of Federal Policy and Advocacy at United States of Care, sat down with host Ritu M. Uberoy, Managing Partner at BigRio and Damo to share her insights on how her organization, and the federal government is addressing these issues.

For Underserved Communities it’s a Matter of Trust

Lisa noted that patients, particularly in rural areas are very used to “hands on” interaction with healthcare providers — when they can get to see one! Therefore, they are more comfortable with AI in back-office and diagnostic use cases compared to roles that feel like they are “replacing” clinicians.

As she told Ritu, “Our organization is really looking at improving the healthcare system and transforming it so that at the end of the day it works for everyday people in the United States.”

She went on to stress the need for rigorous listening, research, and language that resonates with people, so that the “patient’s voice” remains a big part of any program to bring healthcare AI into underserved communities.

“We’re following AI as sort of an issue from the patient and the everyday person’s perspective, and I think one of the things that’s occurred to us in the advocacy community is that the voice of patients and the voice of people is somewhat missing from the table right now.”

She went on to explain that when it comes to AI, her organization’s focus is not so much on technological innovation, but more on advocating for the patient in overcoming those trust issues, particularly in rural and underserved communities.


AI and Rural Health Transformation

Health inequities have long been a problem in America. Lisa discussed how the federal government’s Rural Health Transformation Program, introduced in July, 2025 is trying to change that.

“The Rural Health Transformation Fund is something that I think many people are looking at as a real opportunity for doing something big to really bring solutions to the rural health infrastructure and make improvements so that rural health across the America can certainly live out its potential to address the needs of rural America.”

She went on to explain that the program represents a “real opportunity to inject new life in rural America when it comes to healthcare.” Continuing that the initiative is huge investment – $50 billion over the span of five years – and a good portion of that budget is allocated for infrastructure and AI.


Bridging the AI Trust Gap

Despite the investment and support of the current administration for rural health transformation, Lisa still sees bridging the trust gap as the greatest challenge rural communities face in leveraging the benefits AI can bring. She told Ritu that when it comes to AI, her organization’s research has found patients in rural communities are comfortable with back-office areas, or diagnostics, but have a fear of it replacing doctors.

“Our initial research found that the closer that you get to introducing AI into situations where it seems it may be subverting or supplanting the actual physician in the room, that is when people [in these communities] become very uncomfortable.”

When asked by Ritu “what is the best way to address that gap?” Lisa said that she thinks it is going to require a lot more research. Stating that the goal is to look at specific positive use cases, ones that not only demonstrate the technological advances that AI brings to healthcare, but the cases that successfully integrate AI on behalf of patients, consumers and people.

What Does 2026 Hold for AI and Healthcare? A Look at the Year Ahead

What Does 2026 Hold for AI and Healthcare? A Look at the Year Ahead

Rohit Mahajan

“In the rapidly evolving landscape of healthcare, the integration of artificial intelligence (AI) is not just a possibility; it is an inevitability. As we stand on the brink of a new era, the potential of AI to revolutionize medicine is both exhilarating and daunting — and necessary!” says Edward Marx, CEO, Marx Advisory, in the Forward of my recently released new book, Generative AI Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare.

Ed went on to say, “… the advent of AI represents a paradigm shift unlike any other. It promises not only to enhance existing practices but to redefine the very fabric of healthcare delivery and research. While some technologies of the past never lived up to their hype, AI is likely to exceed the hype as we continue to execute on its promises.”

As we close the calendar on 2025, let’s peer into that future and take a look at the trends we will be watching in AI in healthcare for 2026, all of which I myself and my co-author Ritu M Uberoy discuss extensively in the book.


Increased Adoption of GenAI

The transformative potential of Generative AI (GenAI) is becoming increasingly apparent across many sectors, but its impact on healthcare stands out as particularly revolutionary. GenAI refers to the use of machine learning models, such as Large Language Models (LLMs), which are designed to generate new data, including text, images, and even molecular structures, that can mimic or build upon existing information. These technologies are not only redefining how we think about artificial intelligence but are also paving the way for unprecedented advancements in medical care.

In healthcare, GenAI holds the promise of transforming everything from diagnostics and personalized treatment plans to drug discovery and patient care management. LLMs excel in natural language understanding and generation, allowing them to process vast amounts of unstructured data, such as medical records, research papers, and clinical trial results. This capability has already begun to change how healthcare professionals access and interpret complex medical information, leading to faster, more accurate decision-making.

The importance of GenAI in healthcare cannot be overstated. As the demands on healthcare systems continue to grow, driven by aging populations, rising healthcare costs, and the increasing complexity of diseases, GenAI offers scalable solutions that enhance both the efficiency and quality of care. GenAI models, for example, can analyse medical images, pathology slides, and genomic data with unmatched accuracy, enabling earlier detection of conditions such as cancer. Furthermore, they can simulate chemical interactions and design novel molecules, dramatically reducing the time and cost associated with drug development.

From interpreting medical images to discovering new drug compounds, GenAI is at the forefront of innovation, offering powerful tools that can significantly improve patient outcomes.


The Rise of Agentic AI

The next big trend to watch for in 2026 will be the increased deployment and implementation of “Agentic AI” solutions. The next “big thing” that is liable to go the same route as ambient listening is “Agentic-AI.” An AI Agent is a software system powered by artificial intelligence that can perform specific tasks autonomously, making decisions based on data and learning over time; in healthcare, AI agents are utilized to analyze patient data, automate administrative tasks, assist with diagnosis, recommend treatment plans, and generally streamline clinical workflows, allowing healthcare providers to focus on patient care by handling repetitive tasks.

The extraordinary aspect of AI Agents is autonomy. Rather than merely responding to inputs with canned answers, these agents can make incremental decisions, refine their reasoning as more data comes in, and even proactively identify potential issues that require human intervention. They also demonstrate deeper contextual awareness. An AI Agent assisting in a clinical decision-support scenario can pull a patient’s history, current vital signs, and relevant medical literature, then synthesize all of this information to propose diagnostic steps or treatment adjustments.


AI Voice Agents in Healthcare

A subset of Agentic AI is AI Voice Agents. Conversational voice agents are intelligent software systems that use GenAI to have natural, human-like conversations over the phone or via chat. However, do not confuse voice agents with “chatbots.” They are far more sophisticated, capable of handling complex dialogue, maintaining context, and providing personalized support 24/7.

Healthcare is not solely about clinical diagnostics and treatments; it is equally about effective communication, education, and patient adherence. This is where conversational voice agents are already making a substantial impact. They can bridge the gap between clinical encounters by responding to patient inquiries at any time, sending personalized medication reminders, or providing explanations of lab results in accessible language. When integrated with wearable devices, agents can track daily vital signs or activity levels, recognizing worrisome trends and alerting both the patient and healthcare professionals accordingly. Patients appreciate having round-the-clock access to a reliable, knowledgeable interface that offers consistent support and reassurance. By “speaking” multiple languages or adapting content to diverse cultural contexts, AI agents can also cater to patients who might otherwise struggle with traditional, English-only healthcare resources. In doing so, these systems bolster patient engagement and can lead to better adherence to treatment plans, which is increasingly important in value-based healthcare models.

What should we expect to see trending in Agentic AI and healthcare in the year ahead? Although many current AI agents remain primarily reactive, the shift toward proactive interventions seems inevitable. Instead of waiting for a patient’s call to flag worrisome symptoms or for a clinician to initiate a data query, next-generation agents will detect patterns in real time and alert stakeholders before a crisis unfolds. An agent might discern an emerging infection trend within a hospital unit by analyzing lab orders and patient vitals, then recommend proactive precautions or resource allocation. By predicting potential bottlenecks or imminent disease outbreaks, these systems could help healthcare organizations save valuable time and potentially even lives.


Where Will This All Take Us in 2026 and Beyond?

Generative Artificial Intelligence has emerged as a revolutionary force across healthcare, reshaping diagnostic tools, therapeutic pathways, administrative workflows, and drug discovery. As we peer into the horizon, the trajectory of GenAI in healthcare appears both exhilarating and complex.

The longevity of GenAI’s impact on medicine ultimately hinges on the sustained commitment of multiple stakeholders. Clinicians who interact with AI-driven systems must maintain a critical mindset, asking hard questions about algorithmic limitations. Healthcare administrators and policy leaders should continue refining frameworks that balance innovation with patient well-being. Researchers, whether in academia or industry, will push the boundaries of what is possible with generative models, from advanced protein folding to personalized vaccine development. Each of these efforts requires long-term funding, robust data infrastructures, and progressive educational initiatives that cultivate AI literacy among medical professionals.

Given the global scope of healthcare, international collaborations and data-sharing initiatives may prove decisive in accelerating advancements. By pooling resources, expertise, and diverse patient data sets, multinational coalitions could turbocharge the learning cycles of GenAI systems. Cross-border consortia have already begun forming around topics like cancer genomics and rare disease research. Incorporating GenAI into these collaborations will likely amplify the pace and scale of discoveries, especially if ethical considerations and equitable benefits remain part of the guiding principles.

One look at today’s headlines and it is easy to see that many Americans feel frustrated with a healthcare system that seems broken and plagued by systemic inefficiencies. The government, the private sector, and medical consumers themselves are spending so much on healthcare, and yet, average people are not reaping the benefits in better outcomes. Is generative AI a cure-all for all that is broken? No. But it can provide a lot of fixes in both the near and long term.


Want to Learn More?

You can also learn a lot more about GenAI and its impact on health care by reading the book in its entirety.

Co-authored with my colleague, Ritu M Uberoy, it explores the GenAI revolution in medicine and what it means for clinicians, researchers, innovators, and policymakers worldwide. Published by Taylor & Francis Group, the book is available NOW, in print and eBook formats through Amazon, Barnes & Noble, Taylor & Francis (ebook only) and other online retailers. For more information or to order your copy directly, visit the official authors’ webpage.

AI Improves Endpoints and Evidence in Clinical Trials

Season 6: Episode #192

Podcast with Gregory Goldmacher, M.D., Associate Vice President in Clinical Research, and Head of Clinical Imaging & Pathology at Merck Research Laboratories

AI Improves Endpoints and Evidence in Clinical Trials

To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Dr. Greg Goldmacher, Associate VP of Clinical Research at Merck, known as MSD outside of the United States and Canada, explains how AI is transforming imaging, clinical trials, and early-stage drug development. Greg describes endpoints as the core of every clinical trial, since they determine whether a therapy is safe or effective. He notes that AI is not new to imaging and aligns well with pattern recognition, yet its real value lies in identifying details that humans often miss.

Greg stresses that drug development still depends on huge volumes of data spread across legacy systems. Without strong data standardization, AI cannot deliver reliable results. He also points to the FDA’s evolving guidance on AI and emphasizes the need for rigorous validation before using AI-derived measurements for regulatory decisions.

Greg highlights the opportunity to improve efficiency, reduce human burden, and generate more consistent insights. With thoughtful adoption, AI can support better decisions in clinical development and improve outcomes for patients. Take a listen.

Video Podcast and Extracts

About Our Guest

Dr. Gregory Goldmacher is currently Associate Vice President in Clinical Research, and Head of Clinical Imaging & Pathology at Merck Research Laboratories. With his team of physicians and scientists he oversees the use of imaging and clinical pathology assessments in approximately 300 clinical trials across all therapeutic areas. In addition, he leads multi-disciplinary research efforts in artificial intelligence, tumor modeling, novel oncology response criteria, and other innovative approaches in drug development. He also supports business development, strategic venture investments, data standardization, and educational initiatives.

Prior to Merck, he was a senior medical director and Head of Oncology Imaging at ICON. He has held leadership positions in numerous collaborative groups across industry and academia focused on clinical trial methods, artificial intelligence, quantitative imaging, and data standards.

Greg received his bachelor’s degree from the University of Chicago, his MD and PhD in Neuroscience from the UT Southwestern Medical Center, and his MBA from Temple University’s Fox School of Business. He did his clinical training in diagnostic radiology, with fellowships in neuroscience and neuroimaging at the Massachusetts General Hospital and Thomas Jefferson University. He lives in the Boston area.


Rohit: Hi Greg, welcome to the Big Unlock podcast. It’s great to have you on the show today. Thank you for having me, Greg. Absolutely. I’m Rohit Mahajan. I’m the CEO of Damo Consulting and BigRio, a Boston-based consulting company. Damo does strategy consulting for healthcare providers and payers and works with several pharma companies on AI, data, and analytics initiatives. I think we are in for a treat with our listeners.

Greg: Thanks, Rohit, and thank you for having me. I understand that most of the time your focus is on healthcare, and biopharma is healthcare-adjacent. It has some crossover interest, so I appreciate the invitation to talk to your audience. My name is Greg Goldmacher. I am Associate VP of Clinical Research at Merck Research Laboratories and head of the Clinical Imaging and Pathology function. My team oversees the use of scans and tissue in assessing trial outcomes and clinical trial endpoints.

Rohit: As we all know, Greg, there are so many clinical trials at this point in time. I think the number is very large, possibly approaching a million. So what kind of clinical trials do you focus on with your group?

Greg: My group has a broad base, and we support trials across every therapeutic area. We go where the endpoints are. What is an endpoint? It is a measurement of whether a clinical trial has met its objective. You make a measurement in one group of trial participants, compare it with another group, and see whether you have shown safety and efficacy.

The majority of trials where clinical imaging is used for endpoints are in oncology. Intuitively, you can think about what you measure to see whether a cancer drug is working. Are tumors growing or shrinking over time? You assess that by doing a series of scans.

There are several hundred clinical trials my team supports. The large majority are in oncology, but we also support central nervous system, immunology, cardio-respiratory, metabolic disease, and other therapeutic areas.

Rohit: That is fantastic, Greg. From what I know about clinical trials, it is a long and expensive process because patients are involved. It is usually a big hurdle for biopharma companies to complete clinical trials in a way that allows the drug to go to market. Could you tell us a little more, for listeners who may not be aware of this long and expensive process, about how this works at a high level?

Greg: Yeah, sure. I have to preface everything by saying I am speaking on behalf of myself. I am not speaking on behalf of Merck, and I will not discuss any specific Merck products, programs, or trials. I will speak broadly about biopharma, the processes, and then we can get into the use of technology and AI.

So let’s start with the big picture. There is the preclinical process where molecules are designed, evaluated for molecular properties, first in vitro and then in preclinical in vivo models. A lot of it is looking at pharmacodynamics, pharmacokinetics, the distribution of the drug in the organism, whether it is getting to its target, and preclinical safety. You also get an initial idea of dose.

Then comes the clinical part. Once you move into clinical trials, phase one trials focus on safety and establishing dose. Then there is a transition into phase two, where you look at finalizing the dose and ideally gaining some signal of efficacy. Safety information is collected throughout.

Then in phase three trials, you are really determining efficacy. These are often referred to as pivotal trials. Phase twos may be pivotal as well. Data from phase twos, if appropriately designed, and phase threes can be submitted for regulatory approval for marketing the drug.

Occasionally there are phase four trials, which typically happen post-approval and collect additional safety information or information on efficacy in the real-world setting.

Rohit: That is a great high-level intro, Greg. Thank you. Before we segue, and it is not too long in any podcast before AI comes up, we are going to talk about the use of AI and new technologies in the clinical trial process so it can be more efficient, cost effective, and faster. What are some of your thoughts on that?

And before that, if you could give some insights into how you got to this position and how you started your role. I understand you trained as a physician, so I would love to hear that story before we dive into the AI side.

Greg: I started off thinking I was going to be a basic science researcher working in a lab. In college, I was working in a lab during a summer research position, and someone said I should get an MD-PhD rather than a straight PhD because it would be easier to get research grants.

So I did an MD-PhD at UT Southwestern. My PhD was in neuroscience. I briefly thought about being a clinical neurologist, but in the mid-nineties the bread and butter of neurology was stroke and neurodegenerative disorders. In both cases, you made the diagnosis and then said good luck, go see occupational therapy because there was nothing disease-modifying.

So instead I went into diagnostic radiology. I returned to the Boston area, did my residency in diagnostic radiology, and then was a fellow at Mass General in neuroimaging. I was doing stroke imaging research and got involved in a clinical trial. I was helping run an NIH-sponsored clinical trial, and my mentor got me involved in a small industry-sponsored trial using a thrombolytic drug. They were looking at reopening of the artery on CT angiography to get an initial sense of efficacy.

I effectively became the core lab as a fellow for this trial.

A couple of years later, I was doing more stroke research at Jefferson in Philly and realized the lab was not really my jam. The chief medical officer from Icon came and gave a talk about things you can do as a physician-scientist in industry and mentioned that they had a radiology core lab. This was an ecosystem I had no idea about. You never hear about these things in medical training.

I went to Icon for five years and retrained as a cancer imager because that is where a lot of the endpoints are. Then in 2015, I came to Merck. I supported part of the cancer imaging portfolio, and then as organizational changes happened, I took on supporting clinical imaging across the entire portfolio, all therapeutic areas. Later we added clinical pathology as well, because assessing outcomes using pathology conceptually functions the same way. It is newer to have approvable endpoints based on pathology. Imaging processes had been worked out over a long time, so we were transposing those processes into that space.

Now going to the technology side of things, I like to say in radiology we were doing AI research before ChatGPT made it cool. AI is pattern recognition, and visual pattern recognition is something humans do all the time. You show a picture of a dog or a cat and you know immediately, even if you cannot describe explicit rules.

In radiology, models can see patterns that human eyes cannot, no matter how good a radiologist you are. There is a lot of interest in that. Shortly after I joined Merck, I started pulling together people from data science, statistics, clinicians, biomarker groups, regulatory, digital, and others across the organization to do research in this space.

Rohit: So given your deep experience in clinical trials and AI, especially now with new models like ChatGPT, what are some of the things you are seeing that are applicable in the clinical trials world?

Greg: So there are a couple of broad categories. Let’s start with one that is the easiest and most obvious business case for the use of AI in the clinical trials world. Then we can segue into things that are less obvious but, I think, scientifically and from a business strategy point of view, very interesting.

The easiest place to make the business case is that clinical trials are expensive and a lot of it is human resource cost. So there are many applications of AI for efficiency. In the preclinical space, AI is used for genome searches, target identification, drug design, assessing protein folding, and things of that nature.

Once you get into the clinical space, there is a lot of use of AI to support clinical operations. That includes creating documents, protocols, clinical study reports, informed consent forms, and reports of various kinds. There is also AI analysis. A huge amount of data gets collected, and manual review of all that data is extremely labor intensive. That is an area where AI can help.

One example of manual effort is the many kinds of reconciliation in clinical trials where data is gathered in one place and also in another place, and you have to make sure things match. That can be extremely labor intensive manually. That is where general AI use and specifically agents can help. You can say to an agent, retrieve data from this place, do the comparison, take an action based on the comparison, such as issuing a query to a site to ask for clarification. That kind of use is great for efficiency and is the most straightforward business case. That is being adopted across many industries, and in clinical trials where reports and reconciliation and analysis are important, it is a valuable tool.

Rohit: That’s amazing. I think that’s great to know. And then in drug development decisions, if we talk about AI applications in drug development decisions and automating tasks and making strategic decisions for the organization, what do you think about that aspect, Greg?

Greg: Efficiency is the obvious use case. The slightly less obvious but at least as impactful use case, and of course I’m speaking from my perspective as somebody who focuses on imaging assessments, is thinking about endpoints. Endpoints are measurements. Why do you make measurements? To make decisions. AI allows us to make better measurements for better decisions.

As an example, let’s use cancer. The traditional way of assessing whether a cancer drug is working is you do a scan before treatment starts. You find the tumors, pick a few to measure, add up their measurements, then do multiple scans during treatment. If they shrink, that’s a response. If they grow, that’s progression. At each assessment time point, you apply simple rules to classify as complete response, partial response, stable disease, or progressive disease. Then you extract an endpoint like objective response rate or progression free survival using rules like RECIST, a standard tool in clinical trials.

What we really care about is not tumors growing or shrinking. What we care about is patient survival. Objective response rate is a good predictor of survival at large N. When you have a large population, improvements in response rate indicate improvements in survival. The problem is that as N gets smaller, that correlation gets worse. There are many examples of drugs that looked good in early phase trials with dozens of subjects and then failed in phase three. That is a terrible outcome for patients and a huge waste of resources. A phase three trial can cost $150 million. Those pipeline decisions are made early in phase one B or early phase two.

Another application is picking the right dose of a drug. Traditional dose finding cranks up the dose until the patient has adverse events and then backs off. There are reasons why that may not be optimal. If you could compare survival in groups of 30 or 40 patients, you could get to a confident dose for late phase trials.

Here is where AI can come into its own. Scans contain information not visible to the naked eye. Models can see pixel patterns. When you look at a tumor, there is more information than size. Pixel patterns may correlate with necrosis, vascularity, or inflammation, reflecting aspects of the tumor microenvironment. If you have a training set where you can associate these patterns with a gold standard like biopsy, then you can do non-invasive assessment of the tumor microenvironment.

You could use that as a pharmacodynamic biomarker. For instance, drugs in immuno-oncology work better when tumors are inflamed. If you could measure that non-invasively across the entire patient, you could assess whether a combination partner is good. If all tumors light up with inflammation, that is a potentially good drug partner.

There is also the potential to look at early changes in tumors and directly predict survival rather than predicting shrinkage first. A downside of systems like RECIST is that they use fixed percentage changes and do not take into account kinetics. A common academic approach is to take total tumor burden and assume it consists of a treatment-sensitive fraction that decays and a treatment-resistant fraction that grows. If you fit a curve with a decay constant and a growth constant, the growth constant has been shown to be better associated with survival. That makes sense because tumors kill by growing.

The challenge is that systems like RECIST depend on picking a few tumors and measuring them. Anytime you sample, you assume the average drives the outcome, but that is not true. What kills the patient is the worst tumor, the most resistant and most aggressive. If you did not pick that tumor for measurement, you are blind to it. You want to measure everything.

You also want a full 3D outline of the entire tumor. Radiologist time is expensive, and drawing every tumor in 3D is not scalable. AI can do it. Tools do not yet automatically find every tumor, but once you point to a tumor, AI can draw it in 3D, propagate it across scans, make all the measurements, and feed that into modeling.
With a combination of direct AI assessments and assessments assisted by AI, you could get better measurements of efficacy and make better decisions about a drug pipeline, combinations, and dose selection.

Rohit: That’s a great explanation, thank you for that, Greg. So as you mentioned, a lot of this is exploratory and academic in nature. When do you see it moving into industry grade regulatory practices, because pharma, biotech, biopharma is a highly regulated industry segment? What are some of your thoughts around that space and any FDA insights you can provide?

Greg: What I would say is, first of all, with regard to the kinds of measurements I’ve talked about, you notice that I talked about using them in early phase decision making. This is purely internal decision making.

Now, as you move forward, pharma decision makers are conservative and risk averse. You have to do a lot of validation first. You validate internally, and the initial uses are internal uses. As evidence starts to accumulate, you can start building these more advanced assessments into phase two trials as exploratory endpoints.

In order for the FDA to accept a measurement of any kind, whether AI based or not, as an outcome in a trial, there needs to be strong evidence that those measurements are strongly associated with clinical benefit. Essentially, the process is that you start with internal decision making, then build it in as exploratory endpoints, then accumulate data and submit that to regulators as part of the overall package. As experience builds up, you can start thinking about using it to supplement regulatory decisions like supporting breakthrough designation or accelerated approval, and then someday potentially as primary endpoints.

The FDA put out guidance in January of this year on the use of AI in regulatory decision making. They laid out a framework for building what they call a credibility assessment framework. You have to define the context of use clearly, then assess the model risk. If you are making decisions about treatment or endpoints based on the output of an AI model, you have to consider whether it is the only factor in the decision or just a contributing factor, and what the potential risk is if it is wrong.

If you are making a treatment decision based on AI output, that is high risk. If the decision is not as directly about care, the risk is lower. You have to assess model risk and generate evidence commensurate with that level of risk. The evidence has to be generated in intelligent ways, avoiding pitfalls like data commingling or circularity. If you train a model on data and then test it on overlapping data, that can give inaccurate results that do not generalize. You have to think through all the pitfalls to build evidence the FDA can accept.

Right now, everybody is in exploratory mode and figuring out how to do this. The guidance from FDA in January was draft guidance. These draft guidances can remain in draft for years and reflect the latest thinking. There have been responses and published analyses, and pharma and bio have generated organized responses. That is where I would suggest people go to read about the FDA’s thinking.

The bottom line is whatever you are thinking of doing with AI in biopharma, if you want to bring it to regulators eventually, you need to engage early. Sit down and say, here is our plan, here is the technology, here is the data we trained it on, here is how we validated it, here is the context of use, here is the risk, and use that to build the credibility assessment framework.

Rohit: That’s amazing. And then Greg, you are AI in a very large biopharma organization. What are some of the challenges you run into in such environments and how do you overcome them? What are some strategies that you have followed successfully, if you would like to share?

Greg: Sure. So it’s a great question. One thing that big pharma has in massive amounts is data. If you are in a pharma that has run a large clinical development program, you are drowning in data. Some challenges are around data standardization. You will have legacy systems, and a big pharma may have dozens of legacy systems that collect data and cannot necessarily talk to each other. When you want a model to look at data, it helps to have a data standard.

That is something that helped radiology, which adopted AI early because radiology has the DICOM data standard. No matter the scanner manufacturer, they all generate DICOM data. That was possible because there were only a few major equipment manufacturers whose data engineers could agree on a standard. Other kinds of data are not standardized that way. That is an important challenge and a market opportunity for companies that want to create tools to interconvert, harmonize, and unify data. AI would be useful for this.

Another aspect is sensitivity around data access and patient consent in clinical trials. Clinical trial data is sensitive, and you have to put risk mitigation strategies in place to ensure you are not generating outputs that confuse or undermine what is known about a medication. You also have to think about whether subjects in a trial consented to that use of their data. The mitigation is working with people writing informed consent language to clarify that these additional uses are permissible.

Finally, aside from data, there is the people side. Data scientists and AI engineers are brilliant, but they may not understand the problems that need to be solved. They may come up with solutions in search of problems or solutions that are difficult to apply. Any organization building an AI team needs to bring together people who understand the challenges, like clinical developers and strategists, with people who understand the tools, like data scientists and statisticians. Statisticians are critical because of pitfalls like overlapping data and overtraining. What you want in an AI team is a multidimensional view of the problems and tools, and collaboration to solve the problems.

Rohit: That’s a great insight. So as we come to the end of the podcast, Greg, what are your thoughts for the future? When you look into the crystal glass, what small, medium, or big changes do you see coming our way?

Greg: People are enthusiastic that it will do everything, walk your dog, run your clinical trial, and butter your bread. AI is a set of tools, potentially very powerful, but you have to use it with caution because how you train and validate it matters.

In the future, what I envision is the early phase of drug development getting faster as AI is applied to molecule design, preclinical aspects, and extracting more information in clinical development from each subject. In later phases, AI will make trials more efficient in workload, resourcing, and insights around recruitment, like where to find the right patients.

So I see an acceleration of drug development through each stage that AI can enable as long as it is done with appropriate ethical safeguards and scientific rigor.

Rohit: Absolutely. And it will bring drugs to market faster if we are able to envision that. Thank you, Greg. I really appreciate it. These were very insightful thoughts you provided in this podcast. Anything you would like to say in closing?

Greg: Thank you very much for inviting me, and I look forward to seeing some other guests on your show now that I am aware of it.

Rohit: Thank you, Greg. Really appreciate it.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy has over twenty-five years of experience in the software and information technology industry in the United States and in India. She established Saviance Technologies in India and has been involved in the delivery of several successful software projects and products to clients in various industry segments.

Ritu completed AI for Health Care: Concepts and Applications from the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health and Applied Generative AI for Digital Transformation from MIT Professional Education. She has successfully taught Gen AI concepts in a classroom setting in Houston and in workshop settings to C-Suite leaders in Boston and Cleveland. She attended HIMSS in March 2024 at Orlando and the Imagination in Action AI Summit at MIT in April 2024. She is also responsible for the GenAI Center of Excellence at BigRio and DigiMTM Digital Maturity Model and Assessment at Damo.

Ritu earned her Bachelor’s degree in Computer Science from Delhi Institute of Technology (now NSIT) and a Master’s degree in Computer Science from Santa Clara University in California. She has participated in the Fellow’s program at The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

About the Host

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has previously also worked with IBM and Wipro. He completed his executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.​

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Top 10 AI Trends Shaping Healthcare in 2025: Insights from Season 6 of The Big Unlock

Season 6 of The Big Unlock podcast captures a defining moment for healthcare. Across conversations with CIOs, CMIOs, CMOs, CAIOs, digital transformation leaders, and innovators, one message comes through clearly: artificial intelligence has moved beyond experimentation. In 2025, AI is no longer something healthcare organizations are “exploring,” it is becoming embedded into how care is delivered, how work gets done, and how health systems think about scale, sustainability, and growth.

Season 6 reveals a deeper transformation, leaders are rethinking workflows, workforce models, patient access, governance, and the economics of care, with AI acting as an accelerator rather than a silver bullet. 

Here are the Top 10 trends discussed throughout the 2025 season, a reflection of what healthcare leaders are prioritizing today and where the industry is headed next.

 

AI Is Becoming Operational: Moving Beyond Pilots to Real Outcomes

One of the strongest signals from Season 6 is that AI has crossed the pilot phase. Health systems are no longer satisfied with proofs of concept; they are demanding measurable, operational impact.

Guests across the season described how AI is now embedded into day-to-day workflows, from clinical documentation and scheduling to capacity management and care coordination. These deployments are delivering tangible results: reduced clinician burnout, improved access, faster turnaround times, and more efficient use of limited resources.

What differentiates successful organizations is not the sophistication of the technology, but the discipline of implementation. Leaders emphasized that operational AI requires governance, workflow redesign, and ongoing measurement – not one-off experiments.

The message is clear: 2025 is the year AI became real for providers.

 

The Rise of Ambient Clinical Technology

Ambient clinical listening emerged as one of the most discussed and widely adopted technologies in Season 6. Rather than being framed as a documentation shortcut, ambient technology was described as a fundamental shift in how clinicians experience care delivery.

By capturing conversations in real time and generating structured clinical notes, ambient tools reduce after-hours documentation and allow clinicians to remain fully present with patients. The result is not only time savings, but also better clinician-patient relationships and improved note quality.

At the same time, guests were clear that success depends on thoughtful rollout. Training, trust, and change management are critical. When implemented responsibly, ambient technology is quickly becoming foundational to modern clinical practice.

 

The Shift to Agentic AI and AI-Native Healthcare Design

Season 6 marks a noticeable shift from generative AI that supports tasks to agentic AI that can take action. Leaders discussed AI agents that can handle referrals, manage prior authorization workflows, coordinate care tasks, and support operational decision-making.

This evolution signals a broader transformation toward AI-native healthcare design. Instead of layering AI on top of existing processes, organizations are beginning to redesign workflows around intelligent systems that operate within defined guardrails and escalate to humans when needed.

While still early, these discussions make it clear that agentic AI will play a critical role in scaling care delivery without proportionally increasing workforce size.

 

Workforce Augmentation: AI as a Partner, not a Replacement

Across Season 6, leaders were remarkably aligned on one point: AI is not about replacing clinicians, it is about enabling them.

Guests described how AI is taking on repetitive, administrative, and low-value tasks, allowing clinicians to focus on complex decision-making, patient relationships, and care quality. This shift is particularly important in an environment marked by workforce shortages and burnout.

However, adoption depends on trust. Clinicians need to understand how AI works, where its limits are, and how decisions are made. Season 6 reinforces that the future workforce will be defined by effective collaboration between humans and intelligent systems.

A recurring message: AI should free clinicians to practice at the top of their license.

 

Data Infrastructure & Interoperability Are Now Strategic Priorities

Another recurring theme is the realization that AI success is fundamentally a data problem. Without clean, connected, and interoperable data, even the most advanced models fail to deliver value.

Guests emphasized investments in cloud platforms, standardized data pipelines, and interoperability frameworks. Pediatric networks, population health initiatives, and enterprise AI strategies all pointed to the same conclusion: data infrastructure is no longer a back-office concern, it is core to clinical and operational strategy.

In 2025, data readiness is increasingly viewed as a prerequisite for innovation rather than a downstream technical task.

Data modernization is no longer an IT project, it is enterprise strategy.

 

The Importance of Responsible AI, Governance & Safety

As AI adoption accelerates, Season 6 makes it clear that governance has become a top priority. Leaders spoke openly about the risks of deploying AI without appropriate oversight, particularly in clinical and administrative decision-making.

Many organizations have established formal AI governance structures that include clinicians, technologists, compliance teams, and executive leadership. These groups are responsible for evaluating use cases, monitoring bias, ensuring safety, and setting boundaries for automation.

Rather than slowing progress, responsible AI practices are helping organizations scale with confidence and build trust among clinicians and patients alike.

The theme: Responsible innovation is not optional, it’s foundational to trust.

 

Digital Care Navigation Is Becoming the New Front Door

Several episodes highlighted a shift in how patients access and experience care. Digital care navigation platforms are increasingly serving as the “front door” to healthcare, guiding patients to the right care setting at the right time.

AI-powered navigation tools help reduce friction, improve access, and optimize system capacity. For health systems, they also play a critical role in managing demand, improving patient satisfaction, and supporting growth strategies.

Season 6 positions digital navigation not as a consumer add-on, but as essential infrastructure for modern healthcare delivery.

 

AI in Revenue Cycle and Administrative Simplification

While clinical use cases often dominate AI conversations, Season 6 repeatedly underscored the massive opportunity in administrative and revenue-cycle workflows.

Leaders discussed how AI can streamline prior authorizations, reduce denials, improve documentation accuracy, and automate routine administrative tasks. Given the scale of administrative costs in healthcare, even modest efficiency gains can have outsized financial impact.

These discussions reinforce that some of AI’s most immediate and sustainable value lies in simplifying the non-clinical work that burdens care teams and organizations.

This is one of the most financially meaningful areas for AI in 2025.

 

Co-Innovation Models Between Health Systems and Technology Partners

Another important trend is the rise of co-innovation models. Rather than buying off-the-shelf solutions, health systems are increasingly partnering with technology companies to build solutions together.

This approach allows tools to be shaped by real-world clinical workflows and operational constraints. It also accelerates adoption, as clinicians and leaders have a stake in the solution from the outset.

Season 6 shows that co-innovation is becoming a preferred path for developing scalable, relevant, and trusted digital solutions.

 

The “Healthcare Trilemma”: Rising Demand, Workforce Shortages & Margin Pressure

The final trend ties many of the season’s themes together. In the episode focused on solving healthcare’s trilemma, leaders articulated a structural challenge facing nearly every health system: rising patient demand, persistent workforce shortages, and increasing financial pressure.

The conversation emphasized that traditional growth models. hiring more staff or adding more facilities, are no longer sufficient. Instead, organizations must focus on disciplined prioritization, co-innovation, and AI-enabled orchestration of care.

This trend reinforces a central message of Season 6: AI is not just a tool for efficiency. It is becoming essential to healthcare’s long-term resilience and sustainability.

 

Looking Ahead: Setting the Stage for Healthcare’s AI-Driven Future in 2026 

The conversations in Season 6 of The Big Unlock paint a clear picture of healthcare in 2025. AI is no longer peripheral. It is reshaping how care is delivered, how clinicians work, how patients access services, and how health systems remain viable in an increasingly complex environment.

The real “big unlock” is not adopting AI for its own sake, but using it to redesign healthcare around people, data, and intelligent systems – responsibly, thoughtfully, and at scale.

The “big unlock” for 2025 is not simply adopting AI tools.
It is redesigning healthcare around AI, moving from incremental change to structural transformation. Health systems that embrace these themes will shape the next decade of healthcare delivery.

Rural Health Transformation and the Future of Patient-First Care

Season 6: Episode #191

Podcast with Lisa Hunter,
Senior Director of Federal Policy
& Advocacy, United States of Care

Rural Health Transformation and the Future of Patient-First Care

To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Lisa Hunter, Senior Director of Federal Policy and Advocacy at United States of Care, discusses how her organization is working to ensure every American has access to affordable, high-quality care, with a particular focus on rural communities. She explains the new Rural Health Transformation Program—a 50-billion-dollar, five-year federal investment that gives states a rare opportunity to redesign rural health delivery, address workforce gaps, and move toward “patient first care” models that emphasize coordination, whole-person care, and sustainable payment structures.​​

Lisa highlights a growing trust gap around AI in healthcare, noting that patients are more comfortable with AI in back-office and ambient use cases compared to roles that feel like they replace clinicians. She stresses the need for rigorous listening, research, and language that resonates with people, so policy and technology decisions reflect real experiences rather than abstract concepts. Take a listen.

Video Podcast and Extracts

About Our Guest

In her role as Senior Director of Federal Policy & Advocacy at USofCare, Lisa leads a team of policy experts and strategists to advance the organization’s health advocacy agenda with Congress and the administration. Her work largely focuses on affordability, access, and translating what people want and need from the health care system into policy solutions for federal uptake. Lisa brings to the USofCare almost twenty years of experience working to expand access to affordable health care through roles in the federal government, nonprofits, electoral campaigns, and the private sector.

Most recently, Lisa led strategic partnerships at Families USA, and oversaw advocacy and government affairs at the Better Medicare Alliance. Prior to joining the advocacy community, Lisa spent several years as a consultant with Avalere Health helping clients operationalize regulations with respect to the Affordable Care Act and Medicare Advantage. Early in her career she served as a political appointee at the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services during the Obama Administration, as a Congressional staffer, and as a Peace Corps volunteer teaching literacy at a primary school in Guyana. Lisa’s expertise on health policy implications for everyday people appear in media outlets such as the New York Times, Axios, Politico, Inside Health Policy, The Hill, Fierce Healthcare, and others.


Q: Hi, Dr. Michael Docktor, welcome to our Big Unlock podcast. We are really happy to have you as a guest on our show. Uh, it’s on our sixth season now, and, uh, we are looking forward to this conversation. I’m sure we’ll have a very engaging and interesting conversation about dog health, about healthcare in general, and the new trends about AI and all the buzzwords that people want to hear. Welcome to our show — we’d like to start with introductions. Happy to have you give your introduction. Thank you.

Michael: Yeah, thank you so much for having me. Yeah, I’m Michael Docktor, co-founder and CEO of Dock Health. I’m an ologist by trade. I am now on this, uh, healthcare venture outside of Boston Children’s Hospital where I started my GI career.

I was a busy clinician working on the clinical side as well as in innovation and informatics, and found that we had wonderful tools in the world outside of healthcare and struggled with my own challenges around managing all the tasks that are part of patient care. I found that I was using task management and project management tools that were not built for healthcare.

I scratched my head and wondered why we don’t have these things for healthcare. That was a journey. We started just over five years ago. We spun out Dock Health from Boston Children’s, and we’ve been on a very exciting journey in the world outside the academic walls since then.

It’s been fun. I’m excited to talk to you more about, uh, what we’re doing.

Q Great. That’s a great introduction. Thank you for letting our listeners know. We usually like to start with how you came into healthcare because everyone has an interesting story about what inspired them to become a physician.

For you, it’s particularly interesting because you’ve created this interface between design, technology, and healthcare — and you went beyond just visualizing what you wanted to do or asking why somebody doesn’t fix it, to actually building it yourself. I’d love to hear more about how you came into medicine and then into technology.

Michael: I could probably spend the entire podcast on this question. Obviously, my last name is Doctor, so there was some planting occurring there, and there’s something to be said for that.

One of my earliest memories was wanting to grow up to be a doctor. My younger sister had some GI issues when we were young, and I became very close with her gastroenterologist. I followed her on her journey and, unbeknownst to me, ended up following one of my mentors and was inspired to do the work for other children the way my sister was cared for. That was the initial inspiration.

You mentioned design. That’s interesting because my mother is an interior designer, my father is a dentist who specialized in aesthetics, and design — how things look, feel, and work — has always been part of my DNA. It was an amazing journey to go from being a traditional doctor in pediatric gastroenterology to discovering the importance of user experience and user interface.

Then the iPhone came out, then the iPad, and that really started me on my journey of exploring app development and software, and wondering why we didn’t use these wonderful devices in our pockets the way we should. That journey started more than 10 years ago and has led me to this perfect intersection of healthcare, design, and informatics, creating better experiences for patients and providers.

There’s a lot to unpack there, but people ask me if I would do it differently if I had the chance to do it all over — and absolutely not. I’m doing exactly what I want to be doing right now.

Q: Thank you for sharing that. That gives us so much perspective into how you came into this field, the influence of your parents, and how everyone around you inspired you to do this. That’s really interesting.

That leads us into how you built Dock Health. Tell us some examples of how you saw this becoming transformational in actual implementations with clients. When you built the tool, did you visualize exactly what it would do? Did it go beyond what you thought it would achieve in a healthcare setting? We’d love to hear more about that.

Michael: We’re far beyond where I ever thought we’d be when we first started this journey. That’s the exciting part. Fundamentally, we have such an administrative and operational challenge in healthcare. I saw it firsthand as a busy clinician struggling to manage all the clinically adjacent work that had to be done for my patients.

For example, I might have a patient with Crohn’s disease who needs to go to an infusion center. There are all these downstream tasks and administrative steps that need to be done by a team of people. We didn’t have assistants to do that, and the electronic health record wasn’t built for it.

A quarter of the $5 trillion spent in healthcare goes to administrative and operational challenges, and there really are no tools built for that. We rely on paper checklists, email, faxes, and spreadsheets to manage all the work happening outside the electronic health record.

For me, the realization was that I was using wonderful project management and task management tools to run software projects in my innovation and informatics roles—and yet nothing like that existed in healthcare. Patients, in many ways, are projects. There are tasks that form the essence of care, and they need to be tackled, managed, and collaborated on, with visibility and accountability across teams. That didn’t exist.

What we are now doing is serving as that productivity platform for healthcare, one that sits alongside the electronic health record in synergy, helping manage all the administrative and operational tasks of patient care in ways the EHR wasn’t designed for.

Some examples would be managing patient intake and all the processes associated with it. Referrals, inbound and outbound, with all the paperwork, eligibility checks, and faxes—those workflows are still incredibly manual. Referrals are a great example: 80% of referrals that come into major academic medical centers are still arriving by fax, despite the fact that they’re using Epic, a wonderful electronic health record.

These processes are still incredibly laborious, take too long, and are inefficient. Patient care suffers along the way. There’s a gigantic bottleneck around the administrative and operational work that moves patients through their journeys, and that’s what we’re focused on fixing.

Q: This is what we hear from a lot of our clients and other CIOs and C-suite leaders who come to our podcast—that this is one major problem with healthcare. It’s siloed, and the processes are really stuck in the dark ages.

We were talking to somebody from Athena, and they said they had an 800-person offshore center in India just to screen faxes. When a fax came in, one person looked at it to see if it was a pizza order or a referral. It sounds unbelievable in this day and age, but that’s how it works. I’m amazed to hear this from you as well. It’s remarkable.

Michael: Yeah. In fact, Athena is a partner of ours, and we’re working on referral management. It’s an incredibly antiquated process where everyone loses visibility. The amount of manual labor required to process these things is shocking in this day and age, when they can be handled through process automation, AI, and agents.

Q: Exactly. You’re talking about agentic, we’re talking about voice agents, and yet we’re still dealing with faxes. That’s really interesting to know.

Michael: There is reason to be hopeful. Healthcare is always many decades behind, but the adoption of AI is progressing more rapidly than I’ve seen any technology adopted in healthcare. There’s reason for hope.

Q: That leads into my next question, but before we get there, you mentioned Dock Health as a productivity platform. That’s what it does for doctors, clinicians, and patients. But when we talk to our doctors, clients, and health systems, the one word that always comes up is complexity. They deal with so many different systems and have to learn something new each time.

Where does Dock Health fit in? Is it another system they have to manage, or does it help reduce that burden?

Michael: Yeah, it’s all about reducing the burden and improving the user experience. That’s been fundamental to our belief system since the founding of the company.

First and foremost, we’re trying to become the productivity platform and the hub that handles the administrative and operational work. Instead of being “another system,” we’re often replacing spreadsheets, paper checklists, emails, and faxes—the ways we’ve traditionally managed the 50% or more of administrative and operational tasks required for patient care.

The EHR is great for clinical work, billing, prescribing, and scheduling, but so much happens downstream that isn’t covered. I’d argue we are creating the hub for that. Just as the EHR is the clinical hub, Dock Health serves as the operational hub. Together, it’s really one plus one equals three.

We’re also aiming to be much more consumer-like in our approach. Our tool can onboard a customer in 30 minutes. We offer a free trial, and for small organizations that want to get up and running, they can start using it right away—just like downloading an app. It’s lightweight, highly configurable for end users, and designed with a strong focus on user experience.

The real challenge is that clinicians don’t want another tool. They’re busy and need to spend their time in the EHR. Our core users are often the super users: front office staff, back office teams, operational leaders, and administrative staff who leverage our tool every day.

The important piece is that we connect to the electronic health record and provide visibility for clinicians. If they’re interested, they can see where a patient is in their journey or where a process stands, but they don’t have to be in our system all day, checking tasks or learning another workflow.

The intent is to provide that operational hub for administrative and support staff—the essential members of the care team—while clinicians continue their work in the EHR and often drive tasks into our system through their orders and actions there.

Q: Is the integration with the EHRs native, like with Epic, Cerner, and the big ones?

Michael: Yeah. We’re on the marketplace with a number of the top EHRs, including Epic and Cerner. We’re also working with Mayo Clinic, their Mayo Clinic Platform, and their Deploy platform.

The other thing I’d mention is that many organizations use our tools without being integrated with the electronic health record. That’s often because they’re smaller practices—mental health, concierge care, or primary care—that simply need a hub to handle administrative and operational work and collaborate as a team.

We spend a lot of time helping organizations define their processes, and those processes can then live in Dock, where they can be collaborated on and turned into operational best practices. That’s something that often doesn’t happen in traditional healthcare organizations, and our tool is valuable even when it’s not connected to an EHR.

Of course, the real value comes when we integrate with systems—EHRs, CRMs, patient engagement tools—and serve as the hub while automating as many tasks as possible. That’s when the flywheel starts turning, and organizations begin to feel the benefits of automation and work reduction. It ultimately moves the needle in a measurable way.

Q: So, you’re saying if there’s an integration with the EHR, then it’s end-to-end and people can see a complete view of what’s happening. But even without the EHR, because it helps with workflow management, it’s valuable for practices?

Michael: It’s just like every other industry. They have Asana, JIRA, Trello—all these tools where a lot of the real work gets done. That provides value in itself by giving a clear view into where the patient is in their journey and what process they’re following.

When we integrate with an EHR or other systems, we can then automate those workflows. For example, when a fax comes in, we can launch a workflow for a new patient referral. When a lab order is placed, we can launch a workflow for follow-up. Or when a patient has a procedure, we can launch a process for their downstream follow-up.

Q: That leads into the next question, which is your learning journey with AI. What advice do you have for our listeners about where AI is headed? And with voice agents and agentic tech being buzzwords, where do you see Dock Health going? Are you also looking at implementing voice agents?

Michael: AI is incredibly exciting. I’ve put it out there that we’re an AI-first company. We’ve been thinking about this for a while, and we already have what we call Dock Intelligence in production with customers. We started with the basics, using foundational models and generative AI to process large troves of data.

Now, we can summarize all the work being done for a patient and create a snapshot for the end user—showing all tasks, workflows, patient context, and even clinical context if available. That gives a quick overview of what’s happening. Users can edit that snapshot if needed, or generate a note that writes back to the EHR to keep the operational and clinical record in sync.

That’s the first step in our AI journey. From there, we realized tasks bundle into workflows, workflows can be automated, and now we’re starting to farm out those tasks to agents and AI. For example, a voice agent could follow up with a patient to confirm a referral or review lab results. We’re actively pursuing that, as well as leveraging AI to extract data from faxes to automate referral processes.

AI is the big unlock. In the next three to five years, I believe most administrative and operational tasks will be handled by automation and AI agents orchestrating together. These agents need rails to run on and structure to guide them, and end users must remain in the loop to provide oversight and visibility. But the lion’s share of this work will be handled by agents—and we’re building that future right now.

Q: Are you aligning specifically with any particular LLM or provider, or are you going to be completely agnostic?

Michael: I’d like to think we’ll be agnostic. We’re doing plenty of building on some of the foundational models ourselves, and we’re partnering where we can with great tools. For example, with voice agents, we’re not necessarily building them ourselves—there are excellent options out there. What we are doing is building our own homegrown AI agents that can manage processes and facilitate handoffs from task to task.

Our approach has always been to recognize that there’s a wonderful ecosystem out there. We want to be the hub that connects to the best-of-breed systems—whether that’s Epic as an EHR, Salesforce as a CRM, or other tools we can leverage to create a healthy ecosystem. That’s what we’re pursuing.

Q: I wanted to ask a question about that because with the LLMs, one of the main problems is the hallucinations or the repeatability or the trust factor there. So I saw that Dock is HITRUST certified. So, I just wanted to ask, what are your views on that? Because in terms of using generative AI when we talk to our clients, uh, for implementations on LLMs, or they’re more comfortable certainly with the administrative tasks, but even with the administrative tasks there’s always the question of what are the guardrails you put around that and how do you make sure that the results that you are seeing or you are displaying on Doc Health, you know, stay within that, those bounds of accuracy. Whathat are your thoughts around that?

Michael: AI is incredibly exciting—it’s moving at the speed of light, and everyone wants to benefit from it. I do think administrative and operational areas of healthcare are lower-hanging fruit and far less risky. We’re not yet in a place where we can reliably use AI for absolute clinical decision support and autonomy, though I believe we’ll get there in the not-too-distant future.

For now, the clunky and manual administrative work is ripe for AI. Still, we need to be mindful of potential hallucinations. In our experience so far, we haven’t seen issues, but we’ve put safeguards in place. That means keeping a human in the loop to ensure outputs are appropriate and relevant. We also give users the ability to edit results before they’re sent—whether it’s a summary being emailed to a colleague or written back into the EHR as a clinical note.

It’s essential to show your work. If we’re pulling data from various sources, we show those sources. We keep users in the loop, give them control to review and edit, and maintain tight feedback loops to catch and address anything off.

So far, even foundational LLMs have been surprisingly strong in our relatively narrow use cases. The real challenges will come as we move toward higher-risk clinical decision support—but I’m confident we’ll get there quickly.

Q: It’s interesting you mentioned humans in the loop and the fact that people can review or edit what’s being generated. But with agents, one of the key defining characteristics is autonomy—they can make API calls, send emails, even browse the web to find and act on information. How do you think about that level of control being handed over?

Michael: I think it’s all about balance. The value of task automation and workflow automation is clear. For us, one of our strengths is providing a user interface where the end user can actually see where a process is in its journey.

We’re working on features like showing confidence levels or confidence intervals for data extracted—for example, from a fax. That way, we not only show our work but also give transparency into how accurate that extraction might be. Using our interface, which breaks workflows into tasks, we can show exactly where a process stands. If we believe human involvement is needed, we assign a task and call someone in to review.

Even in the agentic future—which is already upon us and actively being built and tested—we see ways to keep humans in the loop. Operating entirely in a vacuum is risky. Part of my mantra, coming from clinical practice, is that I lacked visibility and accountability in the work being done on behalf of my patients, lost in a black hole of faxes and emails. It’s important to show where the patient is in their journey, where the process stands, whether an agent is handling it or automation is moving data between systems. Giving people visibility and the ability to drill down is critical.

Q: That’s an interesting viewpoint. You mentioned the front and back office and clinicians, but I didn’t realize patients might also have visibility into the system.

Michael: That’s certainly the vision for the future. Right now, our solution focuses on creating visibility and accountability for the care team—clinical and operational staff. But ultimately, the patient is part of the care team too. I would love to see a future where patients are assigned tasks and the rest of the care team has visibility into their progress. I think that’s inevitable. For now, we’re focused on giving the traditional care team the tools they need, but over time, I see patients and their home-based care team being part of that ecosystem.

Q: So I think we are almost at the end of the podcast. We would like to conclude by asking you what you think, maybe give a horizon of like a year and then maybe a five-year horizon. What do you think the top trends that are going to be in AI, and particularly for you at Dock Health? What are the three things that you are really keeping close tabs on and you feel that it’s going to really impact your product and be very transformational.

Michael: It’s tough to predict because AI is moving so fast. Moore’s Law doesn’t apply anymore—the doubling is happening every few months. Everything right now is AI, and “agentic” is the word of the day. I’ve even heard “ambient agents.” We see our role as orchestrating workflows where agents will carry out the majority of tasks.

When we started Dock Health, I imagined a day when it would be smart enough to handle processes automatically. AI has accelerated that roadmap by five to ten years, and the pace keeps shrinking. I truly believe that in the next five years, when healthcare spending in the U.S. reaches $10 trillion, the $2.2 trillion spent on administrative and operational costs may actually shrink because of operational efficiencies unlocked by AI.

We want to give care teams superpowers. Administrative and operational staff deserve better tools to do their work. Just as ambient scribes are now relieving clinicians from documentation, I believe AI will do the same for the administrative and operational burdens in healthcare. Within three to five years, I expect most of that work will be automated. Humans will still play a role, but much of it will feel like it just happens—almost magically.

If you zoom out five years from now, it will look like magic. But by then it will feel obvious. And that excites me, because at the end of the day, patients, our economy, and the world need more efficient care. The fact that we waste a trillion dollars a year on administrative tasks is shameful. Patients are asked to take on too much, like reminding us about referrals or tracking down lab results. These things happen because we’re human and don’t scale well. But now we have incredible tools at our fingertips, and I believe the next few years will be the most exciting time healthcare has ever experienced.

If we zoom out five years from now, it’s going to look like magic—but by then it will feel obvious. I’m excited for that future because, at the end of the day, patients, our economy, and our world need more efficient care. The fact that we waste a trillion dollars a year on administrative and operational tasks is shameful.

Too much of the burden falls on patients. Physicians and care teams often say, “Call me if you don’t get your referral in a couple of days,” or, as I saw with my own mom recently, patients are left chasing down lab results. These things happen because we’re human and we don’t scale well.

Now, we have incredible tools at our fingertips. That’s why I believe the coming years will be the most exciting time in healthcare that I’ve ever experienced—and likely the most exciting time the world has ever seen. Healthcare is primed for transformation and opportunity.

Q: Thank you for being with us on our podcast. It was a wonderful conversation, and we look forward to sharing your vision for the future with our listeners.

Michael: Thanks so much.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com  

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy has over twenty-five years of experience in the software and information technology industry in the United States and in India. She established Saviance Technologies in India and has been involved in the delivery of several successful software projects and products to clients in various industry segments.

Ritu completed AI for Health Care: Concepts and Applications from the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health and Applied Generative AI for Digital Transformation from MIT Professional Education. She has successfully taught Gen AI concepts in a classroom setting in Houston and in workshop settings to C-Suite leaders in Boston and Cleveland. She attended HIMSS in March 2024 at Orlando and the Imagination in Action AI Summit at MIT in April 2024. She is also responsible for the GenAI Center of Excellence at BigRio and DigiMTM Digital Maturity Model and Assessment at Damo.

Ritu earned her Bachelor’s degree in Computer Science from Delhi Institute of Technology (now NSIT) and a Master’s degree in Computer Science from Santa Clara University in California. She has participated in the Fellow’s program at The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

About the Host

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has previously also worked with IBM and Wipro. He completed his executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.​

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Why the Real Future of Digital Health Is Human-Centered – Not Just AI-First

Why the Real Future of Digital Health Is Human-Centered - Not Just AI-First

Despite significant technological advances in artificial intelligence, the future of digital health is increasingly focused on a human-centered approach that prioritizes personalization, empathy, and holistic care over pure automation. Most experts agree that the future points toward a blend of AI-driven insights and human expertise. AI excels at processing vast amounts of data to predict risks and suggest optimal treatments, while human healthcare professionals provide the essential elements of empathy, complex decision-making, and emotional support that technology cannot replicate. 

This idea of “digital hybridization” was discussed on two recent episodes of The Big Unlock podcast, one featuring Chris Gallagher, M.D., Founder and Chief Strategy Officer, Access TeleCare and the other Dr. Felicia Newhouse, Founder, AI-Powered Women. They both shared their insights on the evolution of AI and how virtual care is reshaping access and improving outcomes while at the same time enhancing patient engagement and allowing a more human-centered experience.

 

Towards a Human-Centered AI Model for Digital Well-Being

Ever since the earliest days of its inception there was this fear of AI replacing humans, or at least severely reducing much needed human interactions. As Felicia put it, “we all feel the need to belong.” These elements of human touch that we all crave are never going to go away, and they are critical as AI is becoming increasingly ubiquitous in all industries, but it is profoundly important in healthcare.

As a cardiologist, for Dr. Gallagher, the melding of technology and the human side of medicine was always there. “I always saw cardiology as field that combines technology and medicine together. It’s procedural based, and by nature it has always been cutting edge. You work in a lab that looked like something from the Starship Enterprise, screens everywhere and all sorts of incredible technology.”

He went on to explain that he also spent a good part of his career in rural health and that provided a stark contrast to that high-tech environment. Yet, he realized how he could use technology to bridge those worlds and bring quality care to those underserved communities, first with telehealth and now AI.  He told show host Ritu Uberoy that he has now dedicated his career to this “virtual care space” managing underserved, untreated populations.

 

A Vision for Virtual Care

AI adoption in healthcare has always involved a lot of changing of hearts and minds, both on the provider and the patient side. To achieve his ultimate vision of virtual care, Chris says, “simplicity is key.” 

“The key to our vision of virtual care, to getting more people to use it, was making it as user friendly as possible, not only on the medical practitioner’s side but also on the patient side. It had to be simplistic and never fail. In our inception days we used this analogy, the system had to be Fisher Price easy –you push a button, the cow goes, moo,’ everyone’s smiling and laughing. That was our ultimate goal to get it that push button easy.

Today, having provided that, Chris says he sees immense opportunity and possibilities. “Opportunities within our back office functions to simplify and streamline the business of medicine. We also see opportunities to improve the provider’s experience and minimize burnout. We have nearly 800 users for whom we have improved and simplified their experience when it comes to patient care.”

Then he told Ritu that he also sees opportunities to enhance patient care itself using new technology that helps connect them more to their doctors and nurses and not distance them from them as was once feared.

 

Can We Train Machines to Be More Empathetic?

Empathy and compassion need to be a cornerstone of human-centered healthcare. Can virtual health agents be taught to be empathetic? While current AI agents, and future “healthcare robots” may not experience empathy in the same way humans do, the ability to display empathetic behaviors can foster more positive and meaningful interactions between humans and machines.

Felica said that machines can process complexity, but only humans can really feel the complexities of true empathy. However, despite that distinction she says we can shape and mold and redefine the meaning of “artificial intelligence” to a kind of “sympathetic intelligence” as we continue to evolve human-centered AI design in the years to come.

 

Feminine Leadership Principals

Clinical studies have consistently shown that females are naturally more empathetic than males. So maybe what AI in healthcare needs is not so much a human touch, but a woman’s touch. Felicia certainly thinks so. “When we say feminine leadership principles, it doesn’t mean you have to be a woman. It just means that they’re grounded in kind of more feminine way of showing up as a leader, which is intuition and empathy and things like that.”

 

How Automation Can Unleash Human Potential

At the end of the day, rather than diminishing humans, AI can help us reach our full potential. As Felica put it, once we can fully use AI automate the mundane things that are holding us back, who knows what can be accomplished? Therin lies its true power she believes.

“We can leverage these technologies to essentially automate and offload the aspects of yourself that are holding you back so you can become a much more human centered and whole leader and whole human that has more to offer to the world around you. We can partner with AI in that capacity because if you think of AI as kind of an emerging species that we’re parenting. Right now, it’s in the toddler stage, and it’s up to us to raise it right. AI has its own brilliance to offer, and we have our own brilliance to offer. We have to look at our future as kind of a hybrid species that’s collaborating together.”

Solving Healthcare’s Trilemma with Focus, Co-Innovation, and AI

Season 6: Episode #190

Podcast with Matthew Blosl,
Chief Executive Officer, DexCare

Solving Healthcare’s Trilemma with Focus, Co-Innovation, and AI

To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Matthew Blosl, CEO of DexCare, discusses how he helps high-growth healthcare technology companies navigate critical inflection points by pairing disciplined focus with a culture that embraces failure as a path to innovation. He describes DexCare’s journey from a Providence Health incubated initiative to a scaled care orchestration platform that helps health systems address a “trilemma” of rising patient demand, clinician shortages, and margin pressure.

Matt explains DexCare’s co-innovation model, where every health system becomes an innovation partner rather than a one-size-fits-all implementation, enabled by modern data and AI capabilities. He outlines a pragmatic AI roadmap: first improving internal operations, then enhancing existing products, and finally accelerating true product innovation, while warning that AI can easily drive teams off-mission without strong focus. Matt also points out how fast things are shifting in healthcare and encourages leaders to rethink how they run their organizations and come together more often to tackle the challenges ahead. Take a listen.

Video Podcast and Extracts

About Our Guest

Matthew Blosl is Chief Executive Officer and a board member of DexCare, the leading digital platform for orchestrating patient demand and care access. With over 20 years of executive leadership experience in technology-driven organizations, Blosl is recognized for building high-performing teams, scaling commercial operations, and driving strategic growth that delivers measurable customer and enterprise value.

Prior to joining DexCare, Blosl held a senior leadership role at Experity, where he led commercial initiatives that significantly expanded the company’s market presence and helped secure its leadership position in the urgent care space. Throughout his career, he has fostered cultures of operational excellence and innovation, consistently delivering results in high-growth environments.

Blosl holds a degree in engineering from the University of Michigan and completed his business education at Stanford Graduate School of Business. He brings a powerful combination of technical rigor and strategic acumen to his leadership, grounded in a passion for transforming healthcare access and outcomes.

At DexCare, Blosl is leading the company into its next phase of growth, focused on expanding platform innovation—including the introduction of AI-driven capabilities—and deepening adoption across leading U.S. health systems. Under his leadership, DexCare continues to transform how patients find and access the right care, at the right time, with the right provider.


Ritu: Hi everyone. Welcome to our next episode of The Big Unlock podcast. We are in Season Six now with 180+ episodes, and today we are welcoming Matt Blosl to our podcast. He is the CEO at DexCare. Welcome once again to all our listeners. My name is Ritu M. Uberoy. I am the co-host here at The Big Unlock podcast and Managing Partner at BigRio and Damo Consulting. Welcome to the podcast.

Rohit: Super excited to be here with Ritu and with Matt. I’m Rohit Mahajan, CEO and Managing Partner at BigRio and Damo Consulting, and the co-host of this podcast. Over to you, Matt.

Matt: Great, thank you. Yes, I’m Matt Blosl, CEO of DexCare. I’m very familiar with not only this space in healthcare but also with high-growth companies. DexCare is my seventh venture private-equity-backed company, and I’m excited to talk about everything we have going on here at DexCare.

Ritu: Great. So we’ll jump right in. Matt, our listeners always love an origin story, so we would like to hear how you got to where you are today. And also, very interestingly, like you mentioned, this is your seventh gig. But something different here is that, as you said in our intro call, DexCare had already gone through a very steep growth curve when you came in. Usually, it’s the other way around, where you’re helping the company grow into that phase. So how has it been different for you this time, and what lessons have you learned or what do you think the difference has been?

Matt: Yeah, it’s interesting. When I reflect on my career, I’ve typically not been the founder of businesses. I’ve come in usually at some inflection point. DexCare is a unique story in that it was incubated within Providence Health, then spun out, and then had three to four years of hyper growth. The company got to a point that many high-growth companies do, where they reach an inflection point. What it takes to get from an idea on a napkin to a certain point requires one kind of skill set, and then taking it from point B to point C often requires a different viewpoint.

So for me, coming into DexCare was a very familiar point—well-established business, great clients, a lot of growth—but taking the next step in maturing the business requires looking at things differently. That’s what I’ve done at DexCare and throughout the last 15–20 years: coming into a well-established business and figuring out how to get it to the next level.

Rohit: So Matt, this is super interesting. Could you share your interest in healthcare—what got you started—and talk a little about your story and journey to where you are today?

Matt: Yeah, it’s interesting. I don’t know that it’s the typical story. I spent most of my career not in healthcare. My wife is a physician, so I always said I didn’t need to go into healthcare. Then about 12 years ago, a private equity firm tapped me on the shoulder and asked me to help scale a healthcare technology business.

During the mutual diligence process, I remember telling them multiple times that if they wanted somebody with healthcare experience, I was not the guy. They said they needed someone to build and scale the business, and that they already had enough domain expertise within the company. I didn’t fully understand that then, but I understand it now. Once a company reaches a certain size, like we were at 200 people, you have plenty of domain expertise. What you often lack is the foundational experience needed to take the company to the next level.

I spent seven years building and scaling that company, and we had a successful exit. Between that company, Asparity, and DexCare, I went outside healthcare for two years. When the DexCare opportunity came up, I was excited to return to healthcare, which is something I never thought I would say.

Healthcare is extremely complex, and because of that complexity, it is farther behind other industries from a technology perspective. For someone who likes messy situations and messy industries, it is a good fit because there is a lot that needs to happen. And it feels good to see the impact of the work. I spent seven years building a company in the urgent care sector and saw the direct results. Providers could see more patients and patients were more engaged. I was with that business through COVID and saw the impact our software had on providers and patients.

So I realized I had been missing that feeling in my career. All the hard work you do every day is not only technology. The downstream effect of the work makes you feel like you are making an impact.

Ritu: Yeah, you are genuinely making a difference and I think that is really good. So Matt, it was interesting that you mentioned Providence and how it was spun out of Providence. In our earlier chat, you mentioned this culture of co-innovation where you always worked with your customers to innovate rather than building something and then trying to sell it to them. That was a very interesting and different perspective. We would love to hear more about that co-innovation culture and how you fostered that at DexCare.

Matt: It’s interesting because typically when you think about co-innovation or even customization, that is usually seen as a negative attribute within a SaaS business. Ideally, you build a piece of software and there is as little customization or configuration as possible. Ideally, you take it out of the box and plug it in with every client. That is not realistic in my opinion, certainly within healthcare, but especially for us focusing on large health systems. A one size fits all product will not work. You will not get mass adoption and you will not get full benefit from it.

What is really cool about where we are from a technology perspective is that you can do customization at scale or innovation at scale. Often when you think about innovation, you think of it as a one-time event. You innovate a product and then sell it to all customers. What we are able to do now, and the mentality we have taken at DexCare, is that every single client is innovation. We are innovating for that health system. They all have different priorities, workflows, system capabilities, and data capabilities. We look at innovation on an individual level, coming in and helping innovate using our core platform but making it applicable to their environment.

This is a mindset shift, because often people think this is a barrier to scale. We have proven that is not the case, especially with advancements in technology and artificial intelligence. We can move and process data faster than ever before. We are leaning into this not as a disadvantage but as an advantage, not just for our customers but as a competitive advantage for the company. And I still have to explain that because investors see individual installs at different clients and assume the economics cannot be great. We have proven that is not the case.

Ritu: Okay, great answer. This ties into my next question. With the rapid changes in technology, and even previously, most times technology innovation at a company gets bogged down or does not succeed, not because of the technology itself, but because of cultural issues. People are resistant to change or are entrenched in their ways of thinking. It is interesting that you said you have done innovation at scale and you innovate for every single client. How do you make sure that this culture permeates the company from the ground up and that everybody is bought into that vision? Otherwise, this cannot succeed if people are holding on to old ideas or want to do the same thing each time.

Matt: First, I will point out that this is a journey. I would never suggest that we are at the end point of that. It is a never-ending journey, but yes, it comes down to the people and the leadership. That was something here at DexCare that is interesting because we came out of Providence and took on the second-largest health system in the country, Kaiser Permanente. So in the early years of the company, it was really about staying in pace with our existing customers because they were so large and complex that innovation was pushed to the side. We didn’t have to innovate then. We had a great core product that solved a key problem within health systems, so we focused on taking this product to market at scale.

When you get to the point where we are now, at an inflection point with a great foundation, the question becomes how do we build upon that. That requires a culture shift. There have been a lot of things I have tried to bring to DexCare to do that. One, it comes down to leadership. I tell the team all the time that I want us to fail more. A lot of times that is a head-scratching message, but it is true. If we are not failing, we are not pushing the envelope. You need to fail in a controlled way, and as long as we take an intentional, data-driven approach to the bets we make, not every bet will work out. Creating an environment where that is acceptable sounds easy, but how you show up every day matters. Even taking the little failures and celebrating those helps people realize that failure is progress. You learn more from failures than successes.

When I advise companies, I encourage them to be intentional about creating a culture of learning, and part of learning is failing. Many leadership teams say they support that, but do they really? How they show up each day determines that. So for me, it starts with leadership discipline.

The other important thing at DexCare is that we have had to fill experience gaps. Often companies hire for today’s need because they have a role to fill or capacity to add. In reality, especially for key positions, I look to fill experience gaps, meaning hiring someone who knows where we need to be in two or three years. They have seen it and been through the cycles. They understand what innovation looks like and what failure looks like. If you can get people who have done it before, they can push the innovation envelope because they bring perspective to the team. That is important in creating an innovation culture.

So the two big things that come to mind are leadership mentality and getting key people who have been through it before.

Rohit: That’s definitely a recipe for success, no doubt about it. So Matt, I would like to chime in. You were previously mentioning the infusion of AI across the board in your approach — with your clients and also the product and services the company is offering. Tell us a little more about what DexCare does, how it helps clients, and how you thought about infusing AI into the entire approach and the product and services.

Matt: This is a conversation I have in some capacity every day because AI is an inflection point. It’s arguably the largest one we’ve seen, and it’s evolving at the most rapid pace we’ve ever seen. Before I talk about DexCare, I’ll talk about health systems in general because it’s important to keep that in perspective. You can’t pick up the paper any day without seeing the gold rush of companies doing AI this, AI that.

What’s interesting within healthcare is that there is still a lot of apprehension around AI. Many health systems have set up AI governance committees, so there’s still a degree of education that needs to happen. While AI enables us to do things we’ve never done before, it will take time for health systems and healthcare in general to get comfortable with the risk associated with it. This is real — when you take it to the point of treating patients or using patient data, there is real risk. So it needs time to prove itself. Technology is ready today, but mass adoption will take longer. Health systems are still trying to understand what AI means to their business.

The second thing I’m hearing a lot is that even once AI gives us the data or insight, that’s only part of it. We still need to change the workflow — how we schedule a patient, treat a patient, follow up with a patient. Just having the insight is the starting point. Healthcare is slow to change and very complex. AI can deliver great things, but we need to partner with clients to help them understand what they need to do differently once they have that intelligence. That takes time and is complicated, and there needs to be empathy for what goes beyond the technology.

So how does that translate to DexCare? I don’t look at AI as a project off to the side. It’s quickly becoming standard infrastructure — like a new coding language. The tendency is to chase the next new thing AI enables. At DexCare, we started by asking: how do we just do what we already do, better? More efficiently, with more impact, now that we have this capability?

We took an internal look first: how can we use AI for internal operations? How do we use it to write code better, communicate with customers better? Then we looked at our existing products. Before going off to build new things, what does AI offer to make our current products better? We have a roadmap that goes well into next year that doesn’t necessarily add incremental revenue, but it innovates within our existing products.

Then comes the third part: true innovation. This has completely changed the game. What used to take six months to rapid prototype or build an alpha version, I now have teams doing over a weekend. It scares me — in a good way — because I’m thinking, how do I harness that? I used to expect updates in months. Now they come back in days with an initial version. So we’ve had to rethink our entire product development process — how we go from an idea to shipping product. It has completely changed. Because of the rapid pace, we can fail more, which means we can innovate more.

Going back to co-innovation — clients have very limited time. We’re one of hundreds or thousands of vendors coming to them with ideas. Historically, it’s been a struggle to get mindshare for co-innovation. Now, because we can take ideas and prove or disprove them quickly, it unlocks new opportunities. We can sit with clients, understand their challenges in a one-hour meeting, and come back with a prototype within weeks. It has dramatically condensed the timeline for what we can do.

Ritu: Yeah, that’s what we’re hearing across all clients — both kinds of projects where you’re improving existing things and also thinking completely out of the box for brand-new solutions, like voice agents or agentic AI. Those are the two themes we’re hearing a lot from customers.

Matt: The other lens we’re using at DexCare — and I see this with other companies too — is focus. I’ve been using that word a lot with our teams. We have what we call the three F’s at DexCare: Focus, Fearless, and Fast. Focus is really important because AI enables you to become massively unfocused very quickly. For us, there is enough opportunity staying in the lane we live in — care orchestration. How do we match a patient with the right provider and deal with all the complexity on both sides? There is so much we can innovate within that space that it’s easy, especially with AI, to start drifting outside that lane.

We’re trying to stay focused and take care orchestration to a level our clients and the industry never thought possible. That discipline has benefited us. I talk to other companies that are doing many different things, and at the end of the day, it’s like multiple businesses under one roof. For us, we want to revolutionize orchestration within health systems and don’t have a desire right now to go outside that lane.

Focus is really important. AI can be your worst enemy because it can make you unfocused quickly — and it wouldn’t even cost much to do so. So we’re trying to stay focused on our core mission and value proposition, and use the technology disruption as an advantage, not a distraction.

Ritu: Great. So Matt, you also spoke about the trilemma in today’s world. I thought that was an interesting term, and I think our listeners would like to hear more. If you can tell us a little more about the trilemma, that would be great.

Matt: Yeah, the trilemma is a phrase we coined at DexCare that describes the environment we operate in. From a macroeconomic and administrative perspective, the trilemma is: more patients, fewer doctors, and thinner margins.

The stat we use is that 11,000 people enter the Medicare/Medicaid market every day. At the same time, we have fewer doctors. The projected number of providers leaving practice over the next decade is astounding. And then margins are thinner — so more patients, fewer doctors, and less money.

Going back to care orchestration — the lane we play in — the trilemma is the problem, or opportunity, we’re addressing for health systems. How do we help them get the right patient to the right provider, knowing more patients are coming, expectations are changing, and providers are fewer?

And within “fewer doctors,” there’s another complexity: unused capacity. That’s an interesting challenge. You need more doctors, yet you have unused capacity because of complexity — where data lives, workflows, decision trees. So it feels like fewer doctors are available, even though you’re not using the ones you have to their fullest.

Then the “less money” part — every client I talk to is being challenged to do more with less because of the macroeconomic environment. Margins are thin and getting thinner. That’s why the ROI around DexCare resonates — much of it is efficiency, which is exactly what they need.

The trilemma is something we talk about every day. It’s an easy way to calibrate with someone new: we don’t start with features. We start with the trilemma — more patients coming, staffing issues, and economic strain. From there, it becomes easy to see how the DexCare platform can help.

Rohit: So before we finish the podcast, Matt, we’re coming close to the end of this session. We’d love to have you on again, of course. But for now, any insights or thoughts you’d like to share with the audience? When you look into the future, what do you see coming our way? Any parting thoughts?

Matt: And that’s the best part of that event — everyone in healthcare is there. It’s a nice mix of people from across the healthcare technology ecosystem. I was trying to describe to the company some of my takeaways, and it goes back to something I mentioned earlier: the pace at which things are happening. That’s what everyone was talking about. A lot of the problems or opportunities we’re facing aren’t new, but the pace of change is unlike anything we’ve seen before. It’s exciting and daunting at the same time.

What that pace means is that everyone is rethinking their business. Whether it’s health systems, technology solution providers, or investors — everyone is reassessing what they do and how they do it. It’s fascinating to step back and see that there isn’t a single model to follow. Everyone is reinventing themselves right now.

And because of that, the opportunity to collaborate is incredibly strong. That’s why I enjoy getting out into the market — we’re all rethinking how we operate. Co-innovation really works in this environment because health systems are reevaluating their businesses, and so is everyone else.

With the rate of change and the trilemma we talked about, it’s an exciting time to be doing what we’re doing. I think we’ll see evolution in healthcare over the next two to three years that we haven’t seen in a decade or more. I encourage everyone to lean into collaboration. There’s enough opportunity for all of us. We need to lock arms and figure out, as an industry, how to make care easier to access and better to deliver.

It’s an exciting time to be in healthcare. I never thought I’d be here, but I feel very fortunate because of everything happening in the industry.

Rohit: Amazing. Thank you, Matt, for sharing those insights.

Matt: Yeah, absolutely. Thank you for having me.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has previously also worked with IBM and Wipro. He completed his executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.​

Ritu M. Uberoy has over twenty-five years of experience in the software and information technology industry in the United States and in India. She established Saviance Technologies in India and has been involved in the delivery of several successful software projects and products to clients in various industry segments.

Ritu completed AI for Health Care: Concepts and Applications from the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health and Applied Generative AI for Digital Transformation from MIT Professional Education. She has successfully taught Gen AI concepts in a classroom setting in Houston and in workshop settings to C-Suite leaders in Boston and Cleveland. She attended HIMSS in March 2024 at Orlando and the Imagination in Action AI Summit at MIT in April 2024. She is also responsible for the GenAI Center of Excellence at BigRio and DigiMTM Digital Maturity Model and Assessment at Damo.

Ritu earned her Bachelor’s degree in Computer Science from Delhi Institute of Technology (now NSIT) and a Master’s degree in Computer Science from Santa Clara University in California. She has participated in the Fellow’s program at The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Human Centered Leadership is the Real Unlock for AI in Healthcare

Season 6: Episode #189

Podcast with Dr. Felicia Newhouse, Founder, AI-Powered Women

Human Centered Leadership is the Real Unlock for AI in Healthcare

To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Dr. Felicia Newhouse, Founder of AI-Powered Women, highlights the need for human centered leadership as the foundation for AI’s future in healthcare. Reflecting on her near-death experience and two decades in tech, she warns that rapid automation may boost efficiency but often leaves people feeling overwhelmed, disconnected, and burned out.

Dr. Newhouse emphasizes that true progress requires qualities only humans can bring, empathy, intuition, emotional intelligence, and what she describes as “systems awareness” and “systems feeling.” These capabilities help leaders understand the broader human impact of digital tools and design AI that supports well-being rather than replacing human judgment.

She urges organizations to slow down, prioritize dignity and belonging, and adopt AI in ways that strengthen human connection. According to Dr. Newhouse, the real unlock for healthcare will come when AI is guided by compassion, humanity, and mindful leadership. Take a listen.

Video Podcast and Extracts

About Our Guest

With over 20 years as a product tech executive, three successful startup exits, and a PhD focused on women’s leadership and transformational learning, Felicia Newhouse curates spaces where technical fluency meets inner evolution.

Drawing on her work as an energy practitioner and mindfulness-based leader, she integrates evidence-based approaches to human transformation with a deep understanding of consciousness and systemic change. Through the AI-Powered Women Academy and the annual MIT Summit, Felicia unites visionary educators, researchers, and changemakers ahead of their time to ensure women don’t just adapt to the age of AI—they lead it and evolve it with clarity, confidence, and consciousness.


Q: Hi, Dr. Michael Docktor, welcome to our Big Unlock podcast. We are really happy to have you as a guest on our show. Uh, it’s on our sixth season now, and, uh, we are looking forward to this conversation. I’m sure we’ll have a very engaging and interesting conversation about dog health, about healthcare in general, and the new trends about AI and all the buzzwords that people want to hear. Welcome to our show — we’d like to start with introductions. Happy to have you give your introduction. Thank you.

Michael: Yeah, thank you so much for having me. Yeah, I’m Michael Docktor, co-founder and CEO of Dock Health. I’m an ologist by trade. I am now on this, uh, healthcare venture outside of Boston Children’s Hospital where I started my GI career.

I was a busy clinician working on the clinical side as well as in innovation and informatics, and found that we had wonderful tools in the world outside of healthcare and struggled with my own challenges around managing all the tasks that are part of patient care. I found that I was using task management and project management tools that were not built for healthcare.

I scratched my head and wondered why we don’t have these things for healthcare. That was a journey. We started just over five years ago. We spun out Dock Health from Boston Children’s, and we’ve been on a very exciting journey in the world outside the academic walls since then.

It’s been fun. I’m excited to talk to you more about, uh, what we’re doing.

Q Great. That’s a great introduction. Thank you for letting our listeners know. We usually like to start with how you came into healthcare because everyone has an interesting story about what inspired them to become a physician.

For you, it’s particularly interesting because you’ve created this interface between design, technology, and healthcare — and you went beyond just visualizing what you wanted to do or asking why somebody doesn’t fix it, to actually building it yourself. I’d love to hear more about how you came into medicine and then into technology.

Michael: I could probably spend the entire podcast on this question. Obviously, my last name is Doctor, so there was some planting occurring there, and there’s something to be said for that.

One of my earliest memories was wanting to grow up to be a doctor. My younger sister had some GI issues when we were young, and I became very close with her gastroenterologist. I followed her on her journey and, unbeknownst to me, ended up following one of my mentors and was inspired to do the work for other children the way my sister was cared for. That was the initial inspiration.

You mentioned design. That’s interesting because my mother is an interior designer, my father is a dentist who specialized in aesthetics, and design — how things look, feel, and work — has always been part of my DNA. It was an amazing journey to go from being a traditional doctor in pediatric gastroenterology to discovering the importance of user experience and user interface.

Then the iPhone came out, then the iPad, and that really started me on my journey of exploring app development and software, and wondering why we didn’t use these wonderful devices in our pockets the way we should. That journey started more than 10 years ago and has led me to this perfect intersection of healthcare, design, and informatics, creating better experiences for patients and providers.

There’s a lot to unpack there, but people ask me if I would do it differently if I had the chance to do it all over — and absolutely not. I’m doing exactly what I want to be doing right now.

Q: Thank you for sharing that. That gives us so much perspective into how you came into this field, the influence of your parents, and how everyone around you inspired you to do this. That’s really interesting.

That leads us into how you built Dock Health. Tell us some examples of how you saw this becoming transformational in actual implementations with clients. When you built the tool, did you visualize exactly what it would do? Did it go beyond what you thought it would achieve in a healthcare setting? We’d love to hear more about that.

Michael: We’re far beyond where I ever thought we’d be when we first started this journey. That’s the exciting part. Fundamentally, we have such an administrative and operational challenge in healthcare. I saw it firsthand as a busy clinician struggling to manage all the clinically adjacent work that had to be done for my patients.

For example, I might have a patient with Crohn’s disease who needs to go to an infusion center. There are all these downstream tasks and administrative steps that need to be done by a team of people. We didn’t have assistants to do that, and the electronic health record wasn’t built for it.

A quarter of the $5 trillion spent in healthcare goes to administrative and operational challenges, and there really are no tools built for that. We rely on paper checklists, email, faxes, and spreadsheets to manage all the work happening outside the electronic health record.

For me, the realization was that I was using wonderful project management and task management tools to run software projects in my innovation and informatics roles—and yet nothing like that existed in healthcare. Patients, in many ways, are projects. There are tasks that form the essence of care, and they need to be tackled, managed, and collaborated on, with visibility and accountability across teams. That didn’t exist.

What we are now doing is serving as that productivity platform for healthcare, one that sits alongside the electronic health record in synergy, helping manage all the administrative and operational tasks of patient care in ways the EHR wasn’t designed for.

Some examples would be managing patient intake and all the processes associated with it. Referrals, inbound and outbound, with all the paperwork, eligibility checks, and faxes—those workflows are still incredibly manual. Referrals are a great example: 80% of referrals that come into major academic medical centers are still arriving by fax, despite the fact that they’re using Epic, a wonderful electronic health record.

These processes are still incredibly laborious, take too long, and are inefficient. Patient care suffers along the way. There’s a gigantic bottleneck around the administrative and operational work that moves patients through their journeys, and that’s what we’re focused on fixing.

Q: This is what we hear from a lot of our clients and other CIOs and C-suite leaders who come to our podcast—that this is one major problem with healthcare. It’s siloed, and the processes are really stuck in the dark ages.

We were talking to somebody from Athena, and they said they had an 800-person offshore center in India just to screen faxes. When a fax came in, one person looked at it to see if it was a pizza order or a referral. It sounds unbelievable in this day and age, but that’s how it works. I’m amazed to hear this from you as well. It’s remarkable.

Michael: Yeah. In fact, Athena is a partner of ours, and we’re working on referral management. It’s an incredibly antiquated process where everyone loses visibility. The amount of manual labor required to process these things is shocking in this day and age, when they can be handled through process automation, AI, and agents.

Q: Exactly. You’re talking about agentic, we’re talking about voice agents, and yet we’re still dealing with faxes. That’s really interesting to know.

Michael: There is reason to be hopeful. Healthcare is always many decades behind, but the adoption of AI is progressing more rapidly than I’ve seen any technology adopted in healthcare. There’s reason for hope.

Q: That leads into my next question, but before we get there, you mentioned Dock Health as a productivity platform. That’s what it does for doctors, clinicians, and patients. But when we talk to our doctors, clients, and health systems, the one word that always comes up is complexity. They deal with so many different systems and have to learn something new each time.

Where does Dock Health fit in? Is it another system they have to manage, or does it help reduce that burden?

Michael: Yeah, it’s all about reducing the burden and improving the user experience. That’s been fundamental to our belief system since the founding of the company.

First and foremost, we’re trying to become the productivity platform and the hub that handles the administrative and operational work. Instead of being “another system,” we’re often replacing spreadsheets, paper checklists, emails, and faxes—the ways we’ve traditionally managed the 50% or more of administrative and operational tasks required for patient care.

The EHR is great for clinical work, billing, prescribing, and scheduling, but so much happens downstream that isn’t covered. I’d argue we are creating the hub for that. Just as the EHR is the clinical hub, Dock Health serves as the operational hub. Together, it’s really one plus one equals three.

We’re also aiming to be much more consumer-like in our approach. Our tool can onboard a customer in 30 minutes. We offer a free trial, and for small organizations that want to get up and running, they can start using it right away—just like downloading an app. It’s lightweight, highly configurable for end users, and designed with a strong focus on user experience.

The real challenge is that clinicians don’t want another tool. They’re busy and need to spend their time in the EHR. Our core users are often the super users: front office staff, back office teams, operational leaders, and administrative staff who leverage our tool every day.

The important piece is that we connect to the electronic health record and provide visibility for clinicians. If they’re interested, they can see where a patient is in their journey or where a process stands, but they don’t have to be in our system all day, checking tasks or learning another workflow.

The intent is to provide that operational hub for administrative and support staff—the essential members of the care team—while clinicians continue their work in the EHR and often drive tasks into our system through their orders and actions there.

Q: Is the integration with the EHRs native, like with Epic, Cerner, and the big ones?

Michael: Yeah. We’re on the marketplace with a number of the top EHRs, including Epic and Cerner. We’re also working with Mayo Clinic, their Mayo Clinic Platform, and their Deploy platform.

The other thing I’d mention is that many organizations use our tools without being integrated with the electronic health record. That’s often because they’re smaller practices—mental health, concierge care, or primary care—that simply need a hub to handle administrative and operational work and collaborate as a team.

We spend a lot of time helping organizations define their processes, and those processes can then live in Dock, where they can be collaborated on and turned into operational best practices. That’s something that often doesn’t happen in traditional healthcare organizations, and our tool is valuable even when it’s not connected to an EHR.

Of course, the real value comes when we integrate with systems—EHRs, CRMs, patient engagement tools—and serve as the hub while automating as many tasks as possible. That’s when the flywheel starts turning, and organizations begin to feel the benefits of automation and work reduction. It ultimately moves the needle in a measurable way.

Q: So, you’re saying if there’s an integration with the EHR, then it’s end-to-end and people can see a complete view of what’s happening. But even without the EHR, because it helps with workflow management, it’s valuable for practices?

Michael: It’s just like every other industry. They have Asana, JIRA, Trello—all these tools where a lot of the real work gets done. That provides value in itself by giving a clear view into where the patient is in their journey and what process they’re following.

When we integrate with an EHR or other systems, we can then automate those workflows. For example, when a fax comes in, we can launch a workflow for a new patient referral. When a lab order is placed, we can launch a workflow for follow-up. Or when a patient has a procedure, we can launch a process for their downstream follow-up.

Q: That leads into the next question, which is your learning journey with AI. What advice do you have for our listeners about where AI is headed? And with voice agents and agentic tech being buzzwords, where do you see Dock Health going? Are you also looking at implementing voice agents?

Michael: AI is incredibly exciting. I’ve put it out there that we’re an AI-first company. We’ve been thinking about this for a while, and we already have what we call Dock Intelligence in production with customers. We started with the basics, using foundational models and generative AI to process large troves of data.

Now, we can summarize all the work being done for a patient and create a snapshot for the end user—showing all tasks, workflows, patient context, and even clinical context if available. That gives a quick overview of what’s happening. Users can edit that snapshot if needed, or generate a note that writes back to the EHR to keep the operational and clinical record in sync.

That’s the first step in our AI journey. From there, we realized tasks bundle into workflows, workflows can be automated, and now we’re starting to farm out those tasks to agents and AI. For example, a voice agent could follow up with a patient to confirm a referral or review lab results. We’re actively pursuing that, as well as leveraging AI to extract data from faxes to automate referral processes.

AI is the big unlock. In the next three to five years, I believe most administrative and operational tasks will be handled by automation and AI agents orchestrating together. These agents need rails to run on and structure to guide them, and end users must remain in the loop to provide oversight and visibility. But the lion’s share of this work will be handled by agents—and we’re building that future right now.

Q: Are you aligning specifically with any particular LLM or provider, or are you going to be completely agnostic?

Michael: I’d like to think we’ll be agnostic. We’re doing plenty of building on some of the foundational models ourselves, and we’re partnering where we can with great tools. For example, with voice agents, we’re not necessarily building them ourselves—there are excellent options out there. What we are doing is building our own homegrown AI agents that can manage processes and facilitate handoffs from task to task.

Our approach has always been to recognize that there’s a wonderful ecosystem out there. We want to be the hub that connects to the best-of-breed systems—whether that’s Epic as an EHR, Salesforce as a CRM, or other tools we can leverage to create a healthy ecosystem. That’s what we’re pursuing.

Q: I wanted to ask a question about that because with the LLMs, one of the main problems is the hallucinations or the repeatability or the trust factor there. So I saw that Dock is HITRUST certified. So, I just wanted to ask, what are your views on that? Because in terms of using generative AI when we talk to our clients, uh, for implementations on LLMs, or they’re more comfortable certainly with the administrative tasks, but even with the administrative tasks there’s always the question of what are the guardrails you put around that and how do you make sure that the results that you are seeing or you are displaying on Doc Health, you know, stay within that, those bounds of accuracy. Whathat are your thoughts around that?

Michael: AI is incredibly exciting—it’s moving at the speed of light, and everyone wants to benefit from it. I do think administrative and operational areas of healthcare are lower-hanging fruit and far less risky. We’re not yet in a place where we can reliably use AI for absolute clinical decision support and autonomy, though I believe we’ll get there in the not-too-distant future.

For now, the clunky and manual administrative work is ripe for AI. Still, we need to be mindful of potential hallucinations. In our experience so far, we haven’t seen issues, but we’ve put safeguards in place. That means keeping a human in the loop to ensure outputs are appropriate and relevant. We also give users the ability to edit results before they’re sent—whether it’s a summary being emailed to a colleague or written back into the EHR as a clinical note.

It’s essential to show your work. If we’re pulling data from various sources, we show those sources. We keep users in the loop, give them control to review and edit, and maintain tight feedback loops to catch and address anything off.

So far, even foundational LLMs have been surprisingly strong in our relatively narrow use cases. The real challenges will come as we move toward higher-risk clinical decision support—but I’m confident we’ll get there quickly.

Q: It’s interesting you mentioned humans in the loop and the fact that people can review or edit what’s being generated. But with agents, one of the key defining characteristics is autonomy—they can make API calls, send emails, even browse the web to find and act on information. How do you think about that level of control being handed over?

Michael: I think it’s all about balance. The value of task automation and workflow automation is clear. For us, one of our strengths is providing a user interface where the end user can actually see where a process is in its journey.

We’re working on features like showing confidence levels or confidence intervals for data extracted—for example, from a fax. That way, we not only show our work but also give transparency into how accurate that extraction might be. Using our interface, which breaks workflows into tasks, we can show exactly where a process stands. If we believe human involvement is needed, we assign a task and call someone in to review.

Even in the agentic future—which is already upon us and actively being built and tested—we see ways to keep humans in the loop. Operating entirely in a vacuum is risky. Part of my mantra, coming from clinical practice, is that I lacked visibility and accountability in the work being done on behalf of my patients, lost in a black hole of faxes and emails. It’s important to show where the patient is in their journey, where the process stands, whether an agent is handling it or automation is moving data between systems. Giving people visibility and the ability to drill down is critical.

Q: That’s an interesting viewpoint. You mentioned the front and back office and clinicians, but I didn’t realize patients might also have visibility into the system.

Michael: That’s certainly the vision for the future. Right now, our solution focuses on creating visibility and accountability for the care team—clinical and operational staff. But ultimately, the patient is part of the care team too. I would love to see a future where patients are assigned tasks and the rest of the care team has visibility into their progress. I think that’s inevitable. For now, we’re focused on giving the traditional care team the tools they need, but over time, I see patients and their home-based care team being part of that ecosystem.

Q: So I think we are almost at the end of the podcast. We would like to conclude by asking you what you think, maybe give a horizon of like a year and then maybe a five-year horizon. What do you think the top trends that are going to be in AI, and particularly for you at Dock Health? What are the three things that you are really keeping close tabs on and you feel that it’s going to really impact your product and be very transformational.

Michael: It’s tough to predict because AI is moving so fast. Moore’s Law doesn’t apply anymore—the doubling is happening every few months. Everything right now is AI, and “agentic” is the word of the day. I’ve even heard “ambient agents.” We see our role as orchestrating workflows where agents will carry out the majority of tasks.

When we started Dock Health, I imagined a day when it would be smart enough to handle processes automatically. AI has accelerated that roadmap by five to ten years, and the pace keeps shrinking. I truly believe that in the next five years, when healthcare spending in the U.S. reaches $10 trillion, the $2.2 trillion spent on administrative and operational costs may actually shrink because of operational efficiencies unlocked by AI.

We want to give care teams superpowers. Administrative and operational staff deserve better tools to do their work. Just as ambient scribes are now relieving clinicians from documentation, I believe AI will do the same for the administrative and operational burdens in healthcare. Within three to five years, I expect most of that work will be automated. Humans will still play a role, but much of it will feel like it just happens—almost magically.

If you zoom out five years from now, it will look like magic. But by then it will feel obvious. And that excites me, because at the end of the day, patients, our economy, and the world need more efficient care. The fact that we waste a trillion dollars a year on administrative tasks is shameful. Patients are asked to take on too much, like reminding us about referrals or tracking down lab results. These things happen because we’re human and don’t scale well. But now we have incredible tools at our fingertips, and I believe the next few years will be the most exciting time healthcare has ever experienced.

If we zoom out five years from now, it’s going to look like magic—but by then it will feel obvious. I’m excited for that future because, at the end of the day, patients, our economy, and our world need more efficient care. The fact that we waste a trillion dollars a year on administrative and operational tasks is shameful.

Too much of the burden falls on patients. Physicians and care teams often say, “Call me if you don’t get your referral in a couple of days,” or, as I saw with my own mom recently, patients are left chasing down lab results. These things happen because we’re human and we don’t scale well.

Now, we have incredible tools at our fingertips. That’s why I believe the coming years will be the most exciting time in healthcare that I’ve ever experienced—and likely the most exciting time the world has ever seen. Healthcare is primed for transformation and opportunity.

Q: Thank you for being with us on our podcast. It was a wonderful conversation, and we look forward to sharing your vision for the future with our listeners.

Michael: Thanks so much.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com  

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy has over twenty-five years of experience in the software and information technology industry in the United States and in India. She established Saviance Technologies in India and has been involved in the delivery of several successful software projects and products to clients in various industry segments.

Ritu completed AI for Health Care: Concepts and Applications from the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health and Applied Generative AI for Digital Transformation from MIT Professional Education. She has successfully taught Gen AI concepts in a classroom setting in Houston and in workshop settings to C-Suite leaders in Boston and Cleveland. She attended HIMSS in March 2024 at Orlando and the Imagination in Action AI Summit at MIT in April 2024. She is also responsible for the GenAI Center of Excellence at BigRio and DigiMTM Digital Maturity Model and Assessment at Damo.

Ritu earned her Bachelor’s degree in Computer Science from Delhi Institute of Technology (now NSIT) and a Master’s degree in Computer Science from Santa Clara University in California. She has participated in the Fellow’s program at The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

About the Host

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has previously also worked with IBM and Wipro. He completed his executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.​

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

How Virtual Care Is Redefining Physician Capacity, Patient Access, and the Future of AI in Healthcare

How Virtual Care Is Redefining Physician Capacity, Patient Access, and the Future of AI in Healthcare

Insights from Dr. Chris Gallagher on The Big Unlock Podcast

Virtual care is no longer an experiment. It is becoming a core part of modern healthcare delivery. In a recent episode of The Big Unlock podcast, Dr. Chris Gallagher, Founder and Chief Strategy Officer at Access TeleCare, discussed the shift toward hybrid care models, how virtual care, tele-ICUs, and AI are reshaping physician distribution, hospital operations, and the patient experience, especially for underserved communities.

Chris’ story is both personal and systemic, rooted in early exposure to underserved communities, years before telehealth entered the mainstream. His experience provides a real-world blueprint for how virtual care models can solve persistent physician shortages, expand specialty care, and create safer, more efficient patient experiences.

From Rural Weekends to Virtual ICU Pioneer

Chris’s journey into telehealth began as a cardiology trainee spending weekends serving rural communities around Dallas, where he saw the same level of disease complexity as in major academic medical centers, often worse because conditions went undiagnosed for years. That experience convinced him that geography should not determine the quality of care, and it sparked a career-long focus on high-acuity, underserved patients.​

When recruitment of on-site specialists failed, he and his colleagues turned to telemedicine, eventually building the first virtual ICU in Texas in 2013. And on its third night, the program helped save a life and cemented his conviction that virtual care needed to be his life’s work.​

Overcoming Early Resistance to Telemedicine

Launching tele-ICU a decade before COVID meant pushing against skepticism from clinicians who questioned whether virtual models were “real medicine”. To win trust, Chris’s team limited their initial efforts to a single ICU for a year, proving safety, outcomes, and ROI before scaling.​

He describes the long stretch from 2014–2016 as mostly educating health systems, with a turning point around 2018 when leaders needed less explanation and more implementation. Then the pandemic accelerated acceptance by at least a decade and normalized virtual care as a core modality.​

Making Technology “Fisher-Price Easy”

One of Chris’s central themes is that technology must be radically simple if clinicians are going to use it in the chaos of real-world care. Early on, a virtual encounter required 27 steps for the physician and 13 for the nurse, which created friction and slowed adoption.​

His team adopted a design mantra – “Fisher-Price easy,” and relentlessly removed steps until clinicians could connect with a patient almost as easily as pressing a single button. As the user experience improved, encounters increased and adoption became self-sustaining, a pattern he believes will repeat with AI if solutions are intuitive and reliable.​

Solving Physician Distribution, Not Just Rural Access

While the origin story was rural underserved care, Chris emphasizes that the main telehealth use case has shifted dramatically. In just three years, Access TeleCare moved from serving 70% rural and 30% urban patients to the reverse – 70% urban and 30% rural.​

Today, virtual programs are as likely to support large city hospitals as small rural facilities, especially where there is only one on-site specialist who can never take a day off without leaving gaps in coverage. Telehealth becomes a “programmatic envelope of care,” adding fractional virtual FTEs around local clinicians so hospitals can achieve 24/7 coverage without burning out the in-person team.​

Virtual Coverage as a New Staffing Model

Chris describes a new staffing paradigm where hospitals no longer try to fully staff every specialty on-site around the clock. Instead, they:

  • Use virtual clinicians to cover nights, weekends, and low-volume periods.
  • Allow scarce specialists (like infectious disease or intensivists) to focus on clinic or procedures while telehealth handles inpatient consults.​

Because 66% of hospital time is nights and weekends, covering everything purely in person is either impossibly expensive or unsustainable for clinicians, whereas virtual care can be scaled “dose-dependently,” used only as much as needed, without idle capacity.​

AI, Automation, and The Digital Back Office

For Chris, AI is not abstract; it is already embedded in practical workflows. His organization is piloting AI in back-office areas such as revenue cycle and operational automations, as well as in clinical routing and scheduling to support nearly 800 physicians and nurse practitioners.​

Over 50% of consults now flow through digital automation rather than phone calls, with EMR-integrated workflows that let hospitals trigger a consult at the push of a button and route it directly to the right specialist’s mobile app. AI will make this routing smarter and faster, enabling his team to reach the bedside up to 20% sooner, crucial for emergencies like acute stroke or cardiac arrest.​

Voice Agents and The Next Wave Of AI

Chris is optimistic about voice agents as a natural evolution in AI-enabled care. His team is actively running pilots with multiple vendors to determine which tools best fit their physicians and advanced practitioners, focusing on both efficiency and experience.​

Most current use cases they are exploring sit behind the scenes – supporting revenue cycle, documentation, and operational workflows, rather than replacing the human interaction at the bedside. The goal is not to remove clinicians from the loop but to free them from administrative burden so they can spend more time in clinical decision-making and patient communication.​

Redefining The Digital Front Door For Acute Care

Unlike many digital health companies that focus on at-home consumers, Access TeleCare’s “digital front door” starts inside hospitals. All of their patients are in emergency departments, ICUs, inpatient floors, or clinics, and many encounters are unscheduled, triggered by sudden changes in condition.​

Instead of patients booking online, hospitals initiate virtual consults directly from Epic or Cerner, routing requests into a centralized platform that balances workload among specialists in seconds. This model turns telehealth into an invisible backbone of acute care, embedded in hospital operations rather than acting as an external service layer.​

Making Virtual Care Feel Like In-Person Medicine

To win clinician and patient trust, Chris insists that virtual encounters must feel as close as possible to traditional bedside care. Each hospital is equipped with a six-foot telemedicine cart featuring a large display, high-resolution zoom camera, and digital stethoscope so remote physicians can read monitors, view ventilator settings, and perform detailed physical exams.​

There is always a “patient presenter” in the room – usually a nurse, medical assistant, or ER physician – to provide hands-on support and carry out parts of the exam, while the remote physician documents, orders, and manages treatment within the hospital’s EMR as any on-site clinician would.​

Health Equity, Local Care, And Cost Savings

A major impact of these programs is on equity and local access. Around 82% of the patients Access TeleCare serves are underserved, including uninsured, Medicaid, and elderly populations who would otherwise face delayed or fragmented care.​

By bringing specialists to the bedside virtually, hospitals avoid costly transfers that can add about $5,000 per episode and, in the case of helicopter transports, tens of thousands of dollars more—costs that ripple through families and communities. For roughly the price of a $200 telemedicine consult, hospitals can keep patients in their home communities, close to their support systems, while still delivering high-quality specialty care.​

Toward A Virtual-First, Hybrid Future

Strategically, Chris sees health systems moving toward “virtual-first” models in many non-procedural specialties. In this vision, every patient is guaranteed baseline access to specialty care via virtual providers, and in-person clinicians are layered on top for procedures and high-volume needs.​

He argues that traditional physician staffing models, largely unchanged for a century, are no longer tenable in an era of workforce shortages and rising demand. Virtual care provides the flexibility to dial resources up or down, matching supply to demand without overworking clinicians or paying for idle capacity.​

A Turning Point for Medicine

Chris places AI and virtual care alongside antibiotics and modern surgical techniques as potential turning points in medical history. COVID, he notes, didn’t just accelerate telehealth adoption—it fundamentally lowered healthcare’s resistance to change and opened the door for broader digital transformation.​

He is bullish that AI will significantly enhance organizational efficiency, improve the physician experience, and ultimately elevate patient care, provided that governance, privacy, and safety guardrails are in place. For Chris Gallagher, the future of healthcare is hybrid, AI-enabled, and deeply human—using technology not to replace clinicians, but to extend their reach to every patient who needs them, wherever they are.

Virtual-First Care Starts with Making Technology Effortless

Season 6: Episode #188

Podcast with Chris Gallagher, M.D., Founder and Chief Strategy Officer, Access TeleCare

Virtual-First Care Starts with Making Technology Effortless

To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Dr. Chris Gallagher, Founder and Chief Strategy Officer at Access TeleCare, shares valuable insights on the evolution of AI, how virtual care is reshaping access, staffing, and costs across health systems, and why making technology effortless is the key to driving a successful virtual-first care strategy.

Chris recounts the pioneering achievement of building the first virtual ICU in Texas in 2013, which quickly proved life-saving and marked a turning point in virtual health adoption. He discusses how they are addressing physician distribution issues by augmenting in-person staff, shifting its focus from predominantly rural to 70% urban facilities by offering essential 24/7 virtual specialists to care teams. Chris stresses that solutions must be effortless for clinicians, “Fisher Price easy,” so adoption becomes self-perpetuating.

Chris highlights AI’s immense potential to improve efficiency, enhance physician experience, and expedite patient care, especially through automation and a future “virtual-first” healthcare strategy. Take a listen.

Video Podcast and Extracts

About Our Guest

Chris Gallagher, M.D. is the Founder and Chief Strategy Officer of Access TeleCare. As a cardiologist in rural Texas hospitals, Dr. Gallagher noticed that timely care was one of the most important variables in a favorable patient outcome. However, this was not happening consistently across hospitals.

So, he started looking for a virtual solution that could ensure the delivery of high-quality, timely care. When he didn’t find it, he built it.

As founder of Access TeleCare, the nation’s largest high-acuity telemedicine provider, Dr. Gallagher brought his experience in internal medicine and cardiology to pave the way for tech-enabled clinical networks. Today, Access TeleCare is the standard bearer of excellence in telemedicine, a 2024 Top Remote Workplace, operating virtual care programs in all 50 states across 8 medical specialties, with a virtual catchment area of over 216 million Americans (across 15,000+ zip codes) representing roughly 65% of the U.S. population.

In his role as chief strategy officer, Dr. Gallagher drives innovation, identifies strategic partnerships, and plans for the company’s strategic growth.

Dr. Gallagher trained at UT Southwestern for his Internal Medicine Residency and Cardiology Fellowship and earned his Doctor of Medicine from Texas Tech University School of Medicine. He is a fellow in the American College of Cardiology and a member of the American Association of Cardiovascular and Pulmonary Rehabilitation, the American Medical Association, and the Texas Medical Association.


Charles: I am Chuck Christian. I’m the Vice President of Technology and CTO for Franciscan Health. Franciscan is a 12 or 13 hospital system, depending on how you count them. We cover a swath of the Midwest from just south of Indianapolis all the way to Chicago, basically following the I-65 corridor.

We have between 350 and 400 locations, including physician practices, imaging centers, lab draws, urgent cares, and oncology centers. It’s a pretty large organization. We have about 29,000 team members, both employees and contractors, at Franciscan Health.

We are truly mission focused. We are a Catholic healthcare system with a big C. We are owned by the Sisters of St. Francis of Perpetual Adoration. That means there are two sisters in the chapel praying for whatever they deem important and anything we ask them to pray for, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. That’s where the “perpetual adoration” comes in.

We are a mission-driven organization. I believe in that. A lot of our hospitals are smaller and in underserved places, and we take care of that patient population. I think we’re really good at it.

I’ve known this organization almost 40 years. The CIO previous to Charles, who is our current COO, was a good friend of mine. I was CIO of a hospital in Southern Indiana for 24 years, and Bill and I ran a similar software stack. I watched Bill and learned a lot from him as far as how he ran this large organization.

I’ve been here for six years. I joined in April of 2019, so in dog years that’s like 35 years or more. We are very busy. I’m very blessed to have an outstanding team that manages all this, and I get to stand in awe and watch everything we accomplish every day.

Rohit: That’s fabulous. Thank you, Chuck for that intro.

Ritu: My name is Ritu Roy, and I’m the Managing Partner here at Damo and BigRio, and also the co-host of The Big Unlock podcast with Rohit. Thank you for being our guest today, Chuck. We are looking forward to an engaging and insightful conversation. With that, we can dive right in and get started.

Charles: Thank you.

Rohit: Hi Chuck. I’m Rohit Mahajan. I’m the Managing Partner and CEO at BigRio and Damo Consulting. It’s great to have you on the podcast. Like Ritu said, we’re looking forward to an engaging discussion. I’d like to start with the first thought on my mind. You’re in a mission-driven organization, and you’ve been a healthcare leader for many years. What started you on this journey? Tell us how you got started in healthcare, what attracted you, and what you’re passionate about.

Charles: Well, it depends on how far back you want to go. I’m an X-ray tech, radiologic technologist if you want to use the term. The first 14 years of my career were in radiology.

I stepped out of high school on June sixth in 1971, and on June seventh I stepped into the hospital, and I haven’t left since. Interesting enough, I did a lot of things in the radiology department and became part of the management team of that department. I guess if the chief tech had not been just a few years older than me, I’d still be there, because that was the role I wanted. But Roy just retired a few years ago, and I wasn’t going to wait that long.

I’m a geek, I’m a nerd. I was a nerd in high school. It wasn’t cool to be a nerd in high school back then, but it’s cool to be a nerd now. I did a lot of programming classes on the old System Threes with punch cards. Then I learned how to code for Z80 processors.

When we started automating hospitals back in the mid-eighties, I got chosen to run the ambulatory implementation of order management after we had put in patient management. I realized I liked it, and I knew that was where healthcare was going. Radiology has been a high-tech department in hospitals for a long time. I was trying to automate the patient record in radiology, but it was so expensive I couldn’t get any funding for it.

So I jumped ship and moved over to the vendors for about five years. Eventually I was asked to move to either an implementation manager role or the director of an outsourced IT department in southern Indiana. I did that. I had four daughters at the time, and it was the right thing to do because it was a great place to raise my girls.

I spent 24 years there. It was during the time the role of a healthcare CIO was defined. When I left that job, I was Vice President and CIO. I moved to Georgia to a health system there as Vice President and Chief Information Officer. Then I came back to Indiana and worked at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, which is now the only exchange in Indiana. I had been involved with it since 2005. I worked there for a little over four years, and then I took this role here. That’s my stint in healthcare, which has spanned over 50 years.

Rohit: That’s awesome, Chuck. You’ve been there, done it, and seen it as well. I was curious because a few days ago, when we were chatting, you were talking about being either back from UGM or about to go there.

We all know it’s a week-long affair, people go deep, and there are so many things to cover. We were wondering if you could share some of your experiences or a heads-up on topics you see coming our way.

Charles: Sure. I came home with a great deal of anxiety because of trying to figure out how we’re going to do everything and where healthcare is going. The nice thing about Epic is they now cover the entire gambit. I remember when Epic started; they were only in the ambulatory space and then only in large academic medical centers. They cover quite a scope of product these days.

Now that they have grown the applications, they have de-identified shared data, which I think is going to be a plus. The two-letter acronym was everywhere, AI, and how it’s going to be leveraged and used. They did a nice job showing scenarios of how it could be used and how organizations are using it.

We’re a risk-averse organization. We’re taking a more moderated approach. We’re getting our governance in place first. We already have a few things going through the AI mill, and we will have more. We split it into two pieces, one on the clinical side and one on the operational side. Epic has both, and I think they’re well positioned to do that work. They partner with Microsoft, and they continue to do so.

They announced they are working on their own ambient listening. They have business partners already, but they are creating their own product. I assume it will be predicated on the Microsoft stack, but they didn’t say, so I don’t know.

They also mentioned they are working on their own ERP and starting with workforce management. That makes sense because the workforce is in Epic all the time. Nursing staffing, scheduling, shifts, and how all that ties together. It’s an interesting leap.

Years ago, when Lawson, before being purchased by Infor, said they would create a patient accounting platform, I was in a CHIME focus group. When they mentioned that, a bunch of CIOs in the room asked why they would do that. You need to get your ERP right first. But I think the way Epic is approaching it makes sense.

It was great. I was there for about four days and spent most of the time listening to presentations. Judy did a great job with a big screen about what’s next and what’s coming. The rest of her team did a great job showing what you can do now and what’s coming. They do a good job setting expectations around timelines. They release quarterly. We do two a year, so we’re current from their perspective but behind. We don’t have the wherewithal to immediately adopt everything when they release it, so we have to plan accordingly.

Ritu: Yeah. So Chuck, when I was reading about the UGM, it was interesting because they said their unique proposition with AI is the de-identified patient records they have in Epic Cosmos, which is more than 15 billion patient records. They said that for the first time, it can actually move toward healthcare rather than sick care because doctors can predict trends. And I think they released two new things called Emmy and Penny, which will help doctors see the trajectory of what is going to happen with patients.

So I was curious about your thoughts because you’ve been in this industry for such a long time. Do you think that this USP—this huge bank of patient records—is really going to set them on a differentiating path compared to all the other AI startups trying to do the same thing?

Charles: I think that having the data is huge, honestly. It reminded me a lot of—if you remember years ago—they had a thing called PatientsLikeMe, where people with unique and rare diseases could find others and compare notes and treatment approaches. Working at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, I know they have about 30 years of data. Not all of it is discrete, but the majority is.

One question I asked the CEO, who is a friend of mine—and a lot of researchers use that de-identified data—is that when you create an AI model and just let it learn, there are all kinds of interesting determinations you can make once you have the data. So I think it’s going to be a game changer. Epic is also trying to outdo themselves. Given the market of EHR vendors, there aren’t many left standing. There are three or four. Others are creating similar repositories, but I’m not sure they have the long-term vision or the wherewithal to get it done. Knowing the talent Judy has pulled together, I think it will be very interesting to see what comes down the pike.

Ritu: Thank you.

Rohit: Chuck, you mentioned you’re taking a conservative approach to AI adoption and setting governance before taking major steps. How do you think about innovation or typical problem-solving—for example, reducing cognitive load across the organization? How do you balance this conservative approach with the fast-paced changes happening in the marketplace?

Charles: I think we have to be very clear about what problem we’re trying to solve. There are so many solutions being thrown at us—“Hey, we can do this, we can do that”—but often it’s not a problem we actually have. So we’re trying to pick and choose which targets to shoot at.

I’m married to a critical care nurse, so I’m very careful about getting in the way of the nursing staff. She’s retired, but for me, technology needs to be invisible. If it gets in the way of people being able to do their job, then it’s a problem.

If you think about it for a minute—and I’ll give you Chuck’s opinion—we don’t really have electronic medical record systems for documenting the care of the patient. What we have are electronic systems that capture information required for billing. That’s part of the problem. We have all these required elements clinicians have to document—physicians have to dot all the i’s and cross all the t’s—to get the appropriate words in so it can be translated into billing codes, ICD-10 codes, HPS codes, and so on. It truly gets in the way of taking care of patients.

But once we get that discrete data, we can use AI and other tools to help determine a better course of treatment. You’re never going to hear me say that we should depend solely upon AI. It has to be moderated and reviewed by someone with clinical training. Physicians have shown me I’ve been wrong more times than you can imagine. Working together and having good data aggregation is important.

One thing I learned early on when implementing the first physician order entry and clinical documentation systems was that physicians said: “Don’t tell me what I already know. Tell me what I don’t know. Better yet, tell me what I need to know about the patient in front of me right now.” There are things they don’t know. That’s where data aggregation from health information exchanges helps, because patients don’t get care in one location or from one physician.

I’m living proof of that. I get care in two—actually three—health systems because that’s where my specialists are. My primary care doctor wants to know what my orthopedist did or what my cardiologist’s course of treatment is, because he’s managing my diabetes and a few other things. Having access to information—recent labs, imaging studies—is extremely important.

We talked about interoperability, and that’s where it comes into play. Most hospitals in Indianapolis are on Epic, so you can get data easily. From non-Epic systems, there are mechanisms too. When I see my cardiologist—who uses a different system—and he already knows what my medications are because they were recently changed by another physician, that’s positive. I don’t have to list everything. When they know my latest labs, that’s positive too, because we’re not hunting for information.

It’s about providing information that is important to the treatment at that moment.

I had the privilege of sitting in a presentation—maybe eight or nine years ago—at Scripps Institute. They showed a demo of what a patient encounter could be. It was very Star Trek–like. The computer or AI interacted with the physician and patient appropriately. It listened in the background and captured information about the encounter. When the physician said, “We need to order a CT scan of your lower abdomen,” it was already getting that scheduled. When the patient was ready to leave, everything was set. It was also checking for recent labs and reminding the physician if the patient—say a diabetic—was due for an eye exam or foot check.

I think it’s about having access to the information so we can inform—not determine but inform—the physicians. Because at the end of the day, physicians are accountable for the outcomes. They have to be in control, not the AI.

Ritu: Yeah,

Charles: we’re not ready for Skynet yet.

Ritu: I think you described a multi-agent system where the agents are off doing things and then bringing it all back for the physician to review. With that being said, we all know that AgTech is one of the top trends everyone’s talking about these days. What are your thoughts on voice agents? Where is Franciscan with that? Have you had exposure to or tried voice agents in the hospital?

Charles: Yeah, we’ve got a trial. We’ve got over 200 physicians working on those. Is it going to be the end-all, be-all? I don’t know. The physicians seem to like it. It assists them; it helps with their pajama time.

I’ve listened to conversations from other health systems that were early adopters, and I have to go back in time to when we were looking at automating physician practices in Southern Indiana. We visited a group of 14 family practice doctors. The husband and wife who started the practice mostly did OB and family medicine. Their use of computers was minimal—they were still mostly on paper. But they had other physicians who, I think, slept with their laptops.

The interesting thing was that depending on how well a physician adopted the computer system and molded it to how they practiced, they got to take advantage of it. I think it’s going to be the same with AI and voice agents. If they allow it to help and figure out how to incorporate it into how they think and practice, they’ll see the benefit. The systems are pliable enough now that it’s easier to do.

When I was in Georgia, we needed to automate a lot of OB practices on the same platform. One OB had been practicing almost 30 years and already had a solution he had customized. He told me I would tear it out of his cold, dead fingers. So we worked with him. The new system was more flexible and pliable than his old one, and he became a champion because he was willing to take the time to understand how he could use the technology to help him practice.

I think that’s the key. If you’re resistant to it, that’s fine—that’s perfectly okay. But people who write software often think all physicians think the same way. They’re absolutely wrong. It depends on where they trained. I learned that when implementing emergency room electronic medical records. The physicians who helped design the software were trained with a very different approach to critical thinking than our physicians. We had to relearn and figure out ways to adjust, because once clinicians are trained a certain way, it’s hard to change those habits and the way they gather and maintain information.

Ritu: Thank you. Great answer.

Rohit: Chuck, I’d like to ask your thoughts about the innovation process. How do you approach it, and what are some of the things you do to foster innovation?

Charles: One of the things we did was stand up a Tech Innovation Lab. Honestly, it was a selfish move because people were just bringing technology into the organization. All the enterprise architects report to me, and we work together to understand what will work in our environment and what won’t. We try to standardize as much as we can.

So I created the Innovation Lab to bring these innovations into a controlled environment and try them there. It’s a walled garden. It’s not connected to the rest of the network. It has its own connections to the internet. So if we blow something up, it only blows up in the lab. That’s why we did it.

What we’re able to do is bring ideas in and fail fast—figure out what works and what doesn’t. We’ve done that several times. Virtual nursing is something we’ve worked on a lot. There were all kinds of interesting opportunities brought to us. One facility went ahead and put a solution into a live patient population, and we found out quickly that’s not how you do it. You don’t test that kind of thing in a live environment. It frustrates the staff and patients, and it leaves leadership thinking, “We already tried that—it doesn’t work.”

Well, you tried what doesn’t work. Let me show you what will work.

We needed the opportunity to rapidly figure out what would work. One issue with that failed experiment was that the people who built the carts didn’t understand our environment. They put a wireless access point in the cart that was incompatible with our network. Once we got the cart, we figured it out quickly. We re-engineered it, and it works fine now—but we’re not using that cart because it was over-engineered and very expensive.

We’re trying to use standard components that can be supported and replaced quickly. The idea is to generate a lot of ideas and figure out how to use them appropriately without getting in the way.

You also have to think about the aesthetics of the equipment you’re bringing in. The first cart had a big five-wheel base—kind of a star shape. In some patient rooms, it was in the way. Nursing quickly said, “That’s not going to work.”

So we found an iPad holder that hangs on the patient’s bedroom wall when not in use. It’s out of the way, easy to access, and uses magnetic connectors so if someone snags it, it just comes apart. No trip hazard.

You must consider not only the technology but how it fits in patient rooms.

Originally, the idea was that the Innovation Lab would review the technology, understand how it fits together, and then install it in our SIM labs. We have two—one north, one south. Then the simulation teams would put it in a physician office or patient room and see how it fits before we use it in live care. That’s our next step with virtual nursing.

We also have a lot of conversations with organizations that have fully rolled out these solutions. We learn from their experiences. A mistake is only a mistake if you don’t learn from it. If you do, then it’s experience. We leverage their experience so we don’t repeat the same things, and so we can move quicker.

Rohit: That’s awesome. As we are approaching the end of the podcast, I would like to ask if you would touch on the mentorship program.

Ritu: Yes, I would really like to hear more about that, Chuck, because it’s something unique and I think it would be interesting for our listeners as well.

Charles: Just making sure we’re talking about the virtual mentoring program. After COVID, we were bringing on a lot of new nurse graduates. When you bring someone into that role, they need a more experienced nurse for a procedure they may have never done before. That usually means waiting for that nurse to come to them.

We had a couple of nursing staff in the mentorship program who came up with a way to use technology for an on-screen virtual visit with the new nurse. The experienced nurse could walk them through the procedure and be there with them, or if the new nurse had a question, they could step out into the hall, ask it, and go back in. It improved speed to delivery of care more than anything else.

It also gave seasoned nurses a chance to step away from what they were doing instead of traveling to another location. If they need to go in person, they still do, but this gave us another option. We got great feedback from both the new nurses and our more mature nursing staff, and we rolled it out through the enterprise. I haven’t checked in on it recently, but I assume it’s still running. I only hear when things break, and if it’s not broken, I’m not going to fix it. I assume the technology is still working and paying dividends.

Ritu: Thank you so much.

Rohit: So, Chuck, as we come to the end of the podcast, any closing remarks or thoughts you’d like to share before we finish?

Charles: I’ve been in healthcare a long time. Healthcare is a target rich environment for creativity and innovation. But we’re still taking care of patients the same way we did, and it’s about the human touch and caring for people.

When I first started in radiology years ago, I was taken aback that people weren’t always treated as people. They were exams. Do this gallbladder in this room, do this hip nailing in that room. I was reminded they’re people. They could be my family. They could be my children. That’s why I’m passionate about making sure the technology works and doesn’t get in the way.

Have we reached the pinnacle? No. Is it better? I think it is. But we’re still trying to figure it out every day. As long as we have great people passionate about providing outstanding care and we understand where that ability comes from, we’ll keep moving forward.

We’re a Catholic healthcare system, and our rule is we start most meetings with prayer. We are called to love one another as God loves us, and we need to remember that every day. That’s why I keep doing what I’m doing.

Rohit: Awesome.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Chuck.

Rohit: Really appreciate it.

Charles: Okay. Thanks for the opportunity to share.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com   

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has previously also worked with IBM and Wipro. He completed his executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.​

Ritu M. Uberoy has over twenty-five years of experience in the software and information technology industry in the United States and in India. She established Saviance Technologies in India and has been involved in the delivery of several successful software projects and products to clients in various industry segments.

Ritu completed AI for Health Care: Concepts and Applications from the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health and Applied Generative AI for Digital Transformation from MIT Professional Education. She has successfully taught Gen AI concepts in a classroom setting in Houston and in workshop settings to C-Suite leaders in Boston and Cleveland. She attended HIMSS in March 2024 at Orlando and the Imagination in Action AI Summit at MIT in April 2024. She is also responsible for the GenAI Center of Excellence at BigRio and DigiMTM Digital Maturity Model and Assessment at Damo.

Ritu earned her Bachelor’s degree in Computer Science from Delhi Institute of Technology (now NSIT) and a Master’s degree in Computer Science from Santa Clara University in California. She has participated in the Fellow’s program at The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

How Rush University System for Health Is Advancing Generative AI Innovation and Digital Transformation

Digital transformation in healthcare has accelerated dramatically over the past few years, driven by changing patient expectations, demographic shifts, and rapid advances in artificial intelligence. At the center of this transformation is Rush University System for Health, a Chicago-based academic health system known for its clinical excellence and forward-thinking approach to innovation. In a recent episode of The Big Unlock podcast, Anil Saldanha, Chief Innovation Officer at Rush University System for Health, offered a wide-ranging look at how the organization is advancing generative AI, expanding digital care models, and tackling systemic health inequities.

Anil’s role sits at the intersection of public health, community health, and care delivery – an ideal vantage point for understanding how technology can reshape health outcomes. His insights highlight not just where Rush University System for Health is today, but where healthcare as a whole is heading.

A Virtual-First Foundation for Digital Transformation

One of the most visible components of digital transformation at Rush University System for Health is the shift toward a virtual-first ecosystem. While the pandemic accelerated telehealth adoption nationwide, Rush took the momentum and built an intentional strategy around it.

Anil explained that Rush began by strengthening virtual primary care, followed by virtual urgent care and specialty care. The virtual urgent care service stands out for its ability to address more than 40 different conditions with a waiting time as short as 20 minutes. Patients who once needed to travel to a clinic for issues like cough, rashes, prescription refills, minor infections, or follow-up questions can now get the care they need from home.

Virtual specialty care has expanded across eight service areas, helping patients access high-quality clinical expertise without the typical logistical barriers.

This virtual backbone laid the groundwork for one of Rush’s most innovative offerings: Rush Connect Plus, a subscription-based service that reflects new consumer expectations in healthcare. Through Rush Connect Plus patients anywhere in the United States can get 24/7 access to a care team, digital triage support, referral pathways, and seamless connection to Rush specialists. As Anil explained, many younger patients “are not interested in having a dedicated primary care provider. They want care whenever they need it, wherever they are.” Rush Connect Plus reflects this shift and meets patients on their terms.

 

Addressing Chicago’s Life Expectancy Gap Through Data and Community Strategy

While digital convenience is important, Rush’s transformation is equally focused on tackling some of Chicago’s most deeply rooted public health inequities. The Chicago “death gap,” an extreme difference in life expectancy between neighborhoods, has long been a defining challenge for the city.

Anil described it clearly: “If you take four subway stops west of Michigan Avenue, life expectancy drops by 16 years. In the south of Chicago, it drops by 30 years.” Rush has made it a corporate mission to reduce this gap by 50% by the year 2030.

Several factors drive this disparity, including cardiovascular disease, cancer, firearm injuries, stroke, and uncontrolled hypertension. The social determinants of health adds another layer of complexity. To address these issues systematically, Rush secured a $7.5 million grant to build a Health Equity Analytics Studio, an advanced data environment designed to unite clinical data, census information, wearable insights, and community metrics into a single analytical foundation.

This ecosystem of data will allow Rush to identify “hot zones” of chronic disease risk across the region. The goal is to provide public health teams, community health workers, and clinical service lines with actionable insights so they can deliver targeted, high-impact interventions.

In Anil’s view, this kind of population-level digital infrastructure is essential for equity: “This will be a major digital aid for our public health and community health departments and help us understand the complex chronic care needs of our population.”

 

Transforming Cancer Care Through Early Detection and Strategic Collaboration

Cancer care has been another area of exceptional focus at Rush, supported by both clinical partnerships and bold technological initiatives.

A key strategic collaboration is Rush’s partnership with MD Anderson Cancer Center, widely recognized for world-class oncology care. Through this partnership, Rush has established several Rush MD Anderson Cancer Centers across the Chicago region, enabling patients to receive cutting-edge treatment and participate in advanced clinical trials without traveling to Houston. As Anil noted, this partnership ensures that “our patient population doesn’t have to travel to Houston to take advantage of MD Anderson’s excellence.”

Complementing this is Rush’s pioneering move into multi-cancer early detection. About a year ago, Rush began offering the Grail liquid biopsy test, which can identify more than 50 cancers and many of which have no other detectable biomarkers.

Anil described the decision to adopt Grail as a “bold bet,” grounded in scientific promise and clinical necessity. Despite the $750 out-of-pocket cost and lack of FDA approval, community demand has been overwhelming. “We’re not able to keep up with the demand,” he shared. Rush has systemized referral pathways and follow-up procedures to ensure patients receive timely support if they receive a positive signal from the test.

For Rush, early detection represents a shift in how society invests in cancer care. Instead of devoting most resources to end-of-life treatment, Anil and Rush’s CEO, Dr. Omar Latif, emphasize the need to invest earlier in the patient journey to prevent severe outcomes. This philosophy aligns with Rush’s broader mission of prevention, equity, and long-term community health.

 

Generative AI at Rush Health: Thoughtful Deployment and Research-Driven Innovation

Generative AI is becoming one of the defining forces in healthcare transformation, and Rush is embracing it with both enthusiasm and caution. Anil made it clear that Rush wants AI to enhance, not replace, clinical expertise and patient relationships.

Ambient listening technology is one area where generative AI is already making an impact. Rush uses Suki to reduce clinical documentation burden, allowing providers to focus more on patient care. Rush also deploys an AI-driven symptom checker across its website and mobile app, helping patients navigate symptoms and access appointments more efficiently.

One of the most groundbreaking, and lesser known, AI initiatives at Rush is the Socrates behavioral health kiosk, part of its RODO program supporting veterans with PTSD. The kiosk uses a multi-agent AI system built on OpenAI models. Patients interact with an AI therapist, while an AI rater and a third monitoring agent work behind the scenes to prevent hallucinations, avoid looping behavior, and maintain clinical relevance.

Anil highlighted the importance of this multi-agent design: “It allows us to make changes in real time to ensure looping doesn’t happen and hallucination concerns are mitigated.” While still in a research environment, Socrates represents a promising direction for behavioral health innovation at a time when staffing shortages persist across the country.

Beyond behavioral health, Rush is monitoring advancements in diagnostic AI, such as cardiovascular algorithms, vision-based imaging tools, and cancer detection systems. Saldanha views these developments as signs of a “hopeful” future, where traditional machine-learning models and generative AI will coexist to support clinical care.

 

Looking Ahead: A Connected, AI-Enabled Future for Care Delivery

When asked about what’s next, Anil spoke about the emergence of hospital-at-home programs and ambulatory-first models, reflecting a broader movement toward decentralizing care. He expects generative AI to play a growing role in patient education and preparation, a trend already visible in clinics.

He referenced a recent story of a patient who used ChatGPT to learn about a “Tilt Table Test” before coming in for vertigo. The clinician was surprised by the level of detail and preparation. For Anil, this is a sign of what he calls a “connected care ecosystem,” where patients become empowered partners in their own care.

“Patients are partners in their care,” he said. “The more they’re empowered and educated, the better society will be.”

 

A Model for the Future of Healthcare Transformation

Rush ’s journey reflects the intersection of technological progress, clinical innovation, and community responsibility. Through virtual-first care, generative AI adoption, early cancer detection, and data-driven equity initiatives, Rush is building a healthcare model that is not only future-ready but deeply human.

Anil concludes the podcast episode with optimism: “Healthcare affects all of us. Don’t give up on it. Be part of the solution in whatever way you can.”

The digital transformation at Rush, and its thoughtful use of generative AI, offers a powerful blueprint for any organization striving to deliver smarter, more equitable, and more connected care.

A First Look at Our New Book: Generative AI — Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare

The Beginning of a New Era

When we began writing Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, we set out to capture a moment we could feel unfolding all around us. Hospitals were experimenting with generative models to summarize clinical notes. Pharmaceutical teams were using AI to design molecules. Patients, whether through voice agents, virtual coaches, or precision-care tools, were starting to experience medicine that learns from them in real time.

Healthcare has always evolved with technology, but something about generative AI feels different. It doesn’t just automate; it collaborates. It drafts, hypothesizes, and reasons. It changes how humans and machines think about each other and with each other.

Our goal was to document this transformation honestly, its potential and its pitfalls, and to offer leaders a practical framework for navigating what might be the most consequential technological shift in medicine since the discovery of antibiotics.

Inside the Book

In the opening chapters, we invite readers to step into the clinical frontier of this technology. Here is a brief passage from Chapter 1:

“The first wave of AI in medicine focused on detection, spotting a tumor, predicting a lab value, flagging an anomaly. The next wave, powered by generative models, focuses on creation, drafting treatment plans, designing trials, even writing the code that powers health systems themselves.”

Another early excerpt explores how this evolution is changing the physician’s daily experience:

“When an algorithm can generate a differential diagnosis or summarize a complex chart, it doesn’t diminish the clinician’s value. It redefines it. The new skill set is interpretive intelligence, the ability to question, contextualize, and apply machine-generated insight with empathy.”

Throughout the book we weaved together interviews, case studies, and lessons from our work at BigRio and Damo Consulting. Readers will find examples ranging from AI-assisted radiology and conversational triage tools to synthetic data pipelines accelerating clinical research.

But we also look beyond the technology. Each chapter ends with a reflection on governance, ethics, and human trust, because AI’s success in healthcare depends as much on values as on code.

From Algorithms to Empathy

One of our favorite sections explores the paradox at the heart of digital medicine: how machines that generate text, images, or predictions can actually restore the human connection in care.

“The gift of automation is time; the one resource healthcare professionals never seem to have enough of. When AI writes the discharge summary or reconciles the medication list, the clinician gets something priceless back: more time to give to the patient’s story.”

Generative AI, when properly implemented, becomes a quiet collaborator that amplifies compassion instead of replacing it. That vision runs through every chapter of our book.

Why This Book, Why Now?

We’re often asked what inspired us to write this book at this particular moment. The answer is urgency.

In 2025, healthcare organizations are under unprecedented pressure to modernize. They face clinician burnout, labor shortages, and an avalanche of unstructured data. At the same time, generative AI technologies are moving faster than regulation, raising new questions about bias, safety, and transparency.

We saw a need for a resource that bridges innovation and accountability. A guide written by those of us who have built AI systems inside real healthcare environments, not just in research labs.

Our message is simple:

  • The technology is powerful, but context matters.
  • Generative AI can democratize expertise, but only if governed ethically.
  • Healthcare’s next chapter must combine precision with empathy.

This is not a manifesto for automation; it’s a blueprint for collaboration. It is about ensuring that, as AI learns to write prescriptions or generate treatment options, humans remain the authors of care itself.

The Collaboration Behind the Pages

Writing together allowed us to merge two complementary perspectives. Rohit brings systems-architecture and data-science lens from decades of work in health IT and consulting. Ritu brings leadership and education focus, guiding organizations through responsible adoption and change management.

Our shared mission—reflected in the book and in The Big Unlock podcast—is to make AI accessible and actionable for healthcare executives, innovators, and clinicians alike.

We wanted the book to feel both visionary and grounded: rich in insight but practical enough that a hospital CIO, a data scientist, or a medical student could, or even a patient, could all find value in it.

Looking Ahead

As the launch approaches, we’re encouraged by the early enthusiasm from reviewers and peers who describe Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare as “a rare combination of technical rigor and human empathy.”

In the coming months, we’ll continue the conversation through live webinars, podcast interviews, and case-study spotlights drawn from the book. Our hope is that this work sparks collaboration across disciplines and across the globe on how to responsibly unlock the full potential of Generative AI in medicine.

Order and Launch Details

Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare
By Rohit Mahajan and Ritu M Uberoy
Published by Taylor & Francis Group
Available November 17, 2025, in soft cover, hardcover, and eBook formats.

Order or learn more at the official author webpage.

Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare

Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare

New Book Provides Insider Insight on the Impact of Generative AI on Healthcare!

CAMBRIDGE, Mass., Nov. 13, 2025 /PRNewswire-PRWeb/ — Artificial intelligence is no longer a future promise in healthcare, it’s the driving force behind how care is delivered, research is conducted, and data is transformed into lifesaving insight. A groundbreaking new book, Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare, [ISBN: 9781041125693], published by Taylor & Francis Group, explores this evolution and what it means for clinicians, researchers, innovators, and policymakers worldwide.

Authored by Rohit Mahajan and Ritu M Uberoy, leading voices in healthcare technology and digital transformation, the book demystifies how generative AI and Agentic AI are reshaping patient engagement, drug discovery, diagnostics, and the very fabric of clinical decision-making.

Mahajan and Uberoy draw upon decades of experience driving AI innovation at BigRio and Damo Consulting. Through real-world case studies and expert insights, the authors examine how hospitals, payers, and life sciences organizations can responsibly implement generative AI to enhance both efficiency and patient care in healthcare delivery.

Mahajan and Uberoy draw upon decades of experience driving AI innovation at BigRio and Damo Consulting. Through real-world case studies and expert insights, the authors examine how hospitals, payers, and life sciences organizations can responsibly implement generative AI to enhance both efficiency and patient care in healthcare delivery.

The most balanced and forward-thinking treatment of generative AI in medicine to date.

“Healthcare stands at the crossroads of innovation and compassion,” said Rohit Mahajan, CEO of BigRio and Damo Consulting. “Our goal was to provide a playbook that helps organizations harness AI not just to cut costs but to elevate care quality and human connection.”

Co-author Ritu M Uberoy added, “We wanted to move the conversation beyond hype. Generative AI isn’t about replacing clinicians or healthcare decision makers, it’s about giving them superpowers through technology that learns, reasons, and collaborates.”

The book provides an accessible yet technically grounded guide to AI governance, data ethics, regulatory implications, and the emergence of agentic AI systems.


Early Reception

The release of the book comes at a pivotal time. Healthcare systems globally are accelerating digital transformation while grappling with workforce shortages and data fragmentation. Analysts forecast that AI-driven solutions could save the U.S. healthcare system more than $360 billion annually by 2030 through automation, improved diagnostics, and streamlined administrative tasks.

Early reviewers have praised the book as “the most balanced and forward-thinking treatment of generative AI in medicine to date.”

Industry thought leaders and academic reviewers note its blend of technical insight, ethical reflection, and pragmatic leadership advice.


About the Authors

Rohit Mahajan is the author of Quantum Care: A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research, a number one Amazon bestseller exploring how AI is transforming healthcare. He is the Founder and Managing Partner at Saviance Technologies and serves as CEO of both BigRio and Damo, where he leads innovation in AI and digital health transformation.

Rohit co-hosts The Big Unlock podcast with Ritu M Uberoy, engaging senior healthcare leaders in conversations about the future of care delivery. In 2025, he received the GHLF Global Impact Award for Digital Health Innovation in recognition of his contributions to the field.

Ritu M Uberoy is a technology executive, entrepreneur, and educator with over 25 years of experience in the global software and IT industry. As Founder of Saviance Technologies and Managing Partner at BigRio and Damo Consulting, she leads digital transformation initiatives across healthcare and life sciences.

Ritu heads the Generative AI Center of Excellence at BigRio and the DigiMTM Digital Maturity Model at Damo, guiding healthcare organizations in adopting AI at scale. She is also the co-host of The Big Unlock podcast and a recognized voice in healthcare innovation.


Publication & Availability

Generative AI: Unlocking the Next Chapter in Healthcare is published by Taylor & Francis Group and will be available November 17, 2025, in print and eBook formats through Amazon, Barnes & Noble, Taylor & Francis (ebook only) and other online retailers. Discounts are available for bulk purchases through Taylor & Francis. For price quotes, please contact Juliet.chance@taylorandfrancis.com.

For more information or to join the launch mailing list, visit the official authors’ webpage.


About the Taylor Francis Group

Taylor & Francis Group partners with researchers, scholarly societies, universities and libraries worldwide to bring knowledge to life. As one of the world’s leading publishers of scholarly journals, books, eBooks and reference works our content spans all areas of Humanities, Social Sciences, Behavioral Sciences, Science, and Technology and Medicine. From our network of offices in Oxford, New York, Philadelphia, Boca Raton, Boston, Melbourne, Singapore, Beijing, Tokyo, Stockholm, New Delhi and Johannesburg, Taylor & Francis staff provide local expertise and support to our editors, societies and authors and tailored, efficient customer service to our library colleagues.


About BigRio

BigRio is a leading AI, Gen AI, Voice Agents, Data and Analytics professional services company. We are focused on Healthcare, Pharma, Digital Health, Provider, and Payer Industry segments with several innovative solutions. For more information, visit us at bigr.io.


Media Contact

Rohit Mahajan, The Big Unlock Podcast, 1 (857) 557-4302, rohit@thebigunlock.com, https://thebigunlock.com/

SOURCE The Big Unlock Podcast

Technology Must Remain Invisible, Yet Empower Caregivers to Deliver Care Better

Season 6: Episode #187

Podcast with Charles E. Christian,
Vice President of Technology and CTO, Franciscan Health

Technology Must Remain Invisible, Yet Empower Caregivers to Deliver Care Better

To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Charles E. Christian, VP of Technology and CTO at Franciscan Health, shares reflections from his five-decade journey in healthcare IT and how Franciscan is blending mission, compassion, and innovation to transform patient care.

Chuck explains how the health system is approaching AI adoption through strong governance and a clear focus on solving real problems, from reducing clinician burden to enhancing care delivery. He highlights several key initiatives, including voice agent pilots that help physicians reclaim after-hours time, a Tech Innovation Lab that allows teams to safely experiment and “fail fast,” and a virtual nurse mentoring program that connects senior nurses with new graduates for real-time guidance.

Chuck states that technology should serve, not distract, and the true goal of digital transformation is to enable better care for people. Take a listen.

Video Podcast and Extracts

About Our Guest

Mr. Christian is the Vice President of Technology and CTO for Franciscan Alliance, a thirteen (13) hospital system serving Indiana and Illinois.

Prior to joining Franciscan Alliance, Mr. Christian served as the Vice President of Technology and Engagement at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, the largest and oldest HIE in the country. Mr. Christian also served as the Vice President / Chief Information Officer of St. Francis Hospital, a free-standing, acute care, community hospital in west Georgia, a position he held for 2.5 years. Before his role at St. Francis, Mr. Christian served as the Vice President / Chief Information Officer for Good Samaritan Hospital, in Vincennes, Indiana. A position he held for almost 24 years. Before joining Good Samaritan Hospital, Mr. Christian worked in healthcare IT for Compucare and Baxter Travenol, in both management and implementation roles. Mr. Christian started his career in healthcare as a Registered Radiologic Technologist, serving in various Radiology roles for 14 years.

Mr. Christian holds a degree in Radiology Technology from Gadsden Community College and studied natural sciences at the University of Alabama in Birmingham.

Mr. Christian has delivered presentations on wide range of healthcare technology topics and is frequently quoted and published in national trade publications. He and co-authors, Judy Kirby and Steve Bennett published “Make I.T. Known-Marketing Strategies and Cases Studies in the Healthcare Environment.” Mr. Christian is also a frequent author in Modern Healthcare. Mr. Christian is also the author of the Irreverent-CIO health care blog. Mr. Christian has also authored chapters in multiple published management and college level textbooks.

Mr. Christian is a Life Fellow of the Healthcare Information and Management Systems Society (HIMSS) and is a Past Chair of the HIMSS Board of Directors, and past Chair of the HIMSS BOD Executive Committee. Mr. Christian was previously a member of the HIMSS Analytics Board of Directors. Mr. Christian is a Life Fellow and charter member of College of Health Information Management Executives (CHIME) and served on the CHIME BOD from 2003 through 2004 during which time he chaired the Membership Committee of the CHIME BOD. Mr. Christian is credentialed by CHIME as a Certified Healthcare CIO (CHCIO) and a Certified Digital Health Executive. Mr. Christian is a charter member of the re-established Indiana Chapter of HIMSS and served as a BOD member from 2000 - 2009. Mr. Christian served as a member of the Executive Advisory Board for Advance for Health Information Executives magazine. Mr. Christian served as a member of the Board of Directors of the Indiana Health Informatics Corporation by appointment of Indiana Governor Mitch Daniels. Governor Daniels also appointed Mr. Christian the Indiana Healthcare Information Technology Board of Directors.

Mr. Christian served as the CHIME Foundation Board of Directors as Chair and is the Past-Chair of the CHIME Board of Directors. Mr. Christian has served as the Chair of the CHIME Policy Steering Committee and continues to serve as a contributing member and is the Past-Chair of the SHIEC Advocacy Committee and is a past member of the Indiana HIMSS Chapter Board of Directors. Mr. Christian served on the Georgia HIMSS Board of Directors from 2013-2015, the KLAS Advisory Group from 2009-2013, and the CDW-Healthcare CIO Advisory Council from 2005-2010. Mr. Christian served the AHA Strategic Development Advisory Committee as a charter member. Mr. Christian is a past member of the Symantec Healthcare Advisory Group, and several other industry advisory groups/councils. Mr. Christian currently serves on the Virtustream Customer Advisory Board, the Hyland Executive Advisory Council, the Fortinet Advisory Board, HealthsystemCIO Board of Advisors and a member of the Indiana Hospital Association Information Management Council.


Charles: I am Chuck Christian. I’m the Vice President of Technology and CTO for Franciscan Health. Franciscan is a 12 or 13 hospital system, depending on how you count them. We cover a swath of the Midwest from just south of Indianapolis all the way to Chicago, basically following the I-65 corridor.

We have between 350 and 400 locations, including physician practices, imaging centers, lab draws, urgent cares, and oncology centers. It’s a pretty large organization. We have about 29,000 team members, both employees and contractors, at Franciscan Health.

We are truly mission focused. We are a Catholic healthcare system with a big C. We are owned by the Sisters of St. Francis of Perpetual Adoration. That means there are two sisters in the chapel praying for whatever they deem important and anything we ask them to pray for, 24 hours a day, seven days a week, 365 days a year. That’s where the “perpetual adoration” comes in.

We are a mission-driven organization. I believe in that. A lot of our hospitals are smaller and in underserved places, and we take care of that patient population. I think we’re really good at it.

I’ve known this organization almost 40 years. The CIO previous to Charles, who is our current COO, was a good friend of mine. I was CIO of a hospital in Southern Indiana for 24 years, and Bill and I ran a similar software stack. I watched Bill and learned a lot from him as far as how he ran this large organization.

I’ve been here for six years. I joined in April of 2019, so in dog years that’s like 35 years or more. We are very busy. I’m very blessed to have an outstanding team that manages all this, and I get to stand in awe and watch everything we accomplish every day.

Rohit: That’s fabulous. Thank you, Chuck for that intro.

Ritu: My name is Ritu Roy, and I’m the Managing Partner here at Damo and BigRio, and also the co-host of The Big Unlock podcast with Rohit. Thank you for being our guest today, Chuck. We are looking forward to an engaging and insightful conversation. With that, we can dive right in and get started.

Charles: Thank you.

Rohit: Hi Chuck. I’m Rohit Mahajan. I’m the Managing Partner and CEO at BigRio and Damo Consulting. It’s great to have you on the podcast. Like Ritu said, we’re looking forward to an engaging discussion. I’d like to start with the first thought on my mind. You’re in a mission-driven organization, and you’ve been a healthcare leader for many years. What started you on this journey? Tell us how you got started in healthcare, what attracted you, and what you’re passionate about.

Charles: Well, it depends on how far back you want to go. I’m an X-ray tech, radiologic technologist if you want to use the term. The first 14 years of my career were in radiology.

I stepped out of high school on June sixth in 1971, and on June seventh I stepped into the hospital, and I haven’t left since. Interesting enough, I did a lot of things in the radiology department and became part of the management team of that department. I guess if the chief tech had not been just a few years older than me, I’d still be there, because that was the role I wanted. But Roy just retired a few years ago, and I wasn’t going to wait that long.

I’m a geek, I’m a nerd. I was a nerd in high school. It wasn’t cool to be a nerd in high school back then, but it’s cool to be a nerd now. I did a lot of programming classes on the old System Threes with punch cards. Then I learned how to code for Z80 processors.

When we started automating hospitals back in the mid-eighties, I got chosen to run the ambulatory implementation of order management after we had put in patient management. I realized I liked it, and I knew that was where healthcare was going. Radiology has been a high-tech department in hospitals for a long time. I was trying to automate the patient record in radiology, but it was so expensive I couldn’t get any funding for it.

So I jumped ship and moved over to the vendors for about five years. Eventually I was asked to move to either an implementation manager role or the director of an outsourced IT department in southern Indiana. I did that. I had four daughters at the time, and it was the right thing to do because it was a great place to raise my girls.

I spent 24 years there. It was during the time the role of a healthcare CIO was defined. When I left that job, I was Vice President and CIO. I moved to Georgia to a health system there as Vice President and Chief Information Officer. Then I came back to Indiana and worked at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, which is now the only exchange in Indiana. I had been involved with it since 2005. I worked there for a little over four years, and then I took this role here. That’s my stint in healthcare, which has spanned over 50 years.

Rohit: That’s awesome, Chuck. You’ve been there, done it, and seen it as well. I was curious because a few days ago, when we were chatting, you were talking about being either back from UGM or about to go there.

We all know it’s a week-long affair, people go deep, and there are so many things to cover. We were wondering if you could share some of your experiences or a heads-up on topics you see coming our way.

Charles: Sure. I came home with a great deal of anxiety because of trying to figure out how we’re going to do everything and where healthcare is going. The nice thing about Epic is they now cover the entire gambit. I remember when Epic started; they were only in the ambulatory space and then only in large academic medical centers. They cover quite a scope of product these days.

Now that they have grown the applications, they have de-identified shared data, which I think is going to be a plus. The two-letter acronym was everywhere, AI, and how it’s going to be leveraged and used. They did a nice job showing scenarios of how it could be used and how organizations are using it.

We’re a risk-averse organization. We’re taking a more moderated approach. We’re getting our governance in place first. We already have a few things going through the AI mill, and we will have more. We split it into two pieces, one on the clinical side and one on the operational side. Epic has both, and I think they’re well positioned to do that work. They partner with Microsoft, and they continue to do so.

They announced they are working on their own ambient listening. They have business partners already, but they are creating their own product. I assume it will be predicated on the Microsoft stack, but they didn’t say, so I don’t know.

They also mentioned they are working on their own ERP and starting with workforce management. That makes sense because the workforce is in Epic all the time. Nursing staffing, scheduling, shifts, and how all that ties together. It’s an interesting leap.

Years ago, when Lawson, before being purchased by Infor, said they would create a patient accounting platform, I was in a CHIME focus group. When they mentioned that, a bunch of CIOs in the room asked why they would do that. You need to get your ERP right first. But I think the way Epic is approaching it makes sense.

It was great. I was there for about four days and spent most of the time listening to presentations. Judy did a great job with a big screen about what’s next and what’s coming. The rest of her team did a great job showing what you can do now and what’s coming. They do a good job setting expectations around timelines. They release quarterly. We do two a year, so we’re current from their perspective but behind. We don’t have the wherewithal to immediately adopt everything when they release it, so we have to plan accordingly.

Ritu: Yeah. So Chuck, when I was reading about the UGM, it was interesting because they said their unique proposition with AI is the de-identified patient records they have in Epic Cosmos, which is more than 15 billion patient records. They said that for the first time, it can actually move toward healthcare rather than sick care because doctors can predict trends. And I think they released two new things called Emmy and Penny, which will help doctors see the trajectory of what is going to happen with patients.

So I was curious about your thoughts because you’ve been in this industry for such a long time. Do you think that this USP—this huge bank of patient records—is really going to set them on a differentiating path compared to all the other AI startups trying to do the same thing?

Charles: I think that having the data is huge, honestly. It reminded me a lot of—if you remember years ago—they had a thing called PatientsLikeMe, where people with unique and rare diseases could find others and compare notes and treatment approaches. Working at the Indiana Health Information Exchange, I know they have about 30 years of data. Not all of it is discrete, but the majority is.

One question I asked the CEO, who is a friend of mine—and a lot of researchers use that de-identified data—is that when you create an AI model and just let it learn, there are all kinds of interesting determinations you can make once you have the data. So I think it’s going to be a game changer. Epic is also trying to outdo themselves. Given the market of EHR vendors, there aren’t many left standing. There are three or four. Others are creating similar repositories, but I’m not sure they have the long-term vision or the wherewithal to get it done. Knowing the talent Judy has pulled together, I think it will be very interesting to see what comes down the pike.

Ritu: Thank you.

Rohit: Chuck, you mentioned you’re taking a conservative approach to AI adoption and setting governance before taking major steps. How do you think about innovation or typical problem-solving—for example, reducing cognitive load across the organization? How do you balance this conservative approach with the fast-paced changes happening in the marketplace?

Charles: I think we have to be very clear about what problem we’re trying to solve. There are so many solutions being thrown at us—“Hey, we can do this, we can do that”—but often it’s not a problem we actually have. So we’re trying to pick and choose which targets to shoot at.

I’m married to a critical care nurse, so I’m very careful about getting in the way of the nursing staff. She’s retired, but for me, technology needs to be invisible. If it gets in the way of people being able to do their job, then it’s a problem.

If you think about it for a minute—and I’ll give you Chuck’s opinion—we don’t really have electronic medical record systems for documenting the care of the patient. What we have are electronic systems that capture information required for billing. That’s part of the problem. We have all these required elements clinicians have to document—physicians have to dot all the i’s and cross all the t’s—to get the appropriate words in so it can be translated into billing codes, ICD-10 codes, HPS codes, and so on. It truly gets in the way of taking care of patients.

But once we get that discrete data, we can use AI and other tools to help determine a better course of treatment. You’re never going to hear me say that we should depend solely upon AI. It has to be moderated and reviewed by someone with clinical training. Physicians have shown me I’ve been wrong more times than you can imagine. Working together and having good data aggregation is important.

One thing I learned early on when implementing the first physician order entry and clinical documentation systems was that physicians said: “Don’t tell me what I already know. Tell me what I don’t know. Better yet, tell me what I need to know about the patient in front of me right now.” There are things they don’t know. That’s where data aggregation from health information exchanges helps, because patients don’t get care in one location or from one physician.

I’m living proof of that. I get care in two—actually three—health systems because that’s where my specialists are. My primary care doctor wants to know what my orthopedist did or what my cardiologist’s course of treatment is, because he’s managing my diabetes and a few other things. Having access to information—recent labs, imaging studies—is extremely important.

We talked about interoperability, and that’s where it comes into play. Most hospitals in Indianapolis are on Epic, so you can get data easily. From non-Epic systems, there are mechanisms too. When I see my cardiologist—who uses a different system—and he already knows what my medications are because they were recently changed by another physician, that’s positive. I don’t have to list everything. When they know my latest labs, that’s positive too, because we’re not hunting for information.

It’s about providing information that is important to the treatment at that moment.

I had the privilege of sitting in a presentation—maybe eight or nine years ago—at Scripps Institute. They showed a demo of what a patient encounter could be. It was very Star Trek–like. The computer or AI interacted with the physician and patient appropriately. It listened in the background and captured information about the encounter. When the physician said, “We need to order a CT scan of your lower abdomen,” it was already getting that scheduled. When the patient was ready to leave, everything was set. It was also checking for recent labs and reminding the physician if the patient—say a diabetic—was due for an eye exam or foot check.

I think it’s about having access to the information so we can inform—not determine but inform—the physicians. Because at the end of the day, physicians are accountable for the outcomes. They have to be in control, not the AI.

Ritu: Yeah,

Charles: we’re not ready for Skynet yet.

Ritu: I think you described a multi-agent system where the agents are off doing things and then bringing it all back for the physician to review. With that being said, we all know that AgTech is one of the top trends everyone’s talking about these days. What are your thoughts on voice agents? Where is Franciscan with that? Have you had exposure to or tried voice agents in the hospital?

Charles: Yeah, we’ve got a trial. We’ve got over 200 physicians working on those. Is it going to be the end-all, be-all? I don’t know. The physicians seem to like it. It assists them; it helps with their pajama time.

I’ve listened to conversations from other health systems that were early adopters, and I have to go back in time to when we were looking at automating physician practices in Southern Indiana. We visited a group of 14 family practice doctors. The husband and wife who started the practice mostly did OB and family medicine. Their use of computers was minimal—they were still mostly on paper. But they had other physicians who, I think, slept with their laptops.

The interesting thing was that depending on how well a physician adopted the computer system and molded it to how they practiced, they got to take advantage of it. I think it’s going to be the same with AI and voice agents. If they allow it to help and figure out how to incorporate it into how they think and practice, they’ll see the benefit. The systems are pliable enough now that it’s easier to do.

When I was in Georgia, we needed to automate a lot of OB practices on the same platform. One OB had been practicing almost 30 years and already had a solution he had customized. He told me I would tear it out of his cold, dead fingers. So we worked with him. The new system was more flexible and pliable than his old one, and he became a champion because he was willing to take the time to understand how he could use the technology to help him practice.

I think that’s the key. If you’re resistant to it, that’s fine—that’s perfectly okay. But people who write software often think all physicians think the same way. They’re absolutely wrong. It depends on where they trained. I learned that when implementing emergency room electronic medical records. The physicians who helped design the software were trained with a very different approach to critical thinking than our physicians. We had to relearn and figure out ways to adjust, because once clinicians are trained a certain way, it’s hard to change those habits and the way they gather and maintain information.

Ritu: Thank you. Great answer.

Rohit: Chuck, I’d like to ask your thoughts about the innovation process. How do you approach it, and what are some of the things you do to foster innovation?

Charles: One of the things we did was stand up a Tech Innovation Lab. Honestly, it was a selfish move because people were just bringing technology into the organization. All the enterprise architects report to me, and we work together to understand what will work in our environment and what won’t. We try to standardize as much as we can.

So I created the Innovation Lab to bring these innovations into a controlled environment and try them there. It’s a walled garden. It’s not connected to the rest of the network. It has its own connections to the internet. So if we blow something up, it only blows up in the lab. That’s why we did it.

What we’re able to do is bring ideas in and fail fast—figure out what works and what doesn’t. We’ve done that several times. Virtual nursing is something we’ve worked on a lot. There were all kinds of interesting opportunities brought to us. One facility went ahead and put a solution into a live patient population, and we found out quickly that’s not how you do it. You don’t test that kind of thing in a live environment. It frustrates the staff and patients, and it leaves leadership thinking, “We already tried that—it doesn’t work.”

Well, you tried what doesn’t work. Let me show you what will work.

We needed the opportunity to rapidly figure out what would work. One issue with that failed experiment was that the people who built the carts didn’t understand our environment. They put a wireless access point in the cart that was incompatible with our network. Once we got the cart, we figured it out quickly. We re-engineered it, and it works fine now—but we’re not using that cart because it was over-engineered and very expensive.

We’re trying to use standard components that can be supported and replaced quickly. The idea is to generate a lot of ideas and figure out how to use them appropriately without getting in the way.

You also have to think about the aesthetics of the equipment you’re bringing in. The first cart had a big five-wheel base—kind of a star shape. In some patient rooms, it was in the way. Nursing quickly said, “That’s not going to work.”

So we found an iPad holder that hangs on the patient’s bedroom wall when not in use. It’s out of the way, easy to access, and uses magnetic connectors so if someone snags it, it just comes apart. No trip hazard.

You must consider not only the technology but how it fits in patient rooms.

Originally, the idea was that the Innovation Lab would review the technology, understand how it fits together, and then install it in our SIM labs. We have two—one north, one south. Then the simulation teams would put it in a physician office or patient room and see how it fits before we use it in live care. That’s our next step with virtual nursing.

We also have a lot of conversations with organizations that have fully rolled out these solutions. We learn from their experiences. A mistake is only a mistake if you don’t learn from it. If you do, then it’s experience. We leverage their experience so we don’t repeat the same things, and so we can move quicker.

Rohit: That’s awesome. As we are approaching the end of the podcast, I would like to ask if you would touch on the mentorship program.

Ritu: Yes, I would really like to hear more about that, Chuck, because it’s something unique and I think it would be interesting for our listeners as well.

Charles: Just making sure we’re talking about the virtual mentoring program. After COVID, we were bringing on a lot of new nurse graduates. When you bring someone into that role, they need a more experienced nurse for a procedure they may have never done before. That usually means waiting for that nurse to come to them.

We had a couple of nursing staff in the mentorship program who came up with a way to use technology for an on-screen virtual visit with the new nurse. The experienced nurse could walk them through the procedure and be there with them, or if the new nurse had a question, they could step out into the hall, ask it, and go back in. It improved speed to delivery of care more than anything else.

It also gave seasoned nurses a chance to step away from what they were doing instead of traveling to another location. If they need to go in person, they still do, but this gave us another option. We got great feedback from both the new nurses and our more mature nursing staff, and we rolled it out through the enterprise. I haven’t checked in on it recently, but I assume it’s still running. I only hear when things break, and if it’s not broken, I’m not going to fix it. I assume the technology is still working and paying dividends.

Ritu: Thank you so much.

Rohit: So, Chuck, as we come to the end of the podcast, any closing remarks or thoughts you’d like to share before we finish?

Charles: I’ve been in healthcare a long time. Healthcare is a target rich environment for creativity and innovation. But we’re still taking care of patients the same way we did, and it’s about the human touch and caring for people.

When I first started in radiology years ago, I was taken aback that people weren’t always treated as people. They were exams. Do this gallbladder in this room, do this hip nailing in that room. I was reminded they’re people. They could be my family. They could be my children. That’s why I’m passionate about making sure the technology works and doesn’t get in the way.

Have we reached the pinnacle? No. Is it better? I think it is. But we’re still trying to figure it out every day. As long as we have great people passionate about providing outstanding care and we understand where that ability comes from, we’ll keep moving forward.

We’re a Catholic healthcare system, and our rule is we start most meetings with prayer. We are called to love one another as God loves us, and we need to remember that every day. That’s why I keep doing what I’m doing.

Rohit: Awesome.

Ritu: Thank you so much, Chuck.

Rohit: Really appreciate it.

Charles: Okay. Thanks for the opportunity to share.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com   

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has previously also worked with IBM and Wipro. He completed his executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.​

Ritu M. Uberoy has over twenty-five years of experience in the software and information technology industry in the United States and in India. She established Saviance Technologies in India and has been involved in the delivery of several successful software projects and products to clients in various industry segments.

Ritu completed AI for Health Care: Concepts and Applications from the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health and Applied Generative AI for Digital Transformation from MIT Professional Education. She has successfully taught Gen AI concepts in a classroom setting in Houston and in workshop settings to C-Suite leaders in Boston and Cleveland. She attended HIMSS in March 2024 at Orlando and the Imagination in Action AI Summit at MIT in April 2024. She is also responsible for the GenAI Center of Excellence at BigRio and DigiMTM Digital Maturity Model and Assessment at Damo.

Ritu earned her Bachelor’s degree in Computer Science from Delhi Institute of Technology (now NSIT) and a Master’s degree in Computer Science from Santa Clara University in California. She has participated in the Fellow’s program at The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

How to Build AI Literacy Programs in Healthcare Organizations

How to Build AI Literacy Programs in Healthcare Organizations

As artificial intelligence (AI) reshapes every industry, healthcare stands at a critical inflection point. Generative AI, predictive analytics, and intelligent automation are changing how clinicians diagnose, treat, and manage patients. Yet the biggest challenge isn’t technology – it’s people.

AI literacy has become essential to bridging the gap between innovation and real-world healthcare impact. It involves equipping professionals to understand, evaluate, and responsibly collaborate with AI systems. Without it, even the most advanced tools risk underuse, mistrust, or outright rejection. Building AI literacy goes beyond learning how to use new technologies, it’s about preparing the healthcare workforce to partner effectively with AI, interpret its outputs, and make informed, ethical decisions in patient care.

In one of the recent episode of The Big Unlock podcast, Jan Beger, Head of AI Advocacy at GE HealthCare joined hosts Rohit Mahajan, Managing Partner and CEO at BigRio and Damo, and Ritu M. Uberoy, Managing Partner at BigRio and Damo to share insights from GE’s global experience in building large-scale AI literacy programs. His perspective offers a practical roadmap for health systems, medtech firms, and digital health leaders who are navigating this transformation.

Why AI Literacy is the Cornerstone of AI Adoption

AI literacy sits at the intersection of technology, people, and culture. As Jan notes, healthcare conversations about AI often “get technical very quickly,” leaving behind the clinicians and professionals expected to use these tools in their daily work.

To make AI adoption sustainable, organizations must focus on the human side of innovation – helping staff understand what AI can and can’t do, building trust in its outputs, and empowering people to see it as an enabler rather than a threat.

According to a study by Workday and LinkedIn, 70% of job skills are expected to change by 2030, with AI driving much of that shift. In healthcare, where regulation, risk, and ethical complexity are high, this means rethinking skill sets and workflows in real time.

AI literacy ensures that clinicians, administrators, and executives can use AI responsibly to improve patient outcomes and system efficiency.


Defining AI Literacy for Healthcare

Jan Beger offers a simple but powerful definition of AI literacy built around three competencies:

  1. Collaborate responsibly with AI: Understand the fundamentals of AI, from machine learning to generative models, and how they integrate into clinical or operational workflows.

  2. Explain AI outputs: Be able to interpret what the AI system is showing — for example, how an algorithm supports a diagnostic decision or a chatbot retrieves information.

  3. Critically evaluate AI outputs: Avoid blind trust. Clinicians and employees must question results, verify data sources, and know when human judgment should override machine recommendations.

This mindset shift, from passive use to active collaboration, is the foundation of effective AI literacy.


Designing a Scalable AI Literacy Program

GE HealthCare’s approach provides a template for others to follow. Their Responsible AI strategy integrates literacy into employee education through multiple channels:

Live sessions and workshops with AI experts for hands-on learning.

Best-practice sharing sessions where teams demonstrate how they’ve applied AI in real workflows.

Self-paced learning modules tailored for different roles and levels of expertise, from basic AI terminology to deep dives into specific use cases.

For example, GE’s Hello AI program offers foundational and professional courses for healthcare professionals and students. The free foundational module introduces key AI concepts, while the professional course provides 25 hours of specialized healthcare content for a nominal fee. Over 5,000 healthcare professionals from 70+ countries have already participated.

This layered, accessible model helps organizations with large, distributed workforces like GE’s 51,000 employees across 160 countries — develop AI fluency at scale.


Building Engagement and Overcoming Resistance

Change management is at the heart of any AI literacy initiative. As Ritu M. Uberoy, co-host of The Big Unlock, noted, healthcare professionals often approach AI defensively: “Why should I do something that’s going to take my job away?”

To address this, organizations must position AI as a tool for empowerment, not replacement. Jan emphasizes that in every conversation, “we need to remove worries and fears among healthcare professionals” and show how AI helps them do their jobs better by increasing accuracy, efficiency, and patient satisfaction.

Face-to-face engagement remains key. Jan, who travels extensively to meet clinicians and hospital teams, finds that in-person discussions build trust and reveal practical barriers that online training alone can’t address. However, hybrid approaches which is a combination of digital learning and local advocacy can make programs more sustainable and scalable.


Measuring Success and Evolving Continuously

No literacy initiative is complete without metrics. Organizations must define what success looks like, and it will differ by role.

For example, GE HealthCare measures tangible productivity gains among software developers using AI coding tools. But for field engineers or clinical teams, success may initially focus on engagement, confidence, or adoption rates rather than speed or output.

As use cases evolve, KPIs must evolve too – from tracking participation in AI courses to measuring how AI literacy translates into improved workflows, reduced errors, or better patient outcomes.

Another lesson from GE’s experience is – AI literacy programs are not “set it and forget it” initiatives. They require continuous updates, new content, and maintenance to reflect the pace of innovation and regulatory changes.


The Broader Mission: Rethinking Roles in an AI-Driven Future

AI literacy isn’t just an education program, it’s a mindset shift. As Beger summarizes, everyone in healthcare should “start rethinking their job descriptions with AI in mind.” Understanding how AI can augment one’s role fosters curiosity, confidence, and innovation.

Moreover, Jan’s call to action extends beyond healthcare: “We have so many great AI experts working in gaming or banking. If they truly want to make an impact on society, they should consider joining healthcare.” That spirit of collaboration across domains, between technologists, clinicians, and educators, is what will truly accelerate the responsible use of AI in healthcare.

Building AI literacy programs in healthcare is not a technical challenge, it’s a leadership one. It requires empathy, structure, and a relentless focus on people. GE HealthCare’s example shows that when organizations invest in education, trust, and responsible innovation, they don’t just prepare their workforce for the future, they help shape it.

Empowering Patients and Closing Health Gaps with AI and Connected Care

Season 6: Episode #186

Podcast with Anil Saldanha
Chief Innovation Officer
Rush University System for Health

Empowering Patients and Closing Health Gaps with AI and Connected Care

To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Anil Saldanha, Chief Innovation Officer at Rush University System for Health shares how Rush is addressing deep-rooted health inequities in Chicago by targeting the life expectancy gap through bold, system-wide interventions.

Anil highlights Rush’s commitment to public health, chronic disease management, and early cancer detection by referring to innovative initiatives like Rush Connect Plus, which is an on-demand, subscription-based virtual care model, and the rollout of Grail’s multi-cancer early detection test. He explains their use of cutting-edge AI technologies, from ambient listening and AI-powered symptom checkers to novel behavioral health kiosks leveraging multi-agent generative AI for PTSD care.

Anil points to the impact of consumer-driven digital tools, health equity analytics, and a data warehouse that will enable targeted interventions for chronic care. He closes with optimism about AI’s future in healthcare, the shift toward “connected care anywhere,” and the growing role of empowered, informed patients. Take a listen.

Video Podcast and Extracts

About Our Guest

Anil Saldanha is the Chief Innovation Officer at Rush University System for Health. With a background in business and technology, Anil has the advantage of having learned skills and experiences in non-healthcare fields to now transform healthcare at Rush. He operates at the intersection of public health, community health, and delivery. He was a founding team member of Tempus AI in Chicago and has held leadership roles at companies such as GoSecure Inc., Trustwave Inc., Red Hat Inc., and Sun Microsystems. He is a strategic advisor on innovation and transformation to clinical, research, and technology leadership at Rush.


Ritu: Hi Jan, welcome to our podcast. We are so happy to have you here on The Big Unlock podcast, season six, and we are headed to 180 plus episodes now. Really great having you on the show today. Just a brief introduction — my name is Ritu Roy. I am the Managing Partner here at BigRio and Damo Consulting and a co-host of The Big Unlock podcast with Rohit. And with that, I’ll hand it over to Rohit. He can give a brief introduction and then over to Jan. Thank you.

Rohit: Hi Jan, great to have you here, like Ritu said, and thank you for making the time in the evening from where you are in Germany. Really excited to have this conversation. I’m Rohit Mahajan, CEO and Managing Partner at BigRio and Damo Consulting. And with that, Jan, would you like to start with your intro?

Jan: Absolutely. First of all, thank you both for having me today and for the invitation. Truly appreciate it and looking forward to a good conversation about this exciting topic of artificial intelligence in healthcare. As you mentioned, my name is Jan Beger, Head of AI Advocacy at GE Healthcare. My mission is to transform AI in healthcare from a conceptual promise into a high-impact reality. I focus on equipping healthcare professionals, executives, and the next generation—like students—with the knowledge, skills, and mindset to thrive in this AI-enabled future of healthcare.

Ritu: That’s really great. Wonderful introduction and really interesting title you have, Jan, because we’ve talked to CIOs and CMIOs, but you’re someone who’s the Head of AI Advocacy. I think that’s something new. Would love to hear about your journey—how you came to be in this role, how you combine expertise in healthcare and AI, and what your vision for AI is at GE Healthcare.

Jan: Thank you so much. I hope you agree—based on the many conversations you’ve had in this space with different experts—when we talk about AI in healthcare, those conversations very quickly get technical. But I think in healthcare, and maybe as an entire industry, we have not focused enough on one important aspect: making sure that those clinicians and healthcare professionals we expect to use AI technologies are taken with us on this technology journey.

So, things like change management and education—making sure we focus on the human aspect—is something I think has not been emphasized enough across the industry, maybe even to a point that it slows down AI adoption. This is what I’m really focusing on—what we need to do to remove worries and fears among healthcare professionals, help them gain a solid understanding of the technology, build basic trust in AI, and get them interested in testing and piloting these solutions. Ultimately, the idea is this could lead to faster adoption.

Ritu: Yeah, that’s an extremely valid point, Jan, because I was just at a conference at MIT yesterday, and this was one of the key things that came up — that it can’t be a top-down approach because whenever you ask somebody to do something, their initial reaction is to go into defensive mode and say, “Why should I do something that’s going to take my job away?” or “What’s in it for me?”
So we would be really interested in hearing from you how you are able to get buy-in from the teams across GE and get everybody on board, making sure everyone has the literacy skills, like you said, to understand that AI can actually be a tool to do your job better, increase productivity, bring efficiency, and do all the good things AI promises.

Jan: First of all, I think across different domains and industries — in a health system, but the same in a medtech or healthtech company — everything is being reinvented right now in real time. There’s a lot of activity in that space.
We at GE also look into processes and how we can support our workforce with generative AI technologies. Again, the technology is one part of the story; the second is how we make sure we enable our workforce — 51,000 employees across the globe in 160 countries — to leverage this technology well and responsibly, to truly make a difference in their day-to-day work.

This is exactly the same in the healthcare space as well. We are entering a state of skill redefinition in real time. Things that were important in the past — like routine execution, static expertise, or hierarchical knowledge — are becoming less relevant. And on the flip side, we see more important skills emerging, like adaptability, systems thinking, tech fluency, and AI know-how.

We all have to prepare for this. There was a study recently done by Workday and LinkedIn, which said that 70% of job skills are expected to change by 2030, with AI driving much of this shift. This is not just healthcare — this is across different industries.
Maybe in healthcare, this kind of change will feel a little bit slower because it’s highly regulated. But what I want to say by mentioning this number is that there is a massive technology transformation ahead of us, and a lot of people don’t even understand that this is coming — and coming with quite some impact.

We not only need to continue building great technologies and integrating AI into products and workflows, but also need to create awareness and build AI literacy so that everyone across the healthcare ecosystem can use this technology responsibly for better care and improved patient outcomes.

Ritu: Thank you, Jan. That answer leads into two follow-up questions. First, like you said, the speed of invention is at an unprecedented scale, which we haven’t seen before. The speed is also leading to democratization, where anybody can do low-code or build a tool or a prototype.
That leads to the next thing — this whole concept of AI literacy. If the tools are so easy to use and can unlock so many new ideas, you want everybody across the company to understand how to use them and be fluent. So, how does GE, with such a large employee base — 51,000 employees across 161 countries — handle this? Do you have an overall AI literacy program with different levels, or what systems are you setting up to address this?

Jan: Great question. First, I should define what AI literacy means to me, because it could mean different things for different people.
In a nutshell, I would say it’s three things: one is the competencies required to collaborate responsibly with AI and interact with technologies such as large language models and generative AI.
The second is to be able to explain their outputs.
Third, it’s to be able to critically evaluate those outputs — and then do something meaningful with them. As you know, the worst thing would be to blindly trust those outputs and leverage them in your day-to-day work. So, critical evaluation is a very important part of AI literacy overall.

At GE Healthcare, there is an AI literacy program in place, which is part of a broader Responsible AI strategy. We have different ways to educate our teams — live sessions where they can dial in and learn from experts on how to use generative AI integrated into our tech stack, best practice sharing sessions, and self-paced learning offerings for employees at different levels — from a foundational course covering basic AI terminology to more use-case-specific, in-depth training for specific groups and roles.

Rohit: I was just wondering, Jan, about the key initiatives you’re taking, which are so valuable moving forward for the company and the employees themselves, because they’re basically increasing their skillset as well. We’ve been thinking about some success metrics for our own organization and for some of our clients who’ve been asking for similar services. Any thoughts or ideas, Jan, on what success metrics one could track for such initiatives in any organization setting out on this journey?

Jan: I think those success metrics and KPIs are critically important to measure traction and see where we’re heading and if the investment in these efforts makes sense. For instance, one area where we’ve seen early positive results is with our software developers. With AI capabilities, we’ve seen improvements in speed—getting code done, getting code reviewed, those kinds of things.
So this is maybe one area where, across industries, we already have several best practices and standard ways to measure performance and progress. But then there are other groups of employees where those measures are harder to obtain, or maybe it’s too early because we just started using these capabilities.

For instance, our field engineers—people who visit customer sites to check or repair MRI devices—now get AI support through tools we’ve developed where they can have a natural language conversation with the service manual of a specific device or get help with scheduling. Those are new use cases, and we’re still defining the right success measures or KPIs for them.
There’s a wide range of capabilities and use cases across different groups and business units. Over time, we’re getting better at measuring progress. As I mentioned, in software development we already have specific measures in place and are seeing the benefits of AI, but there are other areas where it’s still greenfield, and KPIs will evolve over time.

Ritu: Thank you, Jan. Our listeners—and most of us—always like to hear about success stories and success metrics, but it’s also important to learn from failure. It would be really interesting to hear from you about a couple of cases where things didn’t go so well, what you learned from that, and how you came back to do something even better.

Jan: I’ll give you an example of a tool we built in-house to support our marketing teams with approved external communication content. We’re feeding a retrieval-augmented generation model with external content so that when a communications specialist gets a request from the media, they don’t need to start from scratch—they can leverage this chatbot, get approved responses, tweak and refine them, and then use them.
It’s useful, but it’s also a lot of work—making sure the knowledge base of the chatbot is always up to date. Maintenance is a challenge and requires manpower and effort. So it’s not just a one-off where you build a cool AI tool and send it out for people to use. A lot of those tools require continuous focus, effort, and maintenance.

Rohit: While you do this at such a global scale, are you traveling a lot and meeting people in person to motivate them, or are you using online tools to make this happen? What are some of the key tools or methods you’re using for the advocacy you’re doing with such a large group of people?

Jan: That’s a great question. When I introduced myself, I should have mentioned that I focus most of my time on our customers—health systems, hospitals, and healthcare professionals—and focus my AI advocacy and literacy work mainly on clinicians.
To answer your question, I travel about 80% of my time. I’ll be in the US next week in Seattle and Atlanta. It’s important to meet medical and clinical experts in person. I always learn from them—I want to understand their concerns, fears, issues, what works, and what doesn’t. Even with great remote technology, face-to-face works best for me.

Of course, there are things that can be done online too. For example, for a few years we’ve been running an AI literacy program for healthcare professionals called Hello AI. When you go to helloai-professional.com, you’ll find more information. It’s a self-paced e-learning offering with two modules where clinicians, students, researchers, and executives can educate themselves about AI in healthcare.

We’ve received great feedback. So far, we’ve educated more than 5,000 healthcare professionals from over 70 countries. Later this year, we’re launching a new learning module built specifically for healthcare executives—because this population is becoming increasingly important in the overall transformation.
Over the last few years, healthcare systems have made progress adopting and piloting AI, but mostly through point solutions—like a decision-support tool in radiology or something with EHRs. Executives now need to think about AI strategically—how to plan, deploy, and measure ROI at a system level. That’s why we’re launching this new offering for healthcare executives on the Hello AI platform later this year.

Rohit: That is fantastic. I think there’s definitely a need for such a thing. Tell us a little more about Hello AI. How did it come into being? Did it precede your joining GE Healthcare, or is it a GE Healthcare initiative? We’d love to learn more about this venture.

Jan: Thank you so much. First of all, when we think about AI in healthcare, there’s often the impression that this is a domain led by big tech or the innovative healthcare AI startup ecosystem around the globe. But that’s only partially true. The reality is that when you look into AI and machine-learning-enabled medical devices, you’ll quickly realize that it’s also a huge play for traditional medtech.
Companies such as GE Healthcare and Siemens Healthineers are leading the pack. The FDA has authorized more than 1,000 AI-enabled medical devices so far, and about 100 of those come from GE Healthcare.

We feel a responsibility as a leader in this field not only to build and integrate great technologies into our devices but also to focus on the change management and education for those we expect to use these technologies. This is how it started—and what Hello AI is.

It’s a learning offering for healthcare professionals and executives built by a network of partners—GE Healthcare, universities, and technology companies—working together to spread the word. Our mission is to make AI literacy accessible and affordable for healthcare professionals worldwide.

We’re trying to provide healthcare AI–specific education, not just general AI education. There’s a lot of free AI content online from big tech, but we focus on healthcare-specific AI education at no or low cost. For instance, we currently have two modules: a free foundational course for everyone, and a more in-depth Professional course with 25 hours of content for just $99.

Rohit: That’s awesome. Would you be open to licensing this as well? In case a large enterprise is interested in your offerings, I’m sure you’re looking at some licensing deals too.

Jan: Our partnership model is threefold. First, we look for partner institutions to join Hello AI and co-develop new content. AI is a fast-paced field, and there’s a lot happening. For instance, earlier today we had a session on federated learning, which is part of new content we’re adding to our modules.
Second, we focus on co-marketing and co-promotion.
Third, when an institution joins us and contributes in these areas, we provide their employees or members free access to Hello AI content.

Rohit: That’s awesome. This is great—you’re offering such a robust platform to increase awareness and education in this space. As we come to the end of the podcast, Jan, any other thoughts or predictions in AI? There’s a lot of agentic AI coming our way—any thoughts for the future audience?

Ritu: And I think Jan wanted to show the device, which might relate to my question: do you have an example where AI has made a difference in patient outcomes—something you’ve put into a device that really made an impact?

Jan: Maybe just quickly, Rohit. I’ll share a use case that’s been very impactful, and then I’ll give a few takeaways. First, as I showed earlier, this is a handheld wireless ultrasound scanner for specific use cases. Imagine an emergency doctor carrying this wherever they go—a powerful imaging tool with no radiation. But one limitation is that it’s very operator-dependent. You need a certain level of education and experience to get high-quality medical images.

So a few years ago, we embedded AI into these machines. It tells you, while scanning the patient, how to move the probe to get high-quality images. This means even less-experienced clinicians can achieve excellent results. The idea is to democratize ultrasound so it’s accessible to more users. That’s just one of many examples of AI making an impact in healthcare today.

A few takeaways for your audience:
First, I strongly recommend everyone—whether in tech, corporate, or healthcare—start rethinking their job descriptions with AI in mind. Think about what you do every day, how AI could support you, and how it changes your role. When you start thinking this way, you’ll begin learning about AI, open your mind to opportunities, and adopt the right mindset to embrace this technology.

Second, we have so many great AI experts, data scientists, and developers worldwide working in industries like gaming or banking. If you know them, tell them about healthcare. If they truly want to make an impact on society, they should consider joining healthcare. It’s still early-stage and slower because of regulation, but if you have this expertise, the industry would truly value it. We can make a real difference here.

Ritu: Thank you, Jan. This was awesome. I’m sure listeners have a lot to absorb and reflect on. Your call to action is excellent—this is an industry where we can see the maximum impact and really help people. Thank you.

Jan: Thank you so much for inviting me.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com    

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the Hosts

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has previously also worked with IBM and Wipro. He completed his executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.​

Ritu M. Uberoy has over twenty-five years of experience in the software and information technology industry in the United States and in India. She established Saviance Technologies in India and has been involved in the delivery of several successful software projects and products to clients in various industry segments.

Ritu completed AI for Health Care: Concepts and Applications from the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health and Applied Generative AI for Digital Transformation from MIT Professional Education. She has successfully taught Gen AI concepts in a classroom setting in Houston and in workshop settings to C-Suite leaders in Boston and Cleveland. She attended HIMSS in March 2024 at Orlando and the Imagination in Action AI Summit at MIT in April 2024. She is also responsible for the GenAI Center of Excellence at BigRio and DigiMTM Digital Maturity Model and Assessment at Damo.

Ritu earned her Bachelor’s degree in Computer Science from Delhi Institute of Technology (now NSIT) and a Master’s degree in Computer Science from Santa Clara University in California. She has participated in the Fellow’s program at The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Day 4 – Driving Action from Innovation

Day 4 – Driving Action from Innovation

Picture of Rohit Mahajan

Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Share This Post

Wrapping up Day 4 at HLTH USA 2025, the energy of this event remains strong—and with good reason. The conversations here long ago moved beyond ideas to tangible actions shaping the future of healthcare.

Today’s sessions and keynotes emphasized sustainable, equitable healthcare models anchored in AI and data-driven insights. What stood out most to me? The recognition that technology’s true value lies in how it delivers measurable impact—improving care access, outcomes, and provider workflows at scale.

The main stage brought leaders together around one common goal: aligning innovation with real-world healthcare challenges. From diagnostics to policy, from startups to enterprises, the message was clear—collaboration is essential to accelerate progress.

I was particularly inspired by the final partner meetings and exhibitor demos that spotlighted solutions ready for deployment today. This event has reinforced why HLTH remains the go-to platform for driving healthcare transformation forward.

As I reflect on these past days, I’m excited to continue uncovering and sharing stories that unlock the next chapter of health innovation through The Big Unlock Podcast.

Thank you to all the brilliant minds who made this year’s HLTH so impactful. Until next time—let’s keep turning breakthrough ideas into better health outcomes.

#HLTH25 #HealthcareInnovation #AI #HealthEquity #TheBigUnlock #DigitalHealth #RohitMahajan

Event Gallery

Advancing Pediatric Care with AI in Radiology and Virtual Trials

Season 6: Episode #185

Podcast with Paul Yi, MD, Associate Member in Radiology, Section Chief of Intelligent Imaging Informatics (I3), St. Jude Children's Research Hospital

Advancing Pediatric Care with AI in Radiology and Virtual Trials

To receive regular updates 

In this episode, Dr. Paul Yi, Associate Member, Department of Radiology, Section Chief of Intelligent Imaging Informatics (I3) at St. Jude Children’s Research Hospital, shares his journey from radiology training at Johns Hopkins to leading AI initiatives at St. Jude, focusing on pediatric cancer and other catastrophic diseases. 

Dr. Yi highlights how AI is transforming the radiology workflow, from automating imaging protocols and improving image reconstruction to translating complex medical reports into patient-friendly language. He emphasizes the importance of data strategy, discussing the integration of clinical EMRs, PACS, and research databases, ensuring interoperability while leveraging domain expertise across disciplines. He explores generative AI applications, including virtual imaging trials that simulate patient populations for safer, faster, and cost-effective clinical research, as well as patient-facing applications like AI chatbots for healthcare education, noting both potential and limitations in trust and accuracy.

Dr. Yi reflects on bridging research and commercialization, underscoring the need to align academic and industry incentives. He envisions a future powered by multimodal AI models that combine imaging, vitals, labs, and clinical text to deliver comprehensive, personalized insights – accelerating precision care and innovation in pediatric oncology. Take a listen.

Video Podcast and Extracts

About Our Guest

Paul Yi, MD is an Associate Member, Department of Radiology and Section Chief of Intelligent Imaging Informatics (I3) at St. Jude Children's Research Hospital. Dr. Yi is a practitioner of diagnostic imaging. The field of radiology and diagnostic imaging has been a proving ground for medical applications of artificial intelligence for a number of years. As a physician-scientist, Dr. Yi’s research interests include the development and application of AI and deep learning towards medical imaging applications, with special interest in evaluating the trustworthiness and fairness of deep learning models.


Q: Hi, Dr. Michael Docktor, welcome to our Big Unlock podcast. We are really happy to have you as a guest on our show. Uh, it’s on our sixth season now, and, uh, we are looking forward to this conversation. I’m sure we’ll have a very engaging and interesting conversation about dog health, about healthcare in general, and the new trends about AI and all the buzzwords that people want to hear. Welcome to our show — we’d like to start with introductions. Happy to have you give your introduction. Thank you.

Michael: Yeah, thank you so much for having me. Yeah, I’m Michael Docktor, co-founder and CEO of Dock Health. I’m an ologist by trade. I am now on this, uh, healthcare venture outside of Boston Children’s Hospital where I started my GI career.

I was a busy clinician working on the clinical side as well as in innovation and informatics, and found that we had wonderful tools in the world outside of healthcare and struggled with my own challenges around managing all the tasks that are part of patient care. I found that I was using task management and project management tools that were not built for healthcare.

I scratched my head and wondered why we don’t have these things for healthcare. That was a journey. We started just over five years ago. We spun out Dock Health from Boston Children’s, and we’ve been on a very exciting journey in the world outside the academic walls since then.

It’s been fun. I’m excited to talk to you more about, uh, what we’re doing.

Q Great. That’s a great introduction. Thank you for letting our listeners know. We usually like to start with how you came into healthcare because everyone has an interesting story about what inspired them to become a physician.

For you, it’s particularly interesting because you’ve created this interface between design, technology, and healthcare — and you went beyond just visualizing what you wanted to do or asking why somebody doesn’t fix it, to actually building it yourself. I’d love to hear more about how you came into medicine and then into technology.

Michael: I could probably spend the entire podcast on this question. Obviously, my last name is Doctor, so there was some planting occurring there, and there’s something to be said for that.

One of my earliest memories was wanting to grow up to be a doctor. My younger sister had some GI issues when we were young, and I became very close with her gastroenterologist. I followed her on her journey and, unbeknownst to me, ended up following one of my mentors and was inspired to do the work for other children the way my sister was cared for. That was the initial inspiration.

You mentioned design. That’s interesting because my mother is an interior designer, my father is a dentist who specialized in aesthetics, and design — how things look, feel, and work — has always been part of my DNA. It was an amazing journey to go from being a traditional doctor in pediatric gastroenterology to discovering the importance of user experience and user interface.

Then the iPhone came out, then the iPad, and that really started me on my journey of exploring app development and software, and wondering why we didn’t use these wonderful devices in our pockets the way we should. That journey started more than 10 years ago and has led me to this perfect intersection of healthcare, design, and informatics, creating better experiences for patients and providers.

There’s a lot to unpack there, but people ask me if I would do it differently if I had the chance to do it all over — and absolutely not. I’m doing exactly what I want to be doing right now.

Q: Thank you for sharing that. That gives us so much perspective into how you came into this field, the influence of your parents, and how everyone around you inspired you to do this. That’s really interesting.

That leads us into how you built Dock Health. Tell us some examples of how you saw this becoming transformational in actual implementations with clients. When you built the tool, did you visualize exactly what it would do? Did it go beyond what you thought it would achieve in a healthcare setting? We’d love to hear more about that.

Michael: We’re far beyond where I ever thought we’d be when we first started this journey. That’s the exciting part. Fundamentally, we have such an administrative and operational challenge in healthcare. I saw it firsthand as a busy clinician struggling to manage all the clinically adjacent work that had to be done for my patients.

For example, I might have a patient with Crohn’s disease who needs to go to an infusion center. There are all these downstream tasks and administrative steps that need to be done by a team of people. We didn’t have assistants to do that, and the electronic health record wasn’t built for it.

A quarter of the $5 trillion spent in healthcare goes to administrative and operational challenges, and there really are no tools built for that. We rely on paper checklists, email, faxes, and spreadsheets to manage all the work happening outside the electronic health record.

For me, the realization was that I was using wonderful project management and task management tools to run software projects in my innovation and informatics roles—and yet nothing like that existed in healthcare. Patients, in many ways, are projects. There are tasks that form the essence of care, and they need to be tackled, managed, and collaborated on, with visibility and accountability across teams. That didn’t exist.

What we are now doing is serving as that productivity platform for healthcare, one that sits alongside the electronic health record in synergy, helping manage all the administrative and operational tasks of patient care in ways the EHR wasn’t designed for.

Some examples would be managing patient intake and all the processes associated with it. Referrals, inbound and outbound, with all the paperwork, eligibility checks, and faxes—those workflows are still incredibly manual. Referrals are a great example: 80% of referrals that come into major academic medical centers are still arriving by fax, despite the fact that they’re using Epic, a wonderful electronic health record.

These processes are still incredibly laborious, take too long, and are inefficient. Patient care suffers along the way. There’s a gigantic bottleneck around the administrative and operational work that moves patients through their journeys, and that’s what we’re focused on fixing.

Q: This is what we hear from a lot of our clients and other CIOs and C-suite leaders who come to our podcast—that this is one major problem with healthcare. It’s siloed, and the processes are really stuck in the dark ages.

We were talking to somebody from Athena, and they said they had an 800-person offshore center in India just to screen faxes. When a fax came in, one person looked at it to see if it was a pizza order or a referral. It sounds unbelievable in this day and age, but that’s how it works. I’m amazed to hear this from you as well. It’s remarkable.

Michael: Yeah. In fact, Athena is a partner of ours, and we’re working on referral management. It’s an incredibly antiquated process where everyone loses visibility. The amount of manual labor required to process these things is shocking in this day and age, when they can be handled through process automation, AI, and agents.

Q: Exactly. You’re talking about agentic, we’re talking about voice agents, and yet we’re still dealing with faxes. That’s really interesting to know.

Michael: There is reason to be hopeful. Healthcare is always many decades behind, but the adoption of AI is progressing more rapidly than I’ve seen any technology adopted in healthcare. There’s reason for hope.

Q: That leads into my next question, but before we get there, you mentioned Dock Health as a productivity platform. That’s what it does for doctors, clinicians, and patients. But when we talk to our doctors, clients, and health systems, the one word that always comes up is complexity. They deal with so many different systems and have to learn something new each time.

Where does Dock Health fit in? Is it another system they have to manage, or does it help reduce that burden?

Michael: Yeah, it’s all about reducing the burden and improving the user experience. That’s been fundamental to our belief system since the founding of the company.

First and foremost, we’re trying to become the productivity platform and the hub that handles the administrative and operational work. Instead of being “another system,” we’re often replacing spreadsheets, paper checklists, emails, and faxes—the ways we’ve traditionally managed the 50% or more of administrative and operational tasks required for patient care.

The EHR is great for clinical work, billing, prescribing, and scheduling, but so much happens downstream that isn’t covered. I’d argue we are creating the hub for that. Just as the EHR is the clinical hub, Dock Health serves as the operational hub. Together, it’s really one plus one equals three.

We’re also aiming to be much more consumer-like in our approach. Our tool can onboard a customer in 30 minutes. We offer a free trial, and for small organizations that want to get up and running, they can start using it right away—just like downloading an app. It’s lightweight, highly configurable for end users, and designed with a strong focus on user experience.

The real challenge is that clinicians don’t want another tool. They’re busy and need to spend their time in the EHR. Our core users are often the super users: front office staff, back office teams, operational leaders, and administrative staff who leverage our tool every day.

The important piece is that we connect to the electronic health record and provide visibility for clinicians. If they’re interested, they can see where a patient is in their journey or where a process stands, but they don’t have to be in our system all day, checking tasks or learning another workflow.

The intent is to provide that operational hub for administrative and support staff—the essential members of the care team—while clinicians continue their work in the EHR and often drive tasks into our system through their orders and actions there.

Q: Is the integration with the EHRs native, like with Epic, Cerner, and the big ones?

Michael: Yeah. We’re on the marketplace with a number of the top EHRs, including Epic and Cerner. We’re also working with Mayo Clinic, their Mayo Clinic Platform, and their Deploy platform.

The other thing I’d mention is that many organizations use our tools without being integrated with the electronic health record. That’s often because they’re smaller practices—mental health, concierge care, or primary care—that simply need a hub to handle administrative and operational work and collaborate as a team.

We spend a lot of time helping organizations define their processes, and those processes can then live in Dock, where they can be collaborated on and turned into operational best practices. That’s something that often doesn’t happen in traditional healthcare organizations, and our tool is valuable even when it’s not connected to an EHR.

Of course, the real value comes when we integrate with systems—EHRs, CRMs, patient engagement tools—and serve as the hub while automating as many tasks as possible. That’s when the flywheel starts turning, and organizations begin to feel the benefits of automation and work reduction. It ultimately moves the needle in a measurable way.

Q: So, you’re saying if there’s an integration with the EHR, then it’s end-to-end and people can see a complete view of what’s happening. But even without the EHR, because it helps with workflow management, it’s valuable for practices?

Michael: It’s just like every other industry. They have Asana, JIRA, Trello—all these tools where a lot of the real work gets done. That provides value in itself by giving a clear view into where the patient is in their journey and what process they’re following.

When we integrate with an EHR or other systems, we can then automate those workflows. For example, when a fax comes in, we can launch a workflow for a new patient referral. When a lab order is placed, we can launch a workflow for follow-up. Or when a patient has a procedure, we can launch a process for their downstream follow-up.

Q: That leads into the next question, which is your learning journey with AI. What advice do you have for our listeners about where AI is headed? And with voice agents and agentic tech being buzzwords, where do you see Dock Health going? Are you also looking at implementing voice agents?

Michael: AI is incredibly exciting. I’ve put it out there that we’re an AI-first company. We’ve been thinking about this for a while, and we already have what we call Dock Intelligence in production with customers. We started with the basics, using foundational models and generative AI to process large troves of data.

Now, we can summarize all the work being done for a patient and create a snapshot for the end user—showing all tasks, workflows, patient context, and even clinical context if available. That gives a quick overview of what’s happening. Users can edit that snapshot if needed, or generate a note that writes back to the EHR to keep the operational and clinical record in sync.

That’s the first step in our AI journey. From there, we realized tasks bundle into workflows, workflows can be automated, and now we’re starting to farm out those tasks to agents and AI. For example, a voice agent could follow up with a patient to confirm a referral or review lab results. We’re actively pursuing that, as well as leveraging AI to extract data from faxes to automate referral processes.

AI is the big unlock. In the next three to five years, I believe most administrative and operational tasks will be handled by automation and AI agents orchestrating together. These agents need rails to run on and structure to guide them, and end users must remain in the loop to provide oversight and visibility. But the lion’s share of this work will be handled by agents—and we’re building that future right now.

Q: Are you aligning specifically with any particular LLM or provider, or are you going to be completely agnostic?

Michael: I’d like to think we’ll be agnostic. We’re doing plenty of building on some of the foundational models ourselves, and we’re partnering where we can with great tools. For example, with voice agents, we’re not necessarily building them ourselves—there are excellent options out there. What we are doing is building our own homegrown AI agents that can manage processes and facilitate handoffs from task to task.

Our approach has always been to recognize that there’s a wonderful ecosystem out there. We want to be the hub that connects to the best-of-breed systems—whether that’s Epic as an EHR, Salesforce as a CRM, or other tools we can leverage to create a healthy ecosystem. That’s what we’re pursuing.

Q: I wanted to ask a question about that because with the LLMs, one of the main problems is the hallucinations or the repeatability or the trust factor there. So I saw that Dock is HITRUST certified. So, I just wanted to ask, what are your views on that? Because in terms of using generative AI when we talk to our clients, uh, for implementations on LLMs, or they’re more comfortable certainly with the administrative tasks, but even with the administrative tasks there’s always the question of what are the guardrails you put around that and how do you make sure that the results that you are seeing or you are displaying on Doc Health, you know, stay within that, those bounds of accuracy. Whathat are your thoughts around that?

Michael: AI is incredibly exciting—it’s moving at the speed of light, and everyone wants to benefit from it. I do think administrative and operational areas of healthcare are lower-hanging fruit and far less risky. We’re not yet in a place where we can reliably use AI for absolute clinical decision support and autonomy, though I believe we’ll get there in the not-too-distant future.

For now, the clunky and manual administrative work is ripe for AI. Still, we need to be mindful of potential hallucinations. In our experience so far, we haven’t seen issues, but we’ve put safeguards in place. That means keeping a human in the loop to ensure outputs are appropriate and relevant. We also give users the ability to edit results before they’re sent—whether it’s a summary being emailed to a colleague or written back into the EHR as a clinical note.

It’s essential to show your work. If we’re pulling data from various sources, we show those sources. We keep users in the loop, give them control to review and edit, and maintain tight feedback loops to catch and address anything off.

So far, even foundational LLMs have been surprisingly strong in our relatively narrow use cases. The real challenges will come as we move toward higher-risk clinical decision support—but I’m confident we’ll get there quickly.

Q: It’s interesting you mentioned humans in the loop and the fact that people can review or edit what’s being generated. But with agents, one of the key defining characteristics is autonomy—they can make API calls, send emails, even browse the web to find and act on information. How do you think about that level of control being handed over?

Michael: I think it’s all about balance. The value of task automation and workflow automation is clear. For us, one of our strengths is providing a user interface where the end user can actually see where a process is in its journey.

We’re working on features like showing confidence levels or confidence intervals for data extracted—for example, from a fax. That way, we not only show our work but also give transparency into how accurate that extraction might be. Using our interface, which breaks workflows into tasks, we can show exactly where a process stands. If we believe human involvement is needed, we assign a task and call someone in to review.

Even in the agentic future—which is already upon us and actively being built and tested—we see ways to keep humans in the loop. Operating entirely in a vacuum is risky. Part of my mantra, coming from clinical practice, is that I lacked visibility and accountability in the work being done on behalf of my patients, lost in a black hole of faxes and emails. It’s important to show where the patient is in their journey, where the process stands, whether an agent is handling it or automation is moving data between systems. Giving people visibility and the ability to drill down is critical.

Q: That’s an interesting viewpoint. You mentioned the front and back office and clinicians, but I didn’t realize patients might also have visibility into the system.

Michael: That’s certainly the vision for the future. Right now, our solution focuses on creating visibility and accountability for the care team—clinical and operational staff. But ultimately, the patient is part of the care team too. I would love to see a future where patients are assigned tasks and the rest of the care team has visibility into their progress. I think that’s inevitable. For now, we’re focused on giving the traditional care team the tools they need, but over time, I see patients and their home-based care team being part of that ecosystem.

Q: So I think we are almost at the end of the podcast. We would like to conclude by asking you what you think, maybe give a horizon of like a year and then maybe a five-year horizon. What do you think the top trends that are going to be in AI, and particularly for you at Dock Health? What are the three things that you are really keeping close tabs on and you feel that it’s going to really impact your product and be very transformational.

Michael: It’s tough to predict because AI is moving so fast. Moore’s Law doesn’t apply anymore—the doubling is happening every few months. Everything right now is AI, and “agentic” is the word of the day. I’ve even heard “ambient agents.” We see our role as orchestrating workflows where agents will carry out the majority of tasks.

When we started Dock Health, I imagined a day when it would be smart enough to handle processes automatically. AI has accelerated that roadmap by five to ten years, and the pace keeps shrinking. I truly believe that in the next five years, when healthcare spending in the U.S. reaches $10 trillion, the $2.2 trillion spent on administrative and operational costs may actually shrink because of operational efficiencies unlocked by AI.

We want to give care teams superpowers. Administrative and operational staff deserve better tools to do their work. Just as ambient scribes are now relieving clinicians from documentation, I believe AI will do the same for the administrative and operational burdens in healthcare. Within three to five years, I expect most of that work will be automated. Humans will still play a role, but much of it will feel like it just happens—almost magically.

If you zoom out five years from now, it will look like magic. But by then it will feel obvious. And that excites me, because at the end of the day, patients, our economy, and the world need more efficient care. The fact that we waste a trillion dollars a year on administrative tasks is shameful. Patients are asked to take on too much, like reminding us about referrals or tracking down lab results. These things happen because we’re human and don’t scale well. But now we have incredible tools at our fingertips, and I believe the next few years will be the most exciting time healthcare has ever experienced.

If we zoom out five years from now, it’s going to look like magic—but by then it will feel obvious. I’m excited for that future because, at the end of the day, patients, our economy, and our world need more efficient care. The fact that we waste a trillion dollars a year on administrative and operational tasks is shameful.

Too much of the burden falls on patients. Physicians and care teams often say, “Call me if you don’t get your referral in a couple of days,” or, as I saw with my own mom recently, patients are left chasing down lab results. These things happen because we’re human and we don’t scale well.

Now, we have incredible tools at our fingertips. That’s why I believe the coming years will be the most exciting time in healthcare that I’ve ever experienced—and likely the most exciting time the world has ever seen. Healthcare is primed for transformation and opportunity.

Q: Thank you for being with us on our podcast. It was a wonderful conversation, and we look forward to sharing your vision for the future with our listeners.

Michael: Thanks so much.

————

Subscribe to our podcast series at www.thebigunlock.com and write us at info@thebigunlock.com  

Disclaimer: This Q&A has been derived from the podcast transcript and has been edited for readability and clarity.

About the host

Paddy is the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor & Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy is also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He is the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He is widely published and has a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

About the Host

Ritu M. Uberoy has over twenty-five years of experience in the software and information technology industry in the United States and in India. She established Saviance Technologies in India and has been involved in the delivery of several successful software projects and products to clients in various industry segments.

Ritu completed AI for Health Care: Concepts and Applications from the Harvard T.H. Chan School of Public Health and Applied Generative AI for Digital Transformation from MIT Professional Education. She has successfully taught Gen AI concepts in a classroom setting in Houston and in workshop settings to C-Suite leaders in Boston and Cleveland. She attended HIMSS in March 2024 at Orlando and the Imagination in Action AI Summit at MIT in April 2024. She is also responsible for the GenAI Center of Excellence at BigRio and DigiMTM Digital Maturity Model and Assessment at Damo.

Ritu earned her Bachelor’s degree in Computer Science from Delhi Institute of Technology (now NSIT) and a Master’s degree in Computer Science from Santa Clara University in California. She has participated in the Fellow’s program at The Wharton School, University of Pennsylvania.

About the Host

Rohit Mahajan is an entrepreneur and a leader in the information technology and software industry. His focus lies in the field of artificial intelligence and digital transformation. He has also written a book on Quantum Care, A Deep Dive into AI for Health Delivery and Research that has been published and has been trending #1 in several categories on Amazon.​

Rohit is skilled in business and IT  strategy, M&A, Sales & Marketing and Global Delivery. He holds a bachelor’s degree in Electronics and Communications Engineering, is a  Wharton School Fellow and a graduate from the Harvard Business School. ​

​Rohit is the CEO of Damo, Managing Partner and CEO of BigRio, the President at Citadel Discovery, Advisor at CarTwin, Managing Partner at C2R Tech, and Founder at BetterLungs. He has previously also worked with IBM and Wipro. He completed his executive education programs in AI in Business and Healthcare from MIT Sloan, MIT CSAIL and Harvard School of Public Health. He has completed  the Global Healthcare Leaders Program from Harvard Medical School.​

About the Legend

Paddy was the co-author of Healthcare Digital Transformation – How Consumerism, Technology and Pandemic are Accelerating the Future (Taylor &  Francis, Aug 2020), along with Edward W. Marx. Paddy was also the author of the best-selling book The Big Unlock – Harnessing Data and Growing Digital Health Businesses in a Value-based Care Era (Archway Publishing, 2017). He was the host of the highly subscribed The Big Unlock podcast on digital transformation in healthcare featuring C-level executives from the healthcare and technology sectors. He was widely published and had a by-lined column in CIO Magazine and other respected industry publications.

Day 3 – Diagnostics, Data, and the Dawn of Intelligent Care

Day 3 – Diagnostics, Data, and the Dawn of Intelligent Care

Picture of Rohit Mahajan

Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Share This Post

Day 3 at HLTH USA 2025 was where boundaries blurred between breakthroughs in diagnostics, bioinformatics, and clinical intelligence — a powerful convergence making precision medicine accessible, scalable, and actionable. Conversations today revolved around how AI isn’t just augmenting care — it’s anticipating it.

From liquid biopsy breakthroughs to digital pathology and point-of-care testing innovations, the Diagnostics Zone became a hub for collaboration between AI, cloud, and clinical labs. Companies showcased advances that shifted healthcare from reactive to predictive — reducing diagnostic delays and driving early intervention across oncology, cardiology, and rare diseases.

The AI Zone was standing room only for Microsoft Health’s deep dive into contextual AI agents designed to accelerate provider insights in real time. Meanwhile, investor and startup dialogues underscored how trust and traceability in data pipelines remain central to AI’s adoption in diagnostics and population health.

Themes from the main stage extended this thread — with providers calling for smarter integration between diagnostic intelligence and reimbursement workflows, and innovators urging joint accountability between payers, developers, and clinicians.

Walking through the show floors, it was clear that HLTH isn’t just hosting dialogues — it’s brokering the future of connected care. In the words of one panelist: “Accuracy will always matter, but accessibility is where real impact begins.”

Tomorrow the event closes but today offered the clearest blueprint yet for AI-driven transformation that’s both ethical and executable.

Event Gallery

Day 2 – Scaling, Diagnostics, and AI in Action – Highlights from HLTH USA 2025

Day 2 – Scaling, Diagnostics, and AI in Action – Highlights from HLTH USA 2025

Picture of Rohit Mahajan

Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Share This Post

Thanks for following along. Day 2 brought depth, signal and high-energy exchanges at HLTH USA 2025. I’m looking forward to what tomorrow brings — stay tuned for more insights from Las Vegas!

What stood out on Day 2:

  • Key thematic zones took centre-stage:
    • The AI & Emerging Technology Zone from ~10:00 AM to 4:00 PM, where practical deployment stories and ethical frameworks were front-and-centre.
    • The Diagnostics Zone ran concurrently, highlighting how imaging, molecular, data-driven diagnostics are positioning themselves differently.
    • The Pharma & Life Sciences track, was also active between ~10:00 AM and 4:00 PM, with interesting panels including how AI is reshaping drug development and distribution.
  • Award moments added high-energy: e.g., the “Digital Health Hub AI Awards,” “Diagnostics Awards,” and later the Women @ HLTH reception in the evening. HLTH+1

On the floor, I heard consistent themes such as scaling from pilot to production, moving beyond idealistic AI demos, and diagnostic-enabled value models (vs just imaging tech).

Key reflections for our global health-innovation community

  • AI is shifting from buzz to deployment: It’s clear now that the conversation is less “if we adopt AI” and more “how we embed AI responsibly across diagnostics, pharma and care delivery”.
  • Diagnostics is re-emerging as a core business model, not just a cost centre: With the Diagnostics Zone packed and panels discussing ROI, leadership is viewing diagnostics as strategic (e.g., early detection + data-driven care) rather than ancillary.
  • Pharma & life sciences are embracing tech-driven agility: On panels today, organizations shared how AI and diagnostics are entering earlier into the R&D and commercialization pathways — the ecosystem is consolidating around fewer, more integrated solutions.
  • Awards matter — they signal what the community values: Watching the Digital Health Hub Awards gave me a lens on what makers, investors and buyers are looking at: scalability, measurable outcomes, equity, and sustainability.
  • Networking remains where the magic happens: While the content is strong, the momentum lies in the pairings — whether it’s 1:1 matches via Investor Connect or spontaneous show-floor meetups. These informal connections often generate the most actionable insights.

Event Gallery

Day 1 – Kicking Off HLTH USA 2025: Big Ideas, Bold Voices, and Real Momentum

Day 1 – Kicking Off HLTH USA 2025: Big Ideas, Bold Voices, and Real Momentum

Picture of Rohit Mahajan

Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Share This Post

It was an energizing start to HLTH USA 2025 here in Las Vegas! As host of The Big Unlock podcast and a media attendee, I spent the day immersed in conversations, sessions, and stories that set the tone for a transformative week ahead in healthcare innovation.

  • The event opened with a full slate of partner programs—from Value-Based Care to Pharma and Clinician tracks—each tackling the urgent need for integration, data transparency, and sustainable value creation in care delivery.
  • The opening keynote and welcome session brought palpable momentum. Mark Cuban’s fiery take on drug pricing and transparency reminded everyone that the business of healthcare must evolve to serve patients better.
  • AI was everywhere—not as a buzzword, but as a practical tool already reshaping clinical workflows, patient access, and decision-making. The message was clear: AI-native healthcare isn’t coming; it’s already here.

The networking floor buzzed with startups, investors, and providers exploring collaborations that could define the next generation of digital health solutions.

Some takeaways

  • Transparency and affordability are fast becoming the moral currency of healthcare innovation.
  • AI adoption has crossed the experimentation phase—the focus now is on scaling responsibly and proving measurable outcomes.
  • Ecosystem collaboration is the new competitive advantage; silos are dissolving as employers, payers, and tech companies seek shared wins.
  • And perhaps most importantly—the best insights often came from hallway conversations and spontaneous exchanges, not just the mainstage.

Event Gallery

Join Me at HLTH 2025 as We Unlock the Future of Health Together

Join Me at HLTH 2025 as We Unlock the Future of Health Together

Join Me at HLTH 2025 as We Unlock the Future of Health Together

Connect with Rohit on LinkedIn

Subscribe to The Big Unlock Podcast newsletter

“HLTH brings together the brightest minds in healthcare to drive real-world transformation through AI, data, and workflow innovation. The energy, collaboration, and actionable insights here are truly reshaping the future of care at scale.”

– Rohit Mahajan, Co-host of The Big Unlock Podcast

As HLTH USA 2025 approaches, I am filled with genuine excitement and anticipation for what promises to be an incredible gathering of healthcare visionaries, innovators, and leaders. HLTH has truly evolved into the heartbeat of healthcare transformation, a place where technology meets purpose and the future of health is actively shaped.

One of the most thrilling aspects for me this year is the focus on AI in healthcare. From predictive analytics and patient engagement to workflow automation and governance, the AI spotlight at HLTH is illuminating how health systems can accelerate adoption and drive meaningful outcomes. The conversations around AI Centers of Excellence are especially inspiring—they showcase real-world use cases where AI isn’t just an experiment but a scalable, trusted part of the clinical and operational fabric.

I will be speaking at the Future and Health: AI Centers of Excellence Summit during HLTH. This is where I’ll share insights on leveraging platforms, data fabric, and AI agents to power enterprise transformation. I am eager to contribute to calls for responsible AI use that elevates quality, safety, and most importantly, the patient and caregiver experience.

Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

Beyond the panels and sessions, what truly energizes me is the opportunity to reconnect with my peers and meet new industry leaders. HLTH brings together this remarkable ecosystem—tech innovators, clinicians, executives, investors—all passionate about pushing healthcare forward. Through The Big Unlock Podcast, I will be interviewing many of these incredible minds on-site, gathering firsthand stories about the challenges, successes, and breakthroughs shaping the AI-powered future.

The vibe at HLTH is unique—intense yet collaborative; visionary yet grounded in practical reality. There’s a collective drive to unlock new possibilities and to learn from one another’s journeys. It’s that spirit of openness and forward-thinking that makes HLTH more than an event—it’s a launchpad for the next wave of healthcare innovation.

For anyone interested in the future of health, HLTH is the place to be. Whether you’re passionate about AI, digital health, patient experience, or enterprise transformation, the energy and insights you’ll find here are unmatched. I’m looking forward to bringing back those voices and perspectives through the podcast, sharing episodes that inspire, challenge, and inform.

In the coming days, follow my journey at HLTH for exclusive interviews, thought leadership, and a front-row seat to the evolution of healthcare. Together, we’ll explore how AI and innovation are not just concepts but powerful tools unlocking better care for all.

Stay tuned and get ready to unlock the future of health with me at HLTH USA 2025!

Connect with Rohit on LinkedIn

Subscribe to The Big Unlock Podcast newsletter

Event Gallery

Day 1 – Kicking Off HLTH USA 2025: Big Ideas, Bold Voices, and Real Momentum

Picture of Rohit Mahajan

Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Share This Post

It was an energizing start to HLTH USA 2025 here in Las Vegas! As host of The Big Unlock podcast and a media attendee, I spent the day immersed in conversations, sessions, and stories that set the tone for a transformative week ahead in healthcare innovation.

  • The event opened with a full slate of partner programs—from Value-Based Care to Pharma and Clinician tracks—each tackling the urgent need for integration, data transparency, and sustainable value creation in care delivery.
  • The opening keynote and welcome session brought palpable momentum. Mark Cuban’s fiery take on drug pricing and transparency reminded everyone that the business of healthcare must evolve to serve patients better.
  • AI was everywhere—not as a buzzword, but as a practical tool already reshaping clinical workflows, patient access, and decision-making. The message was clear: AI-native healthcare isn’t coming; it’s already here.

The networking floor buzzed with startups, investors, and providers exploring collaborations that could define the next generation of digital health solutions.

Some takeaways

  • Transparency and affordability are fast becoming the moral currency of healthcare innovation.
  • AI adoption has crossed the experimentation phase—the focus now is on scaling responsibly and proving measurable outcomes.
  • Ecosystem collaboration is the new competitive advantage; silos are dissolving as employers, payers, and tech companies seek shared wins.
  • And perhaps most importantly—the best insights often came from hallway conversations and spontaneous exchanges, not just the mainstage.

Event Gallery

Day 2 – Scaling, Diagnostics, and AI in Action – Highlights from HLTH USA 2025

Picture of Rohit Mahajan

Rohit Mahajan

Co-Host of The Big Unlock Podcast

Share This Post

Thanks for following along. Day 2 brought depth, signal and high-energy exchanges at HLTH USA 2025. I’m looking forward to what tomorrow brings — stay tuned for more insights from Las Vegas!

What stood out on Day 2:

  • Key thematic zones took centre-stage:
    • The AI & Emerging Technology Zone from ~10:00 AM to 4:00 PM, where practical deployment stories and ethical frameworks were front-and-centre.
    • The Diagnostics Zone ran concurrently, highlighting how imaging, molecular, data-driven diagnostics are positioning themselves differently.
    • The Pharma & Life Sciences track, was also active between ~10:00 AM and 4:00 PM, with interesting panels including how AI is reshaping drug development and distribution.
  • Award moments added high-energy: e.g., the “Digital Health Hub AI Awards,” “Diagnostics Awards,” and later the Women @ HLTH reception in the evening. HLTH+1

On the floor, I heard consistent themes such as scaling from pilot to production, moving beyond idealistic AI demos, and diagnostic-enabled value models (vs just imaging tech).

Key reflections for our global health-innovation community

  • AI is shifting from buzz to deployment: It’s clear now that the conversation is less “if we adopt AI” and more “how we embed AI responsibly across diagnostics, pharma and care delivery”.
  • Diagnostics is re-emerging as a core business model, not just a cost centre: With the Diagnostics Zone packed and panels discussing ROI, leadership is viewing diagnostics as strategic (e.g., early detection + data-driven care) rather than ancillary.
  • Pharma & life sciences are embracing tech-driven agility: On panels today, organizations shared how AI and diagnostics are entering earlier into the R&D and commercialization pathways — the ecosystem is consolidating around fewer, more integrated solutions.
  • Awards matter — they signal what the community values: Watching the Digital Health Hub Awards gave me a lens on what makers, investors and buyers are looking at: scalability, measurable outcomes, equity, and sustainability.
  • Networking remains where the magic happens: While the content is strong, the momentum lies in the pairings — whether it’s 1:1 matches via Investor Connect or